131 24 26018 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/387938678ce216827bf1f72a142bd082.pdf a9cc0cf5a9e5105dcdebb301d9550b58 PDF Text Text JEROME R . K ISSCORN r, CITY MANAGER \ ' CITY OF TECUMSEH 309 EAST CHICAGO BL VD TECUMSEH . MICHIGAN 49286 (517) 423-2107 d t~ TECUM!iEH M C HIGAN Reftigeratlon Capital of the World �... (I 1· C L I II T O" ". f., '., T t CU III It H T w "· CL I ff TO 11 1' • I" T (CU• St N ft CUM 11" T "" '' I n.....;=:::,:,,:::':;::=:::!:;:!~-;:;!:!:cg~ I III I II ~ PQMlllU\mJA . f PfYE..OPNfflI AREA -f-K I L=:!:5,£1 - •=-~cm~,,, __ ,_, I I 1 I I r7Tl n77 ~ MULDPLf BfSIPENDAL '' ·.~-=-~ . IJBJP CONNeBQA.L :;;;;.~~~.. 0-Cno ~ ~ •l.O'T110,~0IIT,.., _,_,.M •~ffwooot,.,. ' . . , u w ......,... ..... _ n,QOQet,,AJN COBR!DOft -~~OIi!>....-~ ·--~c-.••n...lOOOMII ,_,.._,_ ._. ~™-~~ ~-_..,no-I • _____,.~.._••n•I.MftD ~ ~ c c w t l l O U . . . W'ITLNIO ..........,,."°"llffl~ACTIIIJI BESIPfHD,1.1 MU •~~~"'°°' .•eooe-~ ·--I.Nloa.UC--.t.l. PMKJIYUl!M ~~ ... ,, ... --+1-----''-----''-'l_:C_:_U ~ It N IIIA I S I II -~. .,_.,.,...,., Mlll1.1o011.0,~ T• I' -~,. .n.,_...._...,.,_,u,oco, .,_,.,_.._Cl4.,_T.vft,(;T _,,,_ ntlsnl(INQ~-- - - ~·- - - - < ~ - ...... CITY OF TECUMSEH A PLANNING OVERVIEW TECUMSEH MICHIGAN I tCA~l Ill , . I l JANUAftY 1989 i,lllcon · lemon a auoc , inc. planning con1ultonts I �.,.. In addition to the historic homes, there are also homes which are older, but not of significant architectural value. These homes were generally constructed in the period shortly after World War II through the early 1960's. The homes tend to be smaller and more modest than many of the homes in other areas of the City. Although some scattering of poor maintenance is evident, over-all maintenance of these homes is very good in the majority of the City. Maintenance problems are most prevalent in the southwest corner of the City. A tree planting program, continuing code enforcement and the provision of curbs and gutters could bolster the appearance of this area and bolster homeowner's investment in their property. The newer developments have generally occurred since the mid 1960's and exist in the outlying areas of the City. The homes tend to be somewhat larger with more attention to detail than those constructed during the post-war era. The appearance of these areas is very neat with obvious attention devoted to development of the right-of-ways. Street trees are prevplent and most areas contain sidewalks. Multiple Family Residential The multiple family areas appear as pockets of development usually placed as transitional uses between non-residential and single family uses. In several instances the multiple family developments are isolated from single family development by intense natural buffers. However, attention is needed to landscape details and parking lot buffers to assure proper land use relationships between multiple and single family uses as well as multiple and non-residential uses. Commercial Areas The commercial areas can be divided into two categories; the west end business district and the central business district. The west end business district is the area which contains the newest commercial developments. Shopping centers, fast food restaurants more intense business uses are located in this district. Sign control is evident. Circulation through the district could be improved through the elimination of unnecessary curb cuts, drive connections and marginal access drives. Parking lot setbacks would provide additional room for landscaping as well stacking space within the entrance drives. A tree planting program could benefit the appearance of the area. The central business district contains a number of historic buildings; most of which are in good condition. However, the historic character of the area should be further emphasized. The uses within the area are generally of a retail nature and are less intense than those within other commercial areas. Transition to adjacent residential uses is lacking in some areas and improvements should be considered. A streetscape design should be considered to unify street features and introduce a common theme to the district. 4 �Industrial Areas There are two industrial areas within the City, both located in the southeast quadrant. The oldest portion of th'e industrial areas is centered around the Tecumseh Products Company facility. The edge between the industrial and residential uses meanders and the transition zone is somewhat blurred. The industrial uses in general lack landscaping and buffering. The industrial park contains a number of vacant sites at present but as additional development occurs, it should be reviewed to assure that sufficient buffering is utilized. The second industrial area within the City is the site of the Lenawee Stamping plant. This is a very new facility located at the corner of M-50 and Rogers Highway. Although the building is massive, its visual impact is lessened due to generous setbacks and landscaping. Floodplain Corridor The floodplain corridor provides a substantial green buffer through the City that should be preserved through government ownership and regulation. Development should be limited through floodplain controls and wetland preservation (1979 PA 203). Ordinance should be considered to provide mechanisms for preservation. The area could be used as active or passive recreation including bike paths, jogging trails and possible boating. A map of flood prone areas is included on the following page. i - I - 5 �CITY OF TECUMSEH MASTER PLAN prepared for: THE CI1Y OF TECUMSEH prepared by: VILICAN-LEMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. COMMUNITY PLANNING CONSULT ANTS 28316 FRANKLIN ROAD SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN 48034 SEPTEMBER 1990 �"Would you tell me, please, which way I ought to go from here?" "That depends a good deal on where you want to get to," said the Cat. "I don't much care where -- "said Alice. "Then it doesn't matter which way you go, "said the Cat. Lewis Carroll, Alice's Adventures in Wonderland �CITY COUNCIL GARY DUNBAR - MAYOR HAROLD EASTON VERA GARDNER CARL POLING NADINE SEITZ ROBERT TOOMAN STANLEY WISE PLANNING COMMISSION MAC GONSER - CHAIRMAN DENNIS BOWMAN ROBERT FOX LYNN COOK JAMES VAN BUREN LAWRENCE WOLLENHAUPT JOHN KRZVZANIAK DAVID MALMQUIST CHARLES MANLEY i- CITY MANAGER JEROME R. KISSCORNI ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER L. MARK D. VANDERPOOL �• CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 1 PURPOSE 1 SCOPE 1 METHODOLOGY 2 BACKGROUND ANALYSIS 3 VISUAL IMPRESSIONS 3 EXISTING LAND USE INVENTORY 6 LAND USE TRENDS 7 POPULATION 8 GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS 14 NEIGHBORHOODS 18 COMMERCIAL AREAS 25 CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT 25 WEST CHICAGO BUSINESS AREA 35 INDUSTRIAL AREAS 38 COMMUNITY FACILITIES 40 PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES 40 RECREATION 44 SCHOOLS 48 TRANSPORTATION 50 HISTORIC PRESERVATION 54 FUTURE LAND USE PLAN 58 �GRAPHICS TABLES TABLE 1: EXISTING LAND USE: 1989 6 TABLE 2: LAND USE DISTRIBUTION TRENDS: 1967 TO 1989 7 TABLE 3: POPULATION OF TECUMSEH AND SURROUNDING URBAN NODES 8 TABLE 4: RECENT GROWTH OF LOCAL URBAN NODES 9 TABLE 5: POPULATION GROWTH TRENDS FOR THE CITY OF TECUMSEH 11 TABLE 6: AGE GROUP TRENDS FOR THE CITY OF TECUMSEH 11 TABLE 7: SOCIOECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS 15 TABLE 8: HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS: 1980 19 TABLE 9: SCHOOL ENROLLMENT TRENDS 49 TABLE 10: HISTORIC LANDMARKS (As of March, 1988) 57 MAPS I. PLANNING OVERVIEW 3a FLOOD PRONE AREAS 5a EXISTING LAND USE 6a CBD DESIGN SKETCHES 27a COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN 40a FUTURE PARK LOCATIONS 44a REGIONAL ROAD NETWORK 50a THOROFARE PLAN 53a HISTORIC DISTRICT MAP 56a MASTER PLAN OF FUTURE LAND USE 58a ��INTRODUCTION PURPOSE I. In the excerpt from Alices Adventures in Wonderland shown previously, Alice didn't know exactly where she was. That was one reason she didn't care much where she went. Her dilemma illustrates the circularity characteristic of muc.h deliberative action. To know where you want to go and what you want to do, you have to know first what your present status is and what is wrong with it. Or, to put it another way, before problems are solved, they must be identified. The elements included in the background analysis portion of this document help to identify problems and gain an understanding of the City's current status. The Master Plan as a whole, serves as a policy manual to provide direction in making land use decisions. The master plan illustrates, "where the City is going." It serves in this capacity in several distinct ways. First, it provides supporting language which both reflects the public wishes and justifies land use decisions. Second, it provides a list of goals, objectives and policies which can be used to shape the community in a planned manner. The Land Use Development Plan, which is included within this document, serves as a framework for the physical land use distribution within the City. SCOPE As stated previously, this document is a policy manual. One of the tools to accomplish these goals is direct public actions. However, some of the most powerful and useful tools are the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. These documents were updated in connection with the update of the master plan so that there is clear and consistent coordination. However, it is important to recognize that the master plan merely supports the Zoning Ordinance. State Zoning enabling legislation specifies that zoning should be based on a plan. This master plan provides the framework for the Tecumseh Zoning Map. Additionally, the plan considers the broad goals of the community and provides suggestions as how to achieve these goals. r 1 �METHODOWGY '. In January of 1989 a field survey of the City was performed to record visual impressions of the City. These impressions were recorded and discussed with the Planning Commission, and thus started the master plan process. Other background studies were also conducted at this time including an inventory of all land uses within the City and a demographic analysis. Excerpts from these are included within the master plan, but their main purpose was to provide necessary information essential for many different elements of the plan. Broad community goals were then discussed and prepared. Objectives and policies were established in conjunction with the specific goals for the individual land use elements. The relationship among goals, objectives, policies and alternative implementation techniques is as follows: Goal: A Goal is a destination, a final purpose which a community seeks to attain. A goal is the most general level of policy and by itself is not ve,y helpful to decision makers. it needs further refinement to assist decision makers to reach their selected destination. Objective: An Objective is the route which specifies in general terms the way (route) by which the goal (destination) can be reached. An objective indicates the kinds of actions that should be used to achieve the goal. . Policy: A Policy is a means of transportation along the route. It's a course of action which, if followed, will achieve an objective. A policy is more detailed than an objective and can be readily translated into specific action recommendations or design proposals. As the process continued, various elements were analyzed and discussed. Goals, objectives and policies for each element were discussed and reworked. During certain stages of the process, press releases were published in the local paper to assure that there was adequate public awareness and to allow for direct public input into the process. Coterminous with the master plan process, the Recreation Plan was also updated. The Recreation Plan itself constitutes a complete plan but excerpts are included in the master plan within the community facilities portion. Likewise, the background studies conducted in association with the master plan were heavily utilized during the development of the Recreation Plan. Upon completion of the analysis of the individual elements, and the setting of goals, objectives and policies, the individual elements were condensed, compiled and coordinated to form the master plan document. 2 ��L BACKGROUND ANALYSIS VISUAL IMPRESSIONS , The initial step in the master plan process involved a field survey of the City to gather impressions from an urban planning and landscape architecture standpoint. A map titled, Visual Impressions, which records these initial findings is included on the following page. The following text is not intended to be all-inclusive, but places some of the initial findings into categories to facilitate discussion. Community Entrance Points There are three major entry points into Tecumseh. The most prominent is along M-50 (Chicago Boulevard) at the east end of the City. Because M-50 has a direct link to U.S.23, it serves as a major transportation route into the City. The community center and Mill Pond, which are about a quarter mile within the City limits, present a striking visual image upon entry into the community and it is at this point that a sense of arrival is first recognized. Although the view is diminished somewhat by a lack of screening at the utility sites on the south side of M-50, this could be remedied through the placement of additional landscaping. The west entry along M-50 provides a lesser sense of entrance. This is largely because of its commercial character. Although M-50 provides a direct route to M-52 west of the City., the west entry is of lesser significance than other entrance areas. M-52 is a State Highway providing a regional link to areas north and south of Tecumseh and because it serves less populous areas, is less dominant as a transportation artery than U.S.-23, which is east of Tecumseh. Another major entry into the community is from Tecumseh-Clinton Highway to the north. From this direction the entrance zone is somewhat unclear. The most prominent sense of entry is at the point where the Raisin River crosses the road. Prior to this, there is a rural character to the area. Single Family Residential Areas The single family residential areas can be roughly broken into three categories; the historic district, older homes and new development. The historic district appears to be particularly active and most of the homes are well maintained. Mature trees and the restoration of many historic homes of good architectural character help to make this a very desirable area and continued support of historic preservation in general should be encouraged. Although some homes of historic character exist in outlying areas, they tend to be clustered near the center of the City. 3 �, C 0 0 0 0 _J LL iGhi, . ... I ,N I ! .. ► . - " .. ► , . u =L= u ► MJS-N-n)JA. �. EXISTING LAND USE INVENTORY An inventory of the existing land uses within the City began in the fall of 1989 and were subsequently recorded in map form on an updated base map. The map is included in the plan on the following page. The method of inventory involved driving and walking the streets of the City and recording the use of each lot or parcel on the updated base. Upon completion of the field work a large scale base map was created. Using this, area calculations were performed for each parcel and summarized in the table below by major land use categories. TABLE 1 EXISTING LAND USE: 1989 - -- - - Residential 43.6% 904.3 29.6% single-family (796.3) (26.1%) two-family (32.1) (1.0%) (1 .5%) multiple-family (68.8) (2.3%) (3.3%) mobile home (7.2) (0.2%) (0.3%) Commercial and Office 93.7 3.1% 4.5% Industrial 195.7 6.4% 9.4% Public 41.8 1.4% 2.0% Parks 170.9 5.6% 8.2% Schools 64.5 2.1% 3.1% Quasi Public 89.6 2.9% 4.3% Vacant and Agricultural 83.4 32.2% Water 169.5 5.5% 8.2% Rights-of-way / transportation 342.6 11 .2% 16.5% TOT AL DEVELOPED LAND 2,072 67.8% TOTAL LAND 3,056 Source: Field survey conducted in the fall of 1989. 6 �, ------ 1··C I- I H T ON C LIN TON T W • \ ' T[CUMIS[N T [CU Ml I [ H T ■, r \ T (CU .. I [ H ,t.t.lllH T ~ w, I I T <<••~ II A IS I H 1 w, _l____~ m - f~:~:~:}~:3 G SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL 1111 TWO FAMILY AESIOENTIAL SCHOOLS f lLl ■ lllU.tn ICMOOL JH ,1,u1101t •u•" 1CM00L 1H 1(111011 Ml.II ICMOOL MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ~ ,MOBILE HOME PARK PUBLIC I,. l••1tAllf ........ CH C:IT't 10,LL - OFFICE - 8U$1NESS - INDUSTRIAL - PARKING ~ PARKS ~ , - " " l ITUIOII QUASI - PUBLIC "f. ,,.t,ltOCMIAl (L(N(ll1'Aln ICNOOL H MO ■ ,iUL D t SCAll fl[LO IU,IIYU ; IU,ll(N 1•H CIM(t(U VACANT 8 1Nrt11 AGRICULTURE EXISTING LAND TECUMSEH us EI MICHIGAN vilicon · lemon l!I assoc. inc. planning consultants �,. LAND USE TRENDS An inventory of the existing land uses within the City began in the fall of 1989 and were subsequently recorded in map form on an updated base map. The map and area figures can serve as a valuable tool for the City. The table below compares the land use distributions of 1989 to those of the past. TABLE 2 LAND USE DISTRIBUTION TRENDS: 1967 TO 1989 :i:J: 1: : :jljljljJ:J:J:1:1iljJjimij!i;ii:i;rA■llllfii: :iltli)\]i(J1ililjlJ:j:J::ii i1i :ili: : : : :i 1:Jjjg il: : : j: :]:i: : : 111:: : 1: : :j : 1:; ;;::j: : jilili ji!i i lil Residential I ' 611.4 862.9 904.3 single-family 572.3 805.1 796.3 two-family 28.0 34.1 32.1 multiple-family 6.2 16.5 68.8 mobile home 4.9 7.2 7.2 Commercial and Office 36.8 57.8 93.7 Industrial 102.8 126.5 195.7 Public 12.6 Parks 56.6 Schools 65.7 64.5 Quasi Public 24.7 89.6 Vacant and Agricultural 1,487 1,228.3 83.4 Water 169.5 169.5 169.5 Rights-of-way /transportation 308.5 331.2 342.6 2,875.6 3,014 3,056 TOTAL Sources: I' I 41 .8 111 .3 170.9 Tecumseh Master Plan (1968 and 1974), Vilican-Leman & Associates (1989). The previous table shows an array of numbers comparing land use trends in 1968, 1974 and 1989. However, the figures do not necessarily lend to a direct comparison. Due to the scale of the maps used, there will be some measure of error in the computations. Furthermore, the uses included in the land use categories varied for each study. Where possible, either adjustments were made or categories combined to provide a measure of comparison. 7 �1 . . POPULATION General Population Cl;laracteristics There are four cities located within Lenawee County: Adrian, Tecumseh, Hudson and Morenci. Two villages out of eight in the County, Blissfield and Clinton, had considerable population bases in 1980. Of the twelve cities and villages, Tecumseh ranks second in population. To more thoroughly understand the size of the City of Tecumseh's population in relation to surrounding urban nodes, the following tables have been created. TABLE 3 POPULATION OF TECUMSEH AND SURROUNDING URBAN NODES Detroit 970, 156 10.57% Ann Arbor 109,252 1.19% Jackson 36,950 0.40% Monroe 21,973 0.24% Adrian 21,186 0.23% Hillsdale 7,639 0.08% Tecumseh 7,398 0.08% Blissfield 3, 166 0.03% Hudson 2,552 0.03% Clinton 2,463 0.03% Morenci 2,315 0.03% Source: 1990 U.S. Census, Preliminary Figures. 8 l I �TABLE 4 RECENT GROWI'H OF LOCAL URBAN NODES City of Adrian Source: 21,186 21, 186 0.0% City of Tecumseh 7,320 7,398 1.1% Village of Blissfield 3,107 3,166 1.9% City of Hudson 2,545 2,552 0.3% Village of Clinton 2,342 2,463 5.2% Tecumseh Township 1,480 1,536 3.8% Raisin Township 5,499 5,637 2.5% 1980 U.S. Census Region 2 Planning City of Tecumseh Growth Trends (1930 to 1980) ,. Since 1930, the City's population has consistently increased. In 1930, 2456 people resided in the City. By 1980 this number had more than doubled to 7320. This is an increase of 5,044 people or approximately 205% over the period between 1930 to 1988. Although every decade has experienced an increase in population, the rates of increase over this period have varied. The period from 1930 to 1940 showed a relatively constant rate of growth. From 1940 to 1950 to 1960, the population growth increased at an accelerated rate. In fact, from 1950 to 1960 Tecumseh experienced its largest numerical increase in population and its fastest rate of increase (75.2%). From that time to 1986 there has been a relatively mild rates of increase, ranging between one and four percent. However, between 1980 and 1987 there were approximately 200 building permits issued for residential construction and based on this an estimate of 7,500 people may be conservative. 9 �Population Distribution Sex: According to 1980 Census data, the male-female mix of Tecumseh residents is nearly equal. Of the 7,320 residents in 1980, 3,818 were female and 3,502 were male. As a proportion, 52 percent of the population was female in 1980. Race: The City contained one black and 244 people of Spanish origin in 1980 according to 1980 Census data. As a proportion, this relates to O percent and 3 percent respectively. Employment Trends: The Tecumseh area has had a healthy economy in recent years. Although unemployment increased with the closure of the General Motors Inland Division Plant in Raisin Township, the imp~ct on the City was compensated by the construction of the Lenawee Stamping Plant in the City and the entry of Orbital Engine Company USA, which now occupies the once vacant GM plant. The Michigan Employment Security Commission (Bureau of Research & Statistics, Field Analysis Unit) supplied the following employment statistics for the City for April of 1990: Labor Force Employed Unemployed Unemployment Rate 3,700 3,550 175 4.6% 10 �TABLE 5 POPULATION GROWfff TRENDS FOR TIIE Cl1Y OF TECUMSEH ,,i:;;;;;;;;,if:;::U hi: m:•:•:m:i;: :; ;: : ;,;: :ti: ,;,:~@ggj;]!■w: : i;: :;: :i ,:i: ; :; : : : ,: :,:i if :;i i i;:~:; : : ,: ;: :j~;~siiiii ifa;: : : : :. 1930 2,456 1940 2,921 465 18.9% 1950 4,020 1,098 37.6% 1960 7,045 3,025 75.2% 1970 7,120 75 1.1% 1980 7,320 200 3.7% 1986 7,310 - 10 0. 1% 1990 7,398 BB 1.2% 2000 8,627 (forecast) U.S. Census. Estimates by Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Forecast by Region 2 Planning. Sources: TABLE 6 AGE GROUP TRENDS FOR TIIE Cl1Y OF TECUMSEH 0-5 9.8% 10.8% 10.6% 9.5% 10.5% 10.3% 6 - 13 13.1% 11.3% 11.6% 13.9% 12.9% 13.9% 14 - 17 6.9% 5.0% 4.1% 7.9% 6.3% 5.4% 18 - 20 4.5% 3.4% 2.8% 5.6% 4. 1% 3.4% 21 - 24 6.2% 5.2% 4.4% 6.6% 5.7% 4.8% 25 - 34 18.0% 20.8% 20.JOA> 15.8% 17.0% 16.0% 35 - 44 9.8% 10.3% 10.3% 11.3% 14.3% 15.9% 45- 54 10.8% 10.0% 11.4% 9.S°A, 8.9% 10.0% 55 - 64 11.1% 12.3% 12.7% 9.5% 9.4% 8.9% 65 plus 9.9% 11.1% 11.S°A, 10.2% 11.0% 11.4% median age 30.0 32.0 33. 1 29.1 31.2 32.6 Sources: 1980 U.S. Census and Urban Decision Systems. 11 �Population Trends Between 1960 and 1970, and again between 1970 and 1980, the City's population gradually increased. This increase was less than 100 persons in the 1960's while it was t • 200 persons over the most recent census decade. The most recent Census population estimate available indicates that the City's population has stabilized since 1980. In contrast to the relatively stable population characteristic of Tecumseh, Lenawee County as a whole had a population gain of almost 4,200 persons between 1960 and 1970 and almost 8,000 in the most recent Census decade. However, through 1986, according to recent estimates by the U.S. Census Bureau, the County saw a slight decline in population. This decline is not anticipated to be permanent, according to forecasts by Region 2 Planning and the Michigan Department of Management and Budget. By the year 2010, the County is forecast to have almost 96,100 residents, compared to a 1980 total of 89,948. While the Census has estimated that the County as a whole has had a population loss, some gain has been experienced in various communities near Tecumseh. Much of the recent growth within Lenawee County has occurred in the Townships. In fact, both Raisin nor Tecumseh Townships, which surround the City of Tecumseh, have been estimated by the Census to have gained population in recent years. These two townships are estimated to have had a population increase of 194 persons, a combined increase of 2.8 percent. Age Group Composition Median Age: In 1980, the median age of Tecumseh's residents was 30 years. By 1987, this may have increased to around 32 years and, over the next five or so years, it may increase to more than 33 years. This increasing aging trend is similarly reflected in County statistics although residents of the county as a whole tend to be slightly younger than those residing in Tecumseh. Pre-School and School-age Children: Recent age group estimates prepared by the Michigan Department of Management and Budget and by Urban Decision Systems, Inc. both indicate. that for the County as well as the City, there has been a decline in schoolage children over levels found in 1980. This pattern of decline has been reflected by school district enrollment trends. The number of persons between six and 17 years of age is anticipated to decline from 1,465 in 1980 to around 1,100 children in this age group by 1992. Throughout the School District, the decline of children of school age is not as great as it is within the City since new residential construction is occurring at a more rapid rate throughout the balance of the District, particularly in its southern portions (Raisin Township). Nonetheless, the average number of children per grade in the district has decreased since 1980. 12 �It is possible that much of the recent decline in enrollment in the School District may have occurred as a direct result of the out-migration of families following the recent closure of the General Motors Inland Division Plant in Raisin Township. The plant had peak employment levels of near 1,200 persons, many of whom may have had children in the School District. This impact on the City and District has been compensated by the much smaller Lenawee Stamping Plant recently constructed in the City and the entry of Orbital Engine Company USA, which now occupies the once vacant GM plant. Senior Citizens: As of 1980, the City contained 722 persons of retirement age. It is estimated that this may increase to over 850 persons by 1992. According to several interviews held with school district and other community officials, it appears that the City may be receiving a slight in-migration of persons at or near retirement age. Many of these new residents have relocated from the suburban Detroit or Ann Arbor area, desiring the intimacy of a small town atmosphere. Of a sample of 20 new families that have moved into town, three (15%) contained persons of or near retirement age. Households containing older persons generally do not have young children. This is in contrast to households with younger adults that may contain school age or pre-school children. With only 188 new dwellings constructed in the City since 1980, this gradual turnover of portions of the City's housing stock to new but older residents could act to create a decline in school enrol~ment. Older residents of a community often tend to oppose tax increases or renewals for which they perceive no direct benefit. Since they have no children at home, and since a growing number of such persons may not even have long term ties to the City's school district, there may be a pressure by the increasing number of older persons in the City to reduce that portion of the property tax burden associated with schools. This of course, could have a major impact on the school district's ability to continue to offer a wide range of quality educational and recreational opportunities to the youngsters who remain in the district. Family Forming Age Group: In 1980, the City contained almost 1,800 persons in the family forming age group (21-34 years). This age group may increase slightly by the early 1990's. Associated with that increase is an anticipated slight rise in the number of preschool children. As a result, by the mid 1990's, enrollments in the City's schools may see a slight increase by mid-decade. However, this increase should not result in a need for additional classroom space over current offerings. While the City is receiving an in-migration of older residents, it is also the focus of a larger in-migration of persons in their family-forming years. According to information provided by the Tecumseh Welcoming Service, over the past two.years, of those new households interviewed by the Service, the majority appear to be headed by persons in their early to middle 30's. Most of these new households contain two wage earners, generally with both employed outside the Tecumseh area. 13 �This outward orientation of new residents could create both a negative and a positive impact on the City. Since the majority of the new residents have children, most of school age, and since these new household heads generally have college degrees and are employed in professional, technical or managerial occupations, it may be that there could be an increasing pres~ure on the School District to meet their educational expectations for their children. Such new residents may, thus, be more supportive of millage enhancements. If sufficient concentrations of such in-migrants move to the City, then, over time, they may be able to counteract the lesser school millage support of the older resident and the longer term City resident. Outside of the anticipated decline in school age children over the next several years, a slight rise in the number of persons in their family-forming years and an increase of senior citizens, a relative stability appears to characterize the other age groups in the City. Most will either increase slightly through the early 1990's or decrease slightly. The biggest change is occurring at both ends of the age spectrum. As a result, community and private facilities will need to become even more responsive to the shopping, service and recreational needs of the growing elderly population. At the same time, for the sake of the City's economic vitality and stability, attention must continue to be paid to the educational and recreational needs of its younger residents. GENERAL SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS Not only does an area's housing stock and the age and household composition of its residents impact that area's needs for community services and facilities, but the employment pattern of its residents, their income and educational levels all interact to determine the overall character of an area. Table 4 provides an overview of selected socioeconomic characteristics of Tecumseh, compared to Lenawee County as a whole. The data shown on Table 7, on the following page, uses 1980 Census information. Since then, the socioeconomic composition of the City may have changed. According to interviews with new residents by the Tecumseh Welcoming Service, the City's newest residents appear to be strongly professional, technical or managerial in occupation. Thus, over time, the proportion of higher income white collar employed City residents may increase compared to levels found in 1980. Whether this increase is at a rate faster than that being experienced throughout the County is not possible to determine at present. f. Family/Non-family Households - In 1980, there was a slightly higher incidence of households in the City considered to be "non-family" households compared to the County. A non-family household is one in containing just one resident, or one in which there is a two or more residents unrelated by blood or marriage. This latter situation is typical of shared living arrangements such as roommates. ,- 14 �TABLE 7 SOCIOECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS: 1980 22.6% 21 .1% 3.19 3.34 1 person 19.3% 18.4% 2 person 33.8% 30.8% 3-4 person 35.3% 35.5% 5 + person 11 .6% 15.3% 2.75 2.91 ProfjTech 14.1% 12.9% Mgr/ Prop. 8.2% 7.8% Clerical 13.2% 13.0% Sales 6.7% 8.5% 42.1% 42.2% Crafts 15.9% 13.4% Operatives 23.7% 23.1% Service 12.2% 13.5% Laborer 5.0% 4.5% Farm Worker 1.0% 3.3% 57.9% 57.8% 12.5 12.4 26.9% 24.9% 12.6% 11 .6% 35.1% 34.4% 52.3% 54.0% 59.2% 55.8% Non-family households Average Family Size Household Size Average Household Size Occupation Total Wh ite Collar Total Blue Collar Education Median Yrs. School Any College Wage Earners/ Family 0 2+ Stability Source : 1980 U.S. Census of Population . Data compiled by Urban Decision Sciences. 15 �Almost 22% of the City's households were non-family compared to 21% for the County. Similarly, among the City's families, proportionally fewer had children at home (55%) compared to the County at large (57%). This situation, coupled with the overall differences in average fc\mily and average household size (smaller in the City than the County), indicates that there is a greater need for provision of dwelling units oriented to the particular housing needs of households without children and smaller households. Among such housing types may be condominium townhomes or apartments, and attached and detached condominium cluster housing units. For the independent elderly (those needing no nursing or other care and who can live fully independent lives), a common approach is low rise, often one story multiple-family dwellings or either a rental or condominium tenure type. Household Income - In 1980, slightly under 20% of City households had incomes less than $10,000. In the County, this proportion exceeded 23%. At the other end of the income scale, 4.3% of City households earned over $50,000 compared to only 3.1 % of County residents as a whole. In general, City incomes are higher than those found throughout the County such that in 1980, the average household income of City residents was almost $21,700 compared to an average of around $20,600 countywide. Occupation - In large part, the income differential between City and County households may be attributed to the greater incidence of City residents employed in the higher paying professional/technical/managerial occupations or as sole proprietors ((22.3%) compared to County residents as a whole (20.7%). It is these type of upper income, white collar occupations for which employment opportunities tend to be more stable during times of economic disruption. We also note that in 1980, there was a higher incidence of persons employed in the skilled crafts in the City than in the County. Such occupations tend to be higher paid and while more subject to economic disruption, persons so trained are more readily able to find new employment than unskilled laborers or machine operators. Education - While, in 1980, there was hardly any differential between the median years of education of City versus County residents, we note that a higher proportion of City residents had one or more years of college. This trend has persisted to today, according to the City's welcoming service. The majority of family householders who have recently moved into the City have some college education. Further, many such persons are employed in professional or technical specialty positions. The implication of this recent in-migration of well educated, highly paid professionals is that there may be increasing pressure on the School District to continue to upgrade its facilities and program offerings. 16 �Workers Per Family - The Tecumseh Welcoming Service has also noted an increasing number of families moving into town having two wage earners, rather than the more traditional single earner family with wife at home with children. This is a change over the pattern found as of the 1980 Census, however. In 1980, 52.3% of the City's families had two or more wage earners compared to the County's 54%. We also note that in 1980, there was a higher proportion of families in the City which had no persons employed compared to the County. Lack of an employed person in a family can generally be attributed to two main causes: families living on welfare and families whose income earners have retired. It is our estimation that there is a blend of both in the City. The presence of apartments, many of which are senior citizen in orientation, may be one of the prime contributors to the higher incidence of families with no persons employed in the City. Additionally, the presence of a variety of housing arrangements, particularly the availability of two-family homes and multiple-family homes affordable to female-headed families, some of whom may be on welfare, is another contributor to this situation. Stability/Turnover - At least in 1980, it appeared that residents of the City were more stable in their residency than those throughout the County. Over 59% of persons five or more years of age in 1980 resided in their same residence in both 1980 and 1975. In contrast, the proportion was 55.8% for the County as a whole. This type of stability creates a stronger sense of community and civic investment than in areas in which the population is more transient. I I. 17 ��RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS Tecumseh's residential neighborhoods on the whole are well maintained and possess the amenities for good livirtg. Some danger· signals, however, are noticeable. The most pressing problems existing in our neighborhoods include: (1) Some deterioration in both the maintenance of dwellings and in outside housekeeping in older neighborhoods; (2) A lack of off-street parking in some neighborhoods resulting in parking on lawn areas; (3) Incompatible land uses, particularly at the edges of neighborhoods abutting business areas and in isolated pockets of housing in industrial areas, resulting in an adverse impact on quiet residential living; (4) A lack of high quality street surfacing, curbs, gutters and sidewalks in some neighborhoods of the City. Household Size - In 1980, the average number of persons per housing unit in the City was 2. 75 persons. By 1986, based on an analysis of building permits, occupancy levels and U.S. Census current population estimates, the average is estimated to have decreased to around 2.61 persons per household. This decline in household size is due to a variety of factors among which are the increase in divorce rates whereby what had been at least two persons living in one household becomes, at the minimum, two persons each with their own household. Additional factors are the fact that those born during the "baby boom" period of 1946 through 1964 have generally delayed their marriage and childbirth in proportions unknown to the previous generations. The higher cost of living, particularly with respect to the incomes needed to afford purchase of homes, has created a need for more families to contain two wage earners, rather than the traditional single earner. Families with two wage earners generally have fewer children. An additional factor affecting household size is the increased life expectancy being experienced by persons throughout the nation. With a longer life span, the tendency for a family to "mature" and have its children move outside the home, creates a large number of families with no children at home. Again, on the average, this causes a decline in household size. Table 8 on the following page provides a profile of the City's housing characteristics for 1980, compared to that of the County. Tenure of Occupancy - Whereas owner occupied housing in the City accounted for over 72% of all occupied units, this proportion was near 69% for the County. The County had a vacancy rate which was almost four times greater than that of the City: 10.3% compared with 2.6%. 18 �TABLE 8 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS: 1980 2,723 33,750 Occupied Units 2,650 30,044 Vacant Units 2.6% 10.3% Number of Housing Units 216 Vacant Seasonal Units 97.3% 89.0% Less than $20,000 6.4% 13.2% $20,000 • $24,999 6.4% 10.7% $25,000 • $29,999 9.6% 10.9% $30,000 • $34,999 12.2% 11.7% $35,000 • $39,999 13.0% 10.3% $40,000 • $49,999 23.8% 17.4% $50,000 • $79,999 24.7% 21.5% $80,000 • $99,999 2.6% 2.9% 1.3% 1.4% $43,367 $40,235 Less than $100/mo. 10.2% 14.0% $100 • $149 10.7% 15.2% $150 • $199 22.5% 28.6% $200 • $249 38.9% 27.4% $250 • $299 10.3% 10.5% 7.3% 4.4% 209 192 76.1% 85.2% 2 7.3% 5.8% 3+ 16.5% 9.0% 46 1,689 46.6% 52.9% 5.7 5.88 Owner Occupancy Housing Value: Non Condo Units $100,000 + Average Value Rent Levels $300 + Average Contract Rent Units/Structure Mobile Homes Built Prior to 1950 Rooms/Unit (Occupied Units) Sources: 1980 U.S. Census of Population and Housing. Data compiled by Urban Decision Systems, Inc. 19 �Vacancy Levels - Of those units suitable for year-round occupation which were vacant in the County, almost 60% (2,025) were vacant for occasional use (generally summer homes). An additional 214 units were vacant and were suitable for only fair-weather occupation. In contrast, the City contained only one year-round unit classified by the Census as vacant for. occasional (seasonal) use and one summer-only unit vacant seasonally. With the large number of homes throughout the County which are seasonally used, it is estimated that businesses in Tecumseh can reap benefits by pursuing sales opportunities during the peak summer months. Housing Values and Housing Condition - In 1980, housing values in the City averaged $43,367 compared to a lesser value countywide of $40,235. However, within the City, 224 of the City's 1,745 total number of owner-occupied dwellings were valued less than $25,000 (12.8%). The 1990 average home value has risen considerably since 1980. According to the City Assessor, the average assessed value is between $30,000 and $35,000. This relates to an average market value of $60,000 to $70,000. An examination of rental levels found in the City and County indicate that like owneroccupied housing values, rent levels in the City are higher than those found countywide. We note that there are also several instances of very low rent which may be indicative of potential housing quality problems. With respect to a specific examination of housing quality as determinable from the Census, 38 units in the City had either no bathroom or access only to a half bath (toilet and sink) and 33 units lacked complete kitchen facilities. While these numbers are not major proportions of the City's housing stock, the deficiencies they represent, when coupled with a large number of older homes, low value/low rent homes and the like, could indicate potential problems in need of resolution. We do not mean to paint a bleak picture of the City's housing stock. Rather to merely point out potential problem areas. We note that our field observations of the nature and character of the City indicate that on the whole, the residential neighborhoods appear to be quite well maintained, with only a few scattered instances of dwellings appearing in need of substantial maintenance. According to interviews with representatives of the Tecumseh Welcoming Service, most of the families purchasing homes in the City who work outside the City selected the City because of its affordable housing. According to realtors in the area, housing values have increased rapidly both in and near the City. However, they remain significantly lower priced than comparable units in such communities as Ann Arbor, Pittsfield Township, Saline, and the Northville/Plymouth area where many new residents are employed. 20 �Size of Housing - We next turn to an examination of the "fit" between the sizes of the City's housing stock and its households. When there is a mismatch between the number of rooms in a home and the number of persons residing in that home, there may be problems of overcrowding. Conversely, a trend toward smaller family size, when compared to a housing stock characterized by large number of bedrooms may indicate that over time, there may be need for provision of smaller size housing units (in terms of bedroom count). Thus, a "lack of fit" can indicate either conditions of too large households squeezing into too small dwellings - or a mismatch between large homes and small families. With respect to the latter condition, such mismatch may create pressures to convert single-family homes into two-family homes, or cause a gradual decline n the quality of the larger single-family homes as their owners may not be able to afford to keep current with their maintenance. Generally, in communities like Tecumseh which contain a sizable number of large, older (and often historic) homes, both heating costs and maintenance levels for these older homes may be prohibitive for their residents. Bringing these older, homes to modern day standards of electrical, plumbing and heating facilities, coupled with provision of supplementary insulation can substantially reduce the costs of operation, making them more affordable, and thus less likely targets for sale or division into two-family units, or outright demolition. Over the years various State or Federal programs have offered low cost loans or outright grants for home modernization. The City should continue to take advantage of same in order to continue to assist its residents to maintain/enhance the City's housing stock Within Tecumseh, utilizing a standard of one person or less per room as the "ideal", it can be observed that there was, in 1980, overcrowded conditions found in only 49 housing units. Thus less than two percent of the housing stock was overcrowded. With respect to the match between bedrooms and household sizes, we observe that there may be a deficiency of smaller size housing units relative to the nature of households living in the City. In particular, there may be a greater demand for one and two room dwellings than is available. Such bedroom configurations are usually found in multiple-family as opposed to single-family housing while three or more bedrooms is typical of single-family housing. Housing Type - In 1980, the City contained almost 2,050 dwellings that were classified by the Census as one unit structures or over 76%. From 1980 through 1987, 44 new singlefamily homes were constructed in the City, 12 two-family homes and 132 multiple-family homes. Thus, recent construction trends appear to be gradually moving the City's housing stock toward a better balance between housing unit size and household size. During this time period, no homes were demolished. Thus, the total supply of dwelling units in the City is estimated to have increased from 2,723 to 2,911 units. Among the main factors which effect the demand for different size and types of housing units is population age composition. Young singles either live at home, on their own or with roommates. Young couples without children generally first reside in multiple-family 21 �housing and later, either after their incomes have increased, or after their first child is born or both, move to single-family homes. Often the initial home purchase by these young families is for small scale homes with two or three bedrooms. As incomes increase along with family size, larger homes may be purchased. However, once children are grown, the need and desire for a ' larger house may decrease. Instead, a smaller, more readily maintained home may again be the housing preference. The above factors which affect housing preference is an oversimplification of the wide variety of factors which impact demand for various styles and sizes of dwelling units. However, from this portrait, it becomes apparent that an understanding of the age group and household composition of the City's residents may provide an indication of its future housing needs. Tecumseh has made significant progress in advancing its planning program, enforcing its zoning and building codes, and in maintaining a high level of municipal services. These programs must be continued, but all problems of deterioration cannot be avoided by these measures alone. GOAL: Preserve and continuously improve residential areas and provide for a cross-section of high quality housing suitable for all segments of population while maintaining emphasis on the single-family home. OBJECTIVE I: Maintain and enhance the residential character of existing neighborhoods. POLICIES: 1. Private action to achieve adequate maintenance and improvement of existing properties can best be accomplished through individual and neighborhood pride and through pressures of public opinion. · To insure superior efforts will require an effective educational campaign. As part of implementing this policy, the City should prepare and regularly distribute information brochures explaining which improvements can be made to property without increasing property taxes. 2. Through its action, the City should continue to demonstrate an awareness of the need to improve neighborhoods. The construction and maintenance of streets (paving, curbs, gutters, sidewalks), as well as a program for tree planting, should be foremost in this effort. 3. The City should continue to provide the highest affordable level of City services to all residential areas of the City. 22 �4. • 5. Residential areas should be protected from encroachment by incompatible land uses through careful application of the Zoning Ordinance. Screening with earth berms, walls and landscaping should be provided where nonresidential activities abut residential properties. The City should take an active role in encouraging the rehabilitation of older housing in the community. OBJECTIVE II: Stabilize the housing mix (single-family, two-family, multiple-fami y) to provide housing opportunities for all segments of Tecumseh's present and future residents while maintaining the single-family character of the City. POLICIES: 1. Limit the conversion of single-family dwellings to multi-family use in older neighborhoods. 2. Provide areas for new housing development with a diverse housing stock for all income and age groups and with particular emphasis on single-family detached and attached (cluster) housing. 3. Special concern will need to be given to provide housing for newly forming families and for the elderly in keeping with the City's demographic profile. 4. Single-Family dwelling should be dominant housing type in the City. OBJECTIVE Ill: Preserve and maintain structures of significant historical value and their immediate environment. POLICIES: 1. Promote historic preservation through educational programs and information on historic preservation matters. Brochures which contain information on historic preservation should be developed and provided residents. 2. Continue to support the efforts of the City's Historic Preservation Commission in its preservation efforts in the older residential neighborhoods of the City. 3. The City should assist property owners, through the Historic Preservation Commission, to obtain public and private funding for use in restoration and preservation of historic structures and places. 23 �OBJECTIVE IV: Preserve the natural features of a site (topography, woodlands, wetlands and floodplains) to be developed for housing. POLICIES: 1. Promote the integration of natural features of a site as a useful part of future housing developments where such developments contain natural features through careful and imaginative site planning and site plan review. 2. Require developers of property to provide accurate location of natural features when presenting plans for review. 3. Establish a special natural features review procedure for sites containing such features. 4. Strengthen ordinances as may be necessary to assure preservation of natural features. 24 ' I. I ��COMMERCIAL AREAS Tecumseh is adequately and well served with retail facilities in two commercial areas, the Central Business Distri'Ct and the West Chicago Business Area. A broad range of convenient retail facilities and services exist in these two business centers. The CBD provides a somewhat more specialized array of goods and services which attract customers from the immediate area as well as from considerable distances away. Whereas the West Chicago complex provides many of the day to day needs for people in the immediate region. The importance of both business areas of Tecumseh should not be underestimated. Both provide unique services and functions. For this reason each area is given special attention in the planning process and separate goals and objectives for each area were developed. CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT The Tecumseh CBD is a special place. It has historic significance as well as utility and it is framed on all sides by pleasant residential neighborhoods. It's preservation and enhancement as both an image element in the fabric of the City and as an important business place is paramount. To assist in establishing a long range plan for a continuing prosperous central business area a field reconnaissance of the visual assets and liabilities in and bordering the CBD was undertaken. These observations are portrayed on the accompanying graphic Central Business District - A Planning Overview. The planning overview was followed by workshop sessions involving all interested public and private groups and individuals. Among others this included the City Council, Planning Commission, Downtown Development Authority, City Administrative Personnel, Business Association, Chamber of Commerce, interested Citizens and the News Media. A primary goal for the downtown area and seven basic objectives have been defined as a result of workshop sessions and planning commission deliberation. An extensive list of policies are stated to reinforce the effectuation of the goals and objectives for the continued improvement of downtown Tecumseh. GOAL: Through business, property owner and governmental cooperation, maintain the small city character of the central business district while encouraging its improvement in order to continue to attract quality businesses with the prime concern of serving the residents of the market region and beyond. 25 �This will be done in a fashion sensitive to the existing established character of the downtown area with emphasis on enhancing and preserving the historic character of the business area and its surroundings. , Each new development or improvement will be expected to contribute to the economic vitality, service capability and attractiveness of the central business district. A need to build upon and improve the small city historic character of downtown Tecumseh is a major part of the primary goal statement relative to downtown Tecumseh. Through the efforts of the Downtown Development Authority and Planning Commission initial efforts are being made to plan for physical enhancement of the central business district. This effort is primarily oriented toward the physical improvements that need to made in a coordinated style in keeping with the historic character of the City. Every effort will be made to keep the best from the past, make the most of the present and provide the maximum future. The sketches, which are included on the following · page are suggestions for the enhancement of the CBD. An ongoing effort is continuing with the ODA in the design and selection of materials for the improvement of pedestrian areas and the encouragement of restoration of historic structures in and around the CBD. This is a major effort which will not only be of benefit to the business community, but should provide an improved environment for the enjoyment of all of Tecumseh's residents. The following objectives and policies are geared toward assisting in the realization of the major goal for the Central Business District. OBJECTIVE I. Accessibility - Improvement to the attractiveness of access streets, and route identification from all directions to the CBD should be undertaken. POLICIES: 1. From the North a. Direct and attractive access to the CBD on North Evans is provided, however, improvement of the appearance of properties at the entrance to the City (airport area) can be accomplished through provision of additional landscape planting. b. An attractive City of Tecumseh entrance sign should be erected. c. Changes in use of properties should be closely monitored on North Evans to assure compatible and attractive reuse of land and buildings that will not detract from this important entrance into the City and the downtown area. 26 �2. 3. d. Through truck traffic should be discouraged from traversing through the CBD. e. Truck routes should be signed. f. A traffic study by qualified traffic experts should be undertaken relative to all aspects of vehicle traffic into, within and through th~ Central Business District. From the South a. Access to the CBD from the south is for the most part through industrial areas of the City. The appearance of industrial areas can and should be improved through more intensive landscaping and tree planting, particularly large parking lot expanses and yard and storage areas. b. Maumee should be considered as a major access to the CBD. c. Signage that gives direction to the business district is needed. This should be provided on Russell Road at Adrian, Evans and Maumee Streets. d. Attractive entrance signs should be provided at strategic locations on the south side of the City. e. Trucks entering Tecumseh from the south should be routed to utilize both Evans and Maumee in order to reduce the impact on any one street. f. Truck routes should be signed. From the East a. The eastern entrance to the City of Tecumseh and the CBD presents an attractive entrance which should be carefully monitored to assure a continuing pleasant, well maintained image. b. Mature street trees should continue to be maintained and replaced as times and conditions warrant. The green tree canopy effect on Chicago Boulevard is an attractive feature which adds significantly to ambience of downtown. 27 �1tI™lIID§11ltfi(Q)ml. . cc.Im.cdl. cc@ir® . - - L O O A H _ _ _ ._..._ 0 @m ca IJ rrm -=:~..... 111111 ~[Mri r---"\I .i . ' -· ·11 '" ~- , - ") ' Ik®V ~ t::::11=1 POTIAWATAMI( • -- 8<;l ARRIVAL ZONE l'l!DESTRIAH CIRCULATION CBDCORE INTER,ACE WITH RESIDENTIAL CC (0)MCCIBIFTilllA\IL ID)IlA\C@ IBA.™1 G~~!'J.~~E~ • u,..__,..ar>oo , Ol"..ut ~ - ~ • • ' �lltDUTAIAN UOHTINO WITH 8AHHfA STSTtM HANOICA, AAMPIS (TYPICALt ~ COLOAt!O CONCRETI: CROSSWAU(I~ I ' WIOf COHCAOf IANDS ~ ~ WOOD rA,U.tfO AOOf' W /DOWN UOHTINO ••cAHM!Nf w••oow eoxu CONCAtTI! BASI DPIOHO AQOAIOATI!: 'Al/ING IAOOM ,tNISHfO CONCAfff: I' w,oe CONCAIT1 8ANOI If' 1111 11•· -------+-+-- I ~;:~ fiDilmnn Jkfl@§Ik -- "-.., ~g ~~~ ®Ilcewra:nt fl<IDrru O ]P)IlraJ.IID ra:i ]TI)I8§1Ic@N §VJrUJlID)ll / @Il®Wlfil1t fiCIDilll ~ lb) .S ==---~-=~...:.=..~-=--~ VIUCAN ,L£MAN & ASSOCIATES, INC �18 ®Atl~ttfmn~ Eal = E Q f. 0 =-; : :--, -::::::::::-- - -:::: ~ §Jk®1t<aihl ca ----·--._... --- -~- 0 VlLICAN-LlMAN & ,-SIOCIA TlS. INC JPIEIIB§JFIECCTIIWIB§ �4. c. Truck traffic from the east, with a destination beyond the CBD, is becoming excessive. Every effort should be made to find an alternate truck by-pass route. (See policy 1.1 f.) d. An attractive City of Tecumseh entrance sign should be erected. From the West a. The five block area from Evans Creek to Pearl Street provides a green canopy, large historic home setting atmosphere which is one of Tecumseh's most attractive features. The maintenance of this atmosphere is essential and provides an excellent entrance setting for the downtown area from the west. b. Efforts should be made to re-route through truck traffic from the west. (See policy 1.1 f.) c. An attractive City entrance sign should be erected. OBJECTIVE II. Traffic Circulation - Downtown streets should provide easy access and smooth traffic flow for the downtown visitor and shopper with a minimum of traffic conflict. POLICIES 1. Vehicular (See policy I. 1 f.) a. Speed limits on Chicago Boulevard should be evaluated relative to a possible speed reduction in heavy pedestrian use areas. b. Traffic signals in the CBD should favor the pedestrian. c. Turning movements and traffic direction on CBD streets need to be identified. Pavement arrows should be explored in addition to signage. d. Traffic egress from the CBD on Ottawa Street past both the library and .school needs to be monitored relative to speed and safety to pedestrians. e. Alleys should serve for parking lot access, service vehicles and should be designed to provide shopper safety. 28 �2. Pedestrian a. A comfortable, safe and inviting pedestrian atmosphere is essential to all shopping streets in the CBD and should receive the highest priority for enhancement of features that promote these aspects. b. Street pedestrian crossings should be visually identified {by brick pavers, paint, or other means). c. Signalization of cross walks should favor the pedestrian on all streets and particularly on Chicago Boulevard. d. Pedestrian safety in parking lots and at rears of stores should be evaluated relative to night lighting. e. Vehicle conflicts with pedestrian access to rear store entrances should be minimized. OBJECTIVE Ill. Parking - Every effort should be made to provide convenient, safe and attractive customer parking. Emphasis should be placed on increasing parking where a deficiency in parking exists. POLICIES 1. Employees - A continual effort should be made by business owners to discourage use of prime parking spaces by employees in the CBD 2. Customers a. Parking areas should be expanded wherever feasible with particular attention to the core area of the CBD. b. Removal of some existing structures located within parking lots should be considered to allow for additional parking and smoother traffic flow. c. Customer walking distances should be no greater than 250 feet between any store and a parking facility. d. The improvement of existing parking lots should continue to be made with particular emphasis on landscaping and screening to lessen the visual impact of expansive areas of parking and to provide an attractive appearance in keeping with CBD character. e. Parking lot lighting should be evaluated to assure a safe atmosphere for the parking lot user. 29 �f. Rear store improvement and access should be encouraged to provide convenient access to stores. g. Parking meters should be modernized. h. The City owned building in the parking lot between Pearl and Evans should be removed for parking expansion. i. Signage giving direction to parking lots should be improved. OBJECTIVE IV. Size of CBD - The CBD will need to expand to keep pace with market area growth. Future growth should be concentrated as a compact business area conducive to walk-in business and to provide for the continuation of the small town character which typifies Tecumseh's CBD. POLICIES 1. CBD Growth Areas a. The major retailing activities in the CBD should be concentrated in those blocks from Pearl Street to Maumee Street along Chicago Boulevard and with additional depth to the north and south in the core area between Pearl and Ottawa. b. Under-utilized buildings with retail user potential within the CBD should be upgraded through land and building assembly and marketed for uses that will strengthen the CBD. C. New businesses for the CBD should be sought which are in character with the historic image of Tecumseh. d. The side streets in the downtown area, particularly Evans and Ottawa have potential for additional business development that would strengthen the overall market pulling power for the CBD. e. A market analysis of the CBD and its potential retailing strengths today and for the future should be undertaken. 30 �2. 3. CBD Fringe a. The protection of abutting residential areas and the encouragement of the maintenance of residential properties adjacent to the CBD is essential to the continued high quality image of the CBD. b. The potential for utilization of dwellings to the rear of stores on Pottawatamie Street for retail specialty shops should be encouraged provided the living environment of dwellings which wish to remain can be assured through proper site planning and building utilization. c. The conversion of single family dwellings to two-family dwellings should be discouraged. Other Business Generators a. The CBD should be an activity center for various areawide events. b. Ongoing activities and new events which promote the ambience of downtown should be encouraged. OBJECTIVE V. CBD Appearance - Provide a clean, efficient and tasteful environment that will enhance the Central Business District as a place to do business and a place in which all the citizens of Tecumseh take pride. POLICIES 1. Architectural - The whole of downtown Tecumseh creates a small town character which should be preserved and nurtured through all possible means including: a. Individual existing building architecture should reflect initial building design. Store front remodelling should not reflect the latest design fad but should provide a unifying architectural theme. b. Promotion of the historic restoration of significant downtown structures should receive special emphasis. c. No single motif should be promoted; however, the style of the early tradition of the City should be respected as it relates to new construction in the CBD. 31 �2. d. Color coordination in both new construction and in remodeling is essential. e. The two-story character of downtown, particularly along Chicago Boulevard, should be preserved and encouraged for both building remodelling and new developments. f. Efforts should be made to promote the use of second floor space for activities which will lend support to downtown's primary retail function i.e.; offices and dwellings. g. Awnings which obscure building facades or obliterate the true nature of the building design should be discouraged. h. Awnings which serve as signs should be discouraged and should be carefully scrutinized under the City's sign ordinance for compliance with sign size provisions. i. Awnings when provided should be so designed as to provide a unifying effect to the downtown area. The Shopping Street a. A program for replacing pedestrian area paving should be undertaken. b. Decorative paving should be incorporated into new downtown walkways. c. A street tree planting and replacement program should be scheduled. Additional street tree planting in addition to that on Chicago Boulevard needs to be undertaken. d. Downtown pedestrian level lighting in keeping with the historic character of downtown should be considered for Chicago Boulevard and for additional downtown streets and for streets bordering the CBD for both its utility and its decorative appeal. 32 �3. e. Well designed street furniture (benches, directional kiosks, trash receptacles, planting areas, etc.) should be provided at appropriate locations throughout the downtown area. f. Street and traffic signage should be effectively located and be distinctively designed to give direction and not create excessive clutter in the downtown area. g. The use of a distinctive "Historic Tecumseh" street banner should be considered for the CBD area and major approaching streets. Any such banner should be professionally designed. h. Directional signage fqr side street businesses should be provided (possibly on sidewalk directional kiosks). Alleyways a. A continuing emphasis should be placed on the improvement of rear store facades and entrances to the rear of stores providing convenient access to parking facilities. b. Alleys at the rear of businesses should serve for both service access and as an attractive and safe pedestrian area. c. A long term program should be instituted to place all overhead utility lines underground. d. Trash receptacles should be screened from public view. OBJECTIVE VI. CBD Maintenance - It is essential fo keep a neat, orderly and safe downtown which attracts and keeps high quality businesses and maintains a comfortable retail atmosphere for the shoppers. POLICIES 1. Every merchant will maintain both front and rear of his/her business establishment on not less than a daily basis. This will include both public and private pedestrian and service areas. 33 �OBJECTIVE VII. 2. Maintenance of public access (streets, alleys and parking areas) will continue to be programmed on a regular basis. 3. The screening of trash receptacles should be undertaken whenever feasible. 4. Merchants and property owners, in partnership with the City, should assist in the control of vandalism to both public and private property. Effectuation - Every available tool for the improvement of downtown Tecumseh will be pursued. 1. The continued strong leadership and support in improving downtown by the Mayor and City Council is essential. 2. The Downtown Development Authority is a pro-active body that has maintained a positive working relationship with the City. Continued support for the Tecumseh Downtown Development Authority's improvement program is essential. 3. Efforts of the Tecumseh Planning Commission as a recommending body to the City Council in support of downtown improvement is essential. 4. Support for programs and activities which will assist in improving downtown including the following among others will be pursued: a. Programs for financing building improvements. b. Continued institution. c. Continue the use of P.A. 260 of 1984 on Downtown maintenance, promotion and operation. d. Provide information relative to historic preservation and the potential for tax credits in the restoration of historic structures in the downtown area. Community Revitalization Tax Act. 34 assistance in financing from lender �WEST CHICAGO BUSINESS AREA At present, the appearance of this business street does not promote an appropriate image for the City of Tecumseh. Traffic access to and from businesses is confused and occasionally hazardous! There is a lack of coordination of parking and access to parking between businesses. Mixed land uses, such as businesses of a heavy, almost industrial character intermingled with retail activities serving high volumes of customers, promote an unstable business atmosphere. However, the West Chicago business area provides a significant portion of the daily needs shopping facilities for the immediate region. While there is some duplication in retail activity between the CBD and West Chicago areas, a major segment of large site retail such as food stores, farm supply stores, automotive and passerby oriented facilities predominate in the West Chicago area. This is for the most part a good split of business activity as many of the businesses on West Chicago would not find adequate space within the CBD nor would activities be compatible with the pedestrian oriented nature of the CBD. The following series of goals, objectives and policies for the improvement of the important business area were the result of workshop sessions with West Chicago business and property owners and the Tecumseh Planning Commission. GOAL: Enhance the image and operation of West Chicago Boulevard as a sound business area and as an attractive entrance to the City while maintaining and improving upon the general business and service nature of this business frontage to provide for both the local resident and the transient traveler. OBJECTIVE I: Improve upon the appearance of the business street. POLICIES: 1. Encourage private action by businessmen and property owners to improve buildings and sites to promote a better image for this important entrance to the City of Tecumseh. 2. A business person and property owner improvement committee of the Chamber of Commerce should be formed to actively pursue an improvement program including: a. b. c. 3. Pursuit of low interest property improvement loans. Retention of a design professional to coordinate the architectural treatment of buildings and to review new signage. Coordination of marketing and sales activities with the Chamber of Commerce. Promote the development and redevelopment of properties to enhance the business area. 35 �4. Promote the removal of incompatible uses of property in areas zoned for business use. 5. Continue to enforce strict sign controls and require submission of sign proposals as a part of site plan review procedures. 6. Prepare an improvement plan for the street to include beautification measures such as pedestrian level lighting, identification banner signs, and provision of street and parking lot trees. 7. An attractively designed "Welcome to Tecumseh" sign should be installed at the west entrance to the City. OBJECTIVE II: Improve traffic access to and from businesses, coordinate parking lot access and improve parking lots in both appearance and utility. POLICIES: 1. Pursue the provision of marginal access connector drives between properties wherever feasible. 2. Promote joint driveway access wherever feasible between abutting parcels in order to reduce the number of access points for turning movements to and from the major traffic artery. 3. Require the provision of adequate off-street parking for all new construction and encourage the provision of adequate parking in areas where shortages now exist. 4. Require the surfacing and maintenance of all parking lots. 5. Provide curb and gutter construction wherever feasible. 6. Explore the feasibility of providing pedestrianways or sidewalks on West Chicago Boulevard. 7. Explore with the Michigan Department of Transportation the feasibility of reducing speed limits on West Chicago and the feasibility of a left turn signal and a no turn on red signal at Occidental. 36 �OBJECTIVE Ill: Coordinate development activities on West Chicago Boulevard with Tecumseh Township. POLICIES: 1. Establish a rapport with Tecumseh Township relative to planning, zoning and development activities in this business corridor in the Township. 2. Business promotion activities for the West Chicago business district should include the businesses located in the Township. 3. Coordination of zoning and planning standards that will result in a well planned business district should be pursued by both units of government. 37 ��INDUSTRIAL AREAS Industrial development in Tecumseh and the immediate surrounding area is of prime importance to the vitality of the City both as an employment base for residents and as a tax base which assists in providing for essential community services such as schools and other public facilities. The growth of industry in recent years in the Tecumseh area has been steady and substantial. GOAL: Upgrade older industrial areas and provide space for new industry in order to expand Tecumseh's employment and tax base and thereby assist in providing employment opportunities to all age levels of our work force while providing a high level of community services and facilities. OBJECTIVE I: Maintain and upgrade existing industrial districts. POLICIES: 1. Encourage the in-fill of industry on available industrial sites in the City. 2. Provide adequate industrial street access to all industries. 3. Discourage the use of residential streets for industrial traffic. 4. Continue to provide a high level of maintenance to all streets utilized by industrial users. 5. Promote a visually attractive environment in existing industrial areas. 6. Promote a high level of exterior maintenance and encourage landscaping for existing industries. 7. Provide the proper screening of industry in those areas where housing is in close proximity to industry. 8. Outdoor storage areas should be screened from public view by landscaping or, where sufficient area for landscaping is not available, by means of walls ·or screening fences. 9. Where mixed land uses exist in industrial areas, support efforts to consolidate parcels for industry. 38 �OBJECTIVE II: Continue to develop new sites for planned industrial districts. POLICIES 1. Industrial development should take place only in areas that will not be incompatible with existing or future residential development. 2. A mix of site sizes, large and small, should be available within planned industrial developments. 3. Industrial area access by means of direct thorofare connection to State trunklines (M-50 and M-52) shoula be achieved. 4. Full utility services should be provided to and within planned industrial parks. 5. Industrial park private covenants governing building and site appearance, signage and landscaping should be encouraged. OBJECTIVE Ill: Industrial promotion and the incentives to encourage industrial development should be supported within a balanced framework to assure that the service needs of the entire City are met. POLICIES: 1. Continue to support the efforts of the efforts of Lenawee Tomorrow in its efforts to attract new industry to the area. 2. Encourage Lenawee Tomorrow's effort to retain and expand existing industries in Tecumseh. 3. Encourage transportation oriented industries to locate in Tecumseh and also continue ongoing efforts to diversify Tecumseh's industrial base. 4. Make fiscal incentives to industry and to industrial areas available within the framework of a city-wide Capital Improvements Program. 5. Explore the potential for the Development of a Local Development Finance Authority (LDFA) under Act 281 of 1986 for the development of new industrial areas. 6. Promote the area - network to let people know what we have and what our potential for development is, particularly as it relates to high-tech. industry. 39 ��COMMUNI'IY FACILffiES PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES One of the many features, which in combination make Tecumseh a desirable community in which to live and work, is the high level of municipal .facilities and services. The City has an abundant source of water and operates an excellent sewage treatment facility. Public buildings are generally well located and adequate for their purpose. Police and fire services and their facilities, though in need of expansion, are well suited to the needs of Tecumseh's residents. Refuse disposal, adequate for the next decade, will present some problems for the community in the next 1O to 20 years. GOAL: Provide in the most efficient manner those public facilities and services - public safety, public works, government facilities and services - that maintain Tecumseh as a desirable community. OBJECTIVE I: Maintain public safety throughout the community. POLICIES: 1. Continue to provide superior police services by improving the existing police station at its present location in the City Hall with particular emphasis on the following : a. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel and for detainees. b. Improve detention area. c. Provide secure armory facilities. d. Provide additional storage area including stolen property storage. e. Provide additional administrative space and office for special personnel. f. Additional parking for both public use and for police vehicles should be planned with the improvement of police building facilities. g. Consideration should be given to providing police vehicle weather protection either through garages or car ports. 40 �I-- 0 400 SCALE COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN 800 IN FE ET 1200 �2. Continue to adjust Police Department programs, training and policies to meet changing conditions. 3. Strive to maintain and upgrade the City's favorable fire rating. 4. Relocate the fire station from the downtown business area to a site that will still offer maximum protection to high value areas as well as serve all areas of the City without excessive distance runs. A new station should include adequate expansion space for state of the art equipment. 5. The feasibility of providing training facilities such as fire tower and other specialized equipment and facilities should be explored with the possibility of intergovernmental participation between nearby communities. 6. Provide additional storm warning sirens as may be needed to adequately protect the residents of Tecumseh. 7. Continue to adjust Fire Department programs, training and policies to meet changing conditions. OBJECTIVE II: Maintain a high level of efficient governmental administrative services. POLICIES: 1. City administrative offices and any expansion thereof should continue to occupy the present centrally located site. 2. City Hall building space will need to be expanded in order to assure a good working environment for personnel and to provide for necessary modern day services with particular emphasis on the following: a. Space for both administrative personnel and future staff such as engineering, should be provided. b. An additional conference meeting room is needed. c. Existing storage space should be improved and expanded. d. An adequate computer room will be needed to maintain and improve on efficient administrative practices. 41 �An employee's lounge shall be provided. f. Handicapped access throughout City Hall is essential. 3. Parking for City Hall needs to be expanded for both employees and visitors. 4. Expansion of facilities on the existing City Hall site should include provision of a high level of landscape improvement which will be in character with the adjacent downtown area improvements plan. OBJECTIVE Ill: A high level of sewer and water services for the City should be maintained and improved where feasible. POLICIES: 1. Water pressure should be maintained by looping water service wherever feasible. 2. Expansion of wells on existing site should be undertaken where feasible. 3. A program for acquisition of future well sites should be undertaken. 4. Provision of an additional water storage facility, either an elevated tank or ground level tank, should be constructed in the northwest quadrant of the City. 5. Sewage treatment capacity and facilities are adequate for expansion of development but should be monitored to assure continued adequacy for growth in the area. 6. Sewage lift stations should be upgraded to reflect existing and anticipated demand and up to date technology. r II . ;· e. OBJECTIVE II: Maintain public streets, parking areas and all public works and services consistent with high standards and within reasonable fiscal constraints. POLICIES: 1. An adequate public works site and buildings, well located to serve the City, exists at its present location. A long term plan for utilization of this site should be prepared. 42 �2. Explore the potential for providing additional facilities such as a paint booth and a sign shop. 3. The City should remain vigilant in its program to assure a high level of street and sidewalk maintenance and improvement. 4. New street improvements and other public facilities should be accessible to handicapped persons. 5. Refuse collection and disposal alternatives should be evaluated regularly. 6. The City should promote the conservation of energy and resources in the delivery of public services. OBJECTIVE V: Continue to provide a high level of cemetery services and maintenance at the City's cemetery. POLICIES: 1. The 13 acres of unused cemetery land provides adequate cemetery space for the foreseeable future. 2. A master development plan showing roads, burial plots and other site improvements should be prepared. r- OBJECTIVE VI: The Civic Auditorium provides a community facility which should be nurtured as a unique community asset. POLICIES: 1. Explore the utilization of site space at the auditorium as a possible recreational facility. 2. Evaluate long term building space needs and optimum utilization of the facility. 3. Continue to explore funding sources for the operation and maintenance of the facility. OBJECTIVE VII : Health services are essential to the high quality of life in Tecumseh. POLICIES: 1. The City should encourage and enhance opportunities wherever feasible for the continued growth of Herrick Memorial Health Care Center. 2. The long term needs for additional hospital site and support facilities should be based upon a master plan for the hospital. 43 �3. The City's Future Land Use plan should reflect site expansion needs for all facilities including support facilities, parking, street needs and their relationship to the abutting residential neighborhood. RECREATION As a component of this master plan, a complete recreation plan was developed. The Recreation Plan is a separate document which itself is complete and should be referred to for information specifically regarding recreation. However, to substantiate some of the land use decisions portrayed on the Master Plan of Future Land Use the Goals and Objectives and the maps of Existing and Future Recreation Sites is provided. PRIMARY GOAL: To continue to provide a wide range of recreational opportunities for existing and future Tecumseh residents of all ages. GOAL I: The provision of land for recreation in quantities sufficient to meet the existing and future recreation needs of the Tecumseh population. OBJECTIVE I: The improvement of under-developed parks. POLICIES: 1. The preparation of a plan for Shady Lane Park to improve its use. 2. The development of the Hotrum Promenade Park site as a minipark. 3. To construct a pedestrian bridge across Evans Creek to link Patterson Park to vacant recreation land west of the creek and thus provide area for a full neighborhood facility. 4. The preparation of a plan for vacant land adjacent to Douglas W. Bird Kiwanis Memorial Park. 5. The preparation of a plan for the improvement of Elliot Park to provide amenities suited toward neighborhood use. 44 �1·· CLIN,ON , CL I If ' 0 • ,._. .. T l CUM I l M -· .. -·· f (CU a,• l M Tl CUM I l M T W, T W, _J r ,lr \J\. /'" ' I ~ I~ .. , H~ * : I ] l : I I \__ I .--/ l :......·.:.~i.."",., .. ...I 'I _ffl '!I! I! IIII11111 II:::'! L= .. ~t1-I I 11I 11 I I I I I 111 I ~.21~111 ! \ I\_1 )I)) ) I I ,1,, . . . . I / .~I I I f[CUMllM ltA 111 M • , ... TW" l'i :Al~ __ J,__ - SERVICE * * ** • MINI . ____J -~~ AREA BOUNDARY PARK NEIGHBORHOOD COMMUNITY PARK ~ PARK 0 POTENTIAL PARK UNOER • O[V[LOP[O SIT[ PARK F U T LJ R E PA R K L OCAT I Q NS TECUMSEH MICHIGAN I •OO tChl •oo lfOO IOI ' l i t ,llicon • lemon a ouoc. inc. plonninQ consultonll �OBJECTIVE II: The acquisition of additional land for park use. POLICIES: GOAL II: OBJECTIVE I: 1. The acquisition of at least five acres of land in neighborhood unit A for the future development of a neighborhood park. 2. The acquisition of roughly 25 acres for the future development of a community park and the immediate development of a neighborhood facility in neighborhood unit B. 3. The acquisition of at least five acres of land for the immediate development of a neighborhood park in neighborhood unit C. 4. The acquisition of at least five acres of land for the immediate development of a neighborhood park in neighborhood unit D. 5. The acquisition of land adjacent to Mill Pond to maintain walking trails which link Satterthwaite Park and Standish Dam. 6. The acquisition of at least five acres of land for the eventual development of a neighborhood ·park to serve neighborhood unit I. 7. To ask developers to donate land for recreational use. To provide sufficient recreation facilities to meet the needs of the Tecumseh residents. To increase the public awareness of programs and facilities. OBJECTIVE II: To create new recreational facilities. 1. To purchase, improve and maintain a trail system and nature walk linking Satterthwaite Park and Standish Dam. 2. To create two regulation softball diamonds. 3. To create two additional basketball courts designed to regulation standards. · 4. To create additional soccer fields. 5. To provide additional ice skating facilities. 45 �OBJECTIVE Ill: To purchase new equipment. POLICIES: 1. 2. To provide at least eight additional picnic tables at various parks in the system . • To purchase picnic tables, grills, play equipment and a pedestrian bridge for Douglas W. Bird Kiwanis Memorial Park. 3. To purchase and replace equipment as needed to continue recreation programs. 4. To purchase equipment as needed for under-developed and undeveloped parks. 5. To investigate the development of a walking trail from Evans Creek to Standish Dam. 6. To pursue the development of an indoor recreation facility. OBJECTIVE IV: Maintain and upgrade existing facilities. POLICIES: 1. Upgrade and renovation of athletic fields/diamonds. 2. To examine the suitability and potential of the Community Center for either continuing recreational purposes or adaptive reuse. 3. Repair /rebuild the bridge surface at Standish Dam. 4. Provide additional paved parking at Cal Zorn Park Recreation Center. 5. To repair the tennis courts at Tecumseh Park. 6. Provide park signs for all City parks. 7. To continue existing cooperative arrangement organizations and pursue additional joint ventures. 46 between �SCHOOLS The Tecumseh School District encompasses an area much broader than the City of Tecumseh itself. Still, the majority of the services and the greatest population concentration is within the City. The City of Tecumseh is the heart of the School District. From a planning standpoint it is important to grasp the relevant trends within the District to understand the implications for future land use needs. Past Trends Within the past five years the school district has reduced the amount of vacant land that it has held in reserve within the City. This is largely in response to the past trend of a relatively stable population base within the City. Furthermore, there is a national trend toward fewer children per household. Thus, even with a growing number of households, large increases in the number of students would not be expected in the immediate future. The table on the following page summarizes enrollment trends from 1980 to 1987 and illustrates a general decline in total enrollment. The amount of land within the City that was held by the School District has fluctuated over the years. The largest decrease in school owned land was due to the trading of about 120 acres located on the south side of M-50 that is now the location of the Lenawee Stamping Plant. As a component of the swap, land adjacent to Tecumseh Acres Elementary was obtained. Another large parcel, about 20 acres in area, was sold that was located at the south side of Conklin Road. Also, a smaller parcel that was adjacent to Patterson Elementary is now owned by the City for cemetery use. Existing School Sites Within the City of Tecumseh, there are three public elementary schools; Herrick Park Elementary, Patterson Elementary and Tecumseh Acres Elementary. A junior high school, and a senior high school are also located within the City. In addition to the school sites, the District owns the public library. There is one private school within the City. Future Needs According to the School District, the existing elementary sites have sufficient land to meet their immediate and projected needs. However, the junior and senior high schools will need room to expand. The high school is situated with Evans Creek running along its north and west property lines and Maumee street is located directly east. The only direction for the high school to expand is south. Currently, there are homes located in this area, some of which have historic architectural characteristics. Movement of these homes to another suitable location could be one means of obtaining land for the school while preserving the historic assets of the community. 48 l ---=- - -- �~ TABLE 9 SCHOOL ENROLLMENT TRENDS I 270 230 249 252 202 210 278 271 288 282 313 15.9% 280 248 220 231 236 205 212 217 209 240 232 - 17.1% 2 244 256 237 211 228 220 203 215 223 213 230 - 5.7% 3 240 232 253 236 205 227 221 203 206 220 229 - 4.6% 4 297 232 233 238 232 199 218 213 205 214 226 - 23.9% 289 298 231 228 245 238 193 223 216 215 230 -22.8% Kindergarten I I 5 6 I 259 277 286 220 238 253 240 197 225 226 226 - 12.7% Total Elem. Students I 1,879 1,773 1,709 1,616 1,586 1,552 1,565 1,539 1,572 1,690 1,686 - 10.3% 7 I 242 251 275 279 226 238 242 239 213 213 229 - 5.4% 8 252 239 252 272 285 233 245 241 232 245 248 - 1.6% Total Jr. High Students 494 490 527 551 511 471 487 480 445 458 477 - 3.4% 9 255 260 247 243 271 293 238 271 264 245 252 - 1.2% 10 I 275 255 244 235 247 276 292 241 245 245 234 - 14.9% 11 I 271 256 224 220 220 240 263 282 216 221 236 - 12.9% 233 228 229 206 211 216 235 234 250 201 228 0.4% Total Sr. High Students 1,034 999 944 904 949 1,025 1,028 1,028 975 912 950 Total Students In the District 3,407 3,262 3,180 3,071 3,046 3,048 3,080 3,047 3,052 3,079 3,113 12 I 8.1% - 8.6% Note: Kindergarten, 1987 Includes both Readiness and regular kindergarten students. Only full-time , non-special education students were included in this table. Source : Tecumseh Public School District. 49 ��TRANSPORTATION Tecumseh lies near the cross roads of two major state trunkline routes, M-50 which bisects the community in an east-west direction and M-52 a north-south trunkline some 2 miles west of the City. The U.S. 23 Freeway is 14 miles east of the City connecting with M-50. This freeway connects with Toledo a short distance to the south and with Ann Arbor, 20 miles to the north. Detroit and Metropolitan Airport are easily accessible within less than one hour driving time from Tecumseh. Close proximity to Ann Arbor, Toledo and Detroit has made Tecumseh a prime location not only for industrial and commercial development but also as a unique, desirable and upscale small town residential community. The areas of Tecumseh that are planned for additional growth, particularly new industrial and housing areas, will need adequate collector streets to channel heavy traffic loads to major arteries without disrupting the living patterns of residents. As well as auto and truck access, alternate modes of transit may also be needed as growth of the area continues and to provide mobility to all age groups, particularly the elderly. Regional roads that serve major industrial types of land uses outside the City will need to be upgraded to adequately serve heavy industrial traffic and to provide traffic access on thorofares that do not unduly disrupt established business and residential areas of the City. A map depicting the relation between the regional road network and Tecumseh is included on the following page. A thorofare plan for the City is also included and follows the Goals and Objectives· portion of this section. GOAL: Provide an arterial street system that will adequately separate traffic with a destination outside Tecumseh from local oriented trips and service major land use trip generators such as industrial areas, business districts and residential neighborhoods. The arterial street system should be supplemented by a local street system to enhance safe and quiet residential neighborhoods. OBJECTIVE I: Strengthen the regional highway network in order to serve the region around Tecumseh with adequate traffic movement to, from and around the City. 50 �~<'c;. I-------------- "'.r~ STAIB I I '<- ~1,~ I I N ,n ALLEN I I I :I .,, I !1 ;I . ;1 I I I I I ...a:: I I ► ..,.., :Ii I ID I TECUMSEH •,•,•· ......t r··•=:;•;:;•··· RUSSELL :-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:- ·=·=== I I I I I I I .., ~ ...z 0 N ,n u u :Ii' 0 STATE TRUNKLINE REGIONAL CONNECTOR ----- I I I I ::11 ... gl a::1 I I I 0 1/2 MILE LINKAGE ROAD REGIONAL ROAD NETWORK �POLICIES: 1. Major regional highways that serve Tecumseh should include: M50, M-52, Tecumseh-Clinton Road, Raisin Center Road, Occidental, Rogers Highway, Billmeyer, Allen and Russell Roads. 2. • Four regional roads that will provide important connections to major arteries should be maintained at a high level of service. These are: Matthews Road, Staib Road, Macon Road and Roger Highway. 3. Upgrade Russell Road west of Occidental to M-52 to serve as a major east-west connector to serve the industrial areas of the City. 4. Upgrade Billmeyer Highway and Allen Road to provide a north- south connector from M-50 north to Allen Road and Allen Road west to Tecumseh/Clinton Road. This will enhance access for industrial traffic having need for north-south traffic movement in the Tecumseh area. OBJECTIVE II: Strengthen the ability of local arterial streets to serve their primary function: allowing a smooth flow of high traffic volumes within, around and through the City, providing for traffic safety, and facilitating the beautification of such streets. POLICIES: 1. Local arterial streets should include the following: Occidental, Evans, Maumee, Rogers, Macon, Chicago and Russell. 2. On arterial streets with business frontages, limit turning movements and strive for combined entrance and exit points between abutting businesses in order to reduce traffic conflicts and bottlenecks. 3. Provide left-turn lanes on all arterial streets, wherever feasible. 4. Enforce land use policies on arterial streets that abut residential areas to discourage the development of high volume traffic generators such as business or office developments. 5. In areas where new arterial streets are proposed, undertake a program for development of such streets. 6. Encourage the development of landscaping buffers or transition areas on arterial streets that abut residential areas to provide noise and visual barriers as may be appropriate. 51 �7. Encourage the beautification of all arterial street entrances to the City. 8. Provide sidewalks on both sides of all arterial streets. OBJECTIVE Ill: Provide a network of collector streets within residential neighborhoods, industrial areas and growth areas adjacent to the City to allow for convenient traffic movement to arterial streets while preserving the residential character of neighborhoods. POLICIES: 1. Collector Streets in Tecumseh should include the following : Burt, Brown, North Union, South Union to Patterson and Patterson from S. Union to Maumee. 2. Encourage traffic that originates or terminates in Tecumseh to utilize collector streets wherever possible. 3. Place a high priority on the improvement and maintenance of collector streets. 4. Develop new collector streets in areas in which new economic development activity is imminent: 5. Sidewalks should be provided on both sides of all collector streets. OBJECTIVE IV: Maintain the residential character and safety of neighborhoods while improving local street conditions and providing a high level of street maintenance. POLICIES: 1. Provide curbs and gutters on all local streets. 2. Improve local street pavement where nonexistent or where warranting replacement. 3. Encourage off•street parking in residential areas in order to provide for safe traffic movement. 4. Provide sidewalks on at least one side of each street where gaps exist in the sidewalk network. 5. Continue the on.going program to upgrade sidewalks where deterioration is evident. 6. Undertake a tree planting program for all streets. 52 �OBJECTIVE V: Enhance the mobility of residents who, by choice or necessity, are dependent on other than private automobile transportation. POLICIES: 1. Consider the development of an internal transit system for persons not adequately served by existing transportation, particularly the elderly and the handicapped. 2. Encourage the use of manually powered transportation (bicycles and walking). 53 �I C LIN T ON I" , w, C ~ I Ill T O " .. \ .. '' .. ~ 1_·· : ' T ll Cu II ti I It - -- (' 9 I I .. ,.~ ... ,.. _J MAJOR THOROFARE ••••••••• SECONDARY THOROFARE THOROFARE MICHIGAN P L AN TECUMSEH I .,, . , "'"'' AUUtlT IUO vlllcon · lemon a ouoc. Inc. plonninQ conaullonta ��HISTORIC PRESERVATION The City of Tecumseh is, blessed with a wealth of historic architecture resources which are key elements in the City's visual character and unique identity. The basic purpose of including Historic Preservation in the Master Plan is to bring significant historic architecture and other cultural resources into the City's planning process so that they are recognized in the decision making processes that may affect their future. The City's culturally significant historical and architectural resources are irreplaceable. They continue to provide information about the past which can be useful in the future. They combine with the rich natural environment to provide a distinct sense of place. Without maintaining this sense of place, the City would lose its unique identity. Historical architecture and other cultural resources allow us to recall the contributions of early settlers and past residents, who through hard work and determination, have helped to make the City the attractive living environment which it is today. Field analysis and previous studies have shown that there are significant examples of the following architectural styles: Greek Revival, Italianate, Early Victorian Vernacular, Gothic Revival, Late Victorian, Queen Anne, French Second Empire, Dutch Colonial Revival, Bungalow, Grand Bungalow, Collegiate Gothic, Early Twentieth Century Vernacular and others. Also, there are some fine examples of carriage houses, barns and other outbuildings from throughout the nineteenth and early twentieth century. Careful consideration should be given to all culturally significant historical and architectural resources whenever ownership development or maintenance threaten their future. The federal role in historic preservation expanded with the passage of the National Historic Preservation Act in 1966. The Act established a review process to protect historic buildings threatened by federally funded projects. Under Section 106 of the Act, the head of any federal agency must take into account the effect of the project on a site included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register before approving the use of federal funds. A corresponding provision, Section 110(f) of the Act, requires federal agencies to undertake planning and actions necessary to minimize harm to that landmark and afford the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking prior to approving the project. The Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is an independent federal agency within the Executive Branch which advises the President on historic preservation policy and comments on federal and federally assisted projects which affect historic properties. The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 also protects historic resources. Section 102(2)(c) of NEPA requires the filing of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for "major federal actions" which affect the human environment. "Environment" was defined to include natural and cultural resources and Section 101 (b)(4) noted the need to" ... preserve important historic, cultural and natural aspects of our natural heritage." 54 �Section 4(f) of the Transportation Act of 1966, prohibits federal agencies within the Department of Transportation from approving any project requiring the use of an historic site unless: • 1. There is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of such land; and 2. Such program includes all possible planning to minimize harm to such ... historic sites resulting from use. Executive Order 11593 issued on May 13, 1971, directs all federal agencies to protect and enhance the cultural environment. Agencies must inventory all historic and archaeological properties under their jurisdiction or control, nominate potential properties to the National Register, and exercise caution to ensure that historic properties are not altered or destroyed in the interim. During environmental review of federally funded, licensed, or assisted project, agencies must ask the Secretary of the Interior if any property including the environmental impact area is eligible for the National Register. The Historic Preservation Section of the Michigan Bureau of History was established in the Michigan Department of State in 1966 to carry out the national preservation program, as required by the National Historic Preservation Act. One of the major responsibilities of the Historic Preservation Section is to carry out Section 106 review of all federally funded projects in the state which affect properties listed or eligible for listing on the National Register. The Bureau also administers federal historic preservation grants. The historic preservation fund provides federal grants for historical surveys, nominations to the National Register, planning, public education, project plans and specifications and archaeological projects. Educating the public about federal and state historic preservation programs and assisting local governments with developing local historic preservation programs are other responsibilities of the State. The Bureau also directs and conducts a statewide survey of historic properties and maintains an inventory of these properties. Through. the survey program, the state coordinator provides technical assistance to communities that wish to perform a local survey. This inventory of historic properties is the first step towards enacting an historic preservation program. Michigan register, the State Register of Historic Sites, was established under PA 10 of 1955, MCL 399.151. Applications for the State Register and Marker programs are reviewed by the Michi,gan Historical Commission - a lay body appointed by the Governor. These programs are honorary, placing no restrictions on property owners, and 55 �designation offers no tangible benefits. The Act does provide for state grants to preserve and restore certain State Register properties, but no money has been allocated for this purpose since 1980. The National Historic Preservation Act also requires each state to prepare and implement a comprehensive statewide historic preservation plan. Michigan's historic preservation plan was first prepared in 1975 and updated in 1985. It is currently being revised to reflect new directions in historic preservation policy. The preservation, restoration, rehabilitation or adaptive reuse of every historical architecture example in the City of Tecumseh is not realistic. There are hundreds of structures more than 50 years of age. That is why only those buildings which possess integrity and a high degree of originality, with little or no major alterations, are those which we speak to. The significant examples of historic architecture in Tecumseh are those which are eligible for State and National Register listing as individual Historic Structures or as contributing elements to Historic Districts. The City of Tecumseh, through the efforts of the Historic Preservation Commission, has adopted a local historic district ordinance and has designated individual historic landmarks and districts. A map which illustrates the boundaries of the district and points out individual landmarks is included on the following page. Each year the Tecumseh Area Historical Society conducts the annual historic home tour known as "Promenade the Past." In conjunction with the homes tour the Historical Society selects and totally restores a historical home each year with the help from a wide variety of community groups and individuals. In that manner, the awareness of historic preservation and its importance to the overall character of the community is being demonstrated to the public. Historic sites and buildings are irreplaceable resources that serve to physically show the evolution of the City's early development. They are more important as key elements of the City's visual identity and unique character. While many represent specific architectural styles and historical periods, they each have their own distinct character variations and setting. Their continued use and maintenance will play a major role in protecting the atmosphere that has given the City its identity. These values, if not properly protected or planned for, can be seriously eroded as development patterns change. Local coordination and cooperation between preservation advocates, citizens and city government can successfully preserve these valuable resources for future generations of Tecumseh residents. 56 �- CURRENT HISTORIC DISTRICT [!] LANDMARKS o H IS TOR IC AL D IS TR I CT S a L AN D MARKS TECUMSEH MICHIGAN I •oo H• L l •oo !ZOO I N r[(T u.-TtWl(ft lttO ;ii'~cnoii~~emon c~noss~na~",\ �., TABLE 10 HISTORIC LANDMARKS (As of March, 1988) • 301 N. Union Street E.C. Coryell House Wesley & Theresa Powers 401 W. Chicago Blvd. Anderson-Beardsley House James & Mary Perry 511 W. Chicago Blvd. S.W. Anderson House Eric & Judith Douville 508 W. Chicago Blvd. Adolph Heesen House Gail and Judith Shinall 212 E. Kilbuck Street George Kempf House Randolph & D.L. Regal 216 N. VanBuren Street George Ketchum House William & Cheryl English 108 W. Pottawatamie William Hayden House Lynelle Cook 217 N. Evans Street Eccles House Paul & Eleanor Johnson 509 E. Logan Street G.P. Sparks/Carson Small Farms George & Suzanne Harvey 302 E. Chicago Blvd. Old Stone Church City of TecumsehjT.A.H.S. 703 E. Chicago Blvd. Hayden-Ford Mill City of Tecumseh 102 W. Chicago Blvd. Bidwell Block Peter & Mary Barhydt 301 N. Union Street J.S. Hendryx House Brian & Linda Bird 311 W. Logan Street E.B. Wood House (first) Glenna & Bill Stroud 416 W. Chicago Blvd. John H. Osborne House James & Janis Schuster 515 W. Kilbuck Street Wilson McClure House James & Sandra Curth 405 N. Union Street John McConnell Farm Harold & Julie Rhora 116 W. Chicago Blvd. Union Block James & Barbara McCann 409-411 E.Logan Street Musgrove Evans House Robert Langmeyer 213 E. Shawnee Street Albert Anderson House Alan & Mary Chriscinske 115 W. Shawnee Street Samuel Temple House Roy Banks 21 O S. Oneida Joseph E. Hall House Magdalena Saling 904 W. Chicago Blvd. Bacon-Cairns House Gary & Judy Hicks Source: Historic District Study Committee, June 1988. 57 ��FUTURE LAND USE PLAN The Master Plan document represents a compilation of textual and graphic information, • both of which play an important role in the formulation of land use policy. The preceding sections of this Plan have established goals and objectives for various components of the Plan. These goals and objectives are the direct result of much discussion and study. The Future Land Use Plan which is included on the following page is a composite of the previous sections. Although it attempts to encompass all of the ideals offered from the written text, its graphic nature makes it impossible to do so completely. Thus, it should be clearly understood that the Future Land Use Plan must be accompanied by its supporting text to be of full value. The Plan is based on information gathered at the present time given the existing circumstances. If the circumstances which shaped this Plan change in the future, the Plan may need to change as well. It is not a rigid document. It should be allowed to change to adjust to new trends and information and to allow for alternatives which may be desirable. The Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations are the primary tools through which the Plan can be implemented. As development and redevelopment continues, these land use tools will help to provide compatible land use relationships between uses and motivate quality site design. It is therefore the responsibility of the Planning Commission to carefully review proposed developments to assure that they meet the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations. Capital Improvements Programming can also be very useful in implementing the Master Plan. In this instance, particular attention should be focused on specific goals, objectives, and actions in the Plan. The Plan must be reviewed to determine a priority for various items. The priority in which the actions will be realized is a product of need and budget constraints. Beyond direct monetary input, there are other mechanisms through which the Plan can be implemented. There are many local groups that are actively involved in the improvement of the community and their past performance confirms their value. Donations, from developers and other private interests have also proven invaluable. Lastly, the involvement in State and Federal programs should be pursued where applicable. The Future Land Use Plan and the Master Plan document, as a whole, will prove a useful tool in guiding land use decisions in the future. It helps to provide direction to the City and to the public for land use issues. 58 �MASTER PLAN OF FUTURE LAND USE CITY OF TECUMSEH --- LEGEND Single-Family Residential PRUD\Cluster Residential Multiple-Family Residential Office General Business Central Business District Recreation\Open Space School E - Elementary J - Junior High -- ~ S - Senior High Public Industrial Commercial Industrial For specific details regarding flood plain boundaries, community facility locations and planned thoroughfares, see other maps within th is document. ~ thal puraan1 lo t h e ~ d Ad 285 d the Mic:hlgan Pubic Add 1931, a --.ded, the C11y d T ~ Plannlngeor,,mloolon.t,a,;fngdutfheld apubOc '-mg onlhe Maolllf Plan aFuwreLw,d u.., doNhefeby cfflc:lally lldopt 111d Matt« Plan d Future lN1d UM. We -ury that the ronQOing ,-olul1on , _ duly adopt-.! Ill a mNllng d heidonfha 12. ;;.,-dayd~- f/41,,:) /11, /j_tl:!.,i1J,) rman ~ Clly cl T..,..,,_, Planning Com-, <Jc~ Ar m,J,,it,,;J., Secnta,y VILICAN-LEMAN & ASSOCIATES , INC. COMMUNITY PLANNING CONSULTANTS AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Tecumseh_Master-Plan_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1990-09 Title A name given to the resource City of Tecumseh Master Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Tecumseh Master Plan was prepared by Vilican-Leman & Associates, Inc. in September 1990. Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Tecumseh (Mich.) Lenawee County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/09849fb6c510b9751b82280d1178139b.pdf 9dd99cedfc00dbbaa8f6790d7651486a PDF Text Text ��'FROM THE UBRA~Y Qr] .- ': µ~-1! n' °" --. A :011 • . 'nCJ &. zoning Center, \nC. CITY OF WILLIAMSTON COMPREHENSIVE ~EXRLOPMENT OCTOBER1978 PREPARED BY THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON PLANNING COMMISSION WITH THE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE OF TRI-COUNTY REGIONAL PLANNING COMM. ~ AND LAND PLANNING AND DESIGN ASSOC. �FORWARD THE PLANNING COMMISSION WISHES TO EXPRESS ITS SINCERE THANKS TO ALL OF THE INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS WHO ASSISTED IN STUDIES AND PREPARATION OF MATERIAL FOR THIS COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT PLAN. IT WOULD BE IMPOSSIBLE TO LIST ALL WHO HELPED DURING THE LONG PERIOD OF STUDY, BUT WE WANT ALL TO KNOW THAT THEIR EFFORTS WERE DEEPLY APPRECIATED. WITH THAT THOUGHT IN MIND, THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED TO THOSE CIVIC-MINDED GROUPS AND INDIVIDUALS. WILLIAMSTON PLANNING COMMISSION �A COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON, MICHIGAN . TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE INTRODUCTION . HISTORICAL AND REGIONAL PERSPECTIVE THE PEOPLE . . . . . . . . . THE LAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THE BUILDINGS THE PLAN FOR THE FUTURE - FUTURE LAND USE - TRANSPORTATION - COMMUNITY FACILITIES - . 2 5 9 • • • • 17 • 29 • • 47 • • 48 • • • • 53 • • • • 57 DEVELOPMENT POLICIES • • 58 MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION • • 67 . 71 APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . MAPS LOCATION MAP 2 - DRAINAGE 3 - SO I LS . . 4 - TOPOGRAPHY 5 - FLOODPLAIN 6 - EXISTING LAND USE 7 - RECREATION LANDS a - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 9 - SEWAGE COLLECTION SYSTEM 10 - TRANSPORTATION MAP 11 - FUTURE LAND USE PLAN MAP 12 - TRANSPORTATION PLAN MAP . 13 - COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN MAP t - 1 4 21 • • • 24 • • • 25 27 31 • • 34 • • • 38 • • • 40 43 • • • • 49 54 • • • 56 �INTRODUCTION THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN FOR THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON HAS BEEN PREPARED TO AID DECISION-MAKERS IN SHAPING THE PHYSICAL GROWTH OF THE COMMUNITY. IT IS BASED ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT CHANGES WILL OCCUR IN THE CITY'S DEVELOPMENT PATTERN AS A RESULT OF INCREASED GROWTH AND THAT SUCH CHANGE CAN BE CHANNELED INTO AN ORDERLY, ECONOMICAL, AESTHETIC AND HEALTHY ENVIRONMENT IF GIVEN PROPER GUIDANCE. THE PLAN IS BASED ON THE ATTAINMENT OF COMMUNITY GOALS WHICH ORIGINATED IN THE THINKING OF VARIOUS CITIZENS AND PUBLIC OFFICIALS CONCERNED WITH THE CITY'S FUTURE DEVELOPMENT AND WELFARE. THESE GOALS AND RESULTANT POLICIES WILL PROVIDE THE FRAMEWORK FOR INTEGRATING NEW DEVELOPMENTS INTO THE EXISTING LAND USE PATTERNS. ON A LEVEL MORE PERSONAL THAN "INTEGRATING NEW DEVELOPMENTS INTO THE EXISTING LAND USE PATTERNS," COMMUNITY PLANNING IS CONCERNED WITH THE HOPES AND GOALS OF THE PEOPLE OF THE COMMUNITY AND THE PROBLEMS CREATED BY PEOPLE LIVING CLOSELY TOGETHER. COMMUNITY PLANNING, TO BE EFFECTIVE, HAS TO EMBODY A CLEAR UNDERSTANDING THAT IT IS INDIVIDUAL PEOPLE WHO BUILD THE COMMUNITY. A HOUSE OR A BUSINESS IS BUILT BECAUSE ONE INDIVIDUAL OR A DEVELOPMENT COMPANY DECIDED TO INVEST IN THE COMMUNITY. DECISIONS OF THIS NATURE ARE MADE EVERY DAY AND EACH DECISION HAS AN AFFECT ON THE TOTAL COMMUNITY OVER THE ENSUING YEARS. IN MANY INSTANCES THE DEVELOPER IS SELDOM AWARE OF OR DOES NOT CARE ABOUT THE LONGRANGE RAMIFICATIONS HIS CONSTRUCTION COULD PLACE UPON A CITY. BECAUSE OF THIS HISTORIC LAISSEZ-FAIRE ATTITUDE, TOO MANY CITIES HAVE GROWN UGLY, INCONVENIENT, UNCOMFORTABLE AND EXPENSIVE TO SERVE. WILLIAMSTON CANNOT AFFORD THE LUXURY OF THIS ATTITUDE. IF THE CITY BECOMES UNSIGHTLY, FAMILIES WILL CHOOSE OTHER LOCATIONS IN WHICH TO RESIDE. IF TAXES BECOME TOO HIGH FOR THE BENEFITS THEY BUY, BUSINESSES WILL LOOK ELSEWHERE. IF THE SCHOOLS ARE INADEQUATE, YOUNG FAMILIES WILL NOT MOVE IN. 2 IF A SEWER LINE �GOES INTO THE WRONG AREA, THE CITY CANNOT AFFORD TO WRITE IT OFF. WILLIAMSTON IS A SMALL COMMUNITY AND IF UNDESIRABLE CONDITIONS EXIST, RESIDENTS CANNOT RUN TO ANOTHER PART OF TOWN. IF THE CITIZENS OF WILLIAMSTON PUT UP WITH INCONVENIENCE OR IGNORE UNATTRACTIVE FEATURES BECAUSE OF HOMETOWN LOYALTY, THEN IT CANNOT BE REALISTICALLY ASSUMED THAT NEWCOMERS WILL FIND THE CITY CONVENIENT OR ATTRACTIVE. THIS PLAN INVESTIGATES MANY OF THE ABOVE MENTIONED FACTORS WHICH CONSTITUTE A CITY. POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FEATURES OF THESE ITEMS, ALONG WITH OTHER IMPORTANT PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL FACTORS, ARE DOCUMENTED AND ANALYZED. THEN, BY CAREFUL PLANNING, THE CITY CAN BUILD UPON THE POSITIVE FEATURES AND WORK WITH THE SUGGESTED POLICIES AND PROGRAMS TO HELP MINIMIZE THE EFFECTS OF PAST DEVELOPMENT PROBLEMS. IT IS HOPED THAT THIS PLAN WILL BE USED IN A SPIRIT WHICH WILL LEAD TO THE BETTERMENT OF WILLIAMSTON AND THE LIVES OF ITS CITIZENS. 3 �LOCAi:iOn Map I :Williamston City B Surrounding Communities SHIAWASSEE COUNTY ----~ WILLIAMSTOWN TWP. / / --- -... ......... I I / ' I I ✓ !• / ----~-r- -- ''\ I I \ \ I \ I \ \ \ I \ \ \ \ 1 \ \ \ I ). \ \ I \• I I \ \ \ I \ \ \ I "1'1:.MASON \ \ _ ~ MILES '-... 10 MILES ......._ I I I / / I I ..._ --- -- -- -- -- WHEATFIELD 1WP. / -. - -- -- -- -_..,,,, / 1 LEROY TWP. \ \ \ \\15 MILES \. '' \ \ \. ... ► Z1 .......... '' "" '' '' ----------@@Will DANSVILLE INGHAM .......... ......... ::> QI 0 ........ ..._ COUNTY -- ---- ,,, STOCKBRIDGE z 0 t4 l&J .......... --- JACKSON ----- --- ----- COUNTY -- -- - / �HISTORICAL AND REGIONAL PERSPECTIVE THE GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF WILLIAMSTON IS CONSTANTLY BEING SHAPED AND MOLDED BY OUTSIDE FORCES--SURROUNDING CITIES, THE COUNTY, THE STATE, THE NATION AND THE WORLD. THESE INFLUENCES TAKE MANY FORMS--ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND POLITICAL--AND CAN AFFECT THE LONG-RANGE POPULATION COMPOSITION, EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND LAND USE PATTERNS IN THE CITY. THIS SECTION OF THE PLAN FOR WILLIAMSTON PRESENTS THE HISTORICAL EVENTS WHICH HAVE SHAPED THE CITY INTO ITS PRESENT FORM AND ATTEMPT TO ASCERTAIN FORCES WHICH WILL AFFECT IT DURING THE PLANNING PERIOD. CITIES GROW AND FORM TO SERVE MANY DIVERSE FUNCTIONS IN A REGION. AN URBAN CENTER WHICH IS ENDOWED WITH GOOD TRANSPORTATION POTENTIAL, ACCESS TO NATURAL RESOURCES AND AVAILABLE CAPITAL CAN GROW INTO AN INDUSTRIAL CENTER. OTHER COMMUNITIES, BECAUSE OF THEIR PROXIMITY TO EMPLOYMENT CENTERS, COMMUNITIES. EVOLVE INTO BEDROOM MANY COMMUNITIES START BY FORMING AROUND THE HUB OF A SAWMILL OR A GRISTMILL PLACED TO SERVE INFANT AGRICULTURAL ENTERPRISES. THESE SETTLEMENTS GROW AND PROSPER, SERVING THE SURROUNDING FARMS WITH BUSINESS SERVICES, AND FUNCTION AS COLLECTION POINTS FOR GRAINS AND LIVESTOCK. MOST OF THESE VILLAGES AND CITIES REACH AN OPTIMUM SIZE AND THEN CEASE TO GROW I WHEN A BALANCE IS REACHED BETWEEN ECONOMICAL TRANSPORTATION DISTANCES FOR FARMERS TO OTHER COMPETING AGRICULTURAL COLLECTION POINT SETTLEMENTS. WHEN THIS EQUILIBRIUM IS REACHED, IT REQUIRES THE INTERVENTION OF OUTSIDE INFLUENCES TO REKINDLE GROWTH AND CHANGE. CONDITIONS SIMILAR TO THE ABOVE--AGRICULTURAL COLLECTION SETTLEMENT--SHAPED WILLIAMSTON'S EARLY GROWTH. THE FIRST RECORDED SETTLERS, OTHER THAN THE TAWAS INDIAN TRIBE, WERE THE BROTHERS PUTNAM--HIRAM AND JOSEPH. THE PUTNAMS ARRIVED IN 1834 AND SETTLED ON THE NORTH BANK OF THE RED CEDAR RIVER NEAR THE PRESENT PUTNAM STREET BRIDGE. I I J I WITHIN FIVE YEARS THE PUTNAMS SOLD THEIR LANDS TO THE WILLIAMS BROTHERS, WHO BUILT A DAM AND SAWMILL IN 1840 AND A GRISTMILL IN 1842. THEIR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES COINCIDED WITH THE OPENING OF A PLANK ROAD BETWEEN GRAND RAPIDS 5 �AND DETROIT. THIS EVENT OPENED THE SETTLEMENT'S AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS TO WIDER MARKETS. ANOTHER EVENT DURING THIS TIME SPAN-- THE LOCATION OF THE STATE CAPITOL AT LANSING IN 1847--ACCELERATED THE GROWTH OF WILLIAMSTON. BY 1871 TRAFFIC ALONG THE PLANK ROAD AND GROWTH NEAR THE ORIGINAL SETTLEMENT REACHED THE MAGNITUDE TO CONVINCE RESIDENTS THAT INCORPORATION OF WILLIAMSTON AS A VILLAGE WAS NECESSARY. APRIL 5, 1871 WAS THE DATE WHEN WILLIAMSTON BECAME A LEGAL ENTITY. 1871 WAS AN IMPORTANT YEAR IN ANOTHER RESPECT. RAILROAD SERVICE WAS PROVIDED TO THE VILLAGE. DURING THAT YEAR THIS FIRMED UP THE POSITION WHICH WILLIAMSTON HELD AS THE DISTRIBUTION POINT FOR AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS GROWN IN SURROUNDING AREAS. BY 1880 WILLIAMSTON HAD 892 RESIDENTS. BESIDES THE AGRICULTURAL DISTRIBUTION SERVICES THE VILLAGE PROVIDED TO SURROUNDING FARMS, A BANK, NEWSPAPER AND HOTELS SERVED BOTH RESIDENTS AND TRAVELERS. THE NEXT 40 YEARS INDICATES THE EQUILIBRIUM STAGE OF WILLIAMSTON AS AN AGRICULTURE-SERVING COMMUNITY. 1,060. THE POPULATION IN 1920 WAS THE AGRICULTURAL COMMUNITY CLEARED AND CULTIVATED THEIR OPTIMUM ACREAGE TO MEET POPULATION AND ECONOMIC DEMANDS. THE GROWTH INCURRED DURING THIS TIME SPAN WAS BASICALLY NATURAL INCREASE. THE TIME FRAME FOR 1920 UNTIL TODAY WAS THE MOST RAPID GROWTH PERIOD FOR WILLIAMSTON. WORLD WAR Two ERA. OF PARTICULAR IMPORTANCE IS THE POST IT WAS DURING THIS PERIOD THAT THE VILLAGE EMERGED FROM A PREDOMINANTLY AGRICULTURAL SERVING COMMUNITY TO A CITY OF DIVERSE FUNCTIONS. IN THE LATE 1940S, NEW FACTORS FORCED THEIR WAY ON THE SCENE AND DISTURBED THE EQUILIBRIUM OF THE ECONOMY AND POPULATION. THE MAIN INFLUENCES WHICH CAN NOW BE IDENTIFIED WERE THE BABY BOOM FOLLOWING THE WAR AND RISING AUTOMOBILE OWNERSHIP. THE INCREASE IN AVAILABLE CARS ENABLED THE POPULATION TO BECOME VERY MOBILE. PEOPLE WERE NOT ECONOMICALLY MANDATED TO RESIDE NEAR MASS TRANSIT ROUTES AS WAS HISTORICALLY THE CASE. THIS RELAXATION OF THE NEED FOR COMPACTNESS IN DEVELOPMENT PATTERNS GAVE RISE TO THE PHENOMENA OF A SPRAWLING SUBURBAN LANDSCAPE, WHICH WILLIAMSTON FROM. 6 11 BENEFITTED" �THIS TREND BECAME EVIDENT IN WILLIAMSTON WHEN THE POPULATION GREW TO 2,051 IN 1950. CITY BY 1960. A SMALLER INCREASE OF 163 PEOPLE ENTERED THE WILLIAMSTON WAS EXPERIENCING AN IN-MIGRATION OF PEOPLE FROM THE LANSING/EAST LANSING AREA. THESE PEOPLE FOUND THEY WERE ECONOMICALLY ABLE TO COMMUTE MILES TO THEIR JOBS AND AT THE SAME TIME ENJOY THE AMENITIES OF A SMALL TOWN ATMOSPHERE. BY 1975 WILLIAMSTON HAD GROWN TO BE THE HOME OF 3,013 RESIDENTS. IT WAS DURING THIS POST WAR ERA THAT RESIDENTS OF WILLIAMSTON DECIDED TO CHANGE THE STATUS OF THEIR GOVERNMENT. IN 1945 THE .VILLAGE BECAME A CITY WITH A STRONG MAYOR FORM OF GOVERNMENT. EIGHTEEN YEARS LATER VOTERS MODIFIED THE CITY CHARTER, PROVIDING FOR A CITY MANAGER FORM OF GOVERNMENT. THESE SHIFTS IN GOVERNMENT STRUCTURE ARE ALSO INDICATIVE OF THE CHANGES IN POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS. THE NEWER RESIDENTS HAVE HIGHER EXPECTATIONS FOR MUNICIPAL SERVICES, CREATING THE NEED FOR EFFICIENT SERVICE PROVISION. A SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT BUT EQUALLY VALID OBSERVATION CAN ALSO BE MADE REGARDING THESE CHANGES. INCREASED GROWTH CREATES MORE SERVICE DEMANDS, WHICH NECESSITATES THE RESTRUCTURING OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT. IN EITHER CASE, WILLIAMSTON HAS A BASICALLY SOUND GOVERNMENTAL BASE TO MEET THE ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS WHICH GROWTH WILL CREATE FOR THE DURATION OF THIS COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT PLAN. 7 ��THE PEOPLE THE "TYPICAL" FAMILY LIVING IN WILLIAMSTON RESIDES IN A SINGLEFAMILY HOME, HAS MOVED TO THE CITY AS OPPOSED TO BEING RAISED THERE, MAKES $11,257 A YEAR, HAS COMPLETED 12.4 YEARS OF SCHOOL, AND HAS 1 02 CHILDREN. ALTHOUGH THIS FAMILY DOES NOT EXIST, IT GIVES A GENERAL INDICATION OF ILLIAMSTON'S RESIDENT . THE FOLLOWING CHARTS AND DISCUSSION GIVE AN INDICATION OF MORE DETAILED CHARACTERISTICS OF CITY RESIDENTS. THIS MATERIAL IS FROM THE 1970 U.S. CENSUS. INCOME LEVELS lt:a~r:1~ - UNDER s 1, s 1,000 $ 0 - 2,999 s 6,999 s 5 000 $ 7 000 - s 8 999 5 S 9 .o - $11.999 53 57 2 3.000 15 27 4, 99 $ F At:11 L. I i;;S Ut:I BE;;L. 6I i; D ltHH ~ I D~AL.~ 59 26 84 11 147 9 293 6 10 0 I COE IS SLIGHTLY OVER BOTH THE AD INGHAM cau 7Y'S ($11,193) MEDI OF FAMILIES MAKING LESS THAN $5,000 TRI-COUNTY AVERAGE -18.5 PERCENT FAMILIES MAKI G $12,000 THE REGlO -44.l PERCENT FOR WILLIAMSTON TRl-COU TY REGION. CS OF WILLIAMST 1 S POPULATION DO OT. ROM STATE OF MICHIGAN CHARACTERISTICS. ON THE FOLLDWI G PAGE. �over 75 70 • 74 65 • 60 • 55 • 50 • 45 • 40 • 35 • 30 • 25 • 20 • 15 • 69 64 59 54 49 44 39 34 29 24 19 10 • 14 5•9 under 765 4321 5 123456 7 7 6 54 321 percent 1234 5 6 7 percent over 75 70 • 74 65 • 69 60 • 64 I ::::::::N:-:.: _:_•:ww• I ::::::~:-;::::~ ••: ::=J :-:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:=t 1.=.•===+:::=·=·=tw=···==== I ... ~:~;~:·:·:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:f::;i 55 • 50 • 45 • 40 • 35 • 30 • 25 • 59 54 49 44 39 34 29 ~:. ...... I :I·W:I::.f..:: I I 20• 24 15 • 19 10 • 14 5• 9 under 5 I 76 54321 12345 67 percent 0rJ1./lian.z.t.~..._,eii 7 6 5 4 3 21 12345 6 7 percent �AGE/SEX CHARACTERISTICS POPULATION BY AGE AND SEX UNDER 5 YEARS OLD 9 YEARS OLD 5 10 - 14 YEARS OLD 19 YEARS OLD 24 YEARS OLD 29 YEARS OLD 15 - - 20 25 30 - - 35 34 YEARS OLD 39 YEARS OLD 40 - 44 YEARS OLD 45 - 49 YEARS OLD 50 - 54 YEARS OLD 55 - 59 YEARS OLD 64 YEARS OLD 84 YEARS OLD - 60 65 FEMALE MALE OVER 84 YEARS OLD 125 116 147 152 144 146 98 126 97 118 97 85 59 76 60 65 67 66 81 69 54 61 50 58 49 41 88 175 9 21 THE TRIBETWEEN THE CITY AND COMPARABLE EDUCATION LEVELS ARE COMPLETED BY THOSE AVERAGE YEARS OF SCHOOL THE COUNTY REGION. CHART SHOWS THE FOLLOWING 1 2. 4 • IS IN BOTH OLDER IN WILLIAMSTON. OF 25 YEARS AND COMPLETED BY RESIDENTS OF YEARS THE ACTUAL NUMBER COMPLETED YEARS OF EDUCATION MALE EDUCATION LE=:VELS PERSONS OVER 24 WHO HAVE COMPLETED: 8 YEARS GRADE SCHOOL 0 3 YEARS HIGH SCHOOL 1 YEARS HIGH SCHOOL 4 FEMALE 94 140 95 125 208 297 3 YEARS COLLEGE YEARS COLLEGE 89 83 39 57 OVER 4 YEARS COLLEGE 59 24 1 4 - ECONOMY WILLIAMSTON IN WHAT SECTOR OF THE SHOWS CHART THE FINAL RESIDENTS ARE EMPLOYED. 12 �EMPLOYMENT CHARACTERISTICS LABOR FORCE 14 YEARS OLD AND OVER BY SEX IN ARMED FORCES IN LABOR FORCE, FEMALE MALE 0 0 EMPLOYED 568 PROFESSIONAL, TECHNICAL 108 MANAGERS, ADMINISTRATORS 78 SALES WORKERS 39 CLERICAL AND KINDRED WORKERS 17 CRAFTSMEN AND KINDRED WORKERS 88 TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATIVES 14 LABORERS, 34 FARMERS AND FARM MANAGERS 0 FARM LABORERS AND FARM FOREMEN O SERVICE, EXCEPT HOUSEHOLD 49 PRIVATE HOUSEHOLD WORKERS 0 OCCUPATION NOT REPORTED O IN LABOR FORCE, UNEMPLOYED 19 55 125 51 NOT IN LABOR FORCE 186 UNDER 65 YEARS OLD OVER 56 122 65 YEARS OLD 0 141 OPERATIVES, EXCEPT TRANSPORT EXCEPT FARM 398 64 30 17 5 0 0 75 5 11 21 579 380 199 ONE INTERESTING NOTE IS THAT WILLIAMSTON HAS A SLIGHTLY HIGHER PERCENTAGE OF PROFESSIONAL AND MANAGERIAL EMPLOYEES IN THE MALE LABOR FORCE WHEN COMPARED TO THE TRI-COUNTY REGION. NINETEEN PERCENT OF THE MALES IN WILLIAMSTON ARE CLASSIFIED AS PROFESSIONAL COMPARED TO 17.3 PERCENT IN THE REGION. MANAGERIAL EMPLOYEES COMPOSE 13.7 PERCENT OF THE MALE LABOR FORCE WITHIN THE CITY COMPARED TO 9.6 PERCENT FOR THE REGION. SOME GENERAL CONCLUSIONS CAN BE DRAWN FROM THIS INFORMATION. FIRST, THE CITY CANNOT PROVIDE EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES TO KEEP YOUNG (20-29 YEARS OF AGE) JOB SEEKERS IN THE COMMUNITY. ENTRY LEVEL WHITE COLLAR AND MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT POSITIONS DO NOT EXIST IN SUFFICIENT NUMBERS. ALSO, THE EDUCATIONAL AND RECREATIONAL POSSIBILITIES OF LARGER URBAN AREAS ATTRACT YOUNGER 13 �PEOPLE AS DO ITS EMPLOYMENT ALTERNATIVES. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THIS CONDITION IS NOT UNIQUE TO WILLIAMSTON. MOST COMMUNITIES WITH POPULATIONS UNDER 10,000 EXPERIENCE SIMILAR OUTMIGRATION OF THIS AGE GROUP. THERE DOES NOT APPEAR TO BE ANY MECHANISM TO REVERSE THIS TREND IN THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE, ESPECIALLY WITH WILLIAMSTON'S CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE LANSING METROPOLITAN AREA. WILLIAMSTON'S HIGH PERCENTAGE OF RESIDENTS MAKING $5,000 A YEAR OR LESS CAN BE EQUATED TO THE HIGH PERCENTAGE OF THE RESIDENTS WHO ARE 65 YEARS OF AGE AND OLDER. THESE PEOPLE, LIVING ON FIXED INCOMES, POSE HOUSING AND RECREATION PROBLEMS TO CITY DECISION-MAKERS. SENIOR CITIZEN HOUSING PROJECTS TO MEET THEIR UNIQUE LIFESTYLE AND RECREATION NEEDS WILL HAVE TO BE CONSIDERED. THIS TYPE OF DEVELOPMENT WOULD SERVICE MANY PEOPLE OUTSIDE OF WILLIAMSTON. THE SURROUNDING TOWNSHIPS--WILLIAMSTOWN AND WHEATFIELD--ALSO HAVE SIMILAR HIGH PERCENTAGES OF OLDER RESIDENTS. ALTHOUGH THE CITY COULD NOT INITIATE A PROJECT OF THIS NATURE, ANY OUTSIDE PROPOSAL SHOULD BE ENTHUSIASTICALLY RECEIVED. 14 �POPULATION PROJECTIONS CITY PLANNING IS BASICALLY DESIGNING FACILITIES TO SERVE ADDITIONAL PEOPLE AND DECIDING WHERE IN THE COMMUNITY THESE NEW PEOPLE SHOULD RESIDE. IT IS POPULATION GROWTH WHICH MANDATES THIS PLANNING. WITHOUT GROWTH A CITY WOULD ONLY HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT THE MAINTENANCE OR REPLACEMENT OF OBSOLETE FACILITIES. WILLIAMSTON IS GOING TO CONTINUE GROWING. EAST LANSING, ITS PROXIMITY TO LANSING/ THE CONTINUAL SPRAWL FROM THE DETROIT AREA, AND WILLIAMSTON'S OWN NATURAL INCREASE WILL BOAST THE CITY'S POPULATION TO 3760 BY THE YEAR 2000. Two FACTORS INFLUENCE POPULATION INCREASE FOR A COMMUNITY: NATURAL INCREASE - BIRTHS MINUS DEATHS, OR OUT OF A COMMUNITY. 1) AND 2) NET MIGRATION INTO (A THIRD FACTOR, ANNEXATION IS ALSO SOME- TIMES USED IN MAKING POPULATION PROJECTIONS. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS STUDY, ANNEXATIONS ARE NOT CONSIDERED.) BY USING THESE FACTORS AND MORE SPECIFICALLY, THE COHORT-SURVIVAL METHOD FOR DETERMINING NATURAL INCREASE AND INVESTIGATING PAST TRENDS FOR MIGRATION, AN ESTIMATE OF THE FUTURE POPULATION CAN BE MADE. THE FOLLOWING CHART SHOWS THE POPULATION PROJECTIONS FOR WILLIAMSTON AND SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES. THE APPENDICES HAVE A DETAILING OF THE POPULATION PROJECTION METHODOLOGY. 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 WILLIAMSTON CITY 2,051 2,214 2,600 3,068 3,442 3,760 WILLIAMSTOWN TOWNSHIP 1 , 175 1,963 2,847 3,862 4,897 5,953 · 761 898 1 , 1 77 1 , 5 71 1 , 915 2,251 WHEATFIELD TOWNSHIP INGHAM COUNTY 172,941 211,296 261,039 290,068 319,437 346,554 THE CHART INDICATES THAT THE COUNTY WILL EXPERIENCE A GROWTH FROM 1970 TO 2000 OF 34 PERCENT. THE TOWNSHIPS SURROUNDING WILLIAMSTON HAVE PROJECTED GROWTH RATES OF 91 PERCENT AND 108 PERCENT RESPECTFULLY FOR WHEATFIELD AND WILLIAMSTOWN. AND WILLIAMSTON WILL GROW BY 1160 PEOPLE OR 45 PERCENT. 15 �THESE FIGURES WILL BE USED IN DETERMINING LAND ALLOCATIONS FOR DIFFERING LAND USE CATEGORIES, SEWER LINE CAPACITIES AND OTHER COMMUNITY FACILITIES NEEDS. THESE FIGURES COULD ALSO BE USED IN PROJECTING CITY REVENUES FOR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PURPOSES. 16 ���WATER THE WILLIAMSTON AREA IS DRAINED BY A COMPLEX NATURAL AND MANMADE SYSTEM. THE MAIN COMPONENT, THE RED CEDAR RIVER, VARIETY OF CREEKS AND DRAINS. IS FED BY A THE DEER AND DOAN CREEKS TO THE SOUTH OF THE CITY DRAIN LARGE ACRES OF AGRICULTURAL LANDS IN WHEATFIELD, LEROY, INGHAM AND WHITE □ AK TOWNSHIPS. TO THE NORTH THE HILL DRAIN AND THE SQUAW CREEK MOVE STORM WATER OFF SIMILAR LAND ACTIVITIES. MAP 2 SHOWS THE LOCATION, TYPE AND SIZE OF INDIVIDUAL DRAINS WITHIN THE AREA. THE DRAINAGE PATTERN EXHIBITED BY THE WILLIAMSTON AREA IS THE RESULT OF EVENTS 30,000 YEARS AGO. CONTINENTAL GLACIERS ADVANCED OVER THE AREA AND COVERED WILLIAMSTON WITH HUNDREDS OF FEET OF ICE AND SUSPENDED GRAVEL AND SOIL. GLACIERS STARTED RECEDING. ABOUT 15,000 YEARS AGO THE THE FOLLOWING SKETCHES SHOW HOW THE DRAINAGE NETWORK WAS FORMED. ANOTHER IMPORTANT RESULT OF THE RECEDING GLACIERS WAS TO BURY THE CITY'S WATER SUPPLY WITH A PROTECTIVE LAYER MEASURING HUNDREDS OF FEET IN DEPTH OF GRAVEL AND SAND. BEFORE THE GLACIERS COVERED THE AREA THE PRIMARY LAND FEATURE WAS AN EXPOSED BED OF SANDSTONE 300 TO 900 FEET IN THICKNESS, CALLED THE SAGINAW FORMATION. THIS SANDSTONE HAS ENOUGH PERMEABILITY TO STORE VAST QUANTITIES OF WATER. WITHOUT THE OVERLAYING GLACIAL DEPOSITS WHICH PROTECT THE SANDSTONE BED FROM POLLUTION, MUCH HIGHER TODAY. WILLIAMSTON'S WATER COSTS WOULD BE THE GRAVEL AND SAND DEPOSITS, CALLED GLACIAL DRIFT, ALSO PROVIDE WATER SUPPLIES TO MANY INDIVIDUAL USERS. CITY WOULD BE HARD PRESSED, THOUGH, THE TO TAP GLACIAL DRIFT SUPPLIES, SINCE THEIR CAPACITY FOR WATER EXTRACTION IS MORE LIMITED THAN THE SAGINAW FORMATION. THE FINAL ASPECT OF WATER TO BE DISCUSSED IN THIS SECTION IS WATER POLLUTION. ALL CITIZENS. WATER POLLUTION POSES MANY COSTLY PROBLEMS TO MANY HEALTH HAZARDS AND DECREASED RECREATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES ARE WELL KNOWN AND DOCUMENTED. GROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION IS NOT SO APPARENT. ANOTHER PROBLEM OF OF THE AVERAGE 31 INCHES OF RAIN WHICH FALLS ON WILLIAMSTON YEARLY, 24 INCHES RETURN TO THE ATMOSPHERE THROUGH EVAPORATION AND TRANSPJRATION FROM PLANTS. AVERAGE SURFACE RUNOFF IS SEVEN INCHES, OF WHICH 19 �- 1 .f -, I l l f I -<1 2 0 2 4 6 MILES II I I I I 43° 00' ' C' l- 43°00'\ I / J,, (" ' I 1;' I (i /' 50' / _; 1-- .,-,o·~ - !, ~ ,o·rt? Alo. I·· ,, / C' 40' I (" I I •,i," 'c(' . - / f85°00' 50' 40 ' -\I 30' 42° 10' i t.-- 4 0' 8 5"00' 84 °10' 20' B. - As the glaciers melted northward, some melt water h gan to drain through what is now the Thornapple Rh A. - During the early melting stages of the glaciers most melt water drained through the Battle Creek drainage system. basin. rr I; I }r I l 43 °00') 2 0 2 4 6 MILES LLLJ_l J , \(. \I s l' : 50' 40' 40' ' . I;;;·- · I? I J____J ) ;~~ ( rLo/ J 42' 30' 85'00' 50' 40' C. - With further melting, some melt water began to drain westward along an early ancestor of the Grand River. s~·oo· 50• 40' V. - By the time active glaciers had nearly melted from tht . · the Thornapple, Grand, Cedar, a!1d Loo k'ing Gla.'\S, region, Rivers had assumed most of their present drainage pattcl'W and were draining most of the region. -Drainage in the Tri-County region is a direct result of active glaciation. �Il ~~ (") ~ - r' ::...iZ 0 mO ::o::o (./) I m (.J) m 0 )i 80 ZIMMER JJ :• z)> 9,-< ):> \ !!t ::E .. EZ 0 1) m z ie5 ~m 0 BEEMAN ......······ .. ···········•··· ••~ILLIAMSTON ··•..... ................··•·• ~ =i () :::r: . 7 r r ····· ..... VANNETER U) m fT1 I I I I I I 0 �ABOUT THREE INCHES IS IN DIRECT SURFACE RUNOFF AND FOUR INCHES IS GROUNDWATER RUNOFF.* THIS FOUR INCHES IS PRIMARILY DISCHARGED TO THE GROUNDWATER ALONG THE BANKS OF THE RED CEDAR. So AS LONG AS THE RED CEDAR IS POLLUTED THE WATER REACHING THE GOUNDWATER SUPPLY CONTAINS CONTAMINATION. EVENTUALLY THE WATER EXTRACTED FOR PRIVATE AND INDUSTRIAL USE WILL REQUIRE MORE SOPHISTICATED TREATMENT, WHICH IS VERY COSTLY, ~EFORE IT CAN BE USED. WATER POLLUTION IS GENERATED IN THREE BASIC WAYS. DISCHARGERS LIKE THE CITY TREATMENT PLANT, DIRECT INTERMITTENT DISCHARGERS ON STORM DRAINS AND DISCREET DISCHARGES COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS NONPOINT SOURCE POLLUTION. THE WILLIAMSTON WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT DISCHARGES A VERY HIGH QUALITY OF EFFLUENT AND DOES NOT DEGRADE WATER QUALITY APPRECIABLY. THE OTHER TWO WATER POLLUTION TYPES WILL POSE PROBLEMS TO THE CITY IN THE PLANNING PERIOD. THE DISCHARGE FROM STORM DRAINAGE MAY HAVE TO RECEIVE TREATMENT IF THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 1972 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT DEEMS IT NECESSARY. STORM WATER DISCHARGE CONTAINS LARGE AMOUNTS OF DIRT, PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND ORGANIC MATTER. THESE CONTAMINANTS MAKE THIS DISCHARGED WATER AS BAD AS THE DISCHARGE FROM A PRIMARY TREATMENT PLANT (WHICH REMOVES ONLY ABOUT 35 PERCENT OF THE CONTAMINANTS). WILLIAMSTON MAY HAVE TO CONSIDER THE TREATMENT OF THIS WATER AT THE PRESENT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT, OR THE DIVERSION OF WATER TO SOME TYPE OF SETTLING BASIN. THE OTHER AREA OF NONPOINT SOURCE POLLUTION--PRIMARILY SOIL EROSION AND POORLY DESIGNED NEW DEVELOPMENTS WHICH ALLOW DIRECT DISCHARGE OF WASTES FROM PARKING LOTS TO DRAINS AND STREAMS--CAN BE ADDRESSED TODAY BY DECISION-MAKERS WITHIN WILLIAMSTON. THE BIGGEST WATER POLLUTANT WITHIN THE STATE OF MICHIGAN IS SOIL EROSION. SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ACT, INGHAM COUNTY DRAIN COMMISSIONER, CONTROLLING THIS POLLUTANT. ADMINISTERED THE BY THE IS THE PRIMARY MEANS OF PLANS FOR ON-SITE SOIL CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION OF ANY BUILDING HAVE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THIS ENFORCEMENT AGENT AND MONITORED FO R COMPLIANCE. THE CITY CAN DO ITS PART BY ONLY APPROVI'NG SITE PLANS WHICH HAVE ADEQUATE ON-SITE * WATER SUPPLY DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES FOR CLINTIW> EATON AND INGHAM COUNTIES, MICHIGAN, VANLIES, WOOD AND BRUNETT, 1969, P. 13. 22 �RETENTION OF STORM WATER FOR THE INDUCEMENT OF SETTLING OF IMPURITIES AND BY PROTECTING SOILS WHICH HAVE A HIGH EROSION POTENTIAL. SOILS AND TOPOGRAPHY SOILS ARE MAN'S MOST PRECIOUS NATURAL RESOURCE. WATER AND AIR HAVE SOME NATURAL CAPACITIES FOR SELF-PURIFICATION BUT WHEN SOILS ARE POLLUTED OR LOST THROUGH EROSION, THEY ARE GONE FOREVER. TAKES HUNDREDS OF YEARS TO CREATE SOILS. IT SANDS AND CLAY SOILS ARE MADE THROUGH WEATHERING AND CHEMICAL DECOMPOSITION OF LARGER PARTICLES. ORGANIC SOILS--LOAMS, MUCK AND PEAT--ARE MADE THROUGH THE BREAKING DOWN AND SETTLING OF PLANT AND ANIMAL MATERIAL IN A SPECIFIC LOW-LYING AREA. As MENTIONED EARLIER, ARE WITHIN THE PLANNING AREA. 34 TYPES OF SOILS MAP 3 SHOWS THE LOCATION OF THESE SOILS AND OUTLINES THEIR CHARACTERISTICS AND LIMITATIONS FOR RECEIVING URBAN-TYPE CONSTRUCTION. As MAP 3 INDICATES, THE SOILS IN THE WILLIAMSTON AREA RANGE FROM SLIGHT TO VERY SEVERE IN THEIR LIMITATIONS FOR INTENSIVE USE. SOILS HAVING THE GREATEST LIMITATIONS FOR URBAN USES ARE THE ORGANICS FOUND ALONG THE RED CEDAR RIVER BELOW THE CITY, AND ALONG THE DRAINAGE COURSES. As WOULD BE EXPECTED, MOST EXISTING DEVELOPMENT HAS TAKEN PLACE WHERE SOIL LIMITATIONS ARE EITHER SLIGHT OR MODERATE. TRUE IN CENTRAL, NORTH AND WEST WILLIAMSTON. THIS IS AT THE SAME TIME, MOST AREAS WHICH HAVE NOT DEVELOPED DO HAVE SOIL TYPES WHICH POSE LIMITATIONS. THIS IS PARTICULARLY TRUE EAST OF WILLIAMSTON ROAD AND SOUTH OF THE CITY LIMITS EXTENDING TO l-96. GENERALLY FOUND WEST OF WILLIAMSTON, BUT SOIL TYPES NORTH OF GRAND RIVER AVENUE AND EAST OF ZIMMER ROAD EXHIBIT THE BEST SUITABILITY FOR DEVELOPMENT. MAP 4 SHOWS THE TOPOGRAPHIC CONTOURS WITHIN THE PLANNING AREA. As INDICATED BY THE MAP, THE AREA IS CHARACTERIZED BY MILDLY SLOPING HILLS AND WIDE EXPANSES OF FLAT AREAS. TOPOGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS SHOULD NOT CAUSE GREAT CONCERNS IN DEVELOPMENT DECISIONS. 23 �_j\ ~ -=~ ~ - \____) ~ ~~" ' - ' - " ' - " ' ' GOOD MODERATE P @~ VERY POOR ~ ~ EXCAVATED MATERIAL _-, ~l~~1 -_-_- _-_- =~~~-~ ~- ~~-):=_ -- 1 {i~i1l!~ ~-~~~~~if~t- Jt!:=:=~~f :==:_ :·==·:::::::::::::illl\il\it~:::::::- , �§d7J ZIMMER g_ ~o ~G) ~:Il § )> 7J I ~ :::0 ~ D ~ !"Tl BEEMAN 00 00 00 ]~ 7 lD CJ) 'O ~ 1/b I I \ 12 �FLOODPLAIN THE RED CEDAR RIVER AND DEER CREEK OVERFLOWED THEIR BANKS IN APRIL OF 1975. THIS FLOOD WAS CLASSIFIED AS A 100-YEAR FLOOD AND WAS THE DIRECT RESULT OF AN UNUSUAL FIVE-INCH RAINSTORM 1WHICH FELL ON SATURATED SOILS. A 100-YEAR FLOOD, WHICH IS TECHNICALLY CALLED AN INTERMEDIATE REGIONAL FLOOD, IS ONE WHICH HAS STATISTICAL CHANCE OF OCCURRING ONCE IN A HUNDRED YEARS DESIGNATED LOCATION, AT A ALTHOUGH THIS MAGNITUDE OF FLOOD COULD OCCUR IN ANY YEAR. IN THE 1975 FLOOD, TWENTY HOMES AND FIVE BUSINESSES WERE FLOODED, WITH DAMAGE COSTS IN THE THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS. WILLIAMSTON TOOK STEPS TO CONTROL CONSTRUCTION WITHIN THE FLOODPLAIN WHEN IT ENACTED THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM. THIS WILL ALLOW THE EXISTING STRUCTURES IN THE FLOOD HAZARD AREA TO OBTAIN SUBSIDIZED FLOOD INSURANCE. THE CITY HAS ALSO ADOPTED STRICT ZONING REGULATIONS FOR THE FLOODPLAIN AREA WHICH WILL CONTROL FUTURE DEVELOPMENT IN THE FLOOD HAZARD AREA, AND THUS MINIMIZE LOSSES WHEN THE NEXT FLOOD OCCURS. THE EXTENT OF THE 100-YEAR FLOODPLAIN. THE PLAN MAP ALSO DESIGNATES THIS SAME AREA FOR PROTECTION. 26 MAP 5 SHOWS �V~7C II_ ---==lc::i]======,MMER==========ir==l=I=====/ =rr====;ll z rtj ,, ::or s.: 0 rn I I ·~ .. I I ..,,o 0 r~O o;.; -u ornr ., . .::,~./? 1 .· ~ O:;o )> .._,rr, G) l> ,,, BEEMAN ., ") ~~·d~~ ~ ========, ~::;:=:==~~W~ILLIA~MSTO~N 't:::::i ~ 1,;;;..---1-r,rr ;1 z ::::"ti·~- ==i===='\r-. -7--=• ~ .- ;. ~ I ;iiJt::::::;:;~;:~;w;jfJ,., { ; . ~ I I ] • l :,: .. · . ;::\,: iO z z)> u, r 0 ., .. ~.«.'• ; ..·, 1/ I '~~- ] :•: . ./:~;/t:-':·:·.-':I;~~?;:i::,.,. ' L-.;~~F ,-i~/\,,.,.c ·-. □ r ~==~~ ~ VANNETER I i >\/..-: I 7 \'r/t· ·._._,: ~ g 0 / ./\\.:.: II : 0 } • ��THE BUILDINGS A CITY IS MADE UP OF MANY THINGS. THE LAND IT IS BUILT UPON. THE PEOPLE WHO R SIDE THERE. THE COMMUNITY SPIRIT EXEMPLIFIED BY ITS PEOPLE'S HOPES AD ASPIRATIONS. OF ANY COMMUNITY IS ITS BUILDINGS. BUT THE MOST VISIBLE COMPONE THE BUILDINGS IN A CITY ARE ALSO A REFLECTION OF THE PEOPLE WHO LIVE IN THEM, AD OF THE RESIDENTS' COMMUNITY SPIRIT. W LL-KEPT HOMES, CEA BUSINESS BUILDINGS AND EFFICIE T COMMU ITY SERVICES INDICATE THAT PEOPLE ARE PROUD OF AND CONCERNED FOR THE CITY'S FUTURE. THIS SECTION OF THE WILLIAMSTON COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT PLAN WILL LOOK AT THE BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES IN THE CITY. COMMUNITY SERVICES SUCH AS SCHOOLS, SEWAGE DISPOSAL, ROADS AND RECREATION LAND WILL ALSO BE ANALYZED TO DETERMINE THEIR PRESENT CAPACITY AND REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPANSION TO MEET FUTURE NEEDS. EXISTING LAND UsE ACTIVITIES MAP 6 SHOWS THE EXISTING LAND USE ACTIVITIES WITHIN WILLIAMSTON. A MEASUREMENT OF THE ACREAGE COVERED BY DIFFERENT USE CLASSIFICA TIONS IS SUMMARIZED IN THE FOLLOWING CHART. EXISTING LAND USE MEASUREMENTS CITY OF WILLIAMSTON Lat:!12 UsE ~~BEAGE SINGLE FAMILY I QE T□ JAb 190.41 34.26 Two FAMILY 12.79 2.30 MULTIPLE FAMILY 25.60 4.61 0 .. 92 0. 1 7 VACANT LAND 81.27 14.62 COMMERCIAL 37.88 6.82 INDUSTRIAL 58.88 10. 59 PUBLIC 96.30 17.33 SCENIC PUBLIC §1.ZJ 21~1 MIXED Uses TOTAL 555.78 100.00 RESIDENTIAL USES ACCOUNT FOR THE BULK OF THE LAND USE ACTIVITY WITHIN WILLIAMSTON THE PREDOMINANT MAJORITY O AD OFT TRUCTUR IN TOTAL, SINGLE FAMILY HOMES ARE C NT YEARS, HOWEVER, THE NEW RESIDENTIAL CO TION HA 0 BEN THE MULTIPLE �SCALE 0 jhJ -------~~ CJ Low Density Residential E Medium Density Residential z High Density Residential h:•::·:,: I Commercial @~:f#j~ Industrial -Public lllll Semi-Public ~ ~ <( :J _j i J~ LINN 1400 2800 �FAMILY UNIT AND MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENTS. THIS TREND IS NOT UNUSUAL AS IT IS OCCURRING NATIONWIDE BECAUSE OF INFLATION IN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY AND HIGHER MORTGAGE RATES FROM LENDING INSTITUTIONS. OVERALL, THE CONDITION OF HOUSING IN THE CITY IS GOOD. ACCORDING ij THE 19 70 U. S. CENSUS THE AVERAGE VALUE OF OWNER OCCUPIED UN ITS WAS $16,000. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF A FEW UNITS, PLUMBING FACILITIES, HOT AND COLD WATER AND FULL KITCHEN FACILITIES WERE OPERATIONAL IN THE 862 UNITS COUNTED. HOUSING IN THE CITY IS ALSO OF DECENT SIZE, WITH 5.5 ROOMS PER STRUCTURE BEING THE MEDIAN SIZE. HOUSING INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW MORE DETAILED IN THE APPENDICES. COMMER CI AL LAND USES GENERALLY FOLLOW GRAND RI VER AVENUE ALONG MOST OF I TS LENGTH, AL THOUGH THE GREATEST CONCENTRATION IS BUSINESS DISTRICT. IN THE CENTRAL OUTSIDE OF THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT MOST ~ THE COMMERCIAL USES ARE OF THE CONVENIENCE TYPE: FOOD AND GAS. INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT IS MORE PREDOMINANT ALONG WEST GRAND RIVER AVENUE IN THE VICINITY OF CORWIN ROAD, WHERE THERE IS ACCESS TO THE C&D, ., AND EAST OF WILLIAMSTON ROAD SERVICING THE AGRICULTURAL ENTERPRISES WHICH SURROUND THE CITY. THE 96 • 3 ACRES OF PUBLIC LANDS ARE SCHOOLS, GOVERNMENTAL BUILDINGS , PARKS AND OTHER COMMUNITY SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. THESE FACILITIES WILL BE DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL IN SUBSEQUENT SECTIONS. THE OTHER MAIN CATEGORY--THE 52 ACRES OF scr:NIC PUBLIC LANDS--INCLUDES THE COUNTRY CLUB AND VARIOUS CHURCH PROPERTIES. COMMUNITY FACILITIES SCHOOLS THE CITY IS THE CORE OF THE WILLIAMSTON COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT, THIS DISTRICT, ONE OF THE LARGEST IN THE TRI-COUNTY REGION, SERVES PARTS OF ALAIEDON, LEROY, LOCKE, MERIDIAN, WHEATFIELD AND WILLIAMSTOWN TOWNSHIPS WITH AN ESTIMATED POPULATION OF 7,200 IN 1970. TOTAL SCHOOL ENROLLMENT FOR THE 1974 SCHOOL YEAR WAS ESTIMATED AT 1,896 STUDENTS ATTENDING FOUR SCHOOL FACILITIES ON THREE LEVELS-TWO ELEMENTARY ( K-5) , ONE MI DOLE SCHOOL ( 6 & 8) AND ONE HIGH scHO OL • �PRESENTLY, CLASSROOMS ARE NOT PARTICULARLY OVERCROWDED. HOWEVER, PORTABLE FACILITIES ARE BEING USED AT BOTH THE MIDDLE AND HIGH SCHOOLS. ALL FOUR OF THESE SCHOOLS ARE LOCATED WITHIN THE CITY LIMITS. Two PAROCHIAL SCHOOLS ALSO OPERATE IN THE AREA. ST. MARY'S CATHOLIC ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (1-6) HAS ENROLLMENT OF APPROXIMATELY 134 STUDENTS. THE SEVENTH DAY ADVENTIST SCHOOL HAS AN ENROLLMENT OF ABOUT 16 STUDENTS IN GRADES 1-8. THE NUMBER OF COLLEGE-BOUND HIGH SCHOOL GRADUATES IS ON THE DECLINE, WITH ONLY ABOUT 40 PERCENT OF THE 1973 GRADUATES EXPECTING TO ENTER COLLEGE AS COMPARED TO 50 PERCENT IN 1972 AND 70 PERCENT IN 1971. So AS A RESULT MORE EMPHASIS IS BEING PLACED ON VOCATIONAL TRAINING AT THE HIGH SCHOOL LEVEL. THE ONLY TENTATIVE PLANS TO DATE FOR SCHOOL EXPANSION IS THE REPLACEMENT OF THE MIDDLE SCHOOL BUILT IN 1929. THE PRESENT STRUCTURE IS CONSIDERED UNSOUND AND IS LOCATED ON A SUBSTANDARD SITE. No DATE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THIS REPLACEMENT, ALTHOUGH IT SHOULD OCCUR SOON. A SUMMARY OF SCHOOL FACILITIES IS PROVIDED IN THE APPENDICES. PUBLIC BUILDINGS FIRE PROTECTION IS PROVIDED TO WILLIAMSTON, THE TOWNSHIPS OF WILLIAMSTOWN AND WHEATFIELD AND THE W~STERN HALF OF LOCKE TOWNSHIP ON A VOLUNTEER BASIS. AMBULANCE SERVICE IS ALSO PROVIDED ON A VOLUNTEER BASIS COVERING THE SAME JURISDICTIONS, WITH THE ADDITION OF THE REMAINDER OF LOCKE TOWNSHIP AND ALL OF LEROY TOWNSHIP. THE EQUIPMENT MAINTAINED BY THE DEPARTMENT IS ADEQUATE FOR ITS BASIC RESPONSIBILITY. THE ECONOMIES OF MAINTAINING A LARGER FORCE WOULD BE PROHIBITIVELY EXPENSIVE. THE DENSITY OF POPULATION IN THE NINETY SQUARE MILES THAT THE FORCE MUST COVER IS FIFTY PERSONS PER MILE OUTSIDE OF WILLIAMSTON. EVEN WITH THIS DISPERSED AREA, THE DEPARTMENT HAS AN EXCELLENT RESPONSE TIME OF BETWEEN ONE-ANDA-HALF TO THREE MINUTES. THE CITY FIRE HYDRANTS ARE MAINTAINED BY THE CITY AND ARE NOT PART OF THE DEPARTMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY. PERIODIC CHECKING OF THESE HYDRANTS IS PERFORMED BY THE MICHIGAN INSPECTION BUREAU. 33 �SCALE 0 1400 2800 J I l ~ m - GRA,-.RIVER AVE. '·-~~··F '.?~ ---WALLACE -r-,,----- ■ A PARK SITES ~~1, D WILLIAMSTON MEMORIALPARK B McCORMICK PARK C DEER CREEK PARK D THE "WELL SITE 11 PROPERTY E F , .11 ~TJf!::£ - - - · CJ ------. II ·, - ------- ----- IIZ 111::f ~ I WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT WEST WILLIAMSTON · WELL NO. 3 i~ LINN 7 C _/ , (_ ~ --- ----------- -..; �POLICE PROTECTION IS PROVIDED BY SIX FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES OF THE CITY, UTILIZING TWO POLICE VEHICLES, ONE OF WHICH IS REPLACED ANNUALLY. OFFICERS ON THE FORCE MUST HAVE 240 HOURS OF POLICE ACADEMY TRAINING OR HAVE WORKED FOR ANOTHER POLICE FORCE FOR AT LEAST THREE YEARS. POLICE DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE DISPATCHED THROUGH A COMMON FACILITY WITH THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON PRESENTLY OWNS FOUR STRUCTURES USED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROTECTIVE SERVICES. THEY ARE THE CITY HALL, A RECENTLY ACQUIRED CAR DEALERSHIP BUILDING (COMMONLY REFERRED TO AS THE CITY HALL ANNEX), THE WILLIAMSTON POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT BUILDING AND THE PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING. OF THESE STRUCTURES, PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING AND THE CITY GARAGE NEED REPLACEMENT. THE THE PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING IS TOO SMALL TO OPERATE EFFICIENTLY AND IS LOCATED IN THE FLOODPLAIN. PARKS AND RECREATION THE WILLIAMSTON COMMUNITY PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM OPERATES UNDER POLICIES DEVELOPED BY A CITY RECREATION COMMISSION ESTABLISHED BY THE CITY COUNCIL. MAINTENANCE OF THE PARKS SYSTEM IS DONE BY A PARKS DIVISION WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS. MAP 7 SHOWS THE LOCATION OF THE EXIST-ING PARKS WITHIN THE CITY. THESE SITES WERE DEVELOPED UNDER A PLAN DEVELOPED IN 1971 BY VICTOR HOGG. PLAN. AREA A - THE FOLLOWING ARE THE PARKS IN EXISTENCE UNDER THAT WILLIAMSTON MEMORIAL PARK. THIS AREA WAS SPECIFICALLY ACQUIRED IN THE LATE 1950S FOR DEVELOPMENT AS A RECREATIONAL PARK. IT COMPRISES ABOUT 13 ACRES OF GENTLY SLOPING GROUND AND A PLEASANT VISTA OF THE RIVER. IT rs PRIMARILY OPEN GROUND, EXCEPT FOR A NARROW WOODED BORDER ALONG THE RIVER. A NARROW CHANNEL OF THE RIVER ISOLATES A SMALL PORTION OF THE LAND KNOWN AS SCOUT ISLAND. THE SITE IS EXCELLENT FOR ACTIVE SPORTS. DENNIS COLLINS MEMORIAL POOL IS LOCATED HERE, FACILITIES FOR OTHER SPORTS. RELATIONSHIP TO THE RIVER. LAND ADJACENT TO THE PARK, THE AS ARE IT HAS AN EXCELLENT A POSSIBILITY EXISTS THAT TO THE EAST, WILL SOON BE 35 �AVAILABLE FOR ACQUISITION BY THE CITY. THIS LAND IS SHAPED BY EARLIER MINING OPERATIONS AND CONSISTS OF RELATIVELY HIGH MOUNDS AND NARROW VALLEYS. IT IS COVERED WITH SECOND GROWTH TIMBER AND CONTAINS AN EXCELLENT, DAMMED LAGOON AT A SLIGHTLY HIGHER ELEVATION THAN THE RIVER AT NORMAL LEVEL. AREA B - McCORMICK PARK. THIS LONG-ESTABLISHED PARK WAS DEDICATED TO THE CITY BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS. IT CONSISTS OF RELATIVELY FLAT, GRASSY TURF WITH SCATTERED, MATURE TREES. THE GENTLY CURVING BANK OF THE MILLPOND OF THE RED CEDAR GIVES IT EXCELLENT VISUAL QUALITIES. IT IS CONVENIENTLY LOCATED FOR MANY OLDER RESIDENTS OF THE COMMUNITY. IT HAS A HIGH POTENTIAL FOR DEVELOPMENT AS A PLACE FOR FAMILY GROUPS, PICNICS AND LESS ACTIVE SPORTS. IT IS RECOGNIZED AS A PLEASANT PLACE TO FISH AND THE RIVER IS KNOWN AS AN EXCELLENT STREAM FOR NORTHERN PIKE, BASS AND PAN FISH. THIS PARK IS WELL SITUATED TO FUNCTION AS A CENTER FOR RIVER-ORIENTED SPORTS AND ACTIVITIES. AREA C - DEER CREEK PARK. THE NORTHERN PORTIONS OF THIS LAND ARE DEDICATED TO RECREATIONAL PURPOSES. THE SOUTHERN PORTION CONTAINS THE CITY GARAGE AND IS THE SITE OF A PREPARED SKATING RINK WHICH IS FLOODED AND MAINTAINED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS EACH WINTER. THE UNDEVELOPED PORTION OF THE PROPERTY IS VERY LOW AND OFTEN FLOODED. THIS LAND ALSO CONTAINS MANY MATURE TREES. AREA D - THE "WELL SITE" PROPERTY. THIS PROPERTY WAS ACQUIRED BY THE CITY FOR THE LOCATION OF A NEW CITY WELL, IT IS LIMITED, AT PRESENT, BY DIFFICULT ACCESS BUT HAS A HIGH POTENTIAL AS A NATURAL AREA AND AS A CONVENIENT AND WELL-SUITED AREA FOR CAMPING ACTIVITY. NOT A LARGE STREAM, DEER CREEK, THOUGH IS VERY PRETTY AND COULD, WITH MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT, PROVIDE A NEEDED RECREATIONAL RESOURCE FOR THE COMMUNITY. AREA E - THE WASTE WATER TREATMENT SITE. THE TREATMENT FACILITIES FOR THE CITY. THIS LAND CONTAINS EXPANSION OF THE PLANT AS A TERTIARY TREATMENT PLANT IS USING MUCH OF THE AVAILABLE LAND. BUT THE EASTERN PORTION, THOUGH LOW AND SWAMPY, HAS SOME DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL. 36 �AREA F - WEST WILLIAMSTON (WELL N3). THIS CITY-OWNED PROPERTY IS THE LOCATION OF ONE OF THE CITY'S WATER WELLS. ITS POTENTIAL IS NOT GREAT, HOWEVER, AS IT IS RELATIVELY FLAT, UNWOODED AND LOCATED ACROSS THE RATHER BUSY HIGHWAY FROM THE MAJORITY OF RESIDENTS OF THE WEST WILLIAMSTON AREA. COMMUNITY SERVICES WATER SUPPLY As PREVIOUSLY DISCUSSED IN THE SECTION ABOUT THE ENVIRONMENT, WILLAMSTON RECEIVES ITS WATER SUPPLIES FROM GROUNDWATER. TAPS THE UNDERGROUND ACQUIFER AT THREE SITES. AND 3 (NO. THE CITY CITY WELLS No. 2 1 WAS ABANDONED A NUMBER OF YEARS AGO) ARE LOCATED ALONG THE C&O RAILROAD TRACKS BEHIND THE MIDDLE SCHOOL. EACH WELL IS 160 FEET DEEP AND IS DRIVEN BY 480-VOLT THREE-PHASE ELECTRIC MOTORS. CHLORINATION IS PROVIDED AT ALL WELL SITES IN ACCORD WITH MICHIGAN PUBLIC HEALTH REGULATIONS. CITY WELL No. 4 IS A STANDBY WELL, POWERED BY ELECTRICITY AND AN OPTIONAL GASOLINE ENGINE, TO BE USED IN CASE OF POWER OR MECHANICAL FAILURE IN THE OTHER TWO WELLS. WELLS 2 AND 3 PROVIDE APPROXIMATELY 288,000 GALLONS PER DAY OF ACCEPTABLE QUALITY WATER. THIS AMOUNT OF WATER JUST MEETS THE NEEDS OF THE EXISTING POPULATION. BECAUSE OF THIS, SELECTED TWO POSSIBLE SITES FOR EXPANSION. STUDY BY WILLIAMS AND WORKS, THE CITY HAS A GROUNDWATER RESOURCE ENGINEERS, SHOWED TWO AREAS OF WATER BEARING FORMATIONS--ON THE HIGH SCHOOL PROPERTY AT VAN ETTES AND MITCHELL ROADS AND IN THE SOUTH END OF THE CITY ADJACENT TO DEER CREEK. BASED ON THIS STUDY, TESTS BY LAYNE-NORTHERN Co., THE CITY COMMISSIONED ADDITIONAL INC., WHO DRILLED A TEST WELL ON THE DEER CREEK SITE. THEY FOUND THAT THIS FIELD COULD GENERATE TWO 3 SO-GALLONS-PER-MINUTE WELLS, OR AN ADDITIONAL 504,000 GALLONS OF WATER PER DAY. THE TOTAL WATER AVAILABLE FROM WELLS 2, 3 AND 5 WILL BE APPROXIMATELY 692,000 GALLONS PER DAY--OR SUFFICIENT WATER TO MEET DEMANDS THROUGH THE LATE 1970S. DURING THE PLANNING PERIOD A SECOND WELL SHOULD BE DRILLED AT THE DEER CREEK FIELD TO MEET INCREASED DEMAND. THAT WOULD INCREASE THE WELL CAPACITY TO 1 296 000 ' • GALLONS PER DAY. 37 �i=:iJ/ ][Jt 11 I I I I CORWIN I I I I I ----- I ~ J:> r ~l'Tl ~ ~ ] BEEMAN I I nf{a=:~r I PUTMAN ~ir===~f!:~WIL=:=:=LIA~Ms=roN=====1-----. f r = ~~ ~ ~\ : ~ ~rr=:t ~=;i=========~ z z / MILL VANNETER I I I I I I I 0 1/1 ("\ -~ g 7 ...)>m �MAP 8 SHOWS THE LOCATION AND SIZE OF THE EXISTING WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. EIGHTY PERCENT OF THE WATER MAINS IN USE TODAY WERE CONSTRUCTED EITHER IN 1937 OR 1948. THESE MAINS ARE CAST IRON AND SHOULD HAVE A LIFE EXPECTANCY OF 50 TO 100 YEARS. MAINS CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE PAST FEW YEARS ARE DUCTITE IRON, WHICH PROVIDES GREATER STRENGTH, QUALITY AND CORROSION RESISTANCE AND THEREFORE AN EVEN LONGER LIFE EXPECTANCY. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT AND SEWER SYSTEM THE PRESENT WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT HAS UNDERGONE SEVERAL IMPROVEMENTS IN RECENT YEARS TO RAISE THE LEVEL OF TREATMENT SO THAT DISCHARGES INTO THE RED CEDAR ARE CONSIDERED ENVIRONMENTALLY ACCEPTABLE. THE PRESENT PLANT WAS OPENED IN THE FALL OF 1971 AND IS CONSIDERED TO BE A TERTIARY TREATMENT FACILITY WHICH IS ABLE TO REMOVE 95-99 PERCENT OF KNOWN TROUBLESOME POLLUTANTS. THE PLANT, WHICH IS LOCATED AT THE END OF SUNSET STREET, IS PRESENTLY OPERATING AT A FLOW OF 300,000 TO 350,000 GALLONS PER DAY. THE PLANT HAS A CAPACITY OF 500,000 GALLONS A DAY, WHICH COULD SUPPORT A POPULATION OF 5,000 WITH NO PROBLEMS. THE PLANT WAS ALSO DESIGNED SO THAT MINOR RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS COULD EASILY ESTABLISH A CAPACITY OF ONE MILLION GALLONS A DAY. MAP 9 SHOWS THE PRESENT SEWAGE COLLECTION SYSTEM WHICH CONSISTS OF EIGHT- TO FIFTEEN-INCH PIPES. THE SEWERS ARE SEPARATE, IN THAT THE CITY HAS RECENTLY COMPLETED A SEWER AND STORM DRAIN SEPARATION PROGRAM. SOME SEWER LINES AND LIFT STATIONS NEED RENOVATION. THE HIGH STREET AND CORWIN ROAD LIFT STATIONS SHOULD BE RENOVATED OR REBUILT AND AT SOME FUTURE PERIOD IT HAS BEEN SUGGESTED THAT THE SYSTEM ACROSS THE RIVER BE REPLACED WITH A POWER LIFT STATION. BASICALLY, SEWER LINES IN MOST AREAS ARE ADEQUATE TO HANDLE PRESENT LOADS, BUT ANY LARGE GROWTH IN A GIVEN AREA SHOULD RESULT IN AN ENGINEERING STUDY TO DETERMINE THE ABILITY TO HANDLE ADDITIONAL CAPACITY. SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL THE LANDFILL SITE EAST OF TOWN HAS BEEN ORDERED TO CLOSE BY THE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES BECAUSE OF POLLUTION PROBLEMS. ITS PLACE A TRASH COMPACTING AND TRANSFER STATION IS LOCATED ON 39 IN �SCALE 0 \400 2800 JN(_ ~ __ _, - :I __)n·:.:-:-1~ l ___ - . - 0 -------------- -L-=-=--=-==-l- ~ SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM ---- 6-8 IN.SEWER - l0-121N.SEWER ■ ~ ~ :J .J ~ SEWAGE TREATMENT ~~ ~L~IN~N~=====-=:; 7 ----- ----------- �THE OLD LANDFILL SITE EAST OF THE CITY ON GRAND RIVER AVENUE. THIS FACILITY WILL HANDLE ALL THE WASTE GENERATED IN THE WILLIAMSTON AREA AND WILL TRANSPORT IT TO A LARGER, LANDFILL OPERATION. 41 MORE ENVIRONMENTALLY SUITED �TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES COMMUNITY LOCATION HISTORICALLY HAS RESULTED AT POINTS ALONG TRANSPORTATION ROUTES, NOTABLY WHERE TWO OR MORE TRANSPORTATION LINES MET OR AT POINTS ALONG RIVERS WHERE NATURAL RESOURCES WERE SUFFICIENT ENOUGH SO THAT A LIVELIHOOD COULD GE DERIVED FROM THEIR USAGE. WILLIAMSTON IS NO EXCEPTION, FALLING ALONG THE OLD GRAND RIVER PLANK ROAD, WHICH ORIGINATED AS A TRAIL FOLLOWING THE EVEN GRADES OF THE RED CEDAR VALLEY THROUGH THE AREA BETWEEN GRAND RAPIDS AND DETROIT. THE ROADS IN SOUTHERN MICHIGAN, AS INDEED IN MOST OF MICHIGAN, DEVELOPED ON THE ORIGINAL RECTANGULAR LAND SURVEY PRACTICES OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY RESERVED AT THAT TIME RESULTED IN THE TOWNSHIP AND COUNTY ROAD SYSTEMS WHICH ARE EVIDENT TODAY. THESE ROADS, IN ADDITION TO THOSE LAID OUT ALONG THE OLD TRAILS, PROVIDE THE MAJOR THOROUGHFARES WHICH SERVE THE AREA. LATER, AS PLATTING TOOK PLACE TO FORM MUNICIPALITIES, RIGHTS-OF-WAY WERE SET ASIDE TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE UNDEVELOPED PROPERTIES. THESE RIGHTS-OF-WAY INTERCONNECTED WITH THE MAJOR TRANSPORTATION ELEMENTS. As A RESULT, THE SYSTEM OF STREETS AND THOROUGHFARES BECAME THE FRAMEWORK FOR THE COMMUNITY. IN THE FUTURE, AS THE COMMUNITY DEVELOPS AND EXPANDS, SO MUST THIS FRAMEWORK. THE EXISTING STREET AND THOROUGHFARE SYSTEM THE WILLIAMSTON STREET AND THOROUGHFARE SYSTEM SHOWN ON MAP 10 JS BASICALLY A MINOR ATERIAL SYSTEM WITH AN INTERWEBBING OF COLLECTOR AND LOCAL STREETS, WHICH FOR THE MOST PART FOLLOW A RECTANGULAR PATTERN• PR! MARY ROADS WITHIN THE SYSTEM ARE GRAND RI VER AVENUE! M-43, WHICH IS A FEDERAL-AID PRIMARY ROUTE; AND WILLIAMSTON ROAD, A FEDERAL-AID SECONDARY (COUNTY} ROUTE. INTERSTATE-96, WHICH DOES NOT DIRECTLY SERVE THE COMMUNITY BUT PROVIDES INTERCHANGE WITH WILLIAMSTON ROAD, INTERSTATE SYSTEM. 42 IS PART OF THE MAJOR �MITCHELL SCALE 0 MAP 10 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ====== FEDERAL INTERSTATE _,.....,.....,.._.... PRIMARY ROAD - - - - - SECONDARY ROAD 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 C 8 0 RAILROAD z ~ ~ <t :J _j ~ LINN 1400 2800 �MINOR ARTERIAL ROADS SERVING THE AREA ARE BASICALLY COUNTY ROADS SUCH AS ROWLEY AND ZIMMER. THESE FACILITIES ARE FOR THE MOST PART MAINTAINED BY THE INGHAM COUNTY ROAD COMMISSION. THE REMAINING STREETS IN THE SYSTEM ARE COLLECTOR AND LOCAL STREETS GENERALLY SERVING LOCAL COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES. RECENT IMPROVEMENTS TO THE LOCAL STREET SYSTEM THE CITY HAS PURSUED AN EXTENSIVE STREET IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM OVER RECENT YEARS, WITH THE INSTALLATION OF CURB AND GUTTER AND BITUMINOUS SURFACING ON MANY STREETS. PART BY GENERAL OBLIGATION REVENUES THIS PROGRAM WAS FUNDED IN AS WELL AS SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS PLACED AGAINST PROPERTY OWNERS, AND HAS RESULTED IN A STREET SYSTEM WITH RELATIVELY FEW DEFICIENCIES. EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUMES LITTLE TRAFFIC VOLUME INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE WITH RESPECT TO THE LOCAL THOROUGHFARE SYSTEM. THAT WHICH IS AVAILABLE IS INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY THE MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF STATE HIGHWAYS AND TRANSPORTATION FOR LOCATIONS CLOSE TO ZIMMER ROAD, WILLIAMSTON ROAD AND AT THE EASTERN TRAILER PARK ALONG GRAND RIVER, ALONG WILLIAMSTON ROAD AT THE INTERCHANGE WITH 1-96. TRAFFIC VOLUMES, AS WOULD BE EXPECTED, AS WELL AS THE HIGHEST ARE ON GRAND RIVER AT THE INTERSECTION OF WILLIAMSTON ROAD OR PUTNAM STREET. VOLUMES ON GRAND RIVER AVENUE REACHED THE VICINITY OF 10,000 VEHICLES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS PER DAY. THE LOWEST VOLUME RECORDED WAS ALONG WILLIAMSTON ROAD ALONG THE INTERCHANGE OF 1-96. OTHER HEAVY VOLUMES OCCUR ALONG GRAND RIVER IN THE DIRECTION OF EAST LANSING, BRIDGE CROSSING OF PARTICULAR NOTE IN THIS SECTION ARE THE PROBLEMS AT PUTNAM STREET AND THE C&O RAILROAD, AND THE LIMITED CIRCULATION POTENTIAL TO NORTH WILLIAMSTON DUE TO THE SINGLE BRIDGE CROSSING ON PUTNAM STREET. THE SEVERITY OF THE SINGLE BRIDGE CROSSING SITUATION rs FURTHER AFFECTED BY THE DETERIORATED NATURE OF THAT PARTICULAR STRUCTURE. NEW BRIDGES QVER THE RED CEDAR RIVER ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSPORTATION PLAN TO ALLEVIATE THIS PROBLEM AREA. 44 �MASS TRANSPORTATION WILLIAMSTON IS NOT PRESENTLY SERVED BY ANY BUS OR PASSENGER TRAIN SYSTEM. BUT WITH CONTINUALLY INCREASING ENERGY COSTS, THIS FORM OF TRANSPORTATION COULD BECOME A REALITY. THE CAPITAL AREA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY (CATA) HAS DONE FEASIBILITY STUDIES ON EXTENDING COMMUTER BUS SERVICE TO WILLIAMSTON. PRESENTLY THERE DOES NOT APPEAR TO BE MUCH OF A DEMAND FOR THIS TYPE OF SERVICE. ANOTHER POSSIBILITY, ALTHOUGH LONGER RANGE, WOULD BE COMMUTER TRAIN SERVICE BETWEEN LANSING AND DETROIT THROUGH WILLIAMSTON. LANDS EAST OF THE CITY LIMITS, BE ALONG THE RAILROAD TRACKS, SHOULD RESERVED FOR THIS POSSIBILITY. LAND FOR SERVICE BUILDINGS AND PARKING WOULD FIT IN LOGICALLY AS AN EXTENSION OF THE PRESENT INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT ALONG THE RAILROAD. �i I I �INTRODUCTION WHAT WILL WILLIAMSTON BE LIKE IN 20 YEARS? VALUES BE PROTECTED? WILL THE PROPERTY WILL ESSENTIAL PUBLIC SERVICES BE AVAILABLE? WILL THERE BE ENOUGH PARK SPACE? THESE ARE JUST A FEW OF THE QUESTIONS WHICH THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON PLANNING COMMISSION HAS BEEN GRAPPLING WITH. THESE AND MANY OTHER POINTS HAVE BEEN DISCUSSED, DEBATED AND ANALYZED IN DETAIL UNTIL THE PLANNING COMMISSION HAS DECIDED ON THE PLAN YOU ARE NOW READING. THE PLAN IS A TOOL TO GUIDE CITIZENS, DEVELOPERS AND DECISION- MAKERS WITHIN WILLIAMSTON ON WHEN AND HOW THE CITY SHOULD GROW. THE PLANNING COMMISSION HAS BEEN SENSITIVE TO AND RECOGNIZED THREE POINTS IN DEVELOPING THIS PLAN. FIRST, THE SUBSTANTIAL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IN HOMES, BUSINESS AND SERVICES HAVE TO BE PROTECTED AGAINST ANY FORM OF DEGRADATION. FUTURE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS HAVE TO BE MADE IN THE MOST EFFICIENT MANNER. AND THIRDLY, WILLIAMSTON SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE AN ENJOYABLE AND COMFORTABLE PLACE IN WHICH TO LIVE AND GROW. THIS PLAN IS NOT SET IN CONCRETE--IT IS INTENDED TO BE FLEXIBLE IN ORDER TO MEET THE DYNAMIC CHANGES OF A GROWING COMMUNITY. IT OUTLINES AREAS WHERE NEW DEVELOPMENT COULD BE MOST ECONOMICALLY SERVICED WITHOUT ADVERSELY AFFECTING THE PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. THE PLAN INDICATES THE INTENSITY OF NEW GROWTH TO PROTECT THE EXISTING DEVELOPMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS AND TO CREATE NEW NEIGHBORHOODS WHICH ARE SAFE AND ENJOYABLE. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL GROWTH ALSO HAVE SPACE ALLOCATED FOR THEIR LOCATIONS• BESIDES THESE GENERAL POINTS, THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION PRESENTS SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THE PLAN FOR WILLIAMSTON. FLOODPLAIN/GREENBELT THE APRIL, 1975 FLOOD CAUSED THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS OF DAMAGES TO HOMES AND BUSINESSES IN THE CITY. AN ACCURATE MAPPING FROM AERIALS DURING PEAK FLOWS IS AN INTEGRAL ELEMENT OF THE PLAN. THE INUNDATED AREAS ALONG THE RED CEDAR RIVER AND DEER CREEK SHOULD BE PROTECTED FROM URBANIZATION AT ALL COSTS. LAND USE ACTIVITIES LIKE McCORMICK PARK AND THE COUNTRY CLUB ARE EXCELLENT EXAMPLES OF USES WHICH FLOODPLAINS CAN ABSORB. 48 �FUTURE LAND USE PLAN PHASE Ir :!t~~~~r,~~~;~~!!:. .[JJ LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL fflil MEDIUM DENSITY RESIDENTIAL ■ HIGH DENSITY RESIDENTIAL fJjJ COMMERCIAL ~ INDUSTRIAL . ~.·.~-: .\ _.:·•.:_;:-~-~~.~~~ Iii INSTITUTIONAL ~ RECREATIONAL Ei?ITI OPEN SPACES OCTOBER 1976 WILLIAMSTON PLANNING �CONTIGUOUS DEVELOPMENT THIS PLAN IS BOTH A YEAR 2000 AND A MUCH LONGER RANGE PLAN. VACANT LANDS WHICH ARE ADJACENT TO DEVELOPED LAND SHOULD BE USED FIRST. THIS WILL SAVE TAX DOLLARS THROUGH INCREMENTAL EXTENSION OF SEWER, WATER AND ROAD IMPROVEMENTS. THE AREAS WHICH ARE DESIGNATED BY A "CROSS HATCHED" OVERLAY ON MAP 11 BE DEVELOPED □ NL Y (THE FUTURE LAND USE PLAN) SHOULD WNEN THE OTHER PROPOSED GROWTH AREAS ARE FILLED, THE FOLLOWING CHART (PROJECTED RESIDENTIAL LAND ALLOCATIONS) SHOWS HOW MUCH RESIDENTIAL GROWTH CAN BE ANTICIPATED BY THE YEAR 2000, THE PLAN MAP USES THESE ACREAGES FOR THE FIRST PHASE OF GROWTH PLACEMENT. THE SECOND PHASE, OR THE LONG-RANGE PLAN ELEMENTS, HAS A POPULATION-HOLDING CAPACITY OF AN ADDITIONAL 1,500 PEOPLE. THESE SECOND PHASE AREAS ARE INCLUDED ON THE PLAN MAP TO BRING CONTINUITY TO THE TOTAL DEVELOPMENT SCHEME OF THE AREA. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT SOME OF THESE SECOND PHASE AREAS WI LL DEVELOP PRIOR TO FIRST PHASE AREAS BECAUSE OF DEVELOPER CHOICE OR TOWNSHIP ACTION. BUT THESE SECOND PHASE AREAS, IF DEVELOPED, WILL HAVE TO BEAR THE COSTS OF PROVIDING SEWER AND WATER SERVICE CAPACITY TO "LEAPFROGGED" INNER LANDS. COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT THE FUTURE OF THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT CCBD> IMPORTANCE TO THE CITY OF WILLIAMSTON. IS OF GREAT THE CBD IS IDENTIFIED AS "WILLIAMSTON" BY PEOPLE WHO LIVE ELSEWHERE. IT IS IN THIS AREA WHERE FAMILY SHOPPING NEEDS FOR GOODS AND SERVICES AND CITY ADMINISTRATIVE NEEDS MUST BE MET. IT IS ALSO THE LOCATION OF MANY SOCIAL ACTIVITIES, AND IN WILLIAMSTON THE CBO PROVIDES A LARGE PART OF THE TAX BASE. THE CBD HAS MANY ADJUSTMENTS TO MAKE IN THE PLANNING PERIOD. SUCCESS OR FAILURE IN CREATING AN INCREASINGLY ATTRACTIVE SHOPPI NG ' CENTER CAN AFFECT THE GROWTH RATE OF THE CITY ITSELF • . THE CBD HAS HAD DIFFICULTIES IN CHANGING TO MEET MODERN SHOPPING l DEMANDS. ITS SMALL STORES, NEED FOR INCREASED PARKING AND NEED FOR PRESENTING A MORE ATTRACTIVE SHOPPING LOCATION HAVE LED TO I~ COMPE::TITIVE DECLINE WITH NEWER SHOPPING MALLS. CITY BUSINESSMEN HAVE MADE CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENTS ON THEIR OWN, DO IT ALONE. 50 BUT THEY CANNOT �CITY OF WILLIAMSTON PROJECTED RESIDENTIAL LAND ALLOCATIONS DENSITY DWELLING UNITS/ NET ACRE 1 2 PROJECTED POPULATION PERCENTAGE POPULATION DISTRIBUTION 3 4 POPULATION PER DWELLING UNIT DWELLING UNITS 5 NET ACRES GRoss ACRES 6 7 PLAN DESIGN HIGH 8 232 20 2.6 89 11 • 1 13.9 16.7 MEDIUM 4 464 40 3.0 154 38.5 48. 1 57.8 Low 2 464 40 3.5 132 66.0 82.5 99.0 - 1, 160 100% - 375 115. 6 134.5 173.5 TOTALS (J1 ..... 1 WILLIAMSTON ZONING ORDINANCE 2 SEE POPULATION PROJECTION SECTION OF THIS DOCUMENT 3 DETERMINED BY WILLIAMSTON PLANNING COMMISSION 4 5 8ASED ON ANALYSIS BY THE TRI-COUNTY REGIONAL PLANNING COMMISSION PROJECT POPULATION NET ACRES= 1 DWELLING UNIT PER ACRE POPULATION PER DWELLING UNIT 6 7 GROSS ACRES= NET ACRES X 125% (ALLOWANCE FOR STREETS AND HIGHWAYS) PLAN ACRES= GROSS ACRES X 120% (EXPANSION AND CHOICE FACTOR FOR RESIDENTIAL LAND AREAS) �WILLIAMSTON HAS TO TAKE A STRONG STAND AND NOT ALLOW FURTHER COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT OUTSIDE THE CBD. THE PRESENT VACANCIES CAN BE FILLED BY SPECIALTY SHOPS, RESTAURANTS, OFFICES AND OTHER GENERAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES. To MEET THESE NEEDS, THE PLAN CALLS FOR LIMITATIONS ON THE LOCATION OF COMMERCIAL ENTERPRISES. THE CONTINUED STRIPPING OF BUSINESSES ALONG GRAND RIVER AVENUE WASTES LAND, CAUSES TRAFFIC HAZARDS AND ADVERSELY AFFECTS THE AESTHETIC APPEAL OF THE COMMUN I TY. TO COMBAT THESE PROBLEMS THE PLAN CALLS FOR ALL NEW COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT TO OCCUR WITHIN THE CBO. THE EXISTING BUSINESSES OUTSIDE THE CBD WOULD CONTINUE TO OPERATE, BUT AS THEY BECOME OBSOLETE OR DESTROYED THE RESIDENTIAL LAND USE DESIGNATION WOULD OVERRULE THEIR RECONSTRUCTION, THIS WILL TAKE MANY YEARS TO REALIZE, BUT EVENTUALLY RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURES WILL REPLACE BUSINESSES OUTSIDE THE CBD AS THEY BECOME DEFUNCT. INQUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT WILLIAMSTON HAS ADEQUATE LAND TO MEET ANTICIPATED INDUSTRIAL GRW0TH FOR MANY YEARS PAST THE YEAR 2000. EXISTING INDUSTRIAL AREAS WEST OF TOWN AND TWO TRACTS SOUTH OF THE RAILROAD HAVE BEEN DESIGNATED AS EXPANSION AREAS. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE CITY IS AT A COMPETITIVE DISADVANTAGE WITH LARGER URBAN AREAS FOR ATTRACTING NEW INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT. THE MOST WHICH WILLIAMSTON CAN EXPECT IS POSSIBLE WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS, SMALL MACHINETYPE SHOPS AND GROWTH OF EXISTING INDUSTRIES. ALTHOUGH THE CITY CANNOT EXPECT IMMEDIATE INDUSTRIAL GROWTH, IT SHOULD MAKE SURE THAT THE LAND IDENTIFIED FOR THAT PURPOSE BE PRESERVED. THESE AREAS SHOULD NOT BE ENCROACHED UPON BY OTHER TYPES OF LAND USE ACTIVITY. THE ECONOMIC VIABILITY OF THESE sJTES REQUIRES RELATIVE UNHAMPERED USAGE. HOMES OR BUSINESSES WITHIN THESE AREAS WOULD LIMIT OPTIONS TO INDUSTRIAL CONCERNS ON THEIR HOURS OF OPERATION, STORAGE NEEDS AND AESTHETIC CONCERNS. 52 �TRANSPORTATION PLAN ONCE IT HAS BEEN DETERMINED WHERE PEOPLE WILL BE LIVING, WORKING, AND SHOPPING, IT IS THEN POSSIBLE TO PLAN A ROAD SYSTEM WHICH WILL ALLOW THEM TO MOVE EFFICIENTLY BETWEEN THEIR DESTINATIONS WITH A MAXIMUM OF EASE AND SAFETY. SINCE ANY ROAD IS EXPENSIVE AND WILL BE A PERMANENT PART OF THE COMMUNITY, PLANNING HAS TO CONSIDER LONG-RANGE CIRCULATION AND CAPACITY NEEDS. TRAFFIC IN AND AROUND WILLIAMSTON WILL INCREASE IN YEARS TO COME. UNLESS IT IS PROPERLY HANDLED, THIS TRAFFIC WILL ADVERSELY IMPACT OTHERWISE DESIRABLE PARTS OF THE CITY. Too MUCH TRAFFIC IN THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT WILL HAMPER SHOPPING AND POSE ADDITIONAL SAFETY PROBLEMS. INADEQUATE ACCESS WILL DIMINISH THE APPEAL OF OTHERWISE ATTRACTIVE RESIDENTIAL AREAS. A PROPERLY DESIGNED MAJOR ROAD SYSTEM WILL HELP DEFINE RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOODS, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS AND WILL MINIMIZE CONFLICTS BETWEEN THEM. MAP 11 CONTAINS THE TRANSPORTATION PLAN FOR WILLIAMSTON. IT IS DESIGNED TO LESSEN CONGESTION IN THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT BY DIVERTING NORTH/SOUTH TRAFFIC. THE PLAN OPENS MANY AREAS TO THE SOUTH AND WEST OF EXISTING DEVELOPMENT. AND, THE PLAN DESIGNATES HOW EXTENSIVE THE ROAD IMPROVEMENTS WILL HAVE TO BE TO HANDLE ANTICIPATED DEMAND. THE PLAN DESIGNATES THREE CATEGORIES OF ROADS: .ERIMARY ROAD: A ROAD WHICH BRINGS TRAFFIC TO AND FROM PRINCIPAL TRAFFIC GENERATORS WITHIN THE CITY AND IMPORTANT RURAL ROUTES. WHILE PRIMARY ROADS ARE DESIGNED TO MOVE TRAFFIC, ALSO PERFORM A SECONDARY LAND SERVICE FUNCTION. THEY NORMALLY THUS, ALTHOUGH ABUTTING PROPERTIES WILL HAVE FREE ACCESS, PARKING AND LOADING HAVE TO BE RESTRICTED OR PROHIBITED TO IMPROVE CAPACITY. RIVER AVENUE IS THE ONLY PRIMARY ROAD IN THE PLAN. 53 GRAND �~ w NEW BRIDGE <t <t w w t- ~ ~' ,.__ ~I Ii ii SCALE ~ z z :) > <t Q. (D p, ......_ ....UJ z z I I\ uy17 1 CHURCH _ . II 0 I ]_ I · I POT MASS=TRANSIT ~NSFERSITE a:: w ~ - 1 WALLACE -- -, ii IL ii U J 'I N MAP NO. TRANSPOR/fATION PL . z ~ (/) - ~ <t :J _J i LINN ~~---- PROPO HIGHWAY PRIMARY MINOR ARTERIAL- - COLLECTOR - - - EXISTING :E 1400 2800 �MINOR ARTERIAL ROAD: MINOR ARTERIAL ROADS ARE DESIGNED TO CARRY THE INTERNAL TRAFFIC MOVEMENT WITHIN A DESIGNATED AREA SUCH AS A SUBDIVISION. THESE STREETS SHOULD NOT HANDLE LONG TRIPS AND ARE NOT NECESSARILY CONTINUOUS FOR ANY GREAT LENGTH. THE MAIN MINOR ARTERIAL ROADS WITHIN THE PLAN ARE WILLIAMSTON, ROWLEY ROWLEY EXTENDED TO ZIMMER) COLLECTOR ROADS: (AND AND LINN ROADS. COLLECTOR ROADS ARE PRIMARY DESIGNED TO SERVE ABUTTING PROPERTIES BUT THEY ALSO HAVE THE CAPACITY TO MOVE TRAFFIC IN AND OUT OF AN AREA. THE FOLLOWING CHART SUMMARIZES THE CROSS-SECTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THESE ROAD TYPES. THE CHART ALSO INCLUDES THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCAL ROADS. TYPE;; NUMBER AND PARKING WIDTH OF RIGHT OF PAVEMENT TRAVEL LANES L8~1;;S WAY. WIQit! WIDTt! LOCAL 66 1 22'-24' COLLECTOR 66 1 34' 2 @ 12 MINOR ARTERIAL 86' 1 2 @ 12 ' 48' 4 @ 12 ' PRIMARY 100 1 -120' 44 1 10 ' 2 @ SIDEWALK IF PROVIDED 5 ' NONE IF PROVIDED 5 ' BARRIER 5 10 ' NONE CURB & GUTTER BARRIER t 5 t WIDER IN COMMERCIAL AREAS BARRIER OTHER HIGHLIGHTS OF THE TRANSPORTATION PLAN INCLUDE ANOTHER SORELY NEEDED RIVER CROSSING. IT IS PROPOSED THAT THIS OCCUR ONE AND A QUARTER MILES EAST OF THE PRESENT BRIDGE. THE ROADWAY FOR THIS BRIDGE WILL THEN HOOKUP TO RAILROAD ROAD AND ROWLEY ROAD. A COLLECTOR ROAD RUNNING EAST/WEST FROM ZIMMER ROAD TO MEECH IS ALSO PROPOSED TO OPEN UP THE SOUTHERN PART OF THE COMMUNITY. il1PLEMENTA TI ON IMPLEMENTATION OF ALL OF THE PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENTS WILL NECESSARILY REQUIRE NOT ONLY LOCAL INPUT BUT THE FULL COOPERATION OF THE INGHAM COUNTY ROAD COMMISSION, AS MUCH OF THESE FACILITIES WILL BE DEVELOPED PRIMARILY IN RURAL AREAS OR WILL BE 55 �SCALE 1400 0 J~ 2800 f;llrli]l .·,n!f ~ --.__ _________ I\ Ii II l~b1~ "'-~'.):i;/;-JN' (~QD;c;;!::J "){"!:}'. ~,-..;;::::,-. . ;:_ i~[t_ GRA~R flVER AVE. 0 ------ ----------- MAP 13 COMMUNITY FACILITIES - RECREATION (PAGES 35-37) (\?t:f;j\ ,:::3.~; >:,:· WATER SUPPLY SERVICE AREA ( PAGES 37-38) - TRANSFER SITE - SOLID WASTE ( PAGES 39-40) 0 ill;- 11~ I ~~ LINN 7 c ~ r I �MAJOR THOROUGHFARES. RIGHTS-OF-WAY, HOWEVER, SHOULD BE SET ASIDE AS LANDS ADJACENT ARE DEVELOPED FOR ANY PURPOSE. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, DEVELOPERS SHOULD BE REQUIRED TO BUILD THE NECESSARY FACILITIES. COMMUNITY FACILITIES THE FUTURE LAND USE PLAN MAP IS JUST ONE COMPONENT OF THE TOTAL PLAN FOR WILLIAMSTON. LAND USE TYPES. THAT MAP INDICATES THE LOCATION OF DIFFERENT MAP 12, THE COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN, INDICATES HOW THE DIFFERENT LAND USE TYPES SHOULD BE SERVICED. MAP 12 IS A COMPOSITE OF THE RECREATION, WATER AND GOVERNMENTAL BUILDING PLANS DISCUSSED IN THE SECTION OF THIS REPORT TITLED THE BUILDINGS. ONE SECTION IS DELETED AT THIS TIME THOUGH. THE PLAN FOR THE SEWER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS AND LOCATION OF NEW INTERCEPTORS IS BEING PREPARED BY CAPITAL CONSULTANTS OF LANSING. THEIR RECOMMENDATIONS WILL BE FORTHCOMING IN 1977 AND SHOULD BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PLAN AT THAT TIME. THE PREVIOUS SECTION DISCUSSED IN GENERAL WHAT THE PLAN IS ABOUT. THE FOLLOWING SECTION, GOALS AND POLICIES, IN WILLIAMSTON GETS QUITE SPECIFIC. FOR GUIDING DEVELOPMENT IT OUTLINES IN DETAIL WHAT TYPES OF PROTECTION HAVE TO BE AFFORDED DIFFERENT TYPES OF LAND USE ACTIVITIES, HOW LAND USE ACTIVITIES INTERRELATE, AND WHAT TYPES OF SERVICES DEVELOPMENT SHOULD RECEIVE. THESE GOALS AND POLICIES ARE TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PLAN MAP TO JUDGE THE ADEQUACY OF PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS OR ACTIONS WHICH THE CITY COUNCIL HAS TO TAKE IN EXTENDING PUBLIC SERVICES. 57 �DEVELOPMENT POLICIES WEBSTER'S DICTIONARY DEFINES POLICY AS "A DEFINITE COURSE OR METHOD OF ACTION SELECTED FROM AMONG ALTERNATIVES AND IN LIGHT OF GIVEN CONDITIONS TO GUIDE AND DETERMINE PRESENT AND FUTURE DECISIONS." PREVIOUS SECTIONS OF THIS REPORT HAVE HIGHLIGHTED THE EXISTING CONDITION OF DEVELOPMENT WITHIN WILLIAMSTON. THIS SECTION BEGINS THE PROCESS OF OUTLINING A COURSE OF ACTION TO GUIDE FUTURE DECISIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE CHANGE AND GROWTH OF THE CITY. THE FIRST STEP IN THE PROCESS IS TO SET BASIC GOALS. THE WILLIAMSTON PLANNING COMMISSION ADOPTED FOUR BASIC GOALS IN GUIDING THEIR DECISIONS IN THE DESIGN OF THE PLAN. THEY ARE AS FOLLOWS: EFFICIENCY AND ECONOMY OF DEVELOPMENT - To ASSURE MAXIMUM BENEFIT TO THE PUBLIC FROM PUBLIC EXPENDITURES AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IN THE AREA THROUGH ECONOMICAL EMPLOYMENT OF RESOURCES, PREVENTION OF DUPLICATION AND WASTE, AND THE ENHANCEMENT OF PROPERTY VALUES. COOPERATIVE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN GOVERNMENTAL UNITS - ALL FUNCTIONS WHICH ARE NOT eFFICIENT AND ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE FOR ONE LEVEL OF GOVERNMENT SHOULD BE SHIFTED TO THAT LEVEL MOST LIKELY TO INSURE THEIR OPERATION AND FULFILLMENT OF FUNCTION. ECONOMIC PROSPERITY - To ENCOURAGE GROWTH AND DIVERSIFICATION OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES TO ASSURE A PLEASANT, DESIRABLE AND ATTRACTIVE COMMUNITY IN WHICH TO LIVE, WORK AND PLAY. DEVELOPMENT PATTERN - PREVENT THE MISUSE OF LAND BY ESTABLISHING A PATTERN TO GUIDE FUTURE ORDERLY GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (NONCONTIGUOUS DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE CONTAINED AND DEVELOPMENT GUIDED INTO EFFICIENT SERVICE UNITS.) THE ABOVE GOALS PROVIDE THE BASIC FRAMEWORK FOR THE ACTUAL POLICIES ON WHICH THE PLAN IS DESIGNED. POLICIES ARE THE STATEMENTS WHICH SET FORTH THE DESIRABLE DEVELOPMENT PATTERN TO PROMOTE ORDERLY AND EFFICIENT USE OF THE LAND. THE POLICIES WHICH FOLLOW WILL THEN BE CONVERTED TO GRAPHIC FORM IN THE ACTUAL PLAN MAP. 58 ��h DEVELOPMENT AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTING POLICIES RESIDENTIAL 1. RESIDENTIAL AREAS SHOULD BE LOCATED WITHIN RELATIVELY EASY ACCESS TO WORK, SHOPPING AND RECREATIONAL AREAS. - FURTHER, NEW DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE CONTIGUOUS TO EXISTING DEVELOPMENT. 2. RESIDENTIAL LAND USES SHOULD COMPLEMENT AND ACCENT TOPOGRAPHY, SOILS, WOODLOTS AND OTHER NATURAL FEATURES. - TO PRESERVE SPECIAL TERRAIN FEATURES AS COMMON OPEN SPACE. - To PROVIDE FOR NATURAL DRAINAGE. - TO PRESERVE WETLANDS AND ACQUIFER RECHARGE AREAS. - To FORBID OBSTRUCTION OF FLOODWAYS AND FLOODPLAINS. - TO PRESERVE FENCE ROWS AND WOODLOTS. - THEREBY MAKING FOR MORE AESTHETICALLY PLEASING DEVELOPMENT AND REDUCING PUBLIC COSTS BY ALLOWING THE MATURAL FEATURES OF LAND TO ASSIMILATE RUNOFF. 3. RESIDENTIAL AREAS SHOULD BE DEVELOPED WITHIN THE PARAMETERS OF ZONING, SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS AND BUILDING CODES. - To INSURE PROTECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE. TO HELP BRING ABOUT THE PATTERN OF RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT THAT IS DESIRABLE. - TO PROVIDE FOR A MINIMUM STANDARD OF QUALITY. - To INSURE THAT RESIDENTIAL LAND USES ARE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER FUNCTIONAL USES OF LAND. 4. ALL RESIDENTIAL AREAS SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH THE BASIC FACILITIES OF WATER, SEWER, SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS TO PROMOTE THE HEALTH, SAFETY AND GENERAL WELFARE. - TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF WATER, SOIL AND GROUNDWATER. - TO REALIZE ECONOMIC UTILITY INSTALLATION. - TO MAKE OPTIMUM USE OF CENTRALIZED UTILITY SYSTEMS. 60 �(/' ~·,·:_ J \ : W.ArER ! \ '-' ____-··_-_-_- ---· ,:. SUPPL..Y " .. ,.,- - SEWA~E TREATMENT .STORM SEWE:.~ 5. ALL TYPES OF RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE PROVIDED, RANGING FROM LARGE LOW-DENSITY UNITS TO HIGH-DENSITY MULTIPLE-FAMILY USES, TO SATISFY AND ACCOMMODATE ALL ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL GROUPS WITHIN THE COMMUNITY. - To PRODUCE RESIDENTIAL AREAS WHICH POSSESS VISUAL DIVERSITY AND INTEREST. - To ENCOURAGE DEVELOPERS TO BUILD IN SUBSTANTIAL INCREMENTS WITH AN APPROPRIATE MIXTURE OF RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS. 61 �INCOMPATIBLE LANO US€5, : : : ; : BRIG HT UQHT.S MDI - /~~ - ~~~1-U.i.J..J..U. .~~ . ~,-11r~T DfR111ll~++ NOISE Q. ~--~il13m 6. RESIDENTIAL AREAS SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO INTEGRATE COMPATIBLE LAND USES IN PROPER PROPORTION AND BALANCE, TO PROTECT AGAINST ACTIVITIES WHICH PRODUCE INCOMPATIBLE NOISE, DUST, ODORS OR HEAVY TRAFFIC. - To PROVIDE FOR NECESSARY SUPPORT LAND USES AT A SCALE SUITABLE TO THE RESIDENTIAL AREA. - TO PROVIDE FOR SCREENING OR SEPARATION OF NONCOMPATIBLE LAND USES WHEN CLOSE PROXIMITY CANNOT BE AVOIDED. - To PROTECT INDIVIDUALS FROM UNDUE FINANCIAL HARDSHIP DUE TO NEGATIVE LAND USE IMPACTS. COMMERCIAL 1. THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT SHOULD BE ATTRACTIVE AND DESIGNED TO MEET THE MAJORITY OF GOODS AND SERVICE NEEDS FOR THE COMMUNITY. - TO PROVIDE A FOCUS FOR COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES. - To CONTINUE AND BUILD UPON THE ECONOMIC VIABILITY OF THE CBD, 62 �2. INCOMPATIBLE NONCOMMERCIAL USES SHOULD BE ELIMINATED OR NOT INCLUDED IN COMMERCIAL AREAS. - To PRESERVE THE COMMERCIAL CHARACTER AND MAINTAIN A FUNCTIONAL RELATIONSHIP WITHIN THE COMMUNITY. 3. COMMERCIAL AREAS SHOULD BE DEVELOPED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY DO NOT HARM ADJACENT RESIDENTIAL AREAS. - To PROVIDE BUFFERS TO RESIDENTIAL AREAS. - TO SEPARATE OPERATIONS REQUIRING HEAVY AUTO ACCESS FROM AE~ID C fU1if'\\. A~f: A ·r o ~ .~PRi;5!iWA'-(' tN1"~RCHM}'-4i:.- INDUSTRIAL l. INDUSTRIAL SITES AND PARKS SHOULD BE LOCATED IN AREAS AFFORDING DIRECT ACCESS TO EFFICIENT TRANSPORTATION ROUTES. - To PROVIDE ALL TYPES OF INDUSTRIES WITH PLANNED AND STRATEGIC SITES WITHIN THE OVERALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED PATTERNS OF TRANSPORTATION AND LAND DEVELOPMENT. 63 �2. INDUSTRIAL SITES OR LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING UTILITIES OF POWER, WATER, SEWER AND SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL SHOULD FORM THE BASIS FOR DEVELOPMENT AND EXPANSION. - TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE PUBLIC PROTECTION AGAINST WATER AND AIR POLLUTION. - TO CONTROL SPECULATION AND PREMATURE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIAL SITES. r 3. BUFFER ZONES FORMED BY SOME COMBINATION OF OFF-STREET PARKING, COMMERCIAL USES, PARKS, OPEN SPACE OR AGRICULTURAL USES SHOULD SEPARATE INDUSTRIAL AREAS FROM RESIDENTIAL AREAS. - To PROVIDE FOR CONTIGUOUS AREAS OF SERVICE-RELATED LAND USES NECESSARY TO THE INDUSTRIAL FUNCTION. - To PROVIDE FOR THE REDUCTION OF IMPACTS WHEN ADEQUATE SEPARATION OF NONCOMPATIBLE LAND USE CANNOT BE AVOIDED. - TO PROVIDE A BETTER ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING FOR THE INDUSTRY AND ITS EMPLOYEES. 4. INDUSTRIAL USES SHOULD BE GROUPED TOGETHER IN SPECIFIC AREAS OR BELTS WITH ATTRACTIVE SITE PLANNING, LANDSCAPING, BUILDING, SETBACK AND COVERAGE CONTROLS. - TO PROVIDE AN AREA ADEQUATE FOR PLANNED SHARING OF UTILITIES. - TO PROVIDE AN AREA THAT PERMITS A REASONABLE RESERVE OF LAND FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT. - To PROTECT THE CAPITAL INVESTMENTS OF OCCUPANT INDUSTRIES FROM UNCONTROLLED DEVELOPMENT. - To PROVIDE GUIDELINES AND CONTROLS FOR IMPROVING AND MAINTAINING HIGH STANDARDS OF INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION. - TO INCREASE THE CHOICE OF SPACE AND LOCATION FOR THE SMALL INDUSTRIAL FIRM. TRANSPORTATION 1. TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE THE MOST ECONOMICAL AND EFFICIENT MOVEMENT OF GOODS AND PEOPLE WITHOUT CONFLICT TO SURROUNDING LAND USES. 64 ) �- TO PROVIDE FOR SAFE AND EFFICIENT TRAFFIC MOVEMENT. - TO PROVIDE EASY ACCESS FROM MAJOR ROADWAYS TO COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SITES. - TO MAKE THE BEST USE OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURES ON STREET FACILITIES. 2. MOTORIZED AND NONMOTORIZED CONFLICTS SHOULD BE MINIMIZED WITHIN RESIDENTIAL AREAS. - TO PRESERVE THE RESIDENTIAL CHARACTER OF THE AREA. - TO PROMOTE SAFETY OF LOCAL RESIDENTS. - TO PROVIDE FOR EASY ACCESS TO COMMUNITY FACILITIES. 3. THE UPGRADING, MAINTENANCE AND · REPAIRS OF THE TRANSPORTATION NETWORK SHOULD BE A CONSTANT PROCESS. - To INSURE THE USE OF STREETS FOR THE PURPOSES FOR WHICH THEY ARE DESIGNED AND BEST SUITED. - To INSURE A MINIMUM IMPACT ON LAND USES. - To ALLOW EFFICIENT AND ECONOMICAL IMPROVEMENTS AND EXPANSION. - To INSURE THE SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE OF USERS. 4. STREET DESIGN, PARKING AND LOADING FACILITIES SHOULD BE ADJUSTED TO FIT THE MOVEMENT, VOLUME AND CHARACTER OF TRAFFIC AND THE ADJOINING USE OF LAND, BOTH PRESENT AND FUTURE. - To MINIMIZE THE NEGATIVE IMPACT OF TRANSPORTATIONRELATED ACTIVITIES ON OTHER FORMS OF LAND USE. - To PROMOTE TRAFFIC SAFETY. - To ELIMINATE CONFLICTS WITH TRAFFIC ON LOCAL STREETS. INSTITUTIONAL l. INSTITUTIONAL FACILITIES SHOULD BE CENTRALLY LOCATED IN RELATION TO THE POPULATION THEY WILL SERVE. - To INSURE EASY ACCESS BY INDIVIDUALS BEING SERVED. - To ACT AS A FOCUS OF A NEIGHBORHOOD. 2• COMBINED SCHOOL, PARK AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES SHOULD BE DEVELOPED. - To INSURE EFFICIENT LAND USE. - To REDUCE COSTS FOR LAND. - To REDUCE OVERALL MAINTENANCE COSTS. 65 �3. INSTITUTIONAL LAND SHOULD BE ADQUIRED OR RESERVED IN ADVANCE OF, OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN AREA. - TO INSURE THE AVAILABILITY OF SPACE FOR COMMUNITY NEEDS. - TO GUIDE GROWTH IN DESIRED DIRECTIONS. RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE 1. ALL MAJOR PARK AND OPEN SPACE LAND USE SHOULD BE COORDINATED ON A REGIONAL BASIS TO INTEGRATE AN INTERLOCKING NETWORK. - TO PROVIDE FOR A MIXED CHOICE OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. - TO REDUCE TOTAL PUBLIC COSTS. 2. VALUABLE AND IRREPLACEABLE NATURAL RESOURCES SHOULD BE PROTECTED THROUGH THE USE OF PARK AND OPEN SPACE LAND ALLOCATIONS. - TO PRESERVE NATURAL RESOURCES AND AMENITIES. 3. PRESERVATION OF SCENIC OR HISTORICAL SITES SHOULD BE A PRIME FUNCTION OF PARKS AND OPEN SPACE. - TO PRESERVE FEATURES AND ARTIFACTS OF SIGNIFICANCE TO THE COMMUNITY'S HISTORY AND CULTURE. - TO PRESERVE NATURAL AMENITIES. 66 �PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A PLAN WITHOUT A STRATEGY TO IMPLEMENT IT WILL NOT BE REALIZED. THIS SECTION OF THE WILLIAMSTON PLAN LOOKS AT ACTIONS THE CITIZENS, PLANNING COMMISSION AND CITY COUNCIL CAN TAKE TO COMPLIMENT THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PLAN. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH EDUCATION PLANNING COMMISSIONS HAVE THE UNIQUE POWER UNDER MICHIGAN LAW OF BEING ABLE TO SPEND FUNDS FOR EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES. THE PREPARATION OF BROCHURES AND INFORMATION BULLETINS ON WHAT THE PLAN MEANS FOR LOCAL CITIZENS WOULD BE OF VALUE TO HEIGHTEN AWARENESS AND RECEIVE INPUT ON PLANNING COMMISSION RECOMMENDATIONS. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH ZONING THE TRADITIONAL METHOD OF IMPLEMENTING LAND USE PLANS IS THROUGH THE POWER OF ZONING FOR USE, HEIGHT, AREA AND BULK REQUIREMENTS. THE PLAN SHOULD BE USED TO GUIDE RE-ZONINGS OF UNDEVELOPED LANDS. ANOTHER ASPECT WHICH THE PLANNING COMMISSION SHOULD CONSIDER IS "DOWN-ZONING" PROPERTIES WHICH ARE NOT IN CONFORMANCE TO THE PLAN. OF PARTICULAR CONCERN IS THE STRIP OF COMMERCIAL ZONING ALONG GRAND RIVER AVENUE. THE LAND AREA DESIGNATED WITHIN THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT CC80) IS ADEQUATE TO MEET THE NEEDS OF COMMERCIAL EXPANSION FOR THE NEXT TWENTY-FIVE YEARS. THE COMMERCIAL ASPECT OF THE PLAN WILL NEVER BE REALIZED IF THE INDISCRIMINATE LOCATION OF BUSINESSES IS ALLOWED TO CONTINUE OUTSIDE OF THE CBO. A RE-ZONING OF THESE LANDS WOULD NOT CONSTITUTE AN ORDER TO STOP PRESENT BUSINESSES. THEY WOULD BE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE AS NONCONFORMING USES. THE MAIN RESTRICTION IMPOSED BY NONCONFORMING USE STATUS IS NO EXPANSION OF OPERATION AND THE REVERSION OF PROPERTY TO RESIDENTIAL STATUS IF THE OPERATION CEASES FOR A PERIOD OF TIME OR IS DESTROYED. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH FLOODPLAIN REGULATIONS AND INSURANCE THE CITY IS PRESENTLY ELIGIBLE FOR FLOOD INSURANCE UNDER THE EMERGENCY PHASE OF THE NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM CNFIP) 67 �SPONSORED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT. RESIDENTS OF FLOODPRONE AREAS CAN PURCHASE SUBSIDIZED INSURANCE TO PROTECT THEMSELVES AND THEIR PROPERTY AGAINST FLOOD DAMAGES. THE NEXT PHASE OF NFIP WILL ASSIST IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN FOR WILLIAMSTON. NFIP REQUIRES THAT AN ACCURATE DELINEATION OF THE FLOODPLAIN OCCUR CONCURRENTLY WITH THE ADOPTION OF STRICT FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS IN ORDER TO CONTINUE THE CITY'S ELIGIBILITY FOR FLOOD INSURANCE. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMMING CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMMING CCIP) CAN BE ENVISIONED AS SHORTRANGE PLANNING. A CIP ASSESSES THE FUTURE NEEDS AND PROGRAMS; A FIVE- TO SIX-YEAR SCHEDULE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO STREETS, STORM AND SANITARY SEWERS; WATER SERVICES, FIRE PROTECTION, RECREATIONAL SPACE AND OTHER COMMUNITY FACILITY NEEDS. THE CIP IS AN IMPORTANT IMPLEMENTATION TOOL DUE TO ITS ASSESSMENT OF CITY BUDGETARY CONSTRAINTS AS THEY RELATE TO ACCOMMODATING GROWTH. IT ALSO ESTABLISHES THE MOST DESIRABLE ECONOMIC SEQUENCE REQUIRED TO FULFILL PLAN OBJECTIVES. PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH COST/BENEFIT ANALYSIS NEW DEVELOPMENT GENERATES TAX DOLLARS BUT IT ALSO COSTS THE CITY MONEY TO SERVICE THEM. THE CITY SHOULD TRY TO ENCOURAGE DEVELOP- MENT WHICH WILL BALANCE TAXES RECEIVED WITH DOLLARS EXPENDED. THE TRI-COUNTY REGIONAL PLANNING COMMISSION HAS AVAILABLE A TOOL TO ASSESS COSTS OF PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTS, CALLED THE URBAN DEVELOPMENT COST/REVENUE MODEL. THIS MODEL WILL PROGRAM OUT THE COSTS OF CITY SERVICES (POLICE, FIRE, SEWER, WATER AND ROADS) FOR ANY KIND OF DEVELOPMENT OVER A TEN-YEAR PERIOD. TAXES RECEIVED, THEN BY ESTIMATING THE THE MODEL WILL HELP THE CITY TO DETERMINE IF THEY WILL BREAK EVEN OR GENERATE A BUDGET EXCESS OR DEFICIT. THIS TOOL, WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CIP, WILL OPEN MANY PRESENTLY UNKNOWN VARIABLES WHEN EVALUATING DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS. 68 �PLAN IMPLEMENTATION THROUGH PERIODIC REVIEW AND EVERY PLAN HAS TO ANTICIPATE CONTINGENCIES. AMENDMENT CONDITIONS MAY CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSUMPTIONS UPON WHICH THE PRESENT PLAN IS BASED. To MEET THESE CONTINGENCIES A THOROUGH REVIEW OF THE PLAN SHOULD BE TAKEN EVERY FOUR OR FIVE YEARS. THIS REVIEW SHOULD INCLUDE EVALUATING HOW EFFECTIVELY THE PLAN HAS BEEN USED, CHANGES IN DEVELOPMENT PATTERNS, CHANGES IN POPULATION AND A PHILOSOPHICAL EVALUATION OF THE PLAN INTENT TO INSURE THAT IT IS MEETING THE ASPIRATIONS OF THE RESIDENTS OF WILLIAMSTON. FINALLY, SOMETIMES THE PLAN HAS TO BE AMENDED. IF SOMEONE PROPOSES A DEVELOPMENT ON A PARCEL OF LAND NOT DESIGNATED FOR WHAT HE HOPES TO DO, THE PROPOSAL SHOULD NOT BE DISMISSED IMMEDIATELY. THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BEFORE MAKING ANY DECISION, DOES THE PROPOSAL FIT THE INTENT AND SPIRIT OF THE PLAN? DOES THE PROPOSAL MEET REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE POLICY PLAN SECTION? WHAT IMPACT WOULD THE PROPOSAL HAVE ON ADJOINING PROPERTIES? IF THE PROPOSAL MEETS THE ABOVE CRITERIA AND CAN BE SERVICED EFFICIENTLY, THE PLANNING COMMISSION MAY WISH TO AMEND THE PLAN. ONE NOTE OF CAUTION--IF THE PLAN IS TO BE AMENDED, MAKE SURE THE SECTION OF THE PLAN MAP AROUND THE PROPOSED SITE IS RE-EVALUATED, BECAUSE MODIFICATIONS MAY HAVE TO BE CONSIDERED. 69 ��A ER SICS MBI G , AD ICHI AN HO SING CARA Y~ TI ZATI WI IAMSTO, FACILITIE U E 2,60 86 y 2 IT 2,60 3 1 3 3 .e AC HER AO 6 CY STATU 5 57 U I RUCTUR I 1 2 R MORE M ILE H ME R TRAILER R o 254 5 0 M R U IT CC lED ERO CUPIED R ITS OCCP ER D TER 0 ITS ID ED G FAC. �GENERAL HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS FINANCIAL WILLIAMSTON, VALUE SPECIFIED OWNER OCCUPIED $ 5,000 LESS THAN $ 5,000 TO $ 9,999 $10,000 TO $14,999 $15,000 TO $19,999 $20,000 TO $24,999 $25,000 TO $34,999 $35,000 OR MORE MEDIAN MICHIGAN 534 7 77 149 135 91 59 16 $16,000 529 WITH ALL PLUMBING FACILITIES 6 $ 5,000 LESS THAN 75 $ 9,999 $ 5,000 TO 148 $10,000 TO $14,999 134 $19,999 $15,000 TO 91 $24,999 $20,000 TO 75 MORE OR $25,000 $16,100 MEDIAN 73 CONTRACT RENT SPECIFIED RENTER OCCUPIED LESS THAN $30 $ 30 TO $ 39 $ 40 TO $ 59 $ 60 TO $ 79 $ 80 TO $ 99 $100 TO $149 $150 OR MORE No CASH RENT MEDIAN WITH ALL PLUMBING FACIL. LESS THAN $40 $ 50 TO $ 59 $ 60 TO $ ':"/9 $ 80 TO $ 99 $100 TO $149 $150 OR MORE No CASH RENT MEDIAN 251 7 10 23 44 43 66 39 19 $96 232 6 19 43 43 64 39 18 $98 �SCHOOL INVENTORY FACILITY MEMORIAL ELEMENTARY GRADES RIVERVIEW ELEMENTARY K-2 3-5 MIDDLE SCHOOL HIGH SCHOOL ST MARY'S SCHOOL 6-8 9_;_12 1-6 YEAR BUILT 1950 1968 1929 1961 1959 ADDITIONS 2: 1959 1961 NONE NONE NONE NONE ACRES IN SITE N OF CLASSROOMS N OF PORTABLE CLASSROOMS TOTAL CAPACITY OF TEACHERS 10-COMBINEDSITE 10 30 5 20 18 20 21 6 0 0 3 5 0 555 400 461 602 200 6 (16 WITH PLAYFIELD) 14 FULL-TIME 2 PART-TIME 23 FULLTIME 23 3 PARTTIME 23 FULLTIME 6 5 PARTTIME STUDENT/TEACHER RATIO POLICY 25:1 25: 1 2 5: 1 25:1 25 STUDENT/TEACHER RATIO ACTUAL 25:1 1 7: 1 21 : 1 21: 1 22:1 PERCENTAGE OF STUDENTS BUSSED 95% 95% 55% 30% LIBRARY FACILITIES YES YES YES YES YES MULTI-PURPOSE SPACE YES YES No No YES GYMNASIUM YES YES YES YES No CAFETERIA YES YES YES YES YES N 74 r 1 �A. POPULATION PROJECTION METHODOLOGY THE POPULATION PROJECTIONS USED IN THIS STUDY ARE BASED ON U.S. BUREAU OF CENSUS □ BERS SERIES E FOR THE COUNTY CONTROL TOTALS AND AN INTERNAL COUNTY DISTRIBUTION FORMULA BASED ON GROWTH RATE WITHIN THAT MINOR CIVIL DIVISION FOR TWO TIME FRAMES. THE FOLLOWING OUTLINES THE PROCEDURE IN A SEQUENTIAL ARRANGEMENT. PROJECTIONS FOR EACH SUCCEEDING DECADE ARE DONE BY FIRST CALCULATING THE RATE AT WHICH THE MCD (MINOR CIVIL DIVISION) INCREASED (OR DECREASED) IN POPULATION OVER THE THREE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 1970 TO 1973. THE CENSUS POPULATION IS USED FOR THE 1970 NUMBER AND ESTIMATES ARE USED FOR THE 1973 NUMBER. THE RATE OF INCREASE FOR EACH MCD IS: 1973 POPULATION - 1970 POPULATION MCD MCD WITH A CEILING .17 FLOOR .015 1970 POPULATION MCD ALSO EACH MCD RATE OF GROWTH IS SUBJECT TO MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM CONSTRAINTS. THIS HAS THE EFFECT OF TEMPERING ANY EXTREMES THAT MAY HAVE EXISTED IN THIS THREE YEAR PERIOD, BUT UNLIKELY TO CONTINUE IN THE FUTURE. NEXT THE RATE AT WHICH EACH OF THE COUNTIES INCREASED IN POPULATION OVER THE THREE-YEAR PERIOD FROM 1970 TO J973 IS CALCULATED: 1973 POPULATION - 1970 POPULATION COUNTY COUNTY RCOUNTY = 1970 POPULATION COUNTY *FLOORS AND CEILINGS ARE INSERTED ON THESE GROWTH RATES TO MODIFY ANY RAPID GROWTH OR EXTREMELY SLOW GROWTH IN PAST. ALSO SPECIAL CONSTRAINTS ARE PLACED ON LANSING CITY, LANSING TOWNSHIP, AND DELHI TOWNSHIP DUE TO ANNEXATIONS. 75 �RATIOS ARE THEN SET UP, GIVING THE GROWTH DURING THE 1970-1973 PERIOD FOR EACH MCD RELATIVE TO THE GROWTH OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH IT IS CONTAINED. THESE QUANTITIES ARE THE K'S. R _MCD R COUNTY SECONDLY, SIMILAR RATES OF INCREASE AND RATIOS ARE CALCULATED FOR THE TEN-YEAR PERIOD FROM 1960 TO 1970 USING THE CENSUS POPULATION FIGURES. THE RATE AT WHICH EACH MCD INCREASED DURING 1960-1970 IS: = 1970 P OPULATION - 1960 POPULATION _ _ 1960 POPULATION WITH A CEILING .50 FLOOR 07 • SIMILAR CONSTRAINTS (ALTHOUGH LARGER BECAUSE OVER TEN YEAR INSTEAD OF THREE YEAR PERIOD) ARE PLACED ON RMCD AS WAS PLACED RMCD. ALSO THE RATE AT WHICH EACH OF THE COUNTIES INCREASED DURING 1960-1970 IS: 1970 POPULATION - 1960 POPULATION 1960 POPULATION RATIOS ARE THEN SET UP GIVING THE GROWTH OF EACH MCD DURING 1960-1970 PERIOD RELATIVE TO THE GROWTH OF THE COUNTY IT IS CONTAINED. IN WHICH THESE QUANTITIES ARE DEFINED ASK. KMCD = _R~M~C~D;.__ __ RCOUNTY THIRD, THE TWO RATIOS KMCD AND KMCD FOR EACH MCD ARE WEIGHTED BY THE EQUATION: RATIOMCD = 3 KMCD + 10 KMCD 13 76 �THE WEIGHTS ARE PLACED ACCORDING TO THE YEAR SPAN FOR WHICH EACH RESPECTIVE RATIO REPRESENTS. FOURTH, THE COUNTY CONTROL TOTALS CCC DEC.N) DERIVED FROM THE COHORT-SURVIVAL METHOD ARE USED TO PROJECT COUNTY GROWTH RATES CCR) FOR EACH DECADE. THESE ARE CALCULATED BY <CCPEC N+l - CCDEC cc N> DEC N FIFTH, THE PROJECTED GROWTH RATE FOR EACH MCD OVER A DECADE RELATIVE TO THE COUNTY IN WHICH IT IS CONTAINED CRPGMCD, DEC N) IS CALCULATED: RPG MCD, DEC N = SIXTH, RATIOMCDCCRCOUNTY) THE PROJECTED POPULATION (POP.) FOR EACH SUCCEEDING DECADE IS CALCULATED: POP.MCD, DEC N +1 = CRPGMCD, DECN +l) X CPOP.MCD, DEC N) WHEN N=l POPULATION ESTIMATES 1973 SEVENTH, THE SUM OF THE PROJECTED POPULATIONS OF ALL MCD'S FOR EACH COUNTY AND FOR EACH DECADE IS CALCULATED: TOTCOUNTY, DECN = PoP.MCD 1. DEC N + POP.MCD 2, DEC N + . EIGHTH, • . POP.MCDM, DEC N THE PROJECTED PROPORTION OF THE COUNTY FOR EACH MCD FOR EACH DECADE IS CALCULATED: POP PROPMCD, DEC N = Mcp. TOT COUNTY 77 �FINALLY TO FIND ADJUSTED POPULATION CADJ POPMCD)THE PROJECTED PROPORTION IS MULTIPLIED BY THE PROJECTED COUNTY CONTROL TOTALS THAT WERE DERIVED BY THE COHORT-SURVIVAL METHOD. ADJ POPMCD = 78 PROPMCD, DECN X CC DEC N �A COMPREHENSIVE D VELOPMEN FOR LAN HE CITY OF WIL IAMSTON, MICHIGAN OCT BER, 1976 PLANNING COMMISSION MEMBERS WHO PARTI IPATED IN THE COLLECTION AND PREPARATI F DATA FOR THE PAN 197 1973 LLOYD HAMLIN, CHAIRMAN GLORIA ALEXANDER, SECRETARY VICTOR HOGG KEITH HONEY ELWOOD LANOIS WALTER POSEY DRU ROEHM DEAN SANDELL DON ZENAS HAM I , CHAI MA HONEY, VIC CHAIRMAN EN R TAR R G SARAH H ET ER ELW D I WAT R EY DEAN SA LL RAY WATKl S 1976 1975 LLOYD HAMLI , CHAIRMAN KEITH Ho EY, VIE CHAIRMA DON ZENAS~ SECRETARY EDMUND ALCHIN RAYMOND 8ACHMA ELWOOD LANDI WALTER POSEY DEAN SANDELL RAY WATKINS MA A A WA DEA CITY A CITY COUNCIL WAYE BL SEY LLOYD HAMLIN VICTOR HOGG FRED JAMIESON DRU ROEHM INISTRATORS 1976 197 RAYMOND BA MA, MAYR JAMES SEAT N, MAYR PRO TM SA RAY WA RAY WATKIN, CITY MANAGER ORIA ALEXANDER, CITY CLERK/ TREA URER MILTON STEFFES, ASSE OR ELLI WYGANT, PUBLIC W RKS 5 PERINT DENT STEVEN HUGHE, WASTEW TER TREATMENT PANT SUPER! TN RAYMOND M KING, CHI POLIC G � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Williamston_Comprehensive-Development-Plan_1976 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource City of Williamston Planning Commission, City of Williamston, Ingham County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1976-10 Title A name given to the resource City of Williamston Comprehensive Development Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Williamston Comprehensive Development Plan was prepared by the City of Williamston Planning Commission with the technical assistance of Tri-County Regional Planning Committee and Land Planning and Design Association in October 1976. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Tri-County Regional Planning Committee (consultant) Land Planning and Design Association (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Williamston (Mich.) Ingham County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/8524fb52d54b51e5e950832b22fc2d1e.pdf 2c5b42cf41d8485abcf48f5ab412e2c6 PDF Text Text ' I' . CITY Of YAtE 1 i 1 Vv. Mechanic St. Yale, M ich. 48087 L ' .' .... I . I :_ ·. ,· .·-··:: City of Yale · . COMPREHENSIVE PLAN .City of Yale Planning Commission , Adopted March 21, 1991 I' . - -- --- ~ - -- - - �COMPREHENSIVE PLAN City of Yale Planning Commission Assisted By: Birchler/ Arroyo Associates City Planning Consultants Berkley, Michigan @ pnnled on recycJed ,,.,- �CITY OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION James Cronin, Chairperson Steve Anderson Frederic L Fuller II Shirley Graves Albert W. Kovatch Dale Long Karen Thorner Barb Trevino Harry Wolf MAYOR Frederic L Fuller II CITY COUNCIL Dale Beadle Harry Wolf Don Winters David Gardner Tom Marcetti Ted Molesworth CITY CLERK Shirley Graves CITY TREASURER Carol Gorman I I CITY ADMINISTRATOR John Osborn This document was adopted March 21, 1991 by the City of Yale Planning Commission as a master plan pursuant to Act 285 of 1931, the Municipal Planning Act. �TABLE OF CONTENTS ( . , J -~ ( r Introduction 1 Regional Setting and Existing Land Use 2 Population 11 Natural Resources 23 Community Facilities and Services 31 Goals and Objectives 44 Thoroughfare Plan 54 Commercial and Industrial Areas Plan 70 Land Use Plan 79 Implementation Strategies and Opportunities 92 Appendix 98 �LIST OF FIGURES ,,. Regional Location Existing Land Use Comparative Population Change Residential Building Permits Major Age Group Comparison Employment by Sector General Soil Map Important Farmlands Established County Drains Woodlands Wetlands Water Distribution Sanitary & Stormwater System Street Qassification Concept Mobility & Land Access Relationships Existing Volumes Existing Conditions Thoroughfare Plan Accident Rates for Road Sections with Different Access Point Frequencies Effect of Control of Access on Accidents and Fatalities Commercial and Industrial Impacts Official Land Use Plan Illustrative Land Use Plan for City of Yale and Surrounding Area • II { ,, ( ,, I \ ( 3 10 14 14 16 18 24 26 28 29 30 32 33-34 56 57 60 61 63 66 66 73 90 91 LIST OF TABLES ( '', !' , i L r , Population Comparison Major Age Group Comparison Labor Force and Employment Employment by Sector SEMCOG Population Projections Detailed Population Projections Yale Public Schools 1989-90 Census Recreation Planning Standards Standards for Special Facilities Recommended Driveway Spacing Distances Characteristics of Shopping Centers City of Yale Annual Retail Expenditures Employment Density by Category 13 17 17 19 19 20 36 38 39 66 81 82 84 �Introduction To The ( t CIIT OF YALE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The Comprehensive Plan for the City of Yale is a policy document developed by the Planning Commission to help guide long-range decision making related to land use and development issues. The Comprehensive Plan contains studies, charts, maps, text, and goals statements descnbing the Commission's proposals. The Comprehensive Plan is not a Zoning Ordinance and none of the maps are zoning maps. The Comprehensive Plan does not change the zoning classification of individual properties. When individual properties are proposed for rezoning, the goals, objectives, and land use proposals of the Comprehensive Plan will guide the recommendations of the Planning Commission and the legislative decisions of the City Council. ( It is also important to emphasize that the Comprehensive Plan is long range in scope. Many of the recommendations will take years to accomplish. Others may never be accomplished due to factors outside the control of the City. For example, it is clear that federal and state assistance will be necessary to fund some of the improvements, due to the City's limited resources. If the City fails to get outside assistance, it may put some of the projects in jeopardy. However, the City will continue to look to the comprehensive plan for guidance in future decision making. Public comments on the Comprehensive Plan are always welcome. They can be addressed to the City of Yale Planning Commission, 111 W. Mechanic Yale, MI 48097. 1 l (· • �REGIONAL SETTING AND EXISTING LAND USE There are many factors which combine to influence a community's future. Some are the result of local decisions, while others result from actions outside of the community. Likewise, the historical pattern of development in the community forms a base from which decisions on future growth and development will evolve. The purpose of this chapter is twofold. First, the chapter is intended to provide a perspective of the City's regional position and identify regional developments that may affect its future growth. Second, the report and map identify the existing uses of land within City of Yale as a base from which future land use patterns will be studied and developed. · Very few communities are so large and so diverse that they could exist and thrive completely on their own. Rather, the interaction between communities within the region gives each one the opportunity to grow and develop. The two regional factors that help the individual community chart its own possibilities are location and regional influences. A BRIEF IDSTORY 1. St. Clair County and the entire State of Michigan were once part of the Northwest Territory, a large area west of the Appalachian Mountains, north of the Ohio River, and east of the Mississippi River. In 1787, Congress passed the Northwest Ordinance to set a land division system that would aid settlers in defining the boundaries of newly settled land. The ordinance established the partitioning of land by counties, townships, and sections on a grid system. The City of Yale and the surrounding area have been influenced by the grid system. The provision of major roads on a one mile grid is one impact. This grid system has also formed the basis, on a smaller scale, for the pattern of local roads in the City. REGIONAL LOCATION City of Yale is located near the northwest border of St. Oair County, surrounded on all sides by Brockway Township. The City is approximately 25 miles from Port Huron, 45 miles from Flint, and 60 miles from the City of Detroit. Brockway Township is bordered by Speaker Township (Sanilac County) to the north, Greenwood Township (St. Clair County) to the east, Emmett Township (St. Clair County) to the south, and Lynn Township (St. 2 �r-I ••CM . ~ . . TON --, _ _ r--,a.. lT ··- oc1•,1ri..a I , . , ,,011t0 G(NlS(( s E E GENE I••·•T"'°" I L A p (Mll(GUN ••C-IILO ........0, I CITY OF YALE I E E ••c•o.• ••• ,,u.o lltOCIIWA'I' A ., ,,,. (LIA llANC T CLYDI C ••••o N HIU.tN oa•ou, L ati..l• .......... ATL.AI ......I R.·-•~... C.CLUIIIUI st &00 r--1 OAKL •ou ,,.,,.r;,11L co ...., ..,_fl&. ..... .,. OC(OLA NfGN • ...... o IM.ltOT LI .... I G•(UI OA11 LTl10 TIOT '""" STt•• I t,.TON OYI _, ... SD.ITN,lfLD ~- l.__-_11_•.... IIOliltWl[LD otirr• •rent• I S'fl¥Afi• ..... :.-----i LIVONIA ... r ~-, \ ... ACOM ■ LtllG ••-eu•, CL.Al• ·:....-L----l---+---t-1 HNO,l c! I IIASNIIIGTCII IOCNESTU NIL.LS ' PONTIAC: 1•JG,HON ·••10tt ~, ••wao.a •c ....OMO IM A C 0 OAILAN0 LA•( wAff.,D'tO ; N 10sec l= .,.,T( ,so• l'LT•OUTM •••o• , ... ,o .. IC:10 ,OEAR!I~'""" ... ,..,,,. 1NAlt0N "U· 00• 0 ETROIT . :J _..... . --· ''(LO 1..00, -: HLOJt C A N ill) r -1 1,-,....r•1· 1t1,.D r .. , I [:•000 r B/A BIRCHLER /ARROYO ASSOCIATES l[DfOIIO REGIONAL LOCATION �Clair County) to the west. Regional access is provided by North Street/Park Avenue/Yale Road, an east-west County Primary Road and M-19, a northsouth State highway. M-19 provides convenient access to M-136, which leads into the Port Huron area, and 1-69, which connects Yale with Port Huron and Ontario, Canada to the east, and Flint and Lansing to the west. FUTURE REGIONAL INFLUENCES St. Oair County is in the Southeast Michigan Council of Governments (SEMC0G) region. SEMC0G plays an active role in providing planningrelated data, transportation modeling, and regional planning. SEMC0G also reviews local applications for federal funding. The St. Oair County Planning Commission also carries out planning functions. The County recently approved a Solid Waste Plan, which is now being implemented. The County Planning Commission also recently completed a county-wide economic development plan used by the federal Economic Development Administration to determine eligibility for EDA project funding assistance. The Planning Commission is also involved in transportation and recreation planning efforts. A new recreation plan should be completed in 1991. FUTURE LOCAL INFLUENCES As noted above, the City of Yale shares common boundaries with Brockway Township. The Township has a master plan and zoning ordinance in place. The Master Plan, adopted in 1981, calls for rural, non-farm uses northwest and northeast of the City of Yale. Southeast and southwest of the City, agricultural uses are designated with the exception of the M-19 corridor, which is commercial, and the railroad corridor, which is industrial. EXISTING LAND USE ( -t ( In order to analyze growth and development in the community and provide a reasonable base •from which to make current and long-range planning recommendations, the existing use of land must be surveyed and evaluated. In many cases, the existing land uses have already set a pattern in certain parts of the community. In other areas, there may be vacant or underused land that can be evaluated for its development or conservation value. The information contained herein is based primarily on a parcel-by-parcel survey of land use performed by the City's planning consultants in November 1989. The information was recorded on a base map of the City and checked with aerial photographs. In addition, the downtown business district was videotaped for future reference. 4 �LAND USE CLASSIFICATIONS I- The following is a description of the various land use classifications used in the survey. Agriculture - This classification is applied to all land area used for crops and permanent pasture land. In addition to these, however, this group also includes such agricultural activities as horse breeding farms, greenhouses, pick-your-own farms, and similar types of specialized activities. Single-Family - This classification is for those areas containing single-family dwelling units and accessory structures. Two-Family -This classification is for areas containing two-family/duplex type dwelling units and accessory structures. Mobile Home - This category identifies planned mobile home parks and any concentration of two or more individual mobile home units, including related accessory buildings. Multiple Family - Included in this group are all apartments and multi-plex type of units where more than two separate residential units occupy a single building on a lot. ! r Commercial and Office - Land areas where professional and business offices are found. Retail sales and service businesses are placed in the commercial/office category. Industrial - This category includes uses with or without buildings where materials are processed, fabricated, assembled, or manufactured, or where equipment, materials, or wastes are stored out-of-doors. Natural Resources Extraction - This category includes topsoil, sand, gravel, peat, or other types of soil removal operations. Public - Land area and facilities such as schools, City libraries, and government buildings are considered public uses. Quasi Public - Included within this classification are such uses as churches, private elementary schools, hospitals, private cemeteries, and the like. Recreation - Included are public and private parks, golf courses, etc. Utility Uses - This group includes such uses as telephone, gas or electric stations and substations, high voltage transmission lines, water pumping s �stations, communications towers and similar uses operated by municipal departments or public utility companies. ,.f Vacant or FaJlow - This category includes all remaining land that is presently unused, idle, or agricultural land laying fallow. Woodlands and wetlands, which are included in this category, are separately identified in the Natural Resources chapter of this document. LAND USE ANALYSIS I ' . This report will be a slight departure from the "typical" planning analysis that seeks to measure the amount of acreage involved in each of the land use categories. While that approach is highly desirable in a community with very little vacant land or one with a large amount of redevelopment needed, it does not appear to be a useful tool in planning for the City of Yale's future at this time. The land use analysis will concentrate instead on the generalized "pattern" of existing uses. AGRICULTURE As can be seen from the Existing Land Use Map, agriculture is one of the predominant surface uses of the land near the outer fringe of the City of Yale. It has become common for many farmers or farm land owners in the Midwest to obtain other employment outside the rural area while maintaining their own farms as a side or part-time business. RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT The City's residential development is primarily characterized by a concentrated core near the City center. This area has developed primarily along a grid street system, with roads intersecting at 90 degrees. Due to the smaller lot sizes, many residents are within walking distance of the downtown retail businesses. I . Several apartment complexes are located within the City limits. The Yale apartments are located along North Street, near the Yale Community Hospital. The Walnut Village senior apartments are located in the northwest quadrant of the City. Medi-lodge, an extended care nursing facility, is located across from Yale Community Hospital. I r There are two mobile home parks in the City: one on North Main (North Hill Mobile Home Village) and another off of North Street, north of the Medi-lodge complex. 6 r �' "' I I - I Llke most communities, a small percentage of the City's housing shows signs of deterioration and neglect. Most units in this category are victims of long overdue maintenance. Only a handful were abandoned or in such disrepair that they threaten the comfort and safety of the occupants. The vast majority of the City's housing is characterized by well-maintained, attractive homes and neighborhoods. COMMERCIAL AND OFFICE The City of Yale has a strong retail core of businesses and service-oriented offices that serves the entire region, not just City residents. The City of Yale serves the surrounding ruraVagricultural communities in much the same way that the combination of neighborhood and community shopping centers serves the urban and suburban areas. Not only are daily needs like food, medicine, doctors and dentists, hair stylists, and gasoline stations available, but also comparison shopping for major durable goods, such as furniture, appliances, and automobiles. Yale's business community is truly a "full service" shopping area. The following is a list of most of the services and retail goods offered within the downtown core: t I ' '- [ ! -, I • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Bowling Pizza restaurant Feed store Hardware Medical Automobile dealer Party store Gas station Fabric store Bank Furniture Hair styling Tavern Discount goods Laundry Pharmacy Flowers ( I 7 Cards and Gifts Auto Parts Newspaper Insurance Gun shop Department store Appliances Resale shop Bakery Chiropractor Optometrist Realtor Video store Post office Dentist Funeral home �INDUSTRIAL Industrial development is found along the railroad right-of-way through the City core. Included with the industrial users are agri-business users such as a grain elevator operation. In some locations, the industrial uses abut residential uses, with little or no buffer or screening. This residentialindustrial interface will be discussed in more detail later in the Commercial and Industrial Plan. PUBLIC AND QUASI PUBLIC Public and quasi public uses are scattered throughout the City. Included are several churches, the Yale City Hall/DPW complex on West Mechanic, the new hbrary on Jones Street, the Yale Junior High School, the elementary and high schools off of Park Avenue, the Yale Community Hospital, the senior center, the United States Post Office, and the American Legion, Lions Oub, and VFW halls. UTILl1Y USES Utility uses are also scattered through out the City. Included is an electric substation on Kennific at Will Street, a gas regulator station at Morrell and Oarence Streets, and a sewage treatment facility in the southeast quadrant of town. RECREATION The primary recreation facility in the City is the Yale City Park and Memorial Field located on Park Avenue. The park includes a ballfield with bleachers and scorekeepers' tower, picnic pavilion and tables, grills, swings, slides, climbers, restrooms, lighted horseshoe pits (4), shuffleboard (2), walking· areas, river, and parallel parking for 60-80 cars. Recreation facilities are also provided at the high schooVelementary school complex, including 5 tennis courts, 2 basketball courts, Heritage School mini museum, swings, slides, climbers, picnic tables, footbalVsoccer field, and 5 baseball diamonds. Additionally, the Trinity Missionary Church has a ballfield. I I t 8 r �CONCLUSION -. \ The development patterns identified on the Existing Land Use map provide a base from which to begin the process of developing a City Master Plan. By correlating existing development and natural features with the expected future population, the Planning Commission can begin to develop a plan for the community's long range development. This particular approach to the planning process insures a plan for future land use that is sensitive to the City's historical pattern of development, the natural capabilities of the City's physical resources, as well as the social needs of the existing and future population. .. I -, 9 �e •• •• 0 0 ' • SINGLE & TWO-FAMILY MOBILE HOME PARK MULTIPLE FAMILY COMMERCIAL & OFFICE INDUSTRIAL UTILITIES PUBLIC & QUASI PUBLIC RECREATION AGRICULTURE VACANT I . EXISTING LAND USE: 1989 • .J IIIL CITY OF YALE Pl. -\\"\li\C (.'0'.\1'11SSIO'\ ST. CL\IR corNn ·. \11 ('111(;,.\'\ Ill I :c B/A BIRCHLER / ARROYO ASSOCIATES �POPULATION One of the basic ingredients in planning for the future is to study the population of a community, i.e., its composition and characteristics. Historical and current population trends can be used in various ways to illustrate problem areas and forecast probable future needs. Proper planning of future land uses and roads must take the existing allocations of population, and particularly future projections, into consideration. This chapter will examine three primary aspects of the City's population: past historical trends, present composition, and future population levels based on current trends, correlated with the effects of certain future variables. By analyzing the potential for population growth or decline, the City hopes to anticipate the needs of the community. Proper land development can result only after the appropriate allocation of future population within the social and physical requirements of the City. PAST AND PRESENT POPULATION TRENDS From the tum of the century to 1980, the United States' population nearly tripled, growing from 75,995,000 to 226,504,825. During the same period, the East North Central States (Michigan, Illinois, Wisconsin, Indiana and Ohio) grew at a slightly slower rate, with their population increasing from 16,000,000 persons in 1900 to 41,669,738 by 1980. As a percent of the United States, the East North Central States, decreased by 2.6 percent between 1900 and 1980, dropping from 21.0 to 18.4 percent. Michigan, as a percent of the East North Central States, has increased its share of the East North Central States' population from 15.2 percent in 1900 to 22.2 percent in 1980. This means that Michigan claims between one-fifth and one-fourth of the population of the five state area. Broadly speaking, the evolution or growth of the United States can be described in terms of three basic eras: 1. 2. 3. The Agricultural Era - which ended in the late 1800's The Manufacturing Era - which prevailed through the late 1950's. The Human Resources Era - which emerged during the early 1960's. The Agricultural Era relied upon individual strength and manpower. The basic production system was one of self-reliance. Families tended to be very 11 �large and farm size was somewhat dependent upon how much land the family could till. Areas of urbanization were limited to small cities and villages that provided market places and social and cultural activities for the families in the surrounding farmland. ( The Manufacturing Era or age of industrialization took people from the farm to jobs in the cities and growing urban centers. One of the most important developments of this era was the beginning of the urbanization movement and improvements in the region's road network. With these improvements it became possible for persons to live in the outlying rural areas while commuting to work in cities like Detroit, Port Huron, and Flint. Contrasted with the Agricultural and Manufacturing Eras, when most work required physical strength or dexterity, is the Human Resources Era, when an increasing percentage of workers needed higher levels of educational achievement and mental development to meet job requirements. The demand for education, greater specialization, and the technology of automation and computers is usually evidenced in the growth patterns of a region. The rapid increase in the use of robots and computer control of many manufacturing processes is causing a rise in the demand for specialized university level training. Many job areas that were formally thought of as exclusively manual tasks now require skilled training. Greater reliance on and use of machines in the manufacturing processes has also resulted in a drop in highly-paid, skilled manufacturing jobs. The slack is being taken up by increases in the service sector. Service sector jobs typically earn lower wages, however, forcing many families to resort to two wage earners in order to maintain their standard of living. Many experts point to western Europe as an example of the standard of living toward which the United States is gradually moving. \ ..- ' i ' I- In the past few decades, the trend bas been to subdivide farmland for residences and mini-farms. Many farmers have abandoned farming for better salaries in industry. This is evidenced by the number of part-time farmers and the traffic increases on the major north/south arteries. In addition, people were fleeing the urban centers like the City of Detroit to live in the more open and rural areas, while they continue to work in the urban areas. This movement was so pronounced nationally that it even prompted the coining of a new word to describe these rural area suburbs: Ruburbia. Ruburbia is also referred to as exurban, meaning outside the urban core. The decade from 1970 to 1980 saw a basic change in the migration of the population of the United States. For the previous four decades more people left the rural areas for the metropolitan centers. This trend suddenly 12 �.. ' I . reversed itself, however, and the country experienced a general move from the central cities to the rural countryside. Continued transportation improvements and a decade of "back to the land" sentiments appear to have combined to spur this phenomena. The early 1990's shows continuing growth in many of these !'non-metropolitan" or urban fringe counties. \ IDSTORICAL GROWfH The table below shows a comparison of population change from 1970 to 1990 for City of Yale and several other townships in northern St. Clair County. The City of Yale's growth is illustrated in the accompanying figure. Of the St. Clair County municipalities listed, the City of Yale had a higher percentage increase than the County average, but lower than most other area municipalities during the 1970's and higher than others during the 1980's. Based on U.S Census of Population data, growth in the City of Yale took place at a rate of two percent per year during the 1970's. Based on 1990 Census data, the yearly growth was 0.9 percent during the 1980-1990 period. 1970-1990 POPUIATION COMPARISON SELECTED ST. CLAIR COUNTY COMMUNITIES Community YALE Brockway Twp. Emmett Twp. Lynn Twp. Greenw'd Twp _f SL Clair County 1970 Population 1980 Population 1970-80 % Change Population ND-~ Change + + - 1990 1,505 998 1,297 767 889 1,814 1,586 1,698 999 1,046 +20.5 +58.9 +30.9 +30.2 +17.7 1,977 1,569 1,796 908 1,030 120,175 138,802 +15.5 144,753 9.0 1.1 5.8 9.1 1.5 + 4.3 r Source: U.S. Census of Population L Building permits and household size are two important indicators of changes in population. A decrease in household size can cause a community's population to actually decline even though the number of homes increases. I I' [ '-. ,-· 13 �COMPARATIVE POPULATION CHANGE City of Yale 1960-1987 3000 2500 (. 1887 2000 1500 1000 500 0 1960 1970 1980 1987 Year '\ 1987 Estimate From SEMCOG RESIDENTIAL BLDG. PERMITS City of Yale 1980-89 Number of Permits 30 r-------------------------, 24 25 20 15 10 5 0 1980 ,- 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 Year l. Source: SEMCOG • Res . Units Permitted - Demolition Permits 1989 �A large increase in residential building permits can also be reflective of a coming increase in population. The figure on the previous page shows building permit activity in City of Yale during the 1980's. As the figure shows, building permits were relatively flat, with the exception of multi-family units in 1980 and 1984. r i POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS National birth rates were relatively high and increasing after World War II until 1967, which resulted in a substantial increase in the school age groups. The past fifteen years, however, have witnessed a decline both in birth rates and numbers of school age children. The only exception has been in the senior high school population which is still feeling the effects of the earlier baby boom. As a percent of total population, the age group 65 and over has seen a marked increase, due in large part to advances in the medical sciences over the past 30 years. The high rate of decline in the number of children under 5 years of age coupled with the increased number of women between 15 and 49 resulted in a sharp drop in the fertility rate to 2.3 in 1970. The U.S. Bureau of the Census contends that if the fertility rate drops to 2.1 there will be only 271,000,000 persons in the United States by the year 2000, and in 70 years the nation will reach zero population growth. Current trends show, however, that while zero population growth has occurred for short periods, there is currently a resurgence of persons in their 30's who are having children. This represents the group of the post World War II baby boom, who have started families of their own. I • r FAMILY SIZE The 1980 Census of Population showed an average household size in City of Yale of 2.62 persons per unit (ppu), which is slightly lower than 2.92 ppu figure for St. Clair County. The national trend toward smaller household sizes will likely be· reflected in future Yale ppu figures, particularly if additional senior housing is constructed. In fact, a 1990 SEMCOG estimate shows a 1990 ppu rate of 2.41. If young families become attracted to the area, the household size could increase in the future, contrary to the national trend. 15 L �AGE GROUPINGS Age groupings generally define several social categories. The preschool group includes those under five years of age. Those from age 5-13 make up the elementary/middle school age group, while the hlgh school sector includes those between 14 and 17 years. The bulk of the work force is found between age 18 and 64, with the 21-44 group representing family formation years and 45 to 64 representing mature families. The table on the next page and the accompanying figure below show the breakdown of the City's population by age in comparison with St. Oair County. The table shows the City's population generally mirrors the County average for the younger age groups. However, the senior population is much hlgher in the City of Yale than the County average. Major Age Group Con1parison City of Yale vs. St. Clair County 65+ Years 65+ Years 21.7% 18-64 Years 47 .8% 10 .7% 18-64 Years 57 .4% 14-17 Years 8.4% 5-13Years 15.8% > 5 Years 7 .7% 14-17 Years 6 .8% 5-13 Years 15.9% > 5 Years 7 .8% City of Yale St. Clair County Source : U.S. Census of Population 16 �Major Age Group Comparison - 1980 City of Yale vs. St. Clair County St. Oair County Percent City of Yale Percent I . ( 7.8 7.7 15.9 15.8 6.8 8.4 Workforce (18-64) 47.8 57.5 Retirement (65 +) 21.7 10.7 100.0 100.0 Preschool (0-4) Elementary/Middle (5-13) High School (14-17) TOTAL Source: U.S. Census of Population EMPLOYMENT The table below shows the changes in the civilian labor force (persons employed plus persons classified as unemployed) and employment for City of Yale. The Michigan Employment Security Commission rounds the data to the nearest 25. In November 1989, the unemployment rate in City of Yale was 8.8 percent, compared with 7.1 percent for St. Qair County. Labor Force and Employment Month Labor Force Employed Unemployed Percent Unemployed November 1985 675 600 75 12.5 November 1987 700 625 75 10.7 November 1989 725 650 75 8.8 r .I Source: Michigan Employment Security Commission f r - 17 �Based on the above table, approximately 33 percent of the total population of City of Yale is currently employed. The number of people employed should continue to increase as the population increases, barring any economic disasters. The table on the next page and the accompanying figure below show employment by sector in City of Yale from the 1980 Census of Population. The data shows that a majority of those employed are not in the farming industry, even though one of the predominant land use categories is agriculture. Forty-five percent of those employed in 1980 were skilled laborers, fabricators or unskilled laborers. Less than one percent were in the farming industry. As a comparison, St. Oair County had two percent employed in the farming industries and 41 percent employed as skilled laborer, fabricators or unskilled laborers. EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR City of Yale: 1980 Operators/ Laborers 30 .0% Managers and Profes . 19.0% Skilled Workers Tech .. Sales. Admin . 15.0% 19 .0% Service Occupation 17.0% r - I Source : U.S. Census of Population r l. 18 �Employment by Sector - 1980 St Oair Comity Percentage City of Yale Percentage Sector Managers and Professionals 19 18 Technicians, Sales & Adm. Support 19 25 Service Occupation 17 14 • 2 Skilled workers 15 17 Operators and Laborers 30 24 Farming/Forestry • Less than 0.1 percent Large geographic areas generally have a significant influence on their smaller constituent sub-areas. The growth rate for City of Yale is directly influenced by the growth of the larger geographic areas of which it is a part. For this reason, the St. Oair County area is discussed in conjunction with the City's future population estimate. The most recently available population forecasts for St. Oair County and City of Yale are those developed by the SEMCOG. Results are as follows: SEMCOG Population Projections 1990 I t f - l ' Area 1990 Forecast City of Yale 1,830 1,859 1,908 146,322 162,950 174,249 St. Clair County 2000 Forecast r \ L-. r 19 2010 Fcreaist �A more detailed table for City of Yale is shown in below. The 1990 projections were recently released by SEMCOG. The overall low growth rate forecast by SEMCOG is reflective of the trends established in the 1980's. Detailed Population Projections City of Yale Population Household Size Occupied Housing Units 1980 (census) 1,814 2.75 659 1990 1,830 2.41 724 1995 1,843 2.33 752 2000 1,859 2.26 785 2005 1,887 2.21 816 2010 1,908 2.15 848 Year Source: SEMCOG Any number of mathematical methods can be used to project the City's future population. Three methods that seem particularly reasonable and which lend themselves to the available data include the constant proportion, growth rate, and increasing proportion methods. All of these methods are based on historical trends. J ! The constant proportion method assumes that the City will maintain the same percentage of the county's projected 1990 and 2000 population as it experienced in 1980. City of Yale contained 1.3 percent of the County's 1980 population. Projections for the City using this method are as follows: r St. Clair County r I City of Yale 1980 Population 1990 Projection 2000 Projection 138,802 146,322 162,950 1,8~4 1,902 2,118 20 I . �This methodology is close to target for growth during the 1980's. The constant proportion method yields a 0.1 percent per year increase from 1990 to 2000, which is probably too low. The growth rate method is an alternative method of projection that assumes the 1980-1990 growth rate will be the same as between 1970-1980, and the 1980-2000 growth rate will be the same as between 1960 and 1980. The results are as follows: City of Yale 1980 Population 1970-1980 Percent Change City of Yale 1990 Projection 1960-1980 Percent Change City of Yale 2,000 Projection 1,814 20.5% 2,185 11.9% 2,029 Growth rates during the 1970's were much higher than the 1980's, according to SEMCOG estimates. The 20-year projection is probably too low because the decline in population from 1960 to 1970, which lowered the overall 20year rate, is not likely to be repeated. The increasing proportion method assumes that the historical change favoring rural over urban areas will continue over the next two decades. If the larger incorporated areas stabilize and the rural townships and small cities increase their share of the county, it seems reasonable to expect the City of Yale's share of the County to rise from 1.3 percent in 1980 to 1.4 percent in 1990, 1.5 percent in 2000 and 1.6 percent in 2010. The results are as follows: St. Oair County Forecast Increasing Proportion % City of Yale Projection 1990 146,322 1.4% 2,048 2000 162,950 1.5% 2,444 2010 174,249 1.6% 2,787 This method slightly overestimates growth in the 1980's, and it likely overestimates 2000 and 2010 population levels. I II \... 21 �For planning purposes it is important to plan for the future population of the City using accurate projections. It is better to be on the ''high side" so adequate facilities match the future population. During the City's formation of this Master Plan, the following target population levels will be used: 1990 2000 2010 1,900 2,200 2,500 • ,. I I ( I I L.... r , 1 l. . r· ' /. 22 �NATURAL RESOURCES \. TOPOGRAPHY ,_ The land surface of the City of Yale is relatively flat, with the highest elevations of approximately 830 feet N.G.V.D (National Geodetic Vertical Datum) in the eastern and extreme northern portions of the City. The low elevation of approximately 775 feet N.G.V.D occurs along Mill Creek. Except for the steep banks of the creek, which are flood prone anyway, topography does not pose a major problem for land development in and around Yale. GEOLOGY The City of Yale lies within an area that was likely covered by an ancient glacial lake as the last ice age came to a close. As a result, the topography is primarily that of a level plain which was formed by sediments settling to the bottom of the ancient lake. Lacustrine clay and silt, which is a predominant near-surface geological feature along the M-19 corridor, is characterized by gray to dark reddish brown colors, and chiefly occurs as flat, low-lying areas formerly inundated by glacial Great Lakes. A small area of laustrine sand and gravel is also found along Mill Creek in the southwest portion of the City. This feature, which occurs primarily as beach and nearshore littoral deposits of former glacial Great Lakes, contains pale brown to pale reddish brown color, fine to medium sand, and metamorphic rocks. The City is also traversed by a water-laid moraine - an accumulation of earth and stones left by a glacier. This moraine, which occurs roughly in the eastern 1/4 and western 1/4 of the City, is an end moraine of fine-textured till. It is comprised of gray, grayish brown, or reddish brown, non-sorted glacial debris running in narrow linear belts of hummocky relief marking former stillstands of ice-sheet margin. SOILS f r There area twelve major soil associations found in St. Qair County. These soil associations are areas with a distinctive or proportional patterns of soils. The General Soils Map shows the locations throughout the City of Yale and ' , I L 23 �r SOIL ASSOCIATIONS Blount-Parkh i ll association : Nearly level to gently sloping, some- what poorly dra ined and poorly drained soi Is that hove a doml• nantly loamy subsoil; an till plains Londo-Avoca ossoc:iotion : Nearly level to gently sloping, somewhat poorly droined , dominantly high-lime soils that hove a loamy to sandy subsoil; on till plains cind mMoines Pert-Sims association : Nearly level to gently sloping, somewhat poorly drained ond poorly drained, dominantly high-lime soils that have o clayey to loamy subsoil; on till pla ins and moraines r Hoytvllle-Allendale-Napponee association: Nearly level to gently sloping, very poorly drained and somewhat poorly drained aolla that hove a clayey to sandy subsoil; on till plains and moraine• -I \ Allendale-Lotty ossoc:lorlon: Nearly level to gently sloping, somewhat pgorly drained and very poorly dra ined soils that hove o sandy to clayey subsoil; on the lake pla i n U. $ . DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE SOIL CONSERVATION SERVICE MICHIGAN AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION GENERAL SOIL MAP ST. CLAIR COUNTY, MICHIGAN Pouldlng••.Wosepl, cloy subsoil vor lont, association ; Nearly level, very poorly drained and somewhat poorly drained sol ls that hove a clayey to loamy subsoil; on the lake ploln and glacial loke beaches Latty ouoclation : Nearly level, very poorly drained •oils hove a clayey subootl; an the lake pla In iijsj f rho, I 0 r I 1 I 2 3 4 Miles I I I Wainolo-Deford assoclotlan : Nearly level, oomewhot poa,ly drained and very poorly drained soi ls that hove a sandy sub• so il; an glacial toke beaches, outwash plains, ond deltas Eostpon-Wainola-Tobico o .. oclotlan : Nearly level ta 1trongly , ......... fe,- . . . .,., sloping, well-drained, somewho! poorly drolned, and very. poorly drained soils that have ·o sandy subsoil; on gloclol lake beaches ,-Hirie,et . . .u ,., Boyer•Wosepl-Spinks association : Nearly level to gently sloping, well-drained and somewhat poorly drained , dominantly sandy so i ls thar hove o sandy to loomy subsoil; in gloc:lol droinageways and on gloc ial lake beaches and outwosh plains r 1 Boch ossoclotlon : Nearly level, very poorly drained, domlnontly high-lime soils tho, hove a laomy subsoll; In gloclo l drainageways and on the lake plaln Alluvial lond-Rough broken lond ossoclorlon : Nearly level to gently sloping , -It-drained to poorly dra ined soi lo on flood plains and the odlacen, steep to very steep sol ls on bluffs Compoled 1971 i,le1t11tiA9. ,, . . . ...1, ._..;., ..u, ertd ..,., _, n1ttetft ~,....... , ,.,.,...;,.,. �the surrounding area. The map shows that two of the twelve associations occur in the City. The drainage of most soils in the City is relatively poor due to the level topography. The predominant soil association, Blount-Parkhill, is characterized by a surface layer of dark grayish loam that is nine inches thick. Surface runoff is generally slow, available water capacity is high, and wetness limits many non-farm uses. The other soil association, Alluvial land - Rough broken land, is found along Mill Creek, and it is found along flood plains. SOIL SUITABILI1Y FOR AGRICULTURE The U.S. Department of Agriculture has classified most of the open area outside the City of Yale urban core as prime farmland on the Important Farmlands Map. The major exception is the narrow Mill Creek corridor and a large area southwest of the City core. Although designated as prime farmland, wetness can limit the cultivation of crops. In addition, the eventual expansion of the urban area of the City will likely remove this available farm land from active use. There are, however, approaches to retaining agriculture and open space while permitting urban development that can be implement through the zoning ordinance. CAPABILITIES FOR WILDLIFE AND RECREATION The Mill Creek area is a prime wildlife and recreation habitat. The steep slopes and soil conditions are generally not suitable for agriculture or the development of structures. In addition, the area is flood prone due to its proximity to the creek. However, the heavily wooded area is excellent as a wildlife habitat and place for passive recreational activities such as birdwatching. The City park has taken advantage of this resource. The open, non-forested areas of the City are also home to many wildlife species that thrive in an open environment, such as wild game species. These open areas are often overlooked as valuable wildlife areas. LIMITATIONS FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT r l l. - l. The poor surface drainage that generally prevails throughout the rural portions of the City and the surrounding Township presents problems for the construction of homes and other structures, although such problems can be alleviated by good site selection and improving surface drainage through 25 �JEDDO ROAD ~ 0 a: zIll Cl a: 0 ,.., I SPEAKER '· IMPORTANT FARMLANDS □ IMPORTANT FARMLANDS URBAN AREA l OTHER LAND CI1Y OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION B/A BIRCHLER / ARROYO ASSOCIATES Source: USDA, Soil Conservation Service �ditching and other measures. The extension of City sewer service to these outlying areas also assists in overcoming soil limitations for septic tanks. SURFACE WATER AND DRAINAGE Mill Creek is the only large stream flowing through the City. The Established County Drains Map shows the locations of County drains and natural watercourses in the City and Brockway Township. WOODLANDS AND VEGFfATION Most of the major wooded areas that once covered the City of Yale have been removed either for the lumber value or to expand agricultural uses. However, there are still several areas of large woodlots, especially along portions of Mill Creek. Not only do wooded areas add a great deal to the natural beauty of the City, but they provide wildlife habitat, serve as windbreaks, replenish oxygen, and aid in the absorption of rainwater. The Woodlands Map shows the location of wooded areas in Yale and Brockway Township, as identified by the Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIR.IS) of the MDNR. It should be noted, however, that additional woodlands are found along Mill Creek within the City of Yale, but they are not shown on the map. Some vacant farmland also exists, and much of this has reverted to grassland and brush. As mentioned above, although these areas are not economically productive, they area of great value to many types of wildlife, including upland game birds. WETLANDS rl . -l The Wetlands map on the following page shows the wetland areas within the City of Yale and Brockway Township. These areas were identified by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources using the Michigan Resource Inventory System (MIRIS). GROUNDWATER RESOURCES l. The City of Yale relies entirely upon groundwater for its water supply, with the vast majority of all residences being served by municipal wells. It appears that this situation will continue for the foreseeable future, so the availability of groundwater is an important factor in planning for the community's future. Because it is supplied primarily as a City service, water is discussed in more detail below in the Community Facilities and Services portion of this chapter. 27 r I �BROCKWA r TOWNSHIP r.•-.11.1•c. sr. ....,.,,,.1..- CLAIR coUNTY. £STABLISH£D MtcH. COUNTY DRAINS ,.,, ...1-.."~ Cl,; ~ 'r, ,., ~ ~ (_: ,,-... ... ,., ~ ;.. '"..J l..J - ~ ~ :-. ,.. ....J lC: ','I ! ! '" 0/fAIN.S ft'ArCRCOU/fSES - - · ·· - - · · - __, -·· ,_·_•_:._·_-_·_••.•.••.•-%------------ .,,., .,___D_,,_•_'_N_s__'_o_"_"_c_,_r__r_o__ BROCKWAY TOWNSHIP �·-·-·-· ~~ • I WOODLANDS 7, • ~ 6 r• ~ 2 ~ - ~ ~ 1/, 0 • 1///. I ~z d, ,//-w. • I • I 7 q ~ 1/. ~ 0 ~ 12 LEGEND ~ I• -·rs-·-· V m ~ I • • ~ 1~ City of Yale Planning Commission I • I ~ • ~ ~/// • -' 18 CITY OF YALE & BROCKWAY TOWNSHIP ~ ~ ·--~ 1 ~ ?" • I I 13 • 20 ~ / ~ 23 / SOURCE 30 - 28 ~, t'-31 ~w¼ I 1//, ~ l ~ 1/ • ~ #A ~~ ~~--. $ • ~ I - 'I 1. MICH1GAN DEPARTMENT Cf' NATURAL RESOURCES la240lil0 COLOR IN=RARED AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY,1q79 2. SOUTHEAST MICHIGAN COUNCIL Cf' GOVERNMENTS la24elillil BLACK ANO WHITE AER1AL PHOTOGRAPHY,1q95 • I • I • I TREE (42q) NUMBERS FOLLOWING LEGEND DESCRIPTION INDICATE RESOURCES INVENTORY CLASSIFICATION CODES . ft UPLAND CONIFER (421,422) • ~ ~ 19 ASPEN, BIRCH (413> Ill CHRISTMAS ~ 22 UPLAND HARDWOODS (411,412) • l'l I • I • I THIS MAP WAS COMPILED FROM AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS USING STANDARD MANUAL INTERPRETATION TECHNIOLES. Tt£ INFORMATION HAS NOT BEEN FIELD CHECKED. THIS MAP IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL PLANNING PURPOSES. SITE SPECIFIC EVALUATION SHOULD BE VERIFIED BY FIELD INSPECTION. DN:. DD'NmelT CF N I I ~ IIESO.K:ES ,.~ W/~ ~ %~ ½ 34 T8N,R14E ,_ ~ 36 I • I • I • I (iifijf@ IIEStUQ: IM'DIMIIT11»4 S'ISlD4 UlfCl #CJ IMT'EJI _ , . DIYISIOI 1112-1111-eq 0 ~00 8000 FEET 120a1 �·-·-·-· ..,; ~ ~ ~W/~~ ~ ~ ~ 1 6 • ¼ ~ 2 •/~ ,' ~~ I ~~~~ ~~ w. ~ ~ ~ ~ • WETLANDS ~ CI1Y OF YALE & ~ BROCKWAY TOWNSHIP 0 • ~ J ~✓- ~ I ~ w.~ ~ ~ I • I I • .. 18 • w t/ ~ ~ ,~ ~~ ~ %. 1/,4 , 12 LEGEND ~ ~~ ~ ", ,:. ~ ~ • g.t ~ ~ •• ~ 22 ~ 23 1. MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT CF NATURAL RES~CES 1&24'!00 Cll..OR INFRARED AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY.1q79 2. SOUTHEAST MICHIGAN COUNCIL CF GOVERNMENTS 1&24'!00 BLACK ANO WHITE AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY. 1q95 ~ ~ /j ~ Ill LOWLAND CONIFER (423) SOURCE ,,,~ l ~ LOWLAND HAROWOOO 1414.611) 4 --~ m ~; "'l' I I • I I . 'I -' I THIS MAP WAS COMPILED FROM AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS USING STANDARD MANUAL INTERPRETATION TECHNIQUES. THE *ORMATION HAS NOT BEEN FIELD CHECKED. THIS MAP IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL PLANNING PlllPOSES. SITE SPECIFIC EVALUATION SHOULD BE VERIFIED BY FIELD INSPECTION. DNR~ 1 I SHRUB, EMERGENT, AQUATIC BED (612, 621,622.623) NUMBERS FOLLOWING LEGENO DESCRIPTION INDICATE RESOURCES INVENTORY CLASSIFICATION CODES -~ ~ I I 13 $/ 21 ~ OPEN WATER 151.52,531 l - ~ -·J''>'r" ~ . • I• ~ ~ I • • 16 ~ w. ·-·~11• t"g,-4~ 7 City of Yale Planning Commission ~ ff' I r• • I ~ · 1//, 32 ~ ') ~ ~ 34 P-~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~I ~• 35 36 I I I I OEP_,_ CIF - ~ AESCLIICES ~ MIOCIGOfO l!£SQ.RZ H'OIMIITIOH SYSTEM LNC> NC> WATIII _ _ , ~ 02- 111-eq 0 ~1110 8000 FEET 12000 �COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND SERVICES Community facilities include both facilities and programs offered by the City to its residents and business people. Many of these facilities are essential to maintaining an adequate standard of living, yet are often taken for granted. They are also a key factor in determining how much a City can grow. For example, without public water and sewer service, it is often difficult to achieve the desired level of development. The ability to attract new businesses and residents is also directly related to the provision of community facilities and services. More and more, business leaders are evaluating the "quality of life" in a community before locating or relocating a business into a new area. Without quality recreation facilities, sewer and water capacity, and cultural amenities, a community can be passed by, even though land and labor costs are reasonable. WATER AND SEWER The maps on the following pages show the existing water and sewer system. The map shows how the provision of water and sewer influences development patterns. Those areas with municipal water and sewer experience urban type development levels. Water is provided by several municipal wells, although typically only one well is needed to meet demand. Current average water demand is estimated at 200,000 gallons per day. Sewage treatment is provided by two treatment lagoons in the southeast portion of the City. These lagoons are approaching capacity, and the City has prepared plans to add a third lagoon. The plans are currently being reviewed by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. Based on the above, water supply does not appear to be a constraint to additional development in the City. The only limitation is the cost of extending distribution lines to underdeveloped portions in the City. Sewer treatment is a limitation to growth from both a capacity and distribution standpoint. The City has, however, taken actions toward expanding capacity in the future via a third lagoon. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS (DPW) The DPW provides a wide variety of city services including maintenance of the water and sewer systems, street maintenance, snow removal, and street 31 �MAP WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OF YALE CITY MASTER SEWER B WATER B INVENTORY EVALUATION FOR CITY OF YALE S ST. CLAIR COUNTY METROPOLITAN PLANNING COMMISSION z.,· 400 1· • 600 , IZ 800 zoo· ~ q -I , :4 r ,,,. ,,.. - 0 ffS S,, f'I 4,(/ - •• ., • ... J □-: ..... -... .,, .-....,,. ,, ,,._~£...._,,.~.,,~ ...,- ,-,,,• -.,,. JN~-,.._..,dv r..-_-,.... _ I...... "'Yr ,h"., •• •~ .· ~,.,•.~T.;'1,/1/'f , j-·, .. h· -r.· ,..,,,,_, • Pw01fltf't11S10NSDATC - •• .: - •... ,•,..-. ,- · • • WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM MAP CIT1' CF YALE ST CLAIR COUNTY, MICHIGAN ·--···"-·.-... --···- IDIDf •rt[OD AU JDIIMSOlt " ' roH'-t.11 IIHC I 110t,1Hl I ~ a 1 ""'0 M,.,vl W()M\ �SAN ITARY S STORM SEWER INVENTORY OF YAL E CIT Y MASTER SEWER WATER INVENTORY B EVALUATION FOR CITY OF YALE 8 ST. CLAIR COUNTY METROPOLITAN PLANNING COMMISSION 4~ 0 0 8 00 STORM SE WER SANITARY SE WER COM81N[ O SEWER MANHOL E ~~~: :;:~CTURE ) tNT[RC[ P TIN G 0P£N OIU IN OPEN DRA IN MANHOLE WlTH Rl M 8, tNVERT EU: VAT IONS I• -.. ~·· ,~..,,;.... ' .·• ~-~ c~,,,.... - -~ ~ ........ ~e~ _ ,..,,r_,, .R!f"~A:' ,,,,.., __,_,~, -4f/llt!;/l,,vS - ~ H-...sc c.A,s,:N,'NI �SANITARY 8 STORM SEWER INVENTORY _\ M~COLL AVE ~ ~ CLARK L !VIN6SroN OF YALE CITY SEWER MASTER CITY OF METROPOLITAN AVE a WATER INVENTORY FOR YALE a ST. CLAIR COUNTY PLANNING EVALUATION COMMISSION AVE ~ /.;Ve- - -o-------~~ ~ e- ,t:¥10£ # / 8 " FP,e'C€P'7~//\/ ✓l- · /. .. 1 i~t, ' ,, .. I~ " ~AY/TY .S'l!f:""€"'=" , 11 - 18 " ' ✓6 - dPTFR,t.{. ,S'l !;l,Vce F-eP/77 ,t.;96"&'0/V.S 0 100 200 400 800 6 00 ,. : 2 00' C/TY ~ / /77/ r S OATMA N LEGEND -<I STORM SEWER SANITARY SEWER COMB INED SEWER MANHOLE INLET CATCH STRUCTURE } INT RCEPTING OPEN DRAIN BASIN E OPEN DRAIN MANHOLE WITH RIM 8 INV(RT ELEVATIONS SAN ITARY a STORM SEWER INVENTORY CI TY OF YALE �sweeping. Private contractors are used for garbage pick-up and large snow removal jobs. I , Equipment used to provide the services includes a street sweeper, two trucks, and a backhoe. One of the trucks can be equipped with a bottom scraper and a salt distribution device for winter snow management. C J The City's DPW is staffed by two full-time and one part-time employee. POLICE Public safety is provided to City residents and business people by the City of Yale Police Department. The department has three full-time and three parttime officers. Two police cars are used for patrol and emergency response. I J FIRE The City is served by a 14-member, all-volunteer fire department. The department houses one pumper truck. In addition, the Brockway Township Fire Department is housed in the City facility, which adds one tanker truck, one tanker/pumper combination, one pumper truck, a grass rig, and a 'Jaws of life" to the equipment available if the City cannot manage the fire alone. In addition, surrounding municipalities have a mutual aid agreement in the event of a major fire disaster. AMBULANCE I . Ambulance service is provided to the City and several surrounding townships by a two person staff and a volunteer force. The City has two ambulances: one modular and one van. The City Administrator serves as the Ambulance Director. Currently, 4.25 townships in St. Oair County and 1.5 townships in Sanilac County - a total of 315 square miles - are served by this ambulance agency. ADMINISTRATION /' I I. The City Administrator and City Oerk comprise the full-time administrative staff of the City. One part-time employee assists in the day-to-day administrative duties. IDSTORICAL SITES ( The City has two historical sites of note: the McColl House on M-19 and the Heritage School. The McColl House has been designated as a Michigan 35 �r Historic Site. The Heritage School is a one-room school house formally located in Lynn Township. It currently serves as a museum. LIBRARY The City of Yale recently opened a new library facility across from City Hall. This 3,200 square foot building will now house the materials, books, and maps previously located in the City Hall complex. INDUSTRIAL PARK The City currently owns approximately 21 acres of land east of M-19 that it hopes to develop as an industrial park. The land was originally turned over to the City by quit claim deed in 1983 after private efforts to develop the land failed. Two years ago the City made sewer service available; water is not yet available. SCHOOLS The Yale Public School District currently serves 170 square miles in and around the City of Yale. The District boundaries extended east to the Black River, north to Sanilac County, west to Capac, and south to 1-69. Facilities include three elementary schools, a junior high school, and a high school. The table below shows the current (1989) fourth Friday count for the individual schools in the District: Yale Public Schools 1989-90 Census School Avoca Elementary Emmett Elementary Yale Elementary Yale Junior High School Yale High School Alternative Education Adult Education TOTAL Number of Students 244 229 578 277 609 20 .1Q 1,987 According to Mr. Steve Anderson, Director of Academic Services for Yale Public Schools, all of the facilities are currently operating over capacity. The 22 temporary trailers used by the District are a visible reminder of this 36 L. �problem. Mr. Anderson notes that the elementary schools are experiencing the greatest new demand; the high school demand has decreased slightly. f In order to address this capacity problem, the Yale Public School District formed a facilities advisory committee, and a facilities study was performed by an architectural firm. Major recommendations are noted below. • • • • '' Construct a new high school Convert current high school to a junior high Convert current junior high to an administrative/adult ed/special ed/recreation facility Expand existing elementary schools A School District bond issue to finance needed improvements will be voted on in early 1991. PARKS AND RECREATION Parks and recreation facilities serve a wide variety of age groups. Activities range from active sports such as soccer and football to passive activities such as picnicking and birdwatching. I, f The purpose of this section is to examine recreation standards, list recreation facilities located in the City of Yale and its environs, and determine if these facilities are meeting the planning standards suggested by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. The results can be used to determine if the City should plan for additional recreation and parks facilities. , STANDARDS I I, Recognized recreation planning standards are a valuable tool in making an assessment of future recreation needs. Standards may be used effectively only as a means for comparing present conditions to what is thought to be suitable or desirable, and as a general guide toward estimating future needs and demands. A variety of standards have been developed by various groups. The Michigan Department of Natural Resources recommends using the standards developed by the National Recreation and Parks Association. The major types of recreation resources that the City of Yale should provide to its residents through future planning of its recreation facilities includes the following: L • L 37 �The mini-park provides specialized facilities that serve a concentrated or limited population or specific group such as tots or senior citizens. A small playground is an example of a mini-park. ( The neighborhood park or playground is designed to serve teenagers and adults with various types of active group recreational activities during the entire year. ff possible, the playfield should provide: areas for paved game courts such as tennis, basketball, volleyball, and handball; space for shuffleboard and horseshoe courts; sports fields for men and women such as softball, baseball, football, and soccer; and picnicking and small children's play areas. The community park, in general, is designed to serve a number of neighborhoods, or, in some cases, the entire City. It is suggested that a major recreation building, designed to meet the needs of all age groups, be included in the community park. In addition, it should include: areas of natural beauty with nearby picnic and trail development; fields and paved courts for various kinds of sports; and minor playground and playlot development. Other suggested activities include an outdoor shelter-concert area, outdoor swimming, lighted spectator-type athletic field, ice skating, and ample off-street parking. RECREATION Pl.ANNING STANDARDS f. Facility Mini-Park Standard Neighborhood Park Standard Community Park Standard Site Size 1 Acre 15+ Acres 25+ Acres Service Radius 0.25 Miles 0.25 - 0.5 Miles 1-2 Miles Acres/1000 People 0.25 to 0.5 1-2 Acres 5-8 Acres In addition to the above standards, the Michigan Department of Natural Resources and the National Recreation and Parks Association (NRPA) have established standards for special facilities. These standards are listed in the table below. ,, . I L \ . l .. 38 �STANDARDS FOR SPECIAL FACILITIBS I I , Facility r Baseball Diamonds• 1 per 6,000 Softball Diamonds 1 per 3,000 Tennis Courts 1 per 4,000 Basketball Courts 1 per 5,000 Swimming Pools (25 yard)* 1 per 10,000 Skating Rinks (artificial) 1 per 20,000 Neighborhood Centers• 1 per 10,000 Community Centers• 1 per 25,000 Golf Courses 1 per 25,000 Soa:er Fields 1 per 20,000 ,. Bicycle Trails I Playgrounds Standard/1000 People (miles) Comment Regulation 90° Best in battery of 2 or 4 1 per 40,000 1 per 3,000 Source: Michigan Department of Natural Resources, 1986. Building Michigan's Recreation Future, Appendix B, pages 100-101; and *National Recreation and Parks Association, Washington, DC INVENTORY I I I The City of Yale has one community-level facility for recreation opportunities, the Yale City Park and Memorial Field. In addition, the School Board property across the street has additional facilities, which are more limited in their accessibility to non-students. During the summer months, The Yale/Brockway Recreation Council organizes baseball leagues for area youth. The program receives funding from both the Township and the City. The High School also uses the park for football games and other activities. I. ,· Below is a listing and description of the recreation facilities in the City of Yale and major facilities in the region. I i \ 39 �Recreation Inventory City or Yale and Environs City Park Yale City Park & Memorial Field Picnic grills and tables, five tennis courts ( two in disrepair), picnic pavilion, ball diamond, swings, slides, climbers, football field with bleachers and scorekeeper's tower, restrooms, ice skating pond (not in use), community building (meetings), lighted horseshoe pits ( 4), shuffleboard (2), walking, river amenity, parallel parking for approximately 80 cars. Size: Approximately 37 acres (16.5 north of Park Avenue and 20.4 acres south of Park Avenue). ,- I I ' <. Other Facilities in City High School/Elementary School Basketball courts (2), Heritage School Mini-Museum, swings, slides, picnic tables, footbaWsoccer field, and baseball diamonds (5). Trinity Missionary Church One ballfield r l • ,· St. Clair County Parks Goodells Park Horsebarns, community building, playground equipment, ballfield, and restrooms. Approximate size: 300 acres. Location: 15 miles southeast of Yale. _( Sanilac County Parks (South) I. Lexington Park Picnic facilities, swimming, restrooms, and lakeviews. Approximately 25 miles northeast of Yale. l . r f 40 �r State Parks And Recreation Areas St. Clair County lI Algonac State Park Camping (300 sites), showers / restrooms, picnic area, boat launch, fishing, nature trail, playground, hunting and snow mobiling. Approximate size: 1,300 acres. Located approximately 50 miles from Yale. Lakeport State Park Camping (315 sites), showers, restrooms, picnic area, ball diatnond, picnic shelters (2), swimming, cross country-ski trail, fishing. Approximate size: 560 acres. Located approximately 15 miles east of Yale. St. Oair Flats State Wildlife Area Boating, fishing, and· nature study in a 7,800 acre setting. Located 55 miles south of Yale. Port Huron State Gatne Area Located on over 6,100 acres. Includes boat launch, fishing, nature study, and hunting. Located approximately 15 miles southeast of Yale. Sanilac Petroglyphs State Park Nature trails and indian rock carvings on 240 acres. Located approximately 40 miles north of Yale. I r 41 �Historical Sites/Facilities - St. Clair County St. Clair County \ \ , , Fishing, historic settlement Active lighthouse Pine Grove Park Railroad tunnel to Canada (1890) Harsen's Island/St. Gair Flats Fort Gratiot Lighthouse The Huron Lightship St. Clair River Tunnel • Sanilac County original 1870 furnishings Indian carvings Sanilac Historical Museum Sanilac Petroglyphs ANALYSIS It is obvious from the data presented above that the Yale City Park and Memorial Field is the premier recreation facility in the City, offering a wide range of activities. The 37-acre park exceeds the standards suggested for a community park. With an estimated 1990 population of 1,900 people, the park provides over 19 acres per 1,000 people, far exceeding the 5-8 acre standard. All of the City's population is also within the suggested 1-2 mile service radius. In addition, if the City were to annex additional property in the future, it would likely fall within the service area. . r It is important to note that much of the park property south of Park Avenue and some of the property north of Park Avenue is floodplain. While this is an important resource for the community, it cannot be developed for many active recreation purposes. From a planning perspective, the only major deficiency in recreation in the City is the mini-park and neighborhood park categories. The City may want to consider pursuing two or three additional recreation sites away from the City Park that can serve a more neighborhood-oriented need. For example, one half-acre mini-park with playground equipment for children and another aimed at seniors might be appropriate. Also, a small neighborhood park in the northeast quadrant of the City with one ballfield and playground equipment would provide additional recreation opportunities. .l It is suggested that the City prepare a Recreation Plan meeting the guidelines established by the Michigan Department of Natural Resources as an implementation tool for the Master Plan. The Recreation Plan, once i I 42 " J I I l • �f i r approved by MDNR, will make the City eligible for to apply from three separate grant programs. These programs provide and 75 percent of the total cost of developing facilities. In recreation survey of residents performed as part of the plan pinpoint the types of facilities the community wants. I f • I '· r I I I . '- .j 43 L for funding between 50 addition, a would help �GOALS & OBJECTIVES r. I INTRODUCTION The goals and objectives formulated by the Planning Commission are the cornerstone of the planning process. They are intended to provide the basic framework for public and private decision-making. The Master Plan's arrangement of future land uses is based on the community goals for the future. As such, the goals will effectively direct both public and private decisions regarding land use and development. PURPOSES OF THE MASTER PLAN The purposes of the Master Plan are: .I ,- 1. To improve the physical environment of the City as a setting for human activities and promote the general health, safety and welfare by making the City more functional, beautiful, decent, healthful, interesting and efficient. 2. To promote the public interest, the interest of the community at large, rather than the interests of individuals or special groups within the community. 3. To facilitate the democratic determination and implementation of community policies and physical development. The plan is primarily a policy instrument. The plan constitutes a declaration of long-range goals and objectives and provides the basis for a program to accomplish the goals. 4. To effect coordination in community development. 5. To inject long-range considerations into the determination of shortrange actions. 6. To bring professional and technical knowledge to bear on the making of decisions concerning the physical development of .the community. r !; l . ,· I._~ .... r l 44 �POLICY BASIS Only through careful analysis of existing conditions and the forces which have brought them about, can the City understand their interrelationship, identify their underlying purposes, anticipate future problems, and devise solutions. ,1 I Accordingly, the community identifies its objectives by relating them to current problems and issues and to tangible alternative solutions. At the same time, the City must attempt to anticipate future problems, and recommend the steps necessary to prevent their development or reduce their severity. POLICY PURPOSE r I Administration by city officials, legislative action by city councils, quasijudicial rulings by the zoning boards of appeals, and administrative action and recommendations by planning commissions are frequently criticized as being capricious and arbitrary. Clear-cut statements of policy can go far to minimize the apparent arbitrariness of certain planning and planning related actions. They can guide and substantiate honest intelligent decisions. They can also serve the city's Planning Commission as an anchor of objectivity. Another useful function performed by policy statements is in the area of informing the public about the thinking of the planning commission with regard to land development. DETERMINING POLICY I -l '·· r ,, . l _, I I '--, The Master Plan is not just a series of maps. Rather, it is first a series of statements descnbing the City's goals and objectives. They cannot cover every situation. Certain areas are so complex that it will be impossible to know what sort of policy decision can be made until all the facts are assembled. Also, there must be agreement and consensus in the first place before such statements can be adopted. Obviously, this concurrence will not always exist. None of this negates, however, the desirability of formulating and adopting goals and objectives statements in as many areas of planning concern as possible. The first step in the process was the distribution of over 100 community attitude surveys to a cross-section of the City's population. The results of this survey are found at the end of this report. The next step of the process was the futuring session held by the planning commission at a special meeting on August 15, 1990. At this session, representatives from the community were invited to discuss and develop a consensus on general 45 �community character, land use preferences, and public facilities and services. In October 1990, a summary of all previous comments was reviewed, and the planning commission developed the goals and objectives listed below. GENERAL COMMUNTIY CHARACTER GOAL.5: Maintain and expand Yale's residential housing stock, while encouraging properly planned economic development and redevelopment at appropriate locations. Incorporate long-range planning ideals into all current development decisions. Objectives: Encourage new subdivision-type residential development in vacant areas and infill residential development in existing neighborhoods. Promote subdivision design standards that result in new residential neighborhoods that imitate the historical character of the City's existing neighborhoods. Maintain and expand the existing central business district as a community-wide resource . . Promote new light industrial development in appropriate areas to provide local jobs, increased tax base, and encouragement for new commercial and residential development. L Ensure that non-residential development does not negatively impact the viability of residential neighborhoods through appropriate site plan review standards for new development, code enforcement for existing violators, and encouraging uniform screening of unaesthetic uses and/or activities. r I I l. HOUSING, RESIDENTIAL GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT GOAL: Provide all residents of the City with opportunities for quality housing. 46 ,- ! ----=--~--~~~-- -- - - - �Objectives: Continue to encourage and maintain a balanced variety of housing types including single family, two-family, apartments, special senior citizen housing, both manufactured and site built. Encourage infill residential development in the City. Promote the development of new subdivision-type development in vacant areas designated for single-family development. Adopt and maintain subdivision regulations and site condominium ordinances to ensure that new residential development meets minimum design standards to protect public health, safety, and welfare. Continue to improve the quality and capacity of water and sewer services so that these services can be made available to new residential construction. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT GOALS: Actively promote the development of properly planned industrial growth in areas having the least impact on residential areas. Conserve and improve existing commercial businesses by maintaining a wide variety of shops and services to meet the needs of the community. ( I ,. r Objectives: Encourage the location of new industrial development in the existing industrial park. Evaluate existing commercial and industrial areas encroaching upon residential areas to determine redevelopment potential or to establish additional buffering. t L Evaluate possible access alternatives for existing industrial uses whose traffic must travel through residential neighborhoods. ,, I Il Enact hazardous materials regulations that address proper site design, and containment and disposal of 47 r �hazardous materials in a manner that protects natural features including, but not limited to, ground and surface water, soils, air quality and wetlands. Work to eliminate the external impacts of industrial uses on residential areas through code enforcement and improved screening. PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES GOALS: Provide police, fire protection, emergency medical services and other public facilities and services that adequately meet the community's current and future needs. Provide sufficient recreation opportunities for City residents. Objectives: Follow the most cost-effective path when providing services to City residents. Explore possibilities for sharing costs of public services and facilities with surrounding municipalities. Continue to work towards a feasible means to expand sewer capacity. Pursue funding programs to repair and replace existing roads and sidewalks in disrepair. r Study alternatives to provide water service to the industrial park at a level of service necessary to meet industry fire-fighting needs. i ' Monitor fire and rescue service to ensure that these services keep pace with demand. r I l L. r; Continue to expand the scope of the City's recycling efforts as warranted. - 48 �PARKS, RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE GOALS: Maintain the existing community park and open space to preserve these resources for current and future residents. Continue to explore additional opportunities for recreational programs and facilities. Objectives: Prepare a City Recreation Plan consistent with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources' guidelines, and pursue funding for high priority recreation facilities and programs. Strive to improve the quality and recreation potential of the Mill Creek water course and the community's other natural areas. Use all available State and Federal grant programs to stretch the City's available recreation dollars. Work with Brockway Township to evaluate ways to expand and improve recreation programs. Provide all residential areas with safe, convenient access to neighborhood playground facilities and green spaces. Explore the possibility of converting the railroad corridor to a recreation trail in the event it is abandoned by the railroad operator. C I ROADS AND TRANSPORTATION GOAL: Provide all land uses with adequate access to the road system. Strive to mmnruze through-traffic disruptions on thoroughfares, while keeping through traffic off the local residential streets. Strive to maintain a multi-modal transportation system, including bicycles, walking, buses, and automobiles, where feasible. 49 �Objectives: r Promote a system of roads that is easily maintained. Improve access and emergency service by maintaining site plan review standards that ensure smooth ingress and egress by emergency vehicles. Work toward obtaining right-of-way dedications and reservations, consistent with the City's Thoroughfare Plan, as new developments are reviewed for approval. Limit the number of driveways and curbcuts on major and secondary thoroughfares to the minimum necessary to provide for safe ingress and egress. Promote the development of joint-use driveways and internal connections between adjoining businesses to reduce the number of curb cuts on major thoroughfares. Pursue funding programs to repair and replace existing roads and sidewalks in disrepair. Explore the feasibility of encouraging or providing other modes of transportation besides automobiles as part of the City's overall transportation system. ,- { I 1· t r !. I' ... . r. L so �CI1Y OF YALE COMMUNI1Y A'ITITUDE SURVEY The following summarizes the results of the City of Yale Planning Commission's survey of community attitudes. The survey was taken during July 1990, and the results will be used to assist the Planning Commission in forming goals and objectives and making land use decisions as part of its new Master Plan for the City. The survey was distributed to over 100 people chosen by Planning Commissioners as being representative of a wide range of interests. Sixty six surveys were returned, which is a sampling of approximately 3.5 percent of the population and 9 percent of households. The results are shown in percentages unless otherwise noted. Totals may not equal 100 percent due to rounding. PERCENT A ~ GENERAL ;5 0::: 0 c.. ~ Please indicate bow important each of the following was in influencing your decision to reside (or work) in the City. i ~ 0 ::E ~~ 0::: c.. 0{I) ~ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Close to work Near friends and relatives School system Property tax rates Price of home Other (list below) i 0::: 0 c.. ~ E- 0 z 15 . 29 17 28 24 25 56 54 51 52 34 65 18 14 16 See Attached Sheet L 7. Do you own or rent your place of residence? Own 85 Rent 15 8. Do you live within the City limits? Yes 97 No 3 9. How long have you lived in the City of Yale? Average: 20.3 years•; Range: 8 mos. - 73 years• 10. Do you work in the City of Yale? Yes 54 No 46 11. Do you have children living with you? If so, how many? Yes 71 No 29 Under 21: J 12. What is your age? 13. How far do you drive to work each day (one wav) ? • - actual number 21-30: ~ 31-50: 55 50-65: 12 20 Miles* (average) Number 2* (average) Over 65: 22 �B. For each of the following, please choose the answer that best describes your feelings: r 14. z IAND USE PREFERENCES 0 z;;: al al al al a: < a: 0 < 0 0 0 z Q Existing shopping facilities are adequately serving the needs of City residents and employees. 39 8 53 The City should promote the development of vacant or underdeveloped commercial and industrial sites by identifying them and promoting their availability to developers and businesspersons. 88 8 4 The provision of greenbelts and landscaping in conjunction with the development of new industrial and commercial buildings should be encouraged. 86 7 7 Existing recreational areas and facilities are adequate to serve community needs. 55 7 38 Additional local parks serving seniors should be provided. 39 27 34 Additional local parks with playground facilities should be provided. 42 22 36 The construction of additional bike paths and sidewalks in the City should be encouraged. 71 14 15 The City should encourage the improvement of older residential stock. 86 14 0 Cl) r 15. 16. 17. 18. I \ {_ 19. 20. 21. 22. ( \\~ List the types of additional land uses you would like to see developed. See Attached Sheet ~ -t. 0 0 0 0 C. PUBLIC SERVICES In your view, ho~ adequate are the following services? ,- L 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Police protection Fire protection Ambulance services Rubbish pickup Library Roadway and sidewalk maintenance Schools Recreation facilities and programs Stormwater drainage 0 0 0 0 49 76 74 30 82 25 38 27 24 :'.j a: c:: 0 ~ ""'0 17 19 5 17 9 22 48 10 8 20 54 39 21 27 46 23 53 34 �r D. ~ 0 ~ SERVICES PREFERENCE r" Please respond to each of the following questions as required 32. 33. Should the City play an active role in encouraging the development of additional senior citizen housing. ~ ~ 64 0 z 22 :z: 0 Q 14 What additional public services would you like to see initiated or upgraded in the City? See Below 34. What do you feel are the two most significant problems facing the City? See Below 35. What are the two most positive features or qualities the City has to offer? See Below Open-ended Questions (Multiple Answers) 22. More young subs, recreation, schools, industrial, multi-family on outskirts, housing. (no multiple answers to this questions). 33. drinking water (8), enforce nuisance ordinance (4), sewer/water (4), recycling (3), road/sidewalk repair (3), tickets for loitering (2), DPW better staffed (2), garbage trucks on schedule (2), more for children (2). 34. sewer/water (21), business growth/ lack of industry/ lack of development (9), no business competition (4), absentee landlords (2), and need progressive leaders (2). 35. small and friendly (14), hospitaVmedical care (8), nice place to live (6), schools (4), Bologna festival (3), close to big cities (2), parks and recreation (2), low crime (2). r I '- ' I -, ' \_ [ l-_ f ! r I l- �r THOROUGHFARE PLAN , I I_· .. I ( I- [ r -L A transportation system provides a means to move people and goods among various geographical areas. Because transportation has a significant impact on economic conditions, environmental quality, energy consumption, land development, and the overall quality of life in a community, it is critical that future transportation needs and problems be anticipated and reflected in the Master Plan process. The interrelationship between transportation and other community functions can be further described by examining the many purposes and functions of roadways. The primary purpose of roadways is to move goods and people. Roads and their associated rights-of-way also provide locations for public utilities including water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, gas, electrical power, and telephone lines. Public services such as police, fire, and emergency rescue rely on the safe and adequate provision of roadways. Streets and rights-of-way also provide opportunities for landscaping, public art, and monuments. In many communities, there is a historical significance to the arrangement of streets, and the street pattern impacts the character of the community. The original plan for Washington, D.C. was created by a French national who was greatly influenced by a vision of the United States as a great industrial nation with a strong centralized federal government. He positioned the Capital building in a prominent location, with a radial plan of boulevards and roadways. The Capital building became the dominant feature and hub from which all major roadways began. The layout of the City of Yale and surrounding area was influenced by the Ordinance of 1785 (Northwest Ordinance), which established a land survey system to give settlers moving west of the Appalachians a definite description of their land. The area was divided into congressional townships each six miles square. Each township thus contained thirty-six square miles and each one square mile was called a section. The establishment of townships and sections not only made land identification easier, but it also provided a logical system for the provision of roadways along section lines. Major north-south mile roads include Main/Sayles in the City, and Jorden and Duquette in the Brockway Township. The major east-west mile roads are North/Park/Yale Road in the City, and Jeddo and Oatman/Speaker in Brockway Township. Most of the local streets also followed a grid pattern layout. 54 �• I FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF ROADS Because of the prominence of certain roadways, their physical condition, and the overall land-use pattern in American cities, automobile traffic tends to be concentrated on certain roadways. On average, 80 percent of travel is done on about 20 percent of the roads. In order to set priorities for funding certain roads with the highest volumes, transportation planners established a road classification system. Although there is some variation in the classification of roadways, they are typically divided into roadways that carry local traffic and roadways that carry through traffic. Through roadways are further divided according to their function. The distinction between local and through traffic is made because of the substantially different kind of street required to serve both types of traffic. To eliminate conflicts between these two levels of traffic carriers, it is desirable to separate them as much as possible. The overall traffic circulation system, with both local and through streets, must be carefully integrated in order to function successfully. Local streets include both traditional neighborhood streets and cul-de-sacs. Due to variations in traffic flow, there can be several types of streets, ranging from freeways to local streets. The three basic types of roads in City of Yale are arterials, collectors, and local streets. The graphic on the following page shows how these various road types are typically reflected in a road plan, and the page following that illustrates the role of each road classification in providing access and mobility. FREEWAYS i ·Il ( L A freeway is designed to handle large volumes of traffic moving at high speeds over long distances or between urban areas. Experience has shown that this demand often cannot be met by the addition of lanes to existing major thoroughfares. Hence, the provision of a freeway often is the only answer to the problem of overburdened thoroughfares. Its capacity is increased greatly by the elimination of all at-grade intersections and all driveway cuts for frontage access. Points of entrance and exit are carefully controlled to maximize roadway capacities. The City of Yale has no direct freeway access. ss �STREET CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONCEPT r \ . >, ca ~ 0 ..J ca [ . Q) Q) SchoolPark u LL l_ Local - I ·l Arterial I- l ( I. B/A BIRCHLER / ARROYO ASSOCIATES �MOBILITY & LAND ACCESS RELATIONSHIPS BY FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION r I Major Arterial Minor Arterial Collector Local I \. 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 [ -l. D Mobility □. Access [ L- f rI L Source: Federal Highway Administration B/A BIRCHLER/ARROYO ASSOCIATES �ARTERIALS Arterial roads are the backbone of the one mile grid system. They provide continuity from one township/city to another, and they can carry long trips when a freeway alternative is not provided. In fact, some major arterials resemble mini-freeways by providing a wide median strip, partially-controlled access, and six or eight through lanes. Arterial roads are intended to serve through traffic volumes while providing access to abutting properties and minor intersecting streets. It is this dual function that often leads to congestion and traffic accidents because of turning vehicles conflicting with or impeding through traffic. These problems can sometimes be minimized in business districts by the use of service drives and/or internal connections between individual businesses that allow an overall reduction in the number of driveway connections to the arterial road. Arterial roads in the City include Main Street/Brockway Road and Park Avenue/ North Street. Within the four square mile planning area, Jeddo Road, Duquette Road, Jorden Road, and Speaker/Oatman Road are classified as arterials. COLLECTOR STREEI'S The collector street system provides both land access and traffic circulation within residential, commercial and industrial areas. The purpose of a collector street is to collect vehicles from the local streets and distnbute them to either local destinations or to an arterial. Collector streets can also provide internal circulation and access to non-residential areas such as industrial parks and major shopping centers. l Sayles is the only collector street in the City of Yale at the present time. LOCAL OR MINOR STREETS r I L r The sole function of local streets is to provide access to adjacent land. These streets make up a large percentage of total street mileage of the City, but will always carry a small portion of the vehicle miles of travel. Local neighborhood streets and industrial district service drives should provide access to collector streets or to longer distance through routes, but in such a manner that through traffic is not encouraged to use the minor streets as a shortcut route. Most of the roads in the City of Yale can be classified as local streets, although right-of-way width varies somewhat. The accepted standard for 58 �local street right-of-way is 66 feet. Several of the older roads in the City have 50 feet and a few have 40 feet or less. EXISTING VOLUMES, CAPACI'I1ES, AND ROAD NE'IWORK One of the components of a thoroughfare plan is an evaluation of existing traffic conditions. The Existing Volumes Map shows the 24-hour traffic volumes on the major roadways. In order to prepare this map, data was collected from the St. Qair County Road Commission and Michigan Department of Transportation. All counts were taken in 1988 or 1989. The two main roads in the City, M-19 (Main Street) and Park/North, are the only roads on which regular counts are taken. Typically, a two-lane roadway has a maximum capacity of approximately 19,000 vehicles per day (Level of Service E). Volumes in excess of this level can be found, but only in neargridlock conditions (Level of Service F). The maximum volume acceptable to most agencies is based on Level of Service D, which in this case would yield a maximum acceptable volume of 11,200 vehicles per day. Therefore, there is adequate capacity for future growth. The Existing Conditions Map identifies some thoroughfare problem areas. These problem areas, which were identified during a windshield field survey, can be classified under four categories: ■ ■ ■ ■ road off-set alignment skewed intersection with angles less than 90 degrees or unusual configurations major at-grade rail crossings unpaved roads These problem areas vary in terms of their impact on the road system. Many of the road off-set alignments are on minor streets with little traffic. The at-grade rail crossings are not presently causing any major problems because of the limited rail traffic. When possible and economically justifiable, these problem areas should be addressed. [ __ r l r Another problem area identified by the Planning Commission is the lack of emergency access from the west side of town to the downtown district and hospital area in the event the Park Avenue bridge is out of service. With the existing road network, emergency vehicles would have to travel gravel roads in Brockway Township for several miles as part of a detour route. 59 �.... ~;=======-=--=--=-=--~~==~:;::::::========::5~[i~~•oADs=;=:~==;=;=================~ L AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC 4,000 >N ING I I I i ri I - , EXISTING VOLUMES CIIT OF YALE PIA.._""\,NG COMMISSION ST. CLAIR COUNTY, \UCHIGAN 400 7 1r--==~•o.a"-----=====::::::::======~~--=-_- '-_ . I B/A 800 BIRCHLIR/AUOlO ASSOCIATU :000 �- UNPAVED ROAD UNIMPROVED ROAD 0 PROBLEM INTERSECTION OS AG AL OFF-SET ALIGNMENT AT-GRADE RAIL CROSSING SKEWED ALIGNMENT EXISTING CONDITIONS CITY OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION ST. CLAIR COUNlY, MICHIGAN FEF:r 400 BI/.'I A 800 BIRCHLER /ARROYO ASSOCIATES �It should be noted that other problem areas may exist; those noted above are based on a 'windshield survey', not a scientific analysis. As the City reviews plans by the St. Oair County Road Commission, Michigan Department of Transportation or developers for new road work, it should note these problem areas and try to work toward satisfactory improvements. In addition, if the State legislature enacts enabling legislation permitting municipalities to require off-site improvements from developers, the City should attempt to resolve these problems when the opportunity presents itself. THOROUGHFARE PLAN The map on the following page shows the Thoroughfare Plan for the City of Yale. The plan identifies the appropriate right-of-way necessary for roads classified as arterials (120 feet outside downtown; 66 feet within downtown), collectors (86 feet), and local streets (66 feet). Some of the existing local streets with less than 66 feet of right-of-way retain their existing right-of-way width. Two right-of-way widths have been established for arterials for the following reasons: ■ The accepted standard for arterials/thoroughfares used by the St. Clair County Road Commission and other public agencies is 120 feet. This width allows for the eventual widening to five lanes (60 feet), where needed, with 30 feet of additional right-of-way on each side for utilities and sidewalks. Although the need for widening Jeddo Road, for example, to five lanes is obviously a long way off, the acquistion of right-of-way through dedications and other means should be an ongoing goal of the City. 60' - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 0·- - - - - - - - - - - - ~ 62 �ARTERIAL (120' ROW) ARTERIAL - LTD. (66' ROW) COLLECTOR (86' ROW) LOCAL STREET (66 ROW*) • 1• 1 • * With the following exceptions: Existing Local Stmets ( < <,6' ROW) l,1 I I- I - Bettes Street Clark Street High Street Jean Street Jones Street Livingston Street Mary Street McColl Street St. Clair Street Spring Street Will Street Wood Street I I - I - 4U 5ft 511 QT 50' 50' 60' SO' 50' 9.1 50' 40' FUTURE LOCAL (f,6' ROW) I - Road Alignments are Conceptual I 1 _j °" ...... THOROUGHFARE PLAN ._J -· ·-·-·---- CITY OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION ST. CLAIR COUNIY, MICHIGAN FEET I VE,oJCEJl; • OAll -·-·· 400 B/A 800 BI RCHUR / ARROYO ASSOC IATES �-------------------- • The acquisition of 120 feet of right-of-way in the downtown area of Yale is not practical because storefronts abut the existing 66 foot right-of-way width. Other homes, churches, and businesses are built close to the 66-foot right-of-way. In addition, five lanes of traffic is not practical or desireable in this area. In order to accomplish a fivelane section, on-street parking would have to be eliminated. The City of Yale should vigorously opposes any attempt to eliminate on-street parking downtown because of the potential negative impact on businesses. Downtown parking is convenient for shoppers and it provides pedestrians with a perceived sense of protection from through traffic. The Thoroughfare Plan map also shows future local streets within the current City limits. These road alignments show where the extension of future local streets is logical and where new roads are needed. In the northwest portion of the City, the extension of High Street, Fourth Street, and First Street are shown on the plan. The extensions of Second and Third Streets are limited due to the existing and anticipated future expansion of the senior apartment complex. A connection from First and/or Fourth Street to the residential (UR) property behind the senior complex is also shown. The northeast portion of the City shows the extensions of Euclid Street and Fraser Street to the east. New roads are not shown in the multi-family area directly south because it will likely develop with internal private roads. The southeast quadrant of the City shows both a new residential street system and a new industrial street system. The residential system is anticipated to tie into a new multi-purpose public road that will link M-19 with the new residential section, existing businesses, the sewage treatment lagoons, and some new industry. The industrial road system will connect M19 with the new industrial park and the industrial park expansion area. \ I In the southwest portion of the City, the extensions of McColl, Oark, and Livingston Streets are planned. The road system for the future development of the partially-platted subdivision to the west of the school property is also shown. A connection between this subdivision and Oark Street is shown to improve emergency access to this area. In the event the Park Avenue bridge is blocked or goes out of service, this connection should be controlled to permit emergency access only, as through traffic would not be appropriate in this area. When new subdivision or site condominium development occurs outside the current City limits, the need for additional collector and local roads will have 64 �to be addressed. A large development of an entire section would certainly require collector half or quarter mile roads. These can be reviewed at the time of individual development submittal. Local streets within subdivisions should be constructed with a minimum right-of-way of 66 feet. ACCESS MANAGEMENT One of the purposes of preparing a Master Plan is to not only plan roads, land uses, etc., but also to identify ways to implement the recommendations in the Plan. This section is intended to identify techniques that the City can implement through site plan review and other procedures. The premise behind the implementation of access management techniques is that property owners should be provided reasonable, but not unlimited, access to their property. Safe and efficient access maximizes available road capacity on through streets, reduces accident potential, and provides for reasonable ingress and egress to property. There are many access management techniques that can be implemented by the City ranging from adequate driveway spacing to frontage roads. These techniques are usually implemented through the site plan review process. The standards noted below are suggested as guidelines in the site plan review process. Each case will require an individual judgement and analysis to determine the appropriate action given the characteristics of the site and use. DRIVEWAY SPACING/PLACEMENT I ' One of the primary access management techniques is driveway spacing and placement. Driveways located too close together are safety hazards and they can negatively impact capacity. The figures on the following page show how accident rates increase as the number of access points increase and the effect of controlled access techniques on accidents and fatalities in urban and rural areas. These two figures clearly illustrate bow unmanaged access on arterials has a negative impact on the health, safety, and welfare of the community. The problem is even more evident in rural areas such as the City of Yale and Brockway Township. The table on the next page shows the recommended spacing of driveways based on roadway speed. As an example, a 45 mph speed limit roadway should have driveways spaced at least 230 feet to avoid turning conflicts, increase safety, and improve capacity. 65 �ACCIDENT RA TES FOR ROAD SECTIONS WITH DIFFERENT ACCESS POINT FREQUENCIES l . r I 0 4 W ,.. I te U.1 It \II SI.I ll W sa.t IO IA Z:U 14 .. n.a ACCESS POINTS PER MILE EFFECT OF CONTROL OF ACCESS ON ACCIDENTS AND FATALITIES IN URBAN AND RURAL AREAS . FATALITIES ACCIDENTS • •• 5 = .,:I d 500 z 400 ::::i 300 % ~ 2 • 10 ~ % ,f z .,2 • :I= ..- 8 8 ; 200 ~ 100 r • ~ ;"' 0 - Sour= Ill/ML URMH RURAL 2: .,E oe... Aotaa MallaJCIIICDI b Slnctl & ffilhwa)'I. U.S. ~ ol. Trampanaliaa. FHWA, 19112. Recommended Driveway Spacing Distances* Driveway Spacing (feet) Road Speed (mph} 85 105 20 25 30 125 35 150 40 45 185 230 so 275 •near curb to near curb Source: Flora, John W. and Kenneth Mikeitt, Access Management for Streets and Highways. FHWA Report IP-82-3, June 1982; and Glennon, J.C., eL al., Technical Guidelines for the Control of Direct Access to Arterial Highways. Volumes I and IL FHWA Report RD-76-86, August 1975. 66 �r L r In cases where narrow lot widths make implementation of the above guidelines burdensome, other options can be explored. One option is to provide a frontage road parallel to the main street that provides access to several properties with only one or two primary driveways or curb-cuts on the main road. Another option is to construct a shared driveway on the property line that can be used by two property owners. I NUMBER OF DRIVEWAYS For many of the reasons noted above, it is also important to regulate the number of driveways each development has onto a major roadway. In general, the following guidelines should be followed: All development should be provided with safe and reasonable access from public streets using the minimum number of access points (driveways) necessary to achieve this goal. Where access via a shared driveway, frontage road (located between a public street and front building setback), or rear service road (located in rear yard) is not possible, one two-way drive or two oneway drives (one inbound and one outbound) may be provided. Additional driveways may be provided when it is demonstrated that one driveway cannot safely and efficiently handle the volume of traffic anticipated by the proposed development. If property frontage exceeds 600 feet, an additional driveway may be permitted.• I •. If a property has access to both an arterial and collector or other minor street, access shall be from the collector/minor street. ALTERNATIVE ACCESS As noted above, a reduction in the number of driveways provides many benefits to the community and property owners. This reduction can be accomplished by limiting each development to one driveway, where feasible. But there are other alternatives which can provide even greater benefits by having more than one development share one access point. Shared Driveways One way to accomplish a net reduction of driveways to less than one per non-residential development is by installing a shared driveway. A shared r • Recommended in Access Management for Streets and Highways. published by the Federal Highway Administration. 67 �■ driveway is typically located along a property line, with both owners having access via an easement. Depending on the internal layout of the properties and the characteristics of the particular locations, this can be excellent strategy to manage access for higher volume driveways. Sight distance concerns, relationships to other driveways/roads, project financing, and other factors may prolubit the use of this technique. Service Roads Rear service roads provide common access to several non-residential properties from the rear of the parcels. The road is constructed parallel to the public road right-of-way, and it is typically constructed by property owners. Access to the public street is provided via a collector or minor street which intersects with the main arterial. This concept is very similar to a public alley, although the service road is constructed to meet greater standards due to high volumes and "greater than service vehicle" traffic. Frontage Roads A frontage road is located parallel to the public street right-of-way, and is located between the right-of-way and the front yard building setback. This type of road crosses several properties but only has one or two access points (typically). In the case of a major frontage road system, it may run for one mile or more, providing an access point to the main arterial road every 1/8 to 1/4 mile. REAR SERVICE ROAD EXAMPLE PARKING PARKING 300-400 FEET I 60-100 FEET PARKING ,- lFRONTAGE ROAD EXAMPLE 68 -- - - -- - --------- 30FEET �This type of roadway is often implemented in underdeveloped areas prior to the on-set of new development because of the separate parallel right-of-way necessary. There must be ample setbacks in place to install this type of system. Typically, the frontage road is located 30 feet from the main arterial road right-of-way, although additional separation at access points to the main arterial is necessary to achieve smooth traffic flow. Frontage roads can be constructed privately using access easements and a common link from one property to the next. As with public right-of-way, the distance between the main arterial and the frontage road will have to be increased at access points in order to accommodate storage of outbound vehicles exiting from the frontage road to the main arterial. CONCLUSION This chapter provides recommendations for future roadways, identifies problem areas in need of correction, and suggests ways to implement access management techniques to improve safety and road capacity. Careful periodic evaluation of roads and their function is critical to a successful program to manage growth and its associated impacts. . \ I • t. I -I ,., '( . • �COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL AREAS PLAN INTRODUCTION Commercial and industrial growth and development in Yale has been slow in recent years. Many of the older areas have not kept up with modern standards for building orientation, provision of customer and employee parking, landscaping and other site amenities. As a result, some of these areas have higher vacancy rates, attract marginal tenants, and have greater impacts upon nearby residential neighbors. This chapter will address modern standards for commercial, office, industrial and research uses. Areas that are appropriate for redevelopment or improvement will be identified. Locational characteristics for shopping and employment centers will also be discussed. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY Commercial and office areas can be developed to exist in harmony with adjoining residential neighborhoods, through the application of modern design standards in local zoning regulations, administrative review of development plans, and vigorous code enforcement. All new development and redevelopment should demonstrate: ' \_ ! -1 \., ■ Adequate on-site parking for daily peak hours ■ Direct access from a major arterial street ■ Service roadways for internal circulation, where feasible ■ Adequate separation of parking and service facilities from abutting residential areas by means of screen walls and/or landscaped greenbelts ■ Separate facilities on-site for pedestrian and vehicular circulation ■ Landscaping to improve individual business appearance and district image, by such techniques as planting areas that screen or deemphasize large parking lots r ,I I ' .. r ' r 70 �I l . I ■ Appropriate business signage for identification that does not attempt to compete with neighbors in terms of size and advertizing messages ■ Provision of internal vehicular connections between adjoining business developments in order to reduce curb cuts and potential points of traffic conflict on the thoroughfares Even industrial and research establishments have been shown to coexist alongside residential neighbors,, with careful attention to modern site design standards. Equally important is the need to establish a modern, progressive image for the industrial district in order to attract the highest caliber of new development to the City. A properly balanced tax base and a reliable local employment base relies on attracting and keeping high quality industry and upgrading areas presently characterized by marginal industrial businesses. Characteristics of properly planned and developed industrial parks and districts should include: ■ Fast, easy and convenient access to the local and regional transportation network. ■ Reasonable location with respect to labor supply, source of parts/materials, and customer markets. ■ Generous development sites, free of such constraints as unstable soil and poor drainage, with room for future expansion. ■ An adequate and reliable system of municipal services & utilities: sanitary sewer, water, storm drainage, police & fire protection. ■ Protection from encroachment of residential and other incompatible land uses. ■ Modern site design to create a progressive image of the City: ./ parking and service areas located to the side or rear i I • front setback areas reserved for landscaping and visitor parking only uniform location and appropriate size, height, materials and illumination of business signs r I \I-~- 71 �■ Physical location and site layout that minimize or eliminates adverse impacts on neighboring non-industrial uses: screening of parking and service areas, including loading docks/zones. screening of all outdoor storage and limits on the heights of stacked materials. uses with frequent outdoor activities should locate within the interior of industrial zones. heavy industry neighborhoods. should not directly abut residential INDUSTRIAL / COMMERCIAL IMPACT AREAS Older central cities and small towns often take on a character that is unique to that community and easily recognizable as such. Sometimes this results from an unusual street pattern, architectural building styles, or similar historical characteristics. Some development, however, is characterized by its anonymity more than anything else. The end result of this similarity is that communities can lack their own unique "image" particularly in linear business districts and corner shopping centers. An impact area is a location where commercial or industrial development is influencing residential areas or, in one case, the Main Street corridor. The map on the following page shows negative industrial influences and commercial areas in need of improvements. The appendix contains a detailed description of the impact areas. General Observations I ) . i ( '- The entire commercial frontage on Main Street lacks a common theme or unique identity. A downtown development plan would help identify market potential, actions to attract more people to the area, sidewalk and parking improvements, facade and sign standards, and actions to bring some of the marketing techniques used in indoor shopping malls to the downtown shopping district. A downtown development authority, chamber of commerce program, or city program could also establish a low-interest loan program for merchants willing to make facade and sign improvements consistent with a 72 '. l I �l===f::::::i ~, l=±=:j_ MORRELL I 11111111 I Negative Industrial Influences on Residential Areas STREET ...........~;;.;;;;;-=-,.~............- - - GUY ••••••••• Commercial Areas in Need of Better Access Control, Improved Parking Layout, and/or Better Vehicle/Pedestrian Separation ~....,......,......,......,..~ Commercial Areas in Need of Better Screening and/or Rear Facade Improvements UJ~--.. ~~ . . . . ...L.,_ -- Note: Industrial influence area not shown on map: junk yard near Jean Street Commercial area in need of screening not shown on map: car wash and gas station at Second and Main __, Cl) l'-'i'~r'r""i:..:.::lllli... NORTH STREET ~I ~ UJ UJ f= Cl) i MECHANIC STREET . . _ _... Cl) _......,_ _..,.Ul~--)==:::::t z COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL IMPACTS --+-----.10 ...., -- L_ .WOOD - City of Yale Planning Commission ~ STREET•• J --- Not to Scale ' \ B/A I \ ~ MILL STREET BIRCHLER /ARROYO ASSOCIATES �downtown design plan. The City is currently pursuing funding that could be used to prepare a downtown design plan and establish an appropriate theme or identity. The alleys behind the main commercial buildings fronting on Main Street should also be thought of as a critical part of the overall image of downtown. Expanding the central business district east and west will place these "rear" facades in a more prominent location. With the addition of more off-street parking east of Main Street, the rear facades will have increased exposure to potential patrons. Store owners should be encouraged to provide improved rear entries for customers since new parking will likely put most customers in close proximity to the back of stores. I I ,.' Parking capacity problems in the downtown area appear to be isolated in certain areas. West of Main, ample public parking of approximately 40 paved and 15 unpaved spaces is provided south of Mechanic. North of Mechanic, the large City lot south of the new library is in the process of being paved to provide approximately 55 spaces. Plenty of on-street parking is provided along Main Street and intersecting side streets. The major capacity problem observed west of Main was near the Total service station and Braggs Party Store. Due to the high level of traffic generated by the party store, parking is not always available nearby. Redesign of the Total station will help alleviate parking on the sidewalk and in the driveway; however, the capacity problem should be addressed with development of a parking lot behind the buildings on the east half of the block or relocation of the party store to a site with more convenience parking. The east side of Main Street needs additional public parking, and this can be provided as part of the redevelopment of the area. The appearance and function of industrial uses in the City is just as important as it is for commercial uses. The east facade of Hughes Industries is an example of an attractive design that reflects quality. Unfortunately, onsite maintenance and attractive exterior facades are not the strong suit of most City businesses. Industry near the downtown core should participate in a sign and facade improvement program. Outside the CBD, new industry should focus on the City's industrial park where a quality development meeting modern design standards will serve as an asset to the community. \I.. .•\ ( I '-· r-. 74 �COMMERCIAL LAND USE PLAN The Land Use Plan map at the end of the Land Use Plan chapter shows the boundaries of the downtown district (DD) and the location of a smaller general business area. The industrial areas are discussed below in the next section. The downtown district is a predominant community resource in Yale. Its boundaries include Wood Street to the south and Kennifick and the rail right-of-way to the east. The north and west boundaries meander somewhat. A primary function of the downtown district is to serve as a retail and office hub for Yale and the surrounding rural area. This district should continue to serve as a community and neighborhood level shopping area. However, it is important that the DD serve a mix of uses. Other uses should continue to include public and quasi-public uses, limited second floor residential, limited single family residential, and limited individual multi-family units. It is intended that industrial uses will eventually relocate to more appropriate areas in the City. Because retail and service-oriented office uses rely on pass-by traffic and exposure to Main Street, property fronting on Main Street in the DD should contain commercial uses. Away from Main Street, the interaction of various land uses, including residential, is an important part of the unique character that makes the DD more than just a business center. Without the churches, single family homes, and small multi-family units, Yale's downtown would lose an important quality that cannot be substituted with more retail development. .I ' rI . r· I'· .,j ' One of the primary roles of residential in the DD, both single family and multi-family, is to serve as transition from the less intense adjacent residential neighborhoods to the more intense DD area. For example, a single family home located in the DD, across the street from a residential district, would soften the impact of the business district on the residential zone. The same would also apply to a small multi-family complex. As the DD continues to evolve, the many components that make it a unique resource must be preserved and enhanced. The other commercial area shown is General Business south of the existing City limits. Desired uses include businesses requiring large tracts of land not available in the DD, automobile dealerships, farm implements dealers, home center stores, and the like. 75 �It is important to note that commercial development has been limited to these two main areas because of an important land use goal: concentrate commercial development. Communities that have allowed commercial development to "sprawl" in a linear fashion along major roads have often ended up with unattractive, marginal businesses; intrusion into numerous residential areas; traffic congestion; and increased traffic accidents. Residential along major roads is an excellent alternative when developed so that all lots front on an interior street intersecting with the main street. r· I The property fronting along Brockway Road/Main Street south of Wood Street has not been included as a commercial area. Although there are currently several scattered businesses along this corridor, the predominant character is residential, including several historic structures. Additional intrusion of new commercial and office uses in this area is not desirable, particularly when land and building space is available in the DD. An alternative may be to establish a unique residential zoning district in this area allowing for limited business uses within existing homes such as bed and breakfast inns, small offices, home occupations, and antique dealers. This would provide some flexibility while preserving the residential character of the area. ' INDUSTRIAL LAND USE PLAN As noted previously, industrial development is currently found in numerous locations in the City. Some of these locations intrude upon and negatively impact adjacent residential areas. I I ' i . \_ i ' l. The Land Use Plan shows one primary industrial location and a secondary location area. The primary location is the City's proposed 26-acre Industrial Park, located near the south end of town, east of M-19. Also included within this primary location is an adjacent 57 acre parcel in Brockway Township. The secondary area includes the Hughes Industries site north of the CBD. CTIY INDUSTRIAL PARK l i. •...: The success of an industrial park depends on many factors including land price, proximity to raw materials and an end market, availability of workforce, and availability of public facilities and services. One of the traditional locational factors often critical to industry is rail access. However, rail usage has declined and there has been a corresponding increasing 76 r �reliance on surface transportation. Rail service within the City is virtually non-existent, and the future outlook is cloudy. It is likely that a smaller regional operator will provide rail service or the rail right-of-way may be abandoned altogether. i i ' The proposed industrial park has the potential for rail service via a spur from the main line, which is located approximately 1,000 feet to the east of the park. The City owns the property between the industrial park and the rail line. It is likely, however, that future industrial tenants will rely on surface transportation of goods rather than rail service. Vehicular access to the site is potentially very good. The site directly abuts M-19, a major north-south State highway. M-19 has an interchange connection with 1-69 approximately 10 miles to the south. 1-69 connects the Yale market with Port Huron, Canada, Flint and Lansing. An internal road within the site, a direct connection to M-19, and appropriate deceleration and passing lanes are needed to "connect" the site with this regional transportation network. According to a 1984 engineering study prepared for the City by K. Don Williamson & Associates, Inc., water and sewer improvements are necessary to serve the site. The primary sewer limitation is the overall capacity of the two public sewer lagoons. The City is currently working to solve the Citywide capacity problem. l The water problem is related more to distnbution limitations. According to the study, a new 10 inch north-south transmission main must be connected to the existing 10 inch main on North Street. The new 10 inch main would provide adequate pressure to serve the normal demand of industrial users. It would also benefit the entire southeast quadrant of the City. If a high water demanding industry ( above 300 gpm demand) locates in the park, it may be necessary to drill a separate well within the park. Other facilities and services such as police, fire, rescue, gas, and electric are generally available. Adjustment in service levels may be needed depending on the tenants. The additional industrial area directly south of the proposed park is a logical expansion area for industry. This land, currently located in Brockway Township, is bordered by commercial, future industrial, sewer lagoons, and future recreation uses. l I. 77 r --- - - - - -- - - �M-19/RAIL RIGHT-OF-WAY INDUSTRIAL AREA The Hughes Industries site comprises the balance of industrial land. The Hughes Industries site has room for expansion to the west. Future development of this site should be limited to industry operating indoors that can be developed in a manner that is sensitive to the adjacent residential and senior citizen center uses. The two industrial development areas described above should provide adequate land area to serve the industrial needs -of the City of Yale over the next 20 years. The primary location is well situated away from residential uses and sensitive environmental features. Existing industry in planned nonindustrial areas should be encouraged to relocate to the City industrial park so redevelopment consistent with the Land Use Plan can occur. Development in the secondary industrial area is situated between the northern edge of the CBD and residential development. Future development in this area should be of a lower intensity than what might be found in the industrial park. CONCLUSION This chapter descnbes some of the goals, problems, and opportunities associated with commercial and industrial development. Its sets a direction for specific improvements to solve existing problems and it provides the blueprint for position economic development that will provide jobs, increase the City's tax base, and be sensitive to residential areas. r As part of the implementation of this plan, it is important that the site plan review standards in the Zoning Ordinance provide for adequate buffers between residential and non-residential areas and sensitive design guidelines so that a healthy economic base does not detract from the strong residential neighborhoods. Code enforcement is also important. Many of the problem areas noted can be solved by developing strong City codes and enforcing them. Negative impacts like outdoor storage of garbage in piles and overgrown vegetation should not be a part of the future of the City. Strong code enforcement will insure that quality development maintains its quality years after initial construction. I !' . 78 r \ t �LAND USE PLAN INTRODUCTION The Land Use Plan for the City of Yale descnbes, in a generalized manner, those areas considered most appropriate for agriculture, residential, commercial, industrial, public/quasi public, and recreation uses. The distribution of the various land uses is based upon natural features, existing land uses, road patterns, existing and proposed utility systems, and areas most likely to develop over the next 15 to 20 years. All of these were carefully correlated with the Planning Commission's Goals and Objectives as stated in the Goals chapter. The overriding goal of the Land Use Plan for the City of Yale is the provision of sufficient land areas to accommodate future growth within an orderly framework that makes economical provision of public services possible. The need for guiding future land use development in the City becomes apparent when several factors are considered. First, a portion of the City's land area is still rural, characterized by scattered homesites without public utility services. Second, increasing pressures for new development will continue due to the City of Yale's proximity and transportation access to the metropolitan Detroit, Flint, and Port Huron areas. Finally, the existing downtown core is a major community resource and the industrial areas boost the tax base and provide jobs. These areas must, however, co-exist with the City's neighborhoods in a way that minimizes potential negative impacts. ! l_ If development is allowed to take place in a haphazard manner, the provision of municipal services becomes costly, prime open space may be lost to premature urbanization, and an inappropriate mix of new uses may occur. By grouping similar uses within a given area, property values can be more easily maintained since incompatible land uses are avoided, and public utilities can be programmed to serve only those areas where development is likely and capable of paying the cost of such improvements. IDENTIFYING NEEDS ri '· r A key component to any future land use plan is identifying the need for various types of land uses. This is done by analyzing a wide variety of data including population projections, the commercial market, future industrial 79 rI �\. potential, and future office potential. Once general needs are established based on standard planning methodologies, the unique characteristics of the community must be factored into the analysis. These characteristics include existing development patterns, natµral features and goals and objectives established through the master plan process. The ultimate product is a plan tailored to the individual community that is realistic, based on factual data, reflective of unique features of the land, and responsive to the potential for various types of non-residential land uses that may be necessary to adequately serve and employ area residents. COI\fMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT ,. l- r \ l. ,.. I· I I Regardless of the character of a community, adequate commercial development is an important component for residents, employees working in the community, and visitors from outside the municipal limits. Supermarkets and drug stores provide the most basic necessities for everyday life, while larger community and regional shopping centers provide a variety of durable goods ranging from clothes to major appliances. Retail stores improve quality of life, provide basic and not-so-basic goods and services, and they employ area residents. ff the commercial development is unplanned, it can actually detract from the quality of life. Examples include unlimited "strip" or linear development along .major roads which brings traffic congestion, unsightly buildings and signs, and marginal businesses to the community. An unplanned, overextended retail area can leave a community with vacant stores that are a blight, health hazard, and general nuisance to residents. One of the goals of a master plan is to provide the amount of retail space necessary to adequately serve the community in locations that are best able to accommodate the traffic and noise associated with commercial development. This section briefly identifies the anticipated retail demand and potential locations in the City. It is important to note that there are three major shopping center classifications: neighborhood, community, and regional. The table below shows the different characteristics of each one. r. 80 r �Characteristics of Shopping Centers Leading 1\pe i. Tenant Typical GLA General Range Mininm1 (Square Ft.) (Square Ft.) Site (Acres) 50,000 30,000-100,000 3-10 Neighborhood Supermarket Community Jr. Department 150,000 or Discount 100,000-300,000 10-30 Regional One or More Full Line DepL Store 300,000-900,000 500,000-1,500,000* 10-60 15-lCD er more• 400,000 800,ooo• • Super Regional Shopping Center Source: Shopping Center Development Handbook, 2nd edition, Urban Land Institute Neighborhood Shopping r ( . l -: ' r· I I ' f I L. As noted in the table above, neighborhood shopping centers are the smallest shopping center type. They are intended to serve the daily needs of nearby residents by providing basic goods and services such as groceries, drugs, hardware, laundry cleaning, banking, etc. The minimum support population recommended by the Urban Land Institute is 3,000 - 4,000 people, most of which should live within a five - to 10 minute drive. The neighborhood shopping center trade area includes the entire City and portions of surrounding townships. Given the rural characteristics of the surrounding area, maximum driving tiines may actually exceed 15 minutes. The City of Yale currently offers a wide variety of neighborhood convenience stores within its downtown core. As shown in the table below, with a population of approximately 1,900, a per capita income level of approximately $9,600 and a median annual sales figure of $167.56 per square foot for neighborhood shopping centers (Urban Land Institute), the City's population can only support about 18,000 square feet of neighborhood shopping space, which is less than the typical supermarket (23,000 square feet). 81 �City of Yale Annual Retail Expenditures (Based on City Population Only) Total Year 1990 Income $18.3 million 2 3 4 • Forecast Retail Elij>enditures 1 $10 million 2 Forecast Convenience Elij>enditures $3.3 million 3 Forecast Convenience Expenditures in Neighborhood Centers $3 million 4 S 9,614 x 1,900 people 55 percent of total income can be expected to be spent on retail purchases.• 33 percent of total retail expenditures can be expected to be spent in convenience goods stores such as food and drug stores.• Birchler/Arroyo Associates estimates that 90 percent of total convenience items purchases made by City of Yale residents take place within the City limits. Source: Analyzing Neighborhood Retail Opportunities, PAS Report #358, published by the American Planning Association. Because there are currently a wide variety of neighborhood shopping-type tenants (drug store, food store, etc.) and a grocery store in the City, it is clear that the downtown core draws from a large area outside the City limits. In addition to the above convenience expenditures, 40 percent of retail purchases are made in "shoppers goods stores". Shoppers goods are items such as clothing and furniture for which people tend to comparison shop. It is likely that a majority of the $4 million in purchases by Yale residents on shoppers goods is occuring outside the City at places' like Birchwood Mall and the Port Huron area. Given the fairly modest increases in future population expected in the City, it is likely that the convenience businesses within the City will continue at about the same level as they are now. As has happened in the past, new small shopping centers may be built outside the downtown core in Brockway Township drawing City tenants away. This presents a number of challenges to the City including finding new tenants or coping with the impact of vacant commercial structures. It can also negatively impact the City's tax base. If the City chooses to expand its boundaries into the complete four-section area shown on the land use map, this would help capture an area with existing businesses while also providing more vacant land for other types of development. The population growth from this type of annexation would, however, be limited by the City's ability to provide municipal utilities and because of the rural development pattern currently in place. 82 ' �Community and Regional Shopping Based on the data presented above, there does not appear to be a market for a regional shopping center. However, the City currently serves as a community shopping center for the surrounding area providing a junior department store, furniture store, and other types of durable goods often associated with community shopping centers. Traditionally, community shopping centers draw upon a population of at least 40,000 people within a 20-minute drive. Yale's market is smaller and more reflective of a rural resource center. As with the neighborhood shopping category, the demand for additional community-level shopping space is not going to increase much unless there is some unforseen growth in population. The opening of Birchwood Mall in Fort Gratiot Township may have a slight negative impact on the communitylevel shops in town. But is important to note that Birchwood is a regional mall designed to attract patrons from a large area. Patrons will not likely travel the long distances to the mall on a regular basis for goods that can be found closer to home at similar prices. The advantage to the regional mall is a variety of goods and comparison shopping. Community shopping and regional shopping can co-exist because their markets are different. INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT The demand for industrial development is related to many factors including materials, labor, transportation, energy, and public policy. Industrial developers look for the availability of utilities, affordable housing for the work force, suitable characteristics of land, and good transportation access. ( i l \ . There are several ways of forecasting future industrial needs for an area. One of the most common methods is based on total population. According to Urban Planning and Design Criteria, the typical gross land requirement for all industry is 12 acres per 1,000 population. Based on a forecast population of 2,500 in the Year 2010, 30 acres of industrial land are required. Another method of forecasting demand is based on land area instead of population. Industrial land typically consumes 5-10 percent of the total land area of the community. This is a general range based on both urban and rural communities. Rural communities often have only 2-5 percent of total land area in industrial uses. Five percent of the approximate 840 acres in City of Yale is 42 acres of industrial land; two percent is 17 acres. 83 �The two methods discussed above yield fairly similar results, with the one method falling between the range of the second method. As a comparison, approximately 20-25 acres of industrial land is currently in use in the City. r ' The table below shows typical employment densities for various land use categories. Light industry, which is a common form of industrial development in rural areas has a density ratio of 624 square feet per employee. Warehousing has a much higher ratio of 2,746 square feet per employee. Employment Density By Category Mean number of square ft. per employee Light Industrial Research & Development Warehouse Industrial Service Office• 624 485 2,746 724 202 Employees Per 1.000 square feet 1.61 2.06 0.36 1.38 4.95 Source: Employment and Parking in Suburban Business Parks: A Pilot Study. published by the Urban Land Institute. •source: Office Development Handbook. published by the Urban Land Institute Assuming a 30 percent lot coverage by a light industrial development, 42 acres (five percent of total) would yield 550,000 square feet of space requiring 540 employees, and 17 acres (two percent of total) would yield 220,000 square feet and 218 employees. This assumes 50 percent light industrial and 50 percent warehousing. '- As noted above, 30 acres of industrial land are required if the per capita methodology is used. This seems fairly reasonable given the characteristics of City of Yale, however, it is important to note other factors that may influence the future development of industrial land. First, City of Yale has limited freeway access. Although M-19 is a State highway, there is no freeway access within or directly adjacent to the City. Second, limited industrial development can be an excellent way to increase the City's and school district's tax base. Residential development can hinder a community's 84 �ability to provide services if it is not supplemented with some commercial or industrial development. The information provided above is intended to provide some analysis of industrial potential. However, the ultimate decision must reflect the goals and objectives of the community. Attracting industrial development in limited areas with adequate zoning and site plan standards to ensure compatibility with the rural atmosphere of the City is desirable. Finally, the City will probably provide a level of industrial activity above what is needed for City residents because of its function as a community resource center. OFFICE DEVELOPMENT There are two basic types of office buildings: single-tenant and multi-tenant. Single tenant buildings can be located in almost any location satisfactory to the tenant. For example, a small corporation in Port Huron may decide it prefers a location away from the City and chooses a rural area site. Market factors may play a very small role in this type of development. Good transportation access is probably the key factor in such a move. Multi-tenant office buildings built on the speculation that tenants will be found are much more tied to market factors. Developers will look at access, proximity to professional and clerical labor, parking, transit opportunities, hotel amenities, legal and accounting services, banking, and the "image" of an area. It is unlikely that a rural area would satisfy the market requirements for anything more than small offices serving a local market (eg., attorney, doctor, accountant, architect, etc.). I l- Given the fact that only 38 percent of the total 725-person work force in City of Yale is employed in professional, sales, and administrative support jobs, it is not likely that substantial office development will occur. Many of the 275 office workers living in the City will have to continue to travel to more urban locations for office jobs. It is unlikely that the City will be able to attract substantial office development. Larger communities like Port Huron will be the likely source of any major office growth in the next 10 to 15 years. City of Yale should, however, continue to provide areas for local offices like medical, legal and accounting. r t 85 �RESIDENTIAL The preliminary estimates from the 1990 U.S Census of Housing and Population show 1,898 persons and 781 housing units, or 2.4 persons per unit (based on total units) The density is low, reflecting the aging of the population and the lower birth rates. If the average household size continues at 2.4 persons per unit (ppu) in 2010 and the population forecast of 2,500 people is correct, 260 ~ housing units will be needed by 2010, or 13 per year. If the average household size drops to a 2.2 ppu, 355 ~ units will be needed by 2010, or 18 units per year. r ! As the City continues to grow in population, it is expected that marginal and vacant agricultural land will be consumed by new housing units. If the real estate market accelerates beyond what is expected, the City may find residential development consuming more and more agricultural land. The question is: How can development be managed to best reflect the goals and objectives of the City? r I The issue of affordable housing for all Oty residents is also important. Many young people who grow up in a community often find they cannot afford·the stay there because of the high cost of buying a single family home. Older Americans are also in need of alternative housing arrangements, particularly as the elderly population booms. In the year 2010, the post war baby boomers will begin to reach 65 years of age. One way of addressing the problem is through two-family dwellings or the provisions of two units on one lot. Accessory apartments built into a single family home and "granny flats", which are temporary efficiency units, are examples of ways to place more than one unit on a lot. This would allow a family to place an elderly parent or grandparent of young family on their lot at a lower cost than a separate off-site dwelling. Accessory apartments and traditional two-family dwellings (duplexes) can be designed to look like single family homes, and they do nothing to distract from the rural character of the area. r r Multi-family and mobile home parks are other types of dwellings that can serve a need in the community. Unlike single and two-family dwellings, they are typically placed in separate districts to minimize the impacts on singlefamily and agricultural uses. I.L. ( I . 86 �LAND USE PLAN r I This section identifies the appropriate locations for various types of land uses in City of Yale. It is based on all of the data collected and analyzed as part of this Master Plan document. The main focus is to be consistent with the Goals and Objectives established as part of the Master Plan process. The Land Use Plan also focuses on two "different" land areas. The current City boundaries make up one area and the four square mile area on the Land Use Map comprises the second. The color map represents the official city Land Use Map; in case of any discrepancies between the two, the color map shall take precedence. The Planning Commission has chosen to exercise its statutory authority to plan beyond its current boundaries, recognizing that this larger area may become part of the City in the next 20 years. AGRICULTURE/ RURAL RESIDENTIAL Within the current City area, agricultural uses can be found near the outer boundaries of the City. In most instances, these areas will likely continue as agriculture until water and sewer is extended and the residential housing market improves. From a long-range planning perspective, it does not seem feasible that these agricultural areas will or should be a part of the City's future. With the exception of the extreme southeast comer of the City, the current agricultural areas are prime locations for new subdivisions. r I Within the larger 4-square mile area, agriculture is a more dominant land use and will probably continue to play some role away from the urban core. It will likely blend with large lot residential development into areas that can be categorized as agriculture/rural residential. These areas are the least likely to see municipal water and sewer, making compact urban development undesirable and infeasible. Densities in this Agriculture/Rural Residential area should be equivalent to five-acre lots, which is similar to the densities called for in Brockway Township's Master Plan. URBAN RESIDENTIAL [_ r. f. The majority of existing residential lots and those areas most likely to be served by water and sewer in the next 20 years comprise the urban residential land use category. Minimum lot sizes between one-quarter and one-fifth of an acre are appropriate in this classification. It should be noted that lot sizes should be at least two acres if development occurs prior to water and sewer service. 87 �RECREATION The recreation uses shown on the Land Use Map include existing city park property north and south of Park Avenue, a new large recreation area in the southeast quadrant of town, and a large tract with woodlands and wetlands west of the current city limits. Although not shown on the plan, there are two target areas for new neighborhood parks east of Main Street (M-19), north and south of North Street. As noted in the Community Facilities Chapter, the existing City park provides an excellent community-level resource meeting most park standards, however, the residential areas east of Main Street are in need of one or two smaller neighborhood parks within walking distance of the homes. One north of North Street and one south would be ideal. The large area near the southeast comer of the present municipal boundary is currently owned by the City. Its location includes two primary features: 1) sewer lagoons to the west and 2) railroad frontage to the southwest. The sewer lagoons limit the market potential for residential development. The rail right-of-way, which is currently inactive and could possibly become public property at some later date, provides a possibility for a rails-to-trail conversion. A bike path within this right-of-way would connect the recreational use with the central City without vehicular conflicts. Given the size of the parcel, a mix of uses would be appropriate. Possibilities include the following: ■ ■ l .,[ l l. : ■ ■ playground cross country trails softball fields mountain bike trails ■ ■ ■ ■ agricultural education center miniature golf indoor ice rink camping The actual development of this parcel should be dictated by a more detailed recreation plan to be done after the Master Plan program. A recreation committee working in conjunction with the Planning Commission could best determine needs. PUBLIC / QUASI-PUBLIC Numerous uses are found in this category including the Yale Public School complex, the hospital complex, several churches, the sewage lagoon area, electric substation, public parking, and municipal services. The map area 88 �provides for an expanded sewage lagoon complex, given the current need for additional capacity, and it includes a large parcel to the southeast of the lagoons that could be used for a variety of purposes. A future recycling center/compost operation is one possibility. Outside the current City limits, the cemetery on Park Avenue (Yale Road) is prominent. It is also recognized that additional public and quasi-public sites will likely develop over the next 20 years. Because of their unique locational characteristics and the fact that many consume small parcels of land, they cannot be shown on the Land Use Map. Local zoning and site plan review standards should be sufficient to regulate these uses as they are proposed. COMMERCIAL Two major commercial areas are shown on the Land Use Plan Map. For a description, see the Commercial and Industrial Areas Plan. INDUSTRIAL Two primary industrial areas are designated on the Land Use Map. The Commercial and Industrial Areas Plan provides additional background and descriptions of the two industrial areas. !. CONCLUSION The Land Use Plan Map was drafted to reflect the goals and objectives of the City of Yale Planning Commission. It provides for a balance of housing types, commercial development to meet the needs of the population, recreation development of both local and regional significance, and limited, low intensity industrial development consistent with the rural character of the City. I. I I- 89 ------ �Urban Residential --- Mobile Home Park Multi-Family Residential Downtown District Industrial Recreation Public/Quasi-Public Official LAND USE PLAN CfIT OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION ST. CLAIR COUN1Y, MICIDGAN FEET 400 //1. B/'"'- ID) BIR CHLER / ARROYO "ssocv.m 20J() �AR UR MH MF REC AR Agricultural/Rural Urban Residential Mobile Home Park Multi-Family Residential Recreation Public/Quasi-Public Downtown District General Business Industrial p AR DD GB I UR R _L~AR REC AR p AR Illustrative LAND USE PLAN City of Yale and Surrounding Area CllY OF YALE PLANNING COMMISSION ST. CLAIR COUNTY, MICHIGAN FEET "'' 7 B /'A // ""' BIRCHLER /ARROYO A.SSOCIAH5 �IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES & OPPORTUNITIES INTRODUCTION A Comprehensive Plan cannot implement itself and if it is left to collect dust on a shelf it is hardly worth the commission's considerable effort to formulate a future development strategy. Fortunately, a community like Yale has many implementation tools and techniques available to it. These range from enforcement of existing codes, to development of new ordinances, to relocation programs for incompatible uses, to state and federal grants to assist in developing new facilities. A number of specific strategies are discussed below, along with a partial listing of proposals from the Comprehensive Plan chapters that could be addressed by those strategies. ZONING ORDINANCE A city zoning ordinance is not meant to be a static document. The experiences communities undergo in the application of their zoning rules and the review of unusual new land uses constantly change the body of professional knowledge related to planning and zoning standards. Periodic review of the zoning ordinance will result in the application of the most upto-date standards in the design of new uses and the maintenance of existing developments. Zoning Ordinance standards could be effective in addressing the following: ■ Proper screening of industrial service/storage areas ■ Adequate parking for non-residential uses ■ Performance standards for external impacts of business uses ■ Proper building setbacks from streets and neighboring uses ■ Uniform landscape and screen wall standards ■ Hazardous materials standards ■ New site planning standards for access management 92 �\ In addition to the above, changes to the Zoning Map itself will be necessary. Among the changes necessary to implement the plan are the following: ■ Evaluate the Zoning Map to determine which areas of the City should be rezoned now .to reflect the recommendations in the Comprehensive Plan. The most important areas for change are those where a more intense zoning now exists than what is envisioned in the future. The City will be updating its Zoning Ordinance immediately following the Comprehensive Plan Program. ■ Carefully study existing zoning classifications in the downtown district. Based on the focus of the new downtown district, it may be appropriate to have more than one zoning classification in this area: one concentrating on the importance of a mix of uses and another more commercially-oriented. CODE ENFORCEMENT Simple code enforcement can often turn the tide with regard to the image of an area and the liveability of a neighborhood. More aggressive but fair enforcement of current codes and ordinances could be effective in the following instances: ■ Eliminate negative influences in residential areas ■ Improve housing conditions ■ Terminate improperly established, non-conforming uses ■ Repair or replace ineffective greenbelts, screen walls ■ Reduce business sign area to maximum permitted by ordinance ■ Prohibit expansion where it overtaxes support facilities I .. ,· SPECIAL PLANS AND STUDIES ! r I '. Frequently a general master plan must be followed by detailed design and implementation studies in order to illustrate specific concepts that can only be covered briefly in the plan. Corridor design plans, business district facade studies, sign control and improvement plans, market studies, and pedestrian facilities plans are a few examples of the types of detailed follow-up work that is needed. Special plans could be used to address the following: 93 �■ Parking facilities improvement plans to address deficiencies ■ Building facade studies to enhance older business areas ■ Corridor design plans to integrate land use, circulation, parking, landscaping and pedestrian improvements ■ Sign design guidelines and sign control ordinances to improve sign conditions in business districts ■ Market studies to help improve retail and office uses RECREATION PLANS & GRANTS The Michigan Department of Natural Resources administers three major grant programs for recreation site acquisition and development. One Federal program (Land & Water Conservation Fund) and two State programs (Natural Resources Trust Fund and the Michigan Recreation Bond Fund) provide grant funds to local communities for both acquisition and development with 25% to 50% local matching funds required. All three programs require that the City prepare an MDNR-approved Recreation Plan to insure eligibility. These funds can be used for: ■ New park site acquisition and development, particularly the two desired neighborhood parks east of Main Street ■ New development on existing sites ■ Joint development on school district sites r ' I ~ BUSINESS RELOCATION PROGRAMS I f i '·. In the area of business relocation, the City plays the primary role as middleman or facilitator. Through careful inventory of available properties and close contact with business owners and landowners/landlords, the City could help existing business and industry locate new space more appropriate to their particular use. This type of program might: ■ Move appropriate industry away from neighborhoods ■ Find local businesses room for needed expansion 94 r �■ Improve the business mix in retail areas ■ Bring targeted businesses to Yale ■ Implement the proposals of the Commercial & Industrial Areas Plan COMMERCIAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS A number of activities can be undertaken to improve the City's retail/office areas, lower vacancies, encourage a better mix of goods and services, and precipitate upgrading of buildings and their surroundings. One tool becoming more popular is the creation of a downtown development authority (DDA). The DDA has authority to plan for physical improvements, establish programs for business retention and new business recruitment, and actually accomplish improvements through bonding authority made possible by tax increment financing. The experience of successful DDA's suggests that the improvements within the business areas have a "spill-over" effect that also results in raising consciousness and values in nearby residential neighborhoods. Commercial improvement programs could be used to address: ■ Developing a unique character for business districts in Yale ■ Improving the mix of businesses and quality of shopping opportunities for city residents ■ Correcting code violations related to inadequate screening of business uses ■ Implementing new sign design guidelines through incentive programs and sign design assistance CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAMMING I, The Municipal Planning Act states that "for the purpose of furthering the desirable future development of the municipality under the master plan, the city planning commission, after the commission shall have adopted a master plan, shall prepare coordinated and comprehensive programs of public structures and improvements. The commission shall annually prepare such 95 r . ' l. �a program for the ensuing 6 years..." Hence, there is a specific State mandate for a Capital Improvements Program (CIP) as an implementation tool for the Comprehensive Plan. Capital Improvements, by definition, are large-scale projects and equipment typically exceeding $5,000 in cost and having a life of five or more years. New public buildings, streets, parks, police cars, etc. are included in Capital Improvements Programming. The CIP typically includes as a major component the development of a "needs list". Looking over a six year horizon, capital needs are anticipated and ranked by priority and proposed year of acquisition. These needs and associated costs are then related to the fiscal capacity of the municipality to determine if funding will be available given anticipated revenues. New funding sources may be identified and pursued as part of the CIP process. It is clear that the annual update of the CIP is an important component of the process because of changing costs, technology, and revenues. It also forces the municipality to continually re-think priorities over a medium-range time horizon. The municipality must go beyond next year's budget in an attempt to inject planning into a traditional short-term budgetary process. The end result of the CIP process is a policy document, adopted by the Planning Commission, that relates the long-range goals of the Comprehensive Plan to a medium-range program. This program can then guide year-toyear budgeting. It also brings together the planning commission, city council, and city administration in an attempt to continually relate long-term goals to short-term actions, which is the ultimate goal of the Comprehensive Plan Process. The CIP process could be used to provide funding for: ■ Improvements to facilitate business relocation ■ Recreation site acquisition and development ■ Business facade and sign improvement incentive programs ■ Major construction of satellite service centers (police, fire, hbrary, senior citizens, and the like) ■ Parking and street improvements �STRATEGIC PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION Through the State's Rural Economic Development Program, the City has qualified for funds to prepare a Strategic Economic Development Plan. Once approved, the City can apply for federal and state dollars to encourage economic development. Examples might include extending the City's water service to the industrial park, providing relocation assistance to businesses now in residential areas, or building an industrial service road. Many of the items listed above under business relocation and commercial improvement may be funded through these dollars. The City should continue its efforts to secure this type of assistance. CONCLUSION The above comments and ideas highlight the importance of continued implementation of the Comprehensive Plan. It is obvious that the City will not be able to tackle all these items within the next two or three years due to budget and staff limitations. However, one goal of the planning process should be to prioritize these items so that a systematic program of implementation can be followed. ' . t 97 1• i �APPENDIX 1. Newspaper Notice of Public Hearing 2. Resolution of Adoption 3, Commercial and Industrial Impact Areas 4. Summary of Public Comments - Futuring Session 5. Letter of Transmittal to City Council 6. Letter of Transmittal to County Register of Deeds 7. Letter of Transmittal to St Clair County Planning Commission 8. Letter of Transmittal to SEMCOG 9. Letter of Transmittal to Brockway Township r _I 98 r \_, �RESOLUTION OF ADOPTION CI1Y OF YALE COMPREHENSIIVE PLAN By the City of Yale Planning Commission Thursday, March 21, 1991 WHEREAS, the City of Yale Planning Commission is empowered, by the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, to make a master plan for the physical development of the City and to amend the plan as needed from time-to-time, and WHEREAS, the Yale City Council created the Planning Commission for the purposes stated in the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, as amended, and WHEREAS, the City of Yale Planning Commission has been directed by the Yale City Council to prepare a master plan, hereafter referred to as the Comprehensive Plan, and WHEREAS, the City of Yale City Council and Planning Commission have retained professional assistance and technical support in the preparation of a Comprehensive Plan that addresses the needs and desires of the City's residents, and · WHEREAS, public input into the comprehensive planning process was actively solicited by means of a community attitude survey, a futuring session that involved community leaders and interested citizens, multiple articles in the Yale Expositor, and by a public hearing on the draft Comprehensive Plan held on March 21, 1991, and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission finds that the proposals in the Comprehensive Plan address the needs of the community's current and expected future population, NOW 11-IEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the City of Yale Planning Commission hereby adopts this Comprehensive Plan for the City of Yale, along with the text, maps, charts, graphs and other descriptive materials included in the document, and BE IT FURTI-IER ORDERED, that an attested copy of the Comprehensive Plan shall be certified to the Yale City Council and the St. Clair County Register of Deeds; and courtesy copies be sent to the St. Clair County Planning Commission, Brockway Township, and the Southeast Michigan Council of Governments. Motion by: Wolf Long Supported by: Ayes: Anderson, Fuller, Wolf, Cronin, Thorner, Long, and Trevino Absent: Kovatch and Graves Nays: None Motion carried 7-0 We hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is a true and correct copy of a resolution adopted by the City of )'ale Planning Commission at a meeting held March 21, 1991. ~t.~ _;;.~~~~---..\::~z-2::o-....,.,- ( ~ \ ~ �Page 6 -Thursday . FEBRUARY 28 . 1991 -THE YALE EXPOSITOR NOTICE of Public Hearing City of Yale Planning Commission Proposed Comprehensive Plan Notice Is hereby given that the City of Yale Planning Commission will hold a public hearing regarding Its proposed new Com• prehensive Plan for the City of Yale, on Thur• sday, March 21, 1991, beginning at 7:00 p.m. at City Hall, 111 West Mechanic Street, Yale, Ml 48097. The Proposed Comprehensive Plan, which is being prepared as a master plan pur• suant to the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, as amended, is NOT a Zoning Ordinance but Is a long-range policy document Involving Land Use; Thoroughfares; and Commercial & Industrial Areas elements and includes maps, tables, charts , and descriptive text that explain the Commission's proposals for the future development and redevelopment of the City. Immediately following the public hearing, the Planning Commission will hold a meeting to consider formal adoption of the plan. Interested individuals may make comments in person or by a representative at the public hearing. Comments may be submitted In writing to the City of Yale Planning Com• mission, 111 West Mechanic Street, Yale, Ml 48097. The descriptive text and the proposed Land Use and other Plan maps may be examined at the City Hall during regular business hours, Mondays through Fridays ex• cept holidays, prior to the hearing . This notice is published pursuant to the requirements of Michigan Public Act 285 of 1931, as amended . Fred Fuller, Secretary Yale Planning Commission �Page 6-Thursday, FEBRUARY 28. 1991 -THE YALE EXPOS1TOR NOTICE of Public Hearing City of Yale Planning Commission Proposed Comprehensive Plan Notice is hereby given that the City of Yale Planning Commission will hold a public hearing regarding its proposed new Comprehensive Plan for the City of Yale, on Thursday, March 21, 1991, beginning at 7:00 p.m. at City Hall, 111 West Mechanic Street, Yale, Ml 48097. The Proposed Comprehensive Plan, which is being prepared as a master plan pursuant to the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, as amended, is NOT a Zoning Ordinance but is a long-range policy document involving Land Use; Thoroughfares; and Commercial & Industrial Areas elements and includes maps, tables, charts, and descriptive text that explain the Commission's proposals for the future development and redevelopment of the City. Immediately following the public hearing, the Planning Commission will hold a meeting to consider formal adoption of the plan. Interested individuals may make comments in person or by a representative at the public hearing. Comments may be submitted in writing to the City of Yale Planning Commission, 111 West Mechanic Street, Yale, Ml 48097. The descriptive text and the proposed Land Use and other Plan maps may be examined at the City Hall during regular business hours, Mondays through Fridays except holidays, prior to the hearing. This notice is published pursuant to the requirements of Michigan Public Act 285 of 1931, as amended. Fred Fuller, Secretary Yale Planning Commission �RESOLUTION OF ADOPTION CITY OF YALE COMPREIIENSIIVE PLAN By the City of Yale Planning Commission Thursday, March 21, 1991 WHEREAS, the City of Yale Planning Commissio~ is empowered, by the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, to make a master plan for the physical development of the City and to amend the plan as needed from time-to-time, and WHEREAS, the Yale City Council created the Planning Commission for the purposes stated in the Municipal Planning Act No. 285 of 1931, as amended, ~d WHEREAS, the City of Yale Planning Commission has been directed by the Yale City Council to prepare a master plan, hereafter referred to as the Comprehensive Plan, and WHEREAS, the City of Yale City Council and Planning Commission have retained professional assistance and technical support in the preparation of a Comprehensive Plan that addresses the needs and desires of the City's residents, and WHEREAS, public input into the comprehensive planning process was actively solicited by means of a community attitude survey, a futuring session that involved community leaders and interested citizens, multiple articles in the Yale Expositor, and by a public hearing on the draft Comprehensive Plan held on March 21, 1991, and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission finds that the proposals in the Comprehensive Plan address the needs of the community's current and expected future population, NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the City of Yale Planning Commission hereby adopts this Comprehensive Plan for the City of Yale, along with the text, maps, charts, graphs and other descriptive materials included in the document, and BE IT FURTHER ORDERED, that an attested copy of the Comprehensive Plan shall be certified to the Yale City Council and the St. Clair County Register of Deeds; and courtesy copies be sent to the St. Clair County Planning Commission, Brockway Township, and the Southeast Michigan Council of Governments. Motion by: Wolf Supported by: Ayes: Anderson, Fuller, Wolf, Cronin, Thorner, Long, and Trevino Absent: Kovatch and Graves Long Nays: None Motion carried 7-0 We hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is a true and correct copy of a resolution adopted by the City of Yale Planning Commission at a meeting held March 21, 1991. II . James cro~ Cbauperson " ~t.t!!t: �INDUSTRIAL / COMMERCIAL IMPACT AREAS This section identifies and describes commercial and industrial impact areas in the City of Yale. The comments below are organized on a block-by-block basis for the major commercial and industrial areas. The intent of this section is to provide general comments about 1) the need for facade or sign improvements, 2) need for additional screening adjacent to residential areas, 3) areas where gravel parking should be paved, 4) areas where access control or parking improvements are needed and 5) need for land use modifications. Comments made refer to general problem areas; they are not intended to address every negative impact. #1: Jones/Main/Wood/Mechanic 1) Service garage fronts on Wood Street facing residential. Future redevelopment should orient business activities away from residential. 2) Open storage of barrels, tires, pipes, etc. behind Centennial Tire service garage/fotal station facing residential. Proper trash storage and screening from residential needed. 3) Gravel parking south of Veterans Hall should be paved. 4) Total gas station needs raised curb islands to better define ingress and egress points. Patrons of the party store next door are parking in the driveway area and on the public sidewalk. #2: Jones/Main/Mechanic/Park Avenue f I \ ' 5) Facade and sign improvements needed on entire west side of commercial, particularly the strip facing public parking lot. With 55 adjacent paved parking spaces, the west facade should "invite" patrons in or direct them to front entrances. 6) Furniture store using vacant lot west of alley for vehicle parking and outdoor storage of boxes. Screening is needed. #3: West of Main/North/Bettes f I 7) No screening of C & S Bank drive-thru and fabric store from residential to the west. Problems include open storage of trash, automobile noise and exhaust, and teller loud speakers. �8) "Free" parking lot north of bank is unpaved and appears to lack a drainage system. Lot should be paved and raised concrete islands should be provided at end of parking bays abutting Bettes or Main Street to provide for adequate sight distance. #4: Bettes/West of Main 9) Vacant lot used by Ford dealer for new car storage is not screened from residential to the west. Cars are parked too close to Bettes and the sidewalks along Main Street, which hinders sight distance. If this is a permanent use, the lot should be constructed with raised concrete islands along the ends of all parking bays. Screening should be provided. 10) Occupied mobile home behind Yale Feed Store is an inappropriate use and structure in this area. 11) Gravel parking area serving mobile home, Yale Feed Store, Sassy's Pizza, and Big K Lanes is not maintained. Trash and weeds surround lot. Lot should be cleaned up, paved, and constructed with an adequate drainage system. 12) Hughes Industries site has a combination of gravel and poorly maintained asphalt surfaces in need of paving. High weeds and outdoor storage of 55 gallon drums and wood pallets should be eliminated. Screening of site from senior center and residences to the north and west is needed. #5: Second Street/ West of Main 13) '. Car wash and gas station directly abut residential without screening. Patrons were observed drying vehicles west of car wash structure, directly adjacent to residential. #6: Morrell/Guy/ East of Main f / I· l I I j I • 14) No screening of A & W drive-in from residential to the north. 15) Old Moore & Carter lumber site is not screened from residential. Wood and scrap storage is in view of residential, and gravel parking lot should be paved before a new tenant moves in or redevelops the site. �#7: Will/Rail Right-of-way/East of Main 16) r. I Sidewalk is seriously deteriorated and landscaping needed around grain elevator site. #8: Will/Pine/Kennifick/Main 17) Substation needs screening from Main Street motorists. A landscaped buffer along east property line of Ford dealer would help screen the site. 18) Parking of vehicles for sale near the southeast comer of Will and Main and the northwest comer of Pine and Main hinders intersection sight distance. Parking bays/rows abutting public streets should have raised concrete islands to improve sight distance. 19) Used car parking perpendicular to Main Street directly abuts public sidewalk. This can distract from pedestrian level activity along Main Street. A modest, 10-foot landscaped buffer would provide some vehicle/pedestrian separation, improve sight distance at comers, and provide some green space. #9: Pine/North/Jyfain/Kennifick ,1 I { 20) The entire frontage along Main Street is characterized by poorly defined driveways and curbing, poorly marked parking areas, and a sidewalk that becomes poorly delineated in front of the Olympic Flame Restaurant. Raised concrete curbs should be installed to define limited driveway access on the east side of the sidewalk and a raised landscaped strip should be provided on the east side of the sidewalk. Driveways should be clearly delineated and they should provide adequate turning radii. 21) Diagonal parking currently provided on the north side of North Street, adjacent to the Olympic Flame, should be eliminated because the space provided is of an inadequate length. Parallel parking should be provided as an alternative. #10: Mechanic/North/Jyfain/Kennifick 22) The area used for perpendicular parking in front of the Auto Value Store is too small; cars often back up onto Main Street and across the sidewalk. �#11: Wood/Mechanic&,fain/Kennifick 23) Rear (east) facades of commercial strip are poorly maintained. Regardless of future development on the east half of this block, rear facades should be improved. This entire area should be buffered from adjacent residential. Ace Hardware parking and storage already intrudes into residential area. #12: Arthur/Guy/Oarence 24) Industrial site appears to be poorly maintained with overgrown brush/vegetation. Cyclone fencing is an unattractive buffer to adjacent residences. Long-term goal is to relocate industry and redevelop site as residential. #13: Jean Street/Existing Junk Yard 25) The existing junk/salvage area is inappropriate in an area with residential uses. Landscaping would buffer the site on an interim basis until developed as multi-family. #14: East of Maty Street/South of Rail Right-of-way 26) Existing industrial uses are located adjacent to residential homes, and industrial traffic must use residential streets. Longterm goal is to relocate industry and develop site as residential. #15: North/Rail Right-of-way/Kennefick/Arthur 27) r L r I \ Ammonia tanks stored outside are located adjacent to residential. Redevelopment of this entire area as part of the central business district is the long-term goal. �City Of Yale "Vision Of The Future" Summary Of comments From Participants I. General community Character A. B. c. D. E. F. G. H. I. II. Land Use Preferences A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. o. P. Q. II. c. !, - D. f E. l ( f I Make subdivisions a high priority Eventually remove agriculture within City limits Expand downtown east and west Develop light industry in Southeast corner of City Provide quality multiple housing at appropriate locations Maintain mobile homeparks - enough for now Promote quality senior housing near CBD and park Welcome Agribusiness in southeast corner Develop 2-family units and accessory Promote 2nd-floor offices downtown Develop offices on outskirts of CBD Develop Mill Creek Hiking Trail/Railroad Track Develop neighborhood parks/tot lots Provide more recreation programs for children Provide more parking on east side of downtown Consider establishing footbridge over Mill Creek to City Park Evaluate Rehab/reuse of junior high school PUblic Services And Facilities A. B. ! Expand housing in new subdivisions Maintain downtown core Add more manufacturing jobs/light industry Expand City limits Discourage welfare conversions Keep young people Attract food processors Maintain residential use of historic homes Maintain agricultural land until new development F. G. H. I. Expand and improve water and sewer service Maintain police services, establish better contacts with youth Consider Township/City consolidation fire services Roads and sidewalks need major improvements - new sidewalks and curbs are needed. Schools are good but overcrowded - need more facilities Storm drainage improvements needed Ambulance service a plus - need an advanced EMS unit Continue recycling program - add waste oil collection More comprehensive recreation plans needed �J. K. L. M. N. o. Hospital is a positive feature More timely trash collection needed Better use of park needed Expand water system to industrial park - provide loops Organize civil defense in case of ice storm Promote neighborhood watch � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Yale_Comprehensive-Plan_1991 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource City of Yale Planning Commission, City of Yale, St. Clair County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991-03-21 Title A name given to the resource City of Yale Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The City of Yale Comprehensive Plan was prepared by the City of Yale Planning Commission with assistance from Birchler/Arroyo Associates and was adopted on March 21, 1991. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Birchler/Arroyo Associates (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Yale (Mich.) St. Clair County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/3820afff5298a073b0d64e2abcdcf76d.jpg 9ac0e7c08b8fd4e170acd7e379e9b0a5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_I098-0007 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1968-07-27 Title A name given to the resource City Sidewalk in Szczecin, Poland Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a family walking down a city sidewalk while a young boy is playing in the center of the quiet brick road in Szczecin, Poland. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Szczecin (Poland) Architecture, Domestic--Poland Streets--Poland--Szczecin Sidewalks--Poland--Szczecin Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/7ab7d708d49733546a871d3a466dceb5.jpg bf43345833481be08b6aee5a2b5ef2fd Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_I098-0044 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1968-07-27 Title A name given to the resource City Sidewalk in Szczecin, Poland Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of two women and a man walking a dog together on a city sidewalk in Szczecin, Poland. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Szczecin (Poland) Architecture, Domestic--Poland Streets--Poland--Szczecin Sidewalks--Poland--Szczecin Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a08585c61e6df49392120e92431b56e6.jpg ab9e85a234f8f41ee541d5ec68908da7 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_M179-0015a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1972-06/1972-08 Title A name given to the resource City Skyline, Cambridge, England Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph featuring a bird's-eye view of Cambridge, England. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Cambridge (England) University of Cambridge Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1970s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/b3ec5831f23552cde1995fb92213b9a9.jpg a0f1fe5000d652599d29cf96ed889856 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_M179-0020a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1972-06/1972-08 Title A name given to the resource City Skyline, Cambridge, England Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph featuring a bird's-eye view of Cambridge, England. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Cambridge (England) University of Cambridge Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1970s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d7faaba0a30a06fbc5813538c9d984fa.jpg a083b561abf550a3ef3f9bdac2b96bd7 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_M179-0024a Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1972-06/1972-08 Title A name given to the resource City Skyline, Cambridge, England Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph featuring a bird's-eye view of Cambridge, England. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Cambridge (England) University of Cambridge Black-and-white photography Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1970s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/41ec90f1636673ffdd51f55d74c04edb.jpg 991056c80e152fa8d66e89f28b7dff74 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D057-0005 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-02-07 Title A name given to the resource Civil Defense Tower, Holland, MI Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a Civil Defense Tower located in Holland, Michigan, among snow-covered dunes along the channel leading to Lake Michigan. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Holland (Mich.) Civil defense--United States Towers Waterways Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/dd830bd575fd83d99880b0c17ae76130.jpg 4e67c5300e39e38bc364e1f9ef113955 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D058-0007 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-02-07 Title A name given to the resource Civil Defense Tower, Holland, MI Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a Civil Defense Tower located in Holland, Michigan, among snow-covered dunes along the channel leading to Lake Michigan. The Holland Harbor Lighthouse, known as "Big Red," can be seen in the background. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Holland (Mich.) Civil defense--United States Towers Lake Michigan Lighthouses Waterways Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/e73bbfe44e98686a42ece14262cc0733.jpg f556b7e5bc88b46b8515ce97ec33e728 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D058-0010 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-02-07 Title A name given to the resource Civil Defense Tower, Holland, MI Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of a Civil Defense Tower located in Holland, Michigan, among snow-covered dunes along the channel leading to Lake Michigan. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Holland (Mich.) Civil defense--United States Towers Lake Michigan Lighthouses Waterways Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/5438933b38816e827bfc15c39bdcd3e9.jpg e2938a5ffbcf59cafce3a4f8809ead90 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Douglas R. Gilbert Photographs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R., 1942-2023 Description An account of the resource Photographs scanned from negatives and transparencies from the Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183). Douglas R. Gilbert (b. 1942) is an American photographer from Michigan. He was born in Holland, Michigan and is the son of Russell W. and Carmen (Andree) Gilbert. Gilbert earned a B.A. in social sciences and art at Michigan State University in 1964, an M.S. in photography from the Institute of Design at Illinois Institute of Technology in 1972, and a M.S.W. from Salem State College in 1993. He is married to Barbara (McDonald) Gilbert, and has three daughters, Robyn, Rachel, and Anne. Gilbert took a serious interest in photography at the age of fourteen. In 1963 he joined the staff of Look magazine in New York as the second youngest photojournalist in the magazine's history. As a Look photographer from 1964 to 1966, he photographed folk musician Bob Dylan, the Newport Folk Festival, Simon and Garfunkel, the New York City Financial District, the children and facilities at the Manhattan School for Seriously Disturbed Children. From 1967 to 1969, Gilbert did several shoots, including that of folk singer Janis Ian for Life magazine. After moving to Chicago, Illinois in 1969 to attend the Illinois Institute of Technology, Gilbert conducted notable photo shoots of business and political figure Lenore Romney, and pursued more personal and artistic photography, focusing on urban and rural landscapes in Illinois and Michigan. He then joined the faculty of Wheaton College, where he taught from 1972 to 1982. In 1993, Gilbert graduated from Salem State College, Massachusetts, with a Masters in Social Work, and later pursued a second career as a psychotherapist. Douglas Gilbert died in June 2023. Throughout his photography career, he pursued both freelance commercial work as well as artistic work. His art photography is characterized by its classic black-and-white format, and features people, places and objects shot great attention and sensitivity. Gilbert's works are held in the permanent collections of the Art Institute of Chicago, the High Museum of Art in Atlanta, The Norton Simon Museum in Pasadena, and the Grand Valley State University Art Galleries, as well as in numerous private and institutional collections. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-2011 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="%E2%80%9Dhttps%3A//gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783%E2%80%9D">Douglas R. Gilbert Papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Photographs Photography -- United States Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource Image Type The nature or genre of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-183_D058-0024 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Gilbert, Douglas R. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1963-02-07 Title A name given to the resource Civil Defense Tower, Holland, MI Description An account of the resource Black and white photograph of the view from the Civil Defense Tower located in Holland, Michigan, overlooking the Holland Harbor Lighthouse and the snow-covered beachfront leading to Lake Michigan. Scanned from the negative. Subject The topic of the resource Holland (Mich.) Civil defense--United States Towers Lake Michigan Lighthouses Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/783">Douglas R. Gilbert papers (RHC-183)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1960s Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/bbbef516c6d9282ba3b0890b96bace8d.JPG a2929d17ff70de4222c0803ad071e309 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Ronald Oakes collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Oakes, Ronald Description An account of the resource Collection of photographs by Ronald Oakes, who served in the U.S. Marine Corps during the Vietnam War, and in the U.S. National Guard in the Iraq War. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1968/2005 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/628">Ronald Oakes Vietnam and Iraq war photographs (RHC-80)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Iraq War, 2003-2011 Vietnam War, 1961-1975 Veterans Photographs Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Relation A related resource Veterans History Project interviews, RHC-27 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-80 Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-80_Oakes-Iraq-DSCF0639 Title A name given to the resource Civilians houses overlooking FOB Diamondback in Mosul Subject The topic of the resource Iraq War, 2003-2011 United States--History, Military United States. National Guard Military life Soldiers Photographs Description An account of the resource Civilians houses overlooking FOB Diamondback in Mosul. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Oakes, Ronald Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Ronald Oakes Vietnam and Iraq photographs (RHC-80) Relation A related resource Veterans History Project interviews, RHC-27 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Iraq War Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a9fb9cc6fa2f1eee1c1212ffb4f410b6.pdf 43b2dd654081f5694e7b75e7192ce841 PDF Text Text [M]O~@ @(ill~ W@ G{]@y) D J , pJ ____ ffiltiill1 O~ ffiPl CJ tJlll [3[fl3}[[i/}Cim]jN&o[f[ffel1Jmgf}~ THIS EVENT IS FOR SORORITY WOMEN, WOMEN & GENDER STUDIES STUDENTS, FEMINISTS, AND ANYONE WHO FEELS A GROUP HAS BEEN MISREPRESENTED BY tABELS. SNACKS AND REFRESHMENTS WILl BE PROVIDED. BRING AN OPEN MIND AND SOMETHING TO WRITE WITH. CONTACT BRITTANI HUDSON FOR MORE INFORMATION - HUDSON.BRITTANl@GMAIL.COM � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource GVSU Sexuality and Gender Flyers Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource The Rainbow Resource Center Women and Gender Studies Department Women's Commission Gayle R. Davis Center for Women and Gender Equity Description An account of the resource Digitized posters, flyers, event notices, and other materials relating to gender expression and sexuality at Grand Valley State University, with materials spanning from 1974 to 2019. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1974/2019 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Digitized from collections at the Rainbow Resource Center (formerly the Milton E. Ford LGBT Resource Center), Women and Gender Studies Department, Women's Commission, and Gayle R. Davis Center for Women and Gender Equity. Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Subject The topic of the resource Gender identity Gender expression Sexual orientation Women's studies Queer theory Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections and University Archives. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-09 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context DC-09_SGF_WGS_2012_Claiming-Our-Names-Workshop.pdf Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Hudson, Brittani Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2012-12-01 Title A name given to the resource Claiming Our Names Workshop: How Labels Help and Hurt Us Description An account of the resource Poster of the event, as well as the location, time, date and synopsis of the event. Subject The topic of the resource College students Bias-free language Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Women, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Department Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/0893df387ec7004e242ee2b9674eace1.jpg 65c6ec3221f0c64a98cb2262fd9d9b16 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Naval Recognition Training Slides Subject The topic of the resource Slides Military education Airplanes, Military--Recognition Warships--Recognition World War, 1939-1945 Description An account of the resource Slides developed during World War II as a training tool, for top-side battle-station personnel on board ship and for all aircraft personnel, by the US Navy. In 1942 a Recognition School was established by the Navy at Ohio State University where the method of identification was developed. In 1943 the school was taken over by the US Navy. The importance of training in visual recognition of ships and aircraft became even more evident during World War II. Mistakes resulting in costly errors and loss of life led to an increased emphasis on recognition as a vital skill. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource United States. Navy Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/477">Naval recognition slides (RHC-50)</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2017-04-04 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpg Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-50 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1943-1953 Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Source <a href="http://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/477">Naval recognition slides, RHC-50</a> Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-50_1839 Title A name given to the resource Clam Russian transport Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource United States. Navy Description An account of the resource Clam Russian transport, September 1, 1955. Subject The topic of the resource United States. Navy Military education World War, 1939-1945 Slides Airplanes, Military--Recognition Russia Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/NoC-US/1.0/?language=en">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Naval recognition slides (RHC-50) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1955-09-01 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/1d7be80dd261d8b4f7177fbaa43c629c.jpg b17b2da110f963ff2ed3a2690ff25210 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Faces of Grand Valley Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource University Communications Description An account of the resource A non-comprehensive collection of photographs of Grand Valley faculty, staff, administrators, board members, friends, and alumni. Photos collected by University Communications for use in promotion and information sharing about Grand Valley with the wider community. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960s - 1990s Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived GV012-03. University Communications. Vita Files Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copryight Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University College administrators College teachers Colleges and universities -- Faculty Michigan Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV012-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClampittPhilip Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. University Communications Title A name given to the resource Clampitt, Philip Description An account of the resource Philip Clampitt, Biology Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University – History College teachers Universities and colleges – Faculty Michigan Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived University Communications. Vita Files, 1968-2016 (GV012-03) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/53043210af6e2ec48383d8814b4fbbb1.pdf a7d11208e553e6ae5cec004826f80cfa PDF Text Text COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Clark Township July 8, 1994 �CLARK TOWNSHIP COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Prepared By: Clark Township Planning Commission With the Assistance of: Mark A. Wyckoff, AICP David R. Tyler Dana G. Richardson Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. 302 S. Waverly Road Lansing, Ml 48917 517/886-0555 July 7, 1994 �LIST OF FIGURES 2-1 2-2 2-3 6-1 6-2 Clark Township Historic Population ...................................... 2-3 Construction Permits Issued for New Housing Units .............. 2-5 Clark Township State Equalized Value Residential .............. 2-10 Clark Township Historic Plat Maps ....................... ................. 6-3 Land Use/Cover Classification .............................................. 6-5 • • �LIST OF MAPS 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 6-1 6-2 6-3 Land Contour ....................................................................... 3-3 Geology ................................................................................. 3-4 General Soils ........................................................................ 3-6 Wetlands ............................................................................... 3-7 Forested Cover ...................................................................... 3-9 Environmentally Sensitive Areas ......................................... 3-10 Existing and Proposed Sewer ................................................ 5-3 Proposed Public Service Districts .......................................... 5-5 Septic Field Limitations ......................................................... 5-7 Recreation Facilities ............................................................ 5-13 Traffic Counts ..................................................................... 5-15 Transportation Existing Conditions ..................................... 5-16 Existing Land Use ................................................................. 6-6 Land Divisions .................................................................... 6-10 Future Land Use ................................................................. 6-12 1 �LIST OF TABLES 2-2 2-1 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 5-1 5-2 5-3 6-1 7 -1 County Population ................................................................ 2-3 Clark Township Historic Population ...................................... 2-3 Construction Permits Issued for New Housing Units .............. 2-5 Median Age ........................................................................... 2-6 Clark Township Tax Levy ....................................................... 2-9 Clark Township State Equalized Values ............................... 2-10 Clark Township Top Five Occupations .................................. 2-11 Clark Township Top Five Industries ...................... .. .......... .. .2-11 Median Income Levels - 1990 .............................................. 2-12 Percent in Poverty - 1990 ........................................ ............ 2-13 Sewer Facility Capacity ......................................................... 5-2 Well and Septic System Permits, Clark Township, Mackinac County ............................................................. 5-6 Clark Township Recreations Facilities ................................. 5-14 Land Use/Cover Classification .............................................. 6-5 Recreation Facilities and Their Minimum Number or Size Necessary to Achieve Minimum Points ................... 7-9 �TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 - The Planning Process Purpose of the Plan .................................................................... 1-1 How to Use the Plan .................................................................. 1-2 How the Plan was ..................................................................... 1-4 Chapter 2 - Community Profile Introduction .............................................................................. 2-1 Spatial Location ......................................................................... 2-1 Demographics ............................................................................ 2-2 Population and Density .................................................... 2-2 Race and Household ......................................................... 2-3 Housing ........................................................................... 2-4 Age ................................................................................... 2-5 Education ........................................................................ 2-6 School Enrollment ............................................................ 2-6 Economy ................................................................................... 2-7 Tourism ........................................................................... 2-7 Public Finance ................................................................. 2-8 Labor Force and Employment ........................................... 2-9 Income ........................................................................... 2-11 Chapter 3 - Natural Features Introduction ............................................................................ .. 3-1 Coastal and Surface Water Resources ........................................ 3-1 Topography................................................................................ 3-2 Geology ..................................................................................... 3-2 Soils .......................................................................................... 3-5 Wetlands and Drainage Ways .................................................... 3-5 Vegetative Cover ....................... ................ ................................. 3-8 Sensitive Areas .......................................................................... 3-8 Environmental Quality Issues .................................................. 3-11 Pollutants ................................................................................ 3-12 Soil Erosion ............................................................................. 3-12 Toxic Substances ..................................................................... 3-13 Alteration of Natural Processes ................................................ 3-14 Human Intervention ................................................................ 3-15 Act 307 Sites ........................................................................... 3-16 Chapter 4 - Community Goals, Objectives and Policies Introduction .............................................................................. 4-l The Purpose of Goals and Objectives ......................................... .4-1 Defining Goals ........................................................................... 4-1 �Defining Objectives ................................................................... .4-2 Economic Development .............................................................. 4-2 Land Use ................................................................................... 4-3 Community Character ............................................................... 4-3 Environmental Protection and Natural Resources ...................... 4-4 Community Services and Infrastructure ..................................... 4-5 Housing ..................................................................................... 4-6 Social Needs .............................................................................. 4-6 Public Safety.............................................................................. 4-7 Recreational And Cultural Opportunities ................................ .. .4-7 Chapter 5 - Public Services, Facilities and Transportation Introduction .............................................................................. 5-1 Sewage Treatment ...................................................................... 5-1 Public Service Districts .............................................................. 5-4 Existing, Expanded and Future Service Districts ........................ 5-4 Rural Service Districts ............................................................... 5-8 Island Service Districts .............................................................. 5-9 Potable Water ............................................................................ 5-9 Stormwater Management ......................................................... 5-10 Electric Power .......................................................................... 5-10 Police and Fire Protection .................................................... -.... 5-11 Recreational and Cultural Facilities ......................................... 5-11 Transportation ......................................................................... 5-12 Township Airport ............................................................ -......... 5-18 Other Access Points ................................................................. 5-19 Chapter 6 - Existing and Future Land Use and Policy Statements Introduction .............................................................................. 6-1 Land Fragmentation .................................................................. 6-2 Land Cover ................................................. ............................... 6-4 Existing Land Use ...................................................................... 6-4 Future Land Use ........................................................................ 6-7 Future Land Use Map .............................................................. 6-11 Rural/Forest Land Use ................................................... 6-11 Island Residential ........................................................... 6-14 Rural Waterfront ............................................................ 6-16 Urban Resident .............................................................. 6-17 Commercial Centers ....................................................... 6-18 Industrial and Mineral Extraction Activities .................... 6-21 Policy Statements .................................................................... 6-21 Land Use ........................................................................ 6-22 Rural/Open Space ......................................................... 6-26 Single Family Residential (Public Sewer Services District) ........................................................ 6-27 ~ , �Waterfront Residential .................................................... 6-28 Island Residential ........................................................... 6-29 Commercial/Industrial Development .............................. 6-30 Transportation ............................................................... 6-32 Chapter 7 - Strategies for Implementation Primary Implementation Tools ................................................... 7-1 Relationship to Zoning ..................................................... 7 -1 Relationship to Plans/Zoning in Adjacent Jurisdictions .... 7-2 Relationship to Subdivision Regulations ........................... 7-2 Relationship to Capital Improvements ........................ ...... 7-2 Land Use & Infrastructure Policies ................................... 7-3 Community Participation and Education .......................... 7 -3 Special Area & Financing Techniques .................................. ....... 7 -3 Building and Property Maintenance Codes ....................... 7 -3 Community Development Block Grant Program ................ 7-4 Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) Programs ............................................ .- ......... 7-6 Land and Water Conservation Fund ................................. 7 -6 Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund ........................... 7 -7 Costal Zone Management Fund ....................................... .7-7 The Recreation Bond Fund ............................................... 7 -8 Recreation Improvement Fund .......................................... 7-9 Local Facility Development Grants .................................. 7-10 Land Acquisition Grants ................................................. 7-10 Waterways Fund ............................................................ 7-10 Road Funds .................................................................... 7 -11 Public Works Financing ........................................................... 7-12 Tax Incentives .......................................................................... 7-12 Additional Recommendations ................................................... 7-13 Other Planning & Economic Development Assistance ..... 7-13 Pro-Business Alliance ..................................................... 7 -13 Poverty ...................................................... ................. .. .. 7 -14 Public Open Space Acquisition ....................................... 7 -14 Periodic Updating and Revisions ..................................... 7-15 Managing Growth and Change ....................................... 7 -15 Revision of Ordinance ..................................................... 7 -15 �CHAPTER 1 - THE PLANNING PROCESS Purpose of the Plan The purpose of this Plan is to guide policy and decision making for all future land use and infrastructure development decisions within Clark Township. Within the Plan, key planning issues are identified; goals, objectives and policies are outlined; public facility standards are established; future land uses are described and mapped; and specific implementation measures are recommended. This Plan is adopted pursuant to the authority of the Township Planning Act, PA 168 of 19 59. This Act provides for the preparation of a "basic plan" to promote community health, safety, and welfare through provisions for the use of land and resources and the assurance of adequate publiG facilities and services. The Clark Township Master Plan is a "basic plan." It is prepared as a foundation for, and depends primarily on, the Township's zoning ordinance, subdivision regulations,. and capital improvement program for its implementation. Although this Plan states specific land use development policy and proposes specific land use arrangements, it has no regulatory power. All proposed future land uses and policies presented in this Plan were developed based on a combination of the natural capability of the land to sustain certain types of development; the important natural functions played by unique land and water resources in the area; the relative future need for residential, commercial, and industrial land uses; the existing land use distribution; the relationship of undeveloped lands to existing community character; and the desires of local residents and public officials as expressed through the community and leadership surveys, and public meetings. This Plan is intended as support for the achievement of the following public objectives, among others: CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 1-1 �• to protect and promote public health, safety and general welfare; • to conserve and protect property values by preventing incompatible uses from locating adjacent to each other; • to protect and preserve the natural resources, unique character, and environmental quality of the area; • to maintain and enhance employment opportunities and tax base of the area; • to promote an orderly development process which is paced in coordination with the Township's ability to provide services and which permits public officials and citizens an opportunity to monitor change and review proposed development in a reasonable manner; and • to provide information from which to gain a better understanding of the area and its interdependencies and interrelationships, and upon which to base future land use and public investment decisions. How to Use the Plan This Plan is organized into seven chapters with five critical components. First, is the community profile presented in Chapter 2 which provides the basis for a common understanding of the trends and conditions influencing the Township. Second, are the natural features of the Township which give it a unique character. They are presented in Chapter 3. Third, are the goals and objectives, presented in Chapter 4. They provide a road-map for decisions. Fourth, are the public facilities, existing and future land use and policies which provide guidance in making future land use and infrastructure decisions presented in Chapters 5 and 6. Fifth, Chapter 7 presents information and guidelines on implementation. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 1-2 �This Plan is presented to assist all elected and appointed officials when making choices between competing interests by serving as a guide for decision making. It is anticipated that this Plan will be consulted in the following situations: Review of rezonings, variances, and special use permits: Applications for rezonings, variances, or special use permits should be evaluated not only in terms of specific zoning ordinance standards, but also in terms of how well the proposed action would help attain the goals and objectives of this Plan, fulfill its policies, and be consistent with the Future Land Use Map. Public improvement projects: All future public improvement projects, including the construction of new facilities, utilities or buildings, should first be reviewed by the Planning Commission for consistency with this plan, as provided by Section 125.32 of PA 168 of 1959. In particular, such projects should be reviewed to determine consistency with the goals, objectives and policies in the Plan, and whether such projects support the planned future land use pattern in the Township, as set forth in this Plan and the Future Land Use Map. Review of land subdivision and lot splits: The subdivision of land and associated lot split activities has a profound impact upon the character of a community and future public service needs and tax burdens. This Plan provides policies to assist the Planning Commission and Township Board regarding decisions about the appropriateness of proposed subdivisions and lot splits, and the adequacy of public services to address the increased demands associated with these subdivisions and lot splits. Township stability: This Plan is a strong and visible statement by the Township and its residents, regarding the intended future character of the community and strategies to assure that character. As a formal and tangible document, this Plan is intended to instill a sense of stability and direction for township officials, township activities, township residents and CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 1-3 �future inventors in the Township. How the Plan was Prepared In mid 1990, Clark Township Planning Officials undertook a community-wide attitude survey of residents, both year-round and seasonal, with the objective of identifying, issues, opportunities and attitudes relating to a variety of topics, ranging from general appearance of the Township, to interest in community and cultural events. One of the priorities identified in that survey, as reflected in responses received from residents, was the review and update of the Clark Township Master Plan. Originally prepared in the 1970's, this Master Plan served as the general foundation of local planning for approximately 15 years. During this period, no revisions were made to this document and, as a result, while sections of the Plan are still applicable to current conditions, a significant portion of the document is outdated or did not contain a sufficient level of refinement to support new initiatives or guide the local decision making process. In early 1991, several specific Plan amendments were identified which the planning commission felt were minimum revisions if the Master Plan was to satisfy both short and long term Township planning requirements. These included updating land use maps to reflect changes over time, (including extension of the sanitary sewers), establishing guidelines for new development, especially in unique or sensitive settings, and identifying policies for guiding development within village centers. 1~ In October 1992, the Clark Township Board and Planning Commission jointly issued a request for proposals for planning consultants to update the Clark Township Master Plan. Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. was selected to update the Plan in February 1993. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PIAN 1-4 �Phase One of the planning process initiated by PZC began with the identification of critical trends and conditions facing Clark Township. Information was generated based upon discussions with Township officials, a review of the recently completed community attitude surveys, a separately distributed local leader survey (summer 1993), and a variety of supplemental resources. Concurrent with a general review of the updated trends and conditions, PZC meet with the Planning Commission, interested citizens, and Township Board to solicit input on critical trends and issues, as well as review and refme proposed Township goals and objectives. Phase Two of the planning effort began with an examination of key findings and conclusions from the data collected, including anticipated future growth and development. Two alternative future land use patterns were generated and reviewed, drawing upon the previously established goals and objectives for guidance in evaluation. A town meeting was held (with citizens encouraged to attend) where the advantages and disadvantages of each alternative was discussed and a preferred choice was made. At the same time, strategic policies were presented as refinements to the goals and objectives previously established. These policies served as the foundation for development of the preferred Land Use Map and for Plan implementation. The last phase of the project involved the actual preparation of the revised Master Plan document, including all text, maps, charts, tables and other graphics. As with previous phases, a town meeting was held to encourage broad based community input, both from Township officials, as well as citizens. A public hearing was held _ _ _ _ followed by the Township's adoption of this plan shortly thereafter. kg\stat1on5 \ word \dark \plan \chap! .doc 6 -9-94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PIAN 1-5 r~ �CHAPTER 2 - COMMUNITY PROFILE Introduction The history of the Great Lakes region is intimately linked with the Les Cheneaux Islands. The safe harbors of the many channels between the islands sheltered all the people who passed through the falls of the St. Mary's River and the Straits of Mackinac. Through the passage of time, many individuals were lured by the abundance of natural resources and opted to settle in the region. Since the latter part of the nineteenth century, the shores and islands of Clark Township became a favorite summer resort for the well-to-do of Detroit, Cincinnati, Toledo, Chicago, and Cleveland. Local commerce was established in Hessel and Cedarville. Hessel became the number one center for pleasure boating activities in northern Michigan as marked by the establishment of one of (Chris Craft's) the largest dealerships. With the opening of the St. Lawrence Seaway and the construction of the Mackinac Bridge, thousands of new tourists from all over North America discover this beautiful area each year. Spatial Location Clark Township occupies the eastern and southern end of Mackinac County. By road, it can be reached on M-134 east of I-75 after a ten-mile drive; and also from Pickford, in the north, on M-129; by boat on Lake Huron at the Hessel or Cedarville docks; and by plane landing at the Hessel airport. The Township lies within the area described as T42N, T41N, and RlW, RlE, and R2E. CLARK TOWNSHIP MA.STER PLAN 2-1 �Demographics Population and Density Clark Township experienced it's most significant populatipn change between 1940 and 1950 when the number of individuals nearly doubled. Between 1950 and 1990 Clark Township's year round population nearly doubled again, rising 97% going from 1,145 to 2,012 (see Table 2-1 and Figure 2-1) . The population increase in the last decade was smaller at just over 7%. The range of population changes among local units of government and the County between 1980 and 1990 can be seen on Table 2-2. St. Ignace Township had the largest population increase at just over 32% and Hudson Township had the greatest decrease at just over 7%. The County overall experienced about a 5% population increase. In this same time period, the State experienced only a 0.4% population increase. Population projections presented in the Clark Township Facilities Plan prepared in 1987 anticipate that the year-round population will be about 2,106 in 1997; and 2,280 by the year 2007. The population of the Township in the 1990 Census includes only a count of persons in year-round occupied housing units. If the median household size of the Township is applied to all seasonal housing units, then seasonal units contribute about 2,840 additional people to the Township's population in the summer. There are about 1,300 rental units in the Township in various resorts, motels and hotels. If the median household size applies to rental units, then another 3,250 persons are added to the peak summer population. This is a summer grand total population of about 8,090 persons. This is about four times higher than the year-round population. Increase in density affects the community character of an area. Density is a function of urbanization and urbanization influences demand for services. In 40 years (1950-1990) density of year round residents in the Township doubled; going CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-2 �Table 2-1 Clark Township Historic Population Year Population % change 1930 777 1940 793 2.1 % 1950 1,145 44.4% 1960 1,563 36.5% 1970 1,771 13.3% 1980 1,879 6.1 % 1990 2,012 7.1% Source. U. S. Census Bureau Figure 2-1 Clark Township Historic Population 2,500 2,000 C: 0 ·;; 1,500 «I :i C. 0 Q. 1,000 500 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 Year Source: U.S. Census Unit Mackinac County Bois Blanc Township Brevort Township 1990 Population 10,674 59 484 Garfield Township Hendricks Township Hudson Township Mackinac Island City Marquette Township Moran Township Newton Township Portaqe Township St. Ignace Citv St. Ignace Township 1,156 161 197 469 550 838 358 890 2568 932 Table 2·2 County Population 1980 Population 1980 • 90 Change 10,178 496 62 -3 451 33 1,206 166 212 479 461 823 354 747 2632 706 -50 -5 -15 -10 89 15 4 143 -64 226 Source: U.S. Census; 1990 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-3 1980 • 90 % Change 4.87% -4.84% 7.32% -4.15% -3.01 % -7.08% -2.09% 19.31% 1.82% 1.13% 19.14% -2.43% 32.01% �from about 13 persons per square mile to 26 persons per square mile. Population densities are still relatively low in the Township, but they are much higher than the County's 1990 density; which was about 10.5 persons per square mile. The are also much higher than the average in those portions of the Township which are developed (the southern shoreline). In contrast, the average density throughout Michigan was about 164 persons per square mile in 1990. Race and Household About 10% of the Township's 1990 population were American Indian; about 0.3% were Asian, and the remainder were white (89.7%). There were 792 households in the Township in 1990, about 63% of them were married-couple families and about 24% were single-person households. The average 1990 household size in Clark Township (2.5 persons per household) was close to the County average of 2.49 persons per household. Housing In 1990, there were 2,009 housing units in the Township. The majority of these were classified as seasonal (56%). A smaller, but still large portion of the County's housing stock is also seasonal (44%). Comparatively, only about 6% of the State's housing stock is classified as seasonal. The majority of housing in the Township is single-family in nature (97%). About 5% of the housing units (108) are mobile homes; these are also classified as single family. Only 3% of the Township's housing stock is in the form of multi-family units. Single-family housing is the largest consumer of land in most Michigan communities. The Township has a high incidence of home ownership. About 80% of all housing units in the Township are owner-occupied and about 76% of all County housing units are owneroccupied. The state average is lower at 71 % owner occupancy. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-4 �The Township's housing stock is relatively new in that over 49% of it has been built since 1970. Between 1970 and 1979 alone, 771 units were built. Between 1984 and 1991, an average of 22 new housing units (including single family and multi-family) per year have gone up in the Township (see Table 2-3 and Figure 2-2). About 80% of these 173 units have been single-family units. Year Table 2·3 Construction Permits Issued for New Housmg U. nits Sinale Family• Multi-Family 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 18 Total 16 16 8 21 24 11 26 9 22 2 34 24 21 24 11 28 0 9 0 22 0 0 0 'lndudes mobile homes. Source: MidJi(}an Slate Housirl() Development Aulhoriry. Figure 2-2 Construction Permits Issued for New Housing Units 35 30 25 !!! ·e 20 ;;; • Single 0.. 0 "' Family• mMulti-Family 15 • Total 10 5 1984 1985 1986 1988 1987 1989 1990 Year *Includes mobile homes Source: Michigan State Housing Development Authority CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-5 1991 �In 1990, median value of owner-occupied housing in the Township was $50,600; higher than the County average of $43,900. Compared to other units within the County, Clark was third in terms of the value of owner-occupied housing units; behind only Mackinac Island with a median housing value of $101,800, and Moran Township with a median housing value of $52,700. The lowest median housing value in the County, was $23,800 in Hendricks Township. Age Median age in the Township is higher than the County (38.2 years of age vs. 37.1 years of age). The state's median age is much lower at 32.6 years of age. Higher median ages in both the County and the Township are due primarily to concentrations of persons 65 years and older (i.e., retirees). In the state overall, 11.9% of the population is 65 years and older; for the county, 17%; and for the Township, 16.8% (see Table 2-4). For comparative purposes, differences in median age and the percentage of persons 65 years and older is highly variable Table 2-4 Median Age 1980 State of Michigan Mackinac County Clark Township 1990 28.80 32 .30 34.80 ;::,ource: u . ;::,. L:ensus 1-'opulatJon CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-6 32.60 37.10 38.20 r"'\ t"'i' �I throughout the County. The range in median age runs from a low of 31 .6 years of age in St. Ignace Township to a high of 56.7 years of age in Bois Blanc Township. Likewise, the percentage of persons 6 5 years and over ranges from a low of · 7.7% in Mackinaw Island City to 30.5% in Bois Blanc Township. The Township's higher median age in light of a slightly lower percentage of persons 65 and over than the County may be due to the presence of "baby boomers" and preretirement aged persons. Nearly 25% of the Township's population was between 45 and 64 years old in 1990. Just over 25°/c> of the population was 18 years of age or under. Education Overall, Clark Township residents have a higher percentage of high school graduates than the County and the State. As of 1990; 77 .4% of the Township's population were high school graduates or higher, the State's figure was 76.8%. However, the state had a higher percentage of persons with a Bachelors degree or higher at 17 .4°/o vs. the Township figure of 11.5%. The County had lower figures than the state and Township with 71.4% of the population being high school graduates or higher and 10.4% with a Bachelor's degree or higher. School Enrollment Enrollment in the Les Cheneaux School District generally declined between 1970 and 1993. In 1970 the system (K- 12) had 571 students. In 1990 it was down about 39% to 410 students. In 1993, enrollments rose to 433 students, representing about a 6% increase. A reduction in the number of school-aged children was a common trend in Michigan in the late 1970s through most of the 1980s due to children born toward the end of the post WWII "baby-boom" passing through K- 12 systems. In recent years, there has been in an increase in the percentage of children under 5 years old in Michigan, which is beginning to be reflected in more recent school enrollment data. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-7 �• Economy There are two major economic factors in the local economy, 1) limestone operations by Michigan Limestone Corporation which employs 125 individuals and 2) recreation and resort oriented economic activities. Lumbering and other woodrelated operations have also some economic significance. Overall, economic growth has been somewhat slow during the last ten years, which is comparable to the national growth trend. Tourism Recreation associated with Great Lake amenities have a profound impact on Mackinac County, and Clark Township. Typically, true impacts of tourism are difficult to gauge, but there is some existing data which can present a general picture of tourism impact. According to the Michigan Travel Bureau, in 1990 Mackinac County was 14th of 83 counties in tourism-related expenditures, with $94 million spent. This money generated an estimated $23 million additional in payrolls. During the summer season much of the seasonal labor is imported to the County, especially for those tourist-related businesses on Mackinac Island and in or near the Mackinac Straits. In 1983, the Travel, Tourism and Recreation Resource Center at Michigan State University estimated the supply of Great Lakes recreational marina facilities. At that time, Mackinac County had some 41 marinas with a total of about 560 slips. Mackinac County provided well over one-quarter of all Great Lakes slips found in the Upper Peninsula (28%). Mackinac County provided over three times the number of marina slips than Grand Traverse County did at that same time. Further, in 1989, approximately 2,800 pleasure watercraft were registered to County residents and 92 boats were registered as commercial craft. Since about 70% of the pleasure craft were only 12-15. 9 feet long, it may be surmised that many of the CLARK TOWNSJm> MASTER PLAN 2-8 �larger pleasure craft frequenting the area are registered to tourists from other counties. Fishing is another indicator of water-related recreational activity. In 1989, the Michigan Department of Natural Resources recorded 6,872 annual fishing licenses purchased in Mackinac County. The majority of the annual fishing licenses were purchased by nonresidents (57%; or 3,924). Public Finance Between 1982 and 1991, the total County tax rate increased by 18.5%. In that same time period the Township tax rate increased by 125%, or over two-fold (see Table 2-5). County and school rates increase by 23% and 11 %, respectively. The Township's significant tax increase in just nine years is indicative of a Township under pressure to provide public services--services spurred by new development (urbanization). Table 2-5 Clark Township Tax Levy County Tax Rate 1982 1984 1986 1988 1991 4.35 4.49 4.50 Township Tax Rate 1.80 1.87 2.85 3.84 4.06 4.50 5.36 School Tax Rate 28.50 29.00 28.68 29.68 31.64 Source: Mtchtgan State Department of Treasury Annual Tax Levy Reports. Shifts in state equalized value (SEV) also indicate increased development. In the span of 10 years, those lands classified as residential increased in value by 61 % (see Figure 2-3). Lands classified as commercial increased in value by 63%. Conversely, natural resource-based lands, which are essentially undeveloped increased a comparatively small amount. Agricultural lands increased in value by 11 % and CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-9 �timber lands increased in value by only 2%. The smaller gain in value for these lands may be due in part to their conversion to other uses (e.g., commercial and residential). If less land is in each respective category, its rate of increase would be affected. New growth in the Township has not increased industrial SEV significantly. It grew by 11 % in ten years. Overall, total SEV in the Township increased by 49% (see Table 2-6). Perhaps more significant than the percentage change in any SEV category is the change in proportion of total SEV it represents over time. In 1982, residential SEV represented 71 % of total SEV in the Township, by 1992 it represented a larger proportion; comprising 76% of the total tax base. Conversely, in 1982, timber lands represented 6% of total SEV; and even though total value was higher in 1992, it represented a smaller proportion of total SEV at 4%. Figure 2-3 Clark Township State Equalized Value Residential 45,000,000 40,000,000 . a) :) -.; > "'O GI .!:! -.; :) r::r 35,000,000 30,000,000 25,000,000 20,000,000 w ~ 15,000,000 Cl ;;; 10,000,000 5,000,000 0 1982 1984 1986 Source: Michigan State Department of Treasury Annual 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 Aaricultural 264,250 268,485 253,060 246,828 288,315 293,330 1988 1990 1992 Re/f~r Table 2-6 Clark Township State Equalized Values Commercial Industrial Residential Timber-Cutover 3,061,930 2,379,800 26,364,317 2,402,561 3,054,943 2,371,345 27,016,034 2,234,890 3,510,726 2,181,715 2,372,505 29,154,884 3,242,168 2,372,145 31,765,170 2,221,640 4,591,485 2,636,710 39,798,666 2,508,720 4,992,495 2,636,710 42,428,217 2,459,870 Source: M1ctugan State Department of Treasury Annual Reports. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-10 Total 37,303,807 37,832,571 40,142,453 42,451,236 52,919,121 55,768,532 �Labor Force and Employment Of the 1,570 persons 16 years and over in the Township, about 58% (906) of them are in the labor force. At the time of the 1990 Census, 13.7% of the labor force was unemployed. The County had a higher figure of 15.7% and the state had a lower figure of 8.2%. The top five occupations in 1990 among Clark Township workers are listed in Table 2-7. The top five occupations represented 66% of the labor force. While occupation refers to the type of work a person does, industry refers to that sector of the economy which employs them. The top five industries in 1990 that provided jobs to Township workers are listed in Table 2-8. Table 2-7 CLARK TOWNSHIP TOP FIVE OCCUPATIONS %of Township Occupations Workers Precision Production, Craft and Repair 17% Service, Except Protective and Household 15% Administrative Support, Including Clerical 12% Executive, Administrative and Managerial Occupation 11% Sales 11% Table 2-8 CLARK TOWNSHIP TOP FIVE INDUSTRIES % of Township Industries Retail Trade Construction Education Service Manufacturing Personal Services Workers 24% 13% 10% 10% 7% The top five industries employed 64% of the work force. Other significant industries represented included public administration, mining, and health services. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-11 �I II Income There are four common measurements of income in the Census; median household income; median family income; median income of nonfamily households, and per capita income. Household income figures include all households in a community, no matter what their composition. Family income is a subset of all households. Nonfamily households is the other subset of all households and includes single-person households, and households with unrelated individuals living together. Per capita income distributes all income among each individual in a community (non-workers, like children included). In all cases, Clark Township's income figures are lower than state averages, yet higher than county averages (see Table 2-9) . It should be noted that while income levels may be lower than state averages, so too are housing values. In 1990, the median value of housing in the state was $60,600 compared to the median value of $50,600 for housing in Clark Township. Table 2-9 Median Income Levels - 1990 State Township County All households $31,020 $20,250 $19,397 Family households $36,652 $24,432 $23,097 Nonfamily households $16,690 $12, 177 $10,469 Per capita $9,987 $9,751 _ _ _ _ _ _,...__$14,154 _ _.....1,,_ _ ...;__.,___.;..__,1 Poverty levels in the Township are generally lower than state and county figures. In 1990, 11. 7% of the entire population of Clark Township was below poverty level; 16.4% of the county population and 13.1 % of the state's population was below CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-12 �poverty level. Poverty levels for subsectors of the population, however were much higher, with some of them greater than state and county figures (see Table 2-10). Two figures that bear special focus here are the percentage of children under five and female-householder (i.e., single-parent) families that are in poverty. The numbers are high--alarmingly so throughout the State. Although Clark Township has lower poverty figures for the population overall and for most subsectors of the population, its poverty figures are higher than state and county averages for children under 5 and female, single-parent households. Table 2-10 Poverty Levels Subsectors of the Population Percent in Poverty - 1990 State Township Persons 65 years and older 10.8% 7.9% Unrelated individuals 25.9% 20.1% Children 5-1 7 years of age 16.7% 14.1 % Children under 5 years of age 22.1% 26.5% Female householder families 35.8% 36.2% kg\ stations:\ word \clark\plan \chap2.doc 6-13-94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 2-13 County 14.1 % 31.4% 20.6% 25.2% 39.3% �CHAPTER 3 - NATURAL FEATURES Introduction In this chapter, natural features are described as a subset of the natural environment. In basic terms these features are topography, geology, soil, water and vegetation. They are readily identifiable and establish the most significant element of community character. Natural features are also uniquely integrated into the complex web of all natural processes which are responsible for providing a clean and health environment. In this regard the natural features which occupy the approximately 79.35 square mile land area of the Township are presented as essential base information for subsequent chapters of the Plan. Coastal and Surface Water Resources The most striking feature of the Township is its intricate shoreline of bays, peninsula's and the Les Cheneaux chain of some 25 islands. The Township's 176 miles of coast has diverse characteristics providing beaches, bays, harbors, and marshes. Several Lake Huron reefs are off the Township's coastline including Pomery, Tobin, Martin, Surveyors and Beaver Tail. Excluding Lake Huron, surface water area in the Township is relatively small (about 162 acres). Leach, Bay City, Pollock, Mud, and Bass Cove Lakes, and a few small, unnamed lakes represent the primary bulk of inland surface water in Clark Township. Bass Cove Lake is on La Salle Island. Prentiss, McKay, Flowers, Pearson, Steele, Mackinac and Law Creeks run primarily in a southeasterly direction and provide drainage directly to Lake Huron. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-1 �Topography The topographic characteristics of an area influence drainage, erosion and construction limitations. Topography also influences community character by providing scenic relief and local landmarks. In general, topography in the Township can be classified as level to gently rolling with slopes of less than 10% (see Map 3-1). There are some ridges that present scenic features including Peeka-Boo hill west of Pearson Creek and Rockview Lookout Tower area near Poglese and Chard Roads. Several hills and ridges throughout the Township, like the creeks, are generally angled in a southeasterly direction and were formed by the scouring action of ancient glacial recession. In general, the Township's land rises from the lakeshore. The approximate mean elevation of Lake Huron is 580 feet. Elevations adjacent to Lake Huron range from about 590 feet to about 650 feet. Further inland elevations generally rise reaching a maximum of 950 feet in the northwest half of the Township (the Rockview Lookout area). Islands and peninsulas form gentle mounds with high points that reach only about 5060 feet above the Lake Huron water level. Geology The geology of the Township reveals that more than half of its area has bedrock within ten feet of the surface. Generally, if bedrock is within ten feet of the surface, the overlying land is considered unsuitable for residential, commercial, and industrial development, particularly where public sewer and water facilities are not available. Areas with shallow bedrock have severe limitations for on-site sewage disposal systems. Most of the bedrock which lies under the Township is known as Paleozoic rock, which consists of limestone or engadine dolomite. Portions of these deposits are being mined in the Township (see Map 3-2). CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-2 �a: a: :::c a. ::, ...z 0 ::) ...:z 0 0::: :> Cl) 0 (.,) 0 (.,) Zo ~ 0 ~ 3: ... 0 T""" I z c.. C % 0~ ('(') ~ C ~ I- u z < ... ..,a: ... < % ... rn "'"'.., et: z < :3 ..J ., ~ .., a: ..J u DI () , . ,................. ......... ..................................................... r ii I ~~-~ \ 1:_ ·-- i • :I -· -- ,.~• • ~ .f -_ I ~ =-· ~-~ ·- ~;-. .;. - -.-:. i -_- --., ·, .L,, ¥:: '- . 11 ~ q• i - .. I ·• I = .~ - ~ :t __r - --a.~.. . . !Jl.-! ,!1, ~-. _, l -;-,,, r . ,,·---- :--·-- = = -~-. ·, ~ •. ' = = " :: i - ... ~ = = CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-3 I I �I)))) ~ -!' ······ ······-r~J.f,.11'!_._ I • I :: II . ; ~ -·+ - ,1···-·•"''' ...l... I I "I - ... lrl . . . . ..... . CLARK TOWNSHIP --"" ' i GEOLOGY I Map 3-2 i d ~ en i ij !~ ~ ~ ' - BEDROCK AT OR NEAR SURFACE D BEDROCK 10 FT . BEYOND SURFACE �I Soils Soils are an essential part of the area's natural resources and. are important in determining building foundation strength, effectiveness of septic tank sewage disposal, plant fertility, erosion hazards, and drainage conditions. All of these factors are crucial in determining the nature and extent of development that should occur within the Township. A general soils survey, which was done during the 1920's, is the only reliable soils information available for the Township. Soil analysis presented in the 1970's Master Plan indicates that the majority of the land in the Township has severe limitations for agriculture, commercial forestry and on-site septic systems. The original soil survey indicates that most of the area in the Township has stony (calcareous) soils except the northwest corner of the Township, where soils are more sandy. The northwest four sections of the Township have heavy blue clays. There are two other very small areas which have bedrock types of soils, these are the areas with limestone deposits (see Map 3-3). Wetlands and Drainage Ways Clark Township has a significant amount of wetland. Most of the wetland areas of the Township consist of lowland conifers and low lying wetland predominate with hydric soils. The presence of wetland can be found scattered throughout Clark Township. Most may not be covered with water year round, but will show the tell tales signs of a wetland habitat by the presence of wetland vegetation and hydric soils. Some of the wetlands in Clark Township are interconnected or contiguous, providing a distinctive network of "natural" areas throughout the Township. Wetlands have traditionally been regarded as wastelands-sources of mosquitoes, flies and unpleasant odors. Presently wetlands are viewed as a valuable resource responsible for flood control, as habitat for wildlife, and as aesthetic resources contributing to the natural beauty of watercourses and lakes (see Map 3-4). Currently, wetland in the CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-5 �t t CLARK TOWNSHIP GENERAL SOILS ~OtklU NO lfD "''::·:· ~·:·:c:r.:::~ ::-:-r.:: :~ .. ~~ ~:!!::'.!iii:~ ;~~!~!'. !: Map 3-3 ., .... tsl ····· •····· ,········ •·•···1. . ··········· . . . :::::::::::: 1:::::: ., D F::::7 ~ a e - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l,.. I :x: .... .,_"'.:l ;~ ~ ~ ~ "'.:l s: < ' Mucks & Wet Course Sands Sandy Soils Stony Soils "Calcareous II Bedrock Soils �A :-c en C. z u, 3: ~ o< Q_ E l1l Vl I rJJ ,-i Ill I ·rl _J > 0 (/) .µ .µ l1l "O l Ill "O Ol "O >- I ii) > a - 0 -,-{ 0 <( ..J (J l1l ,-i -,-{ I-~ ~ ~ D! > "O C Ill Vl Ill .Y O 0 l1l 3: ..J & / i t ~ CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3.7 ' �Township is protected by federal and state laws, and a local Township regulation. Vegetative Cover The majority of the Township is under forest cover. The eastern part is composed primarily of second growth mixed hardwoods; and, the western part, primarily of cedars, other conifers and scrub growth. Much of the forested areas of the Township are not of commercial grade. Many of the islands are heavily forested as are wetland areas adjacent to creeks and intermittent streams. Extensive areas of wetlands and hydric soils are dispersed throughout the Township (see Map 3-5). Most of the waterfront areas of the islands are identified as swampy and low lying. There are no areas classified as floodplains in the Township. Sensitive Areas Over the past few years, the Nature Conservancy has conducted an environmental survey in Clark Township. This survey contains an inventory of those plant species which are either endangered or are in one way or another under attack by competitive forces. The majority of these sites are wetlands and have been depicted with the aid of U.S. Fish and Wildlife these areas in the hope that their biological diversity will be preserved. Prudent management of these sensitive area will ensure the preservation of these natural habitats. Four levels of environmentally sensitive area are shown on Map 3-6: most sensitive, very sensitive, sensitive and least sensitive. They correspond to levels 1 through 4 of the following respective definitions. They are: (see Map 3-6). CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-8 �-:a.c 0::: (/)W z> 8 QC 3: t- ~ ~ en ~~ <( 0 ...J u. (.) LO I ('f) C. co ~ -0 C -0 C ro ro M M 3 Q. 0 :J _J -0 -0 II) II) 1J 0 1J 0 0 3 0 3 lSJB / CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-9 �a. >:::c _. _. en < <wen z zI- 0::: 31: w < - 0~ w I- z > ~~ ~ -enz a::s; w <z en -' w 0 QJ (0 I (") C. ro ~ > • rl .µ .µ • rl • rl l/l l/l C QJ VI .µ l/l 0 :E QJ > QJ > • rl C QJ VI >c.. QJ > •rl .µ • rl QJ > • rl .µ • rl l/l C QJ VI .µ l/l l/l QJ QJ _J C VI ~ ~UIHIJ Ill • CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-10 �Level 1 The most pristine habitats; those containing high concentrations of globally important biological diversity, or the best remaining, most productive wetlands useful to fish spawning, water purification, and other valuable attributes. Level 2 Sites which play a critical role in protecting environmental health or contain high concentrations of statewide important biological diversity, Level 3 Sites which play a fundamental role in protecting environmental health. Level 4 These areas represent the other, primarily terrestrial, natural and developed areas of the Township. Any future development or land use of these areas should evaluate impacts on the higherranked sensitive areas as well as the impact on the natural values of the site itself (such as water and air pollution mitigation, recreation, aesthetics, etc.). A preferred strategy is to concentrate development in small areas (especially those already developed) and leave larger areas in low intensity uses such as selective forestry and recreation. Environmental Quality Issues Environmental quality in the context of this discussion focuses on the natural environment, namely water quality, aquatic and terrestrial habitat, fisheries and wildlife populations, and human impacts upon them. A variety of human activities, most of them associated directly or indirectly with land use, impact environmental quality. Environmental quality is degraded primarily by 1) the introduction of pollutants, 2) the alteration of natural processes (e.g., watershed functions) and; 3) the destruction of aquatic or terrestrial habitat. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-11 �Pollutants Pollutants are usually byproducts of human activity. They are generally transported and distributed via air or water. Contributors of pollutants include municipal and industrial wastewater treatment discharges, residential, commercial and agricultural nonpoint runoff, individual septic systems, soil sediment carried in stormwater runoff, waste disposal sites, leaking storage tanks, toxic waste spills, waste injection wells and atmospheric deposition. Municipal sewage waste is typically discharged to receiving waters via a pipe, ditch or channel (point source). Non point pollutants come from dispersed sources (e.g., pavement runoff, mining activities, construction sites, agricultural fields, faulty septic systems) and are transported via air, groundwater and/ or stormwater runoff to receiving water bodies. Pollutants are usually placed in one of four general categories; nutrients, sediments, toxics and pathogens. Plant nutrients, primarily nitrogen and phosphorus, that enter surface waters in concentrated levels can drastically alter natural ecological processes by stimulating booms in aquatic plant growth. Such booms choke surface waters with weeds and algae, deplete oxygen levels, and can smother certain species of aquatic organisms; changing the ecological composition of water habitat. Since there is limited agricultural activity in the Township, the majority of nutrient loads to Township waters are likely to come from overuse of commercial fertilizers in residential and commercial development and from faulty septic systems. Soil Erosion Soil erosion and sedimentation are a major source of pollution to Michigan waterways. Stormwater runoff washes soil from unprotected ground and carries it to receiving waters. As the CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-12 �soil travels in runoff it picks up additional pollutants (oils, pesticides, etc.). Eventually, eroded soil settles surface waters as sediment. Sediment: 1) damages the ability of the waterway to serve its natural functions by eroding channels, depleting oxygen and smothering habitat; 2) effects navigability and recreational uses of surface waters, and; 3) clogs drainageways, increasing public costs and chances of flooding. Because of its relatively high percentage of forest cover, most of the Township's sandy or gravely soils are protected from excessive runoff and erosion. Forest cover slows runoff velocities and, therefore, its damaging effects. The Township should take measures to assure the retention of vegetative cover to protect against future soil erosion and sedimentation. Toxic Substances A toxic substance is defined as a substance which can cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological or reproductive malfunctions or physical deformities in any organism or its offspring, or which can become poisonous after concentration in the food chain or in combination with other substances. Many toxics are persistent -i n that they do not readily break down. Toxics can originate from industrial and commercial processes, leaking underground storage tanks, faulty landfills, or the misuse of certain household products. Pathogens (disease-causing bacteria, viruses or parasites) generally originate from human or animal waste which enter surface or groundwater through leaching and/ or runoff. The primary source for pathogen contamination in the Township is via faulty septic systems. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-13 �Alteration of Natural Processes A brief overview of the natural processes of an environment can best be explained at the watershed level. A watershed is that land area that drains into a lake, river, or creek system. Although it is not completely isolated, a watershed is a rather self-contained biological unit. Its significant in that environmental quality is often overlooked in the arena of human activity. Very briefly, components of a watershed and their relative functions are: Flowing water - Microorganisms help breakdown pollutants through natural biological processes. Water is aerated as it travels downstream over channel obstructions. Habitat is provided to many useful aquatic species which help feed terrestrial organisms. _ Drainageways - Drainageways convey stormwater and meltwater to surface waters, allowing sediment and other pollutants to settle out prior to discharge into surface water. Wetlands - Wetlands provide a buffer for flooding by storing stormwaters. Silt and sediment settle or filter out before discharge into a lake or stream. Diverse habitat is also provided for fish and wildlife. Wetlands serve as breeding ground for many species of fish, insects and waterfowl. Groundwater - Groundwater adds to the base flow of surface waters during the dry season, stabilizing micro ecosystems. It also very often is the source for domestic water consumption. Vegetation - Vegetation stabilizes soils, preventing erosion and sedimentation. Slows the velocity of stormwater and its damaging effects. Provides cover to adjacent streams which keeps water temperature down (this is especially important in trout streams). Soils - Soils provide a medium and nutrients for vegetation. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-14 �Human Intervention Human activity in the environment can greatly disrupt the natural processes found in a watershed. Various land uses have their own brand of impacts on the watershed, water quality, and ultimately, environmental quality: New construction sites contribute sediment to surface waters. Once developed, stormwater flows over impervious surfaces (rooftops, parking areas, roadways and sidewalks) picking up soil, dust, gas, oil, road salt, and other residues, which are quickly transported into drains, streams, wetlands, and lakes. Residential uses can contribute fertilizers and pesticides to surface waters. Improper disposal of hazardous wastes (e.g., oils and solvents) can contribute to water quality degradation. Malfunctioning septic systems can degrade both surface and groundwater quality. Septic systems can release toxics into groundwater. Chemical solvents are not broken down the same way sewage is broken down (bacterially). Many chemical solvents are able to pass though a septic system and soils in their original state. Mown lawns provide much less buffering for stormwater than natural vegetation does. Impervious surfaces in residential development also cany residues to surface waters. Agriculture introduces nutrients, pesticides, and sediment which flow as runoff into surface waters, some pollutants also reach groundwater. Bulk storage of animal manure and farm chemicals, and underground and above ground fuel storage tanks are examples of point source threats. There is limited agricultural activity in the Township, so issues associated with agricultural pollution are not as acute as they are in other areas of the state. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-15 �Act 307 Sites 307 sites are parcels of known soils or groundwater pollution .. Those land use activities that have the highest risk of becoming 307 sites are those that generate, use, store and dispose of hazardous substances. These are generally private commercial and industrial operations, but public facilities can have operations which use hazardous substances. Many commonly used materials are hazardous substances including petroleum-based products, chemicals, solvents, acids and salts. Hazardous waste generators must be registered with the Department of Natural Resources (MDNR). The Township hosts three facilities registered with the MDNR; an AT&T relay station on M-134; which generates nonhazardous industrial waste; Michigan Limestone, which is classified as a small quantity generator and, a Michigan Department of Transportation facility on County 124, which is classified as a large generator. There are two sites of known environmental contamination in the County identified under P.A. 307 of 1982, the Michigan Environmental Response Act. Neither of the identified sites are in Clark Township. There are only 12 hazardous waste generators in the County. Underground storage tanks can also pose threats to groundwater quality. According to the Michigan State University Institute for Water Research, "a leakage rate of two drops per second can result in the loss of up to 500 gallons of fuel per year and can contaminate up to 500 million gallons of water to the level where odor and taste make it unacceptable for drinking". In Michigan, underground storage tanks are registered with the Michigan State Police, Fire Marshal's Division. Although the existing data base does not have township-specific data it can be searched by mailing address. As of July, 1993 there were 37 facilities with a total of 77 tanks registered to the Cedarville/Hessel area. Of these; 16 facilities are active and 38 tanks are active--less than half of all area tanks and facilities recorded with the state. kg \ stations: \ word \ cl ark \ plan\ chap3.doc CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 3-16 �CHAPTER 4 - COMMUNITY GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES Introduction The issues, and likewise; the goals and objectives that follow are derived from: 1) an analysis of present conditions; 2) a community-wide attitude survey, performed by the Township in 1991 and 3) a leadership survey in the summer of 1993, performed by the Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. The issues, goals and objectives, as presented in this draft, are not in any particular order with respect to their importance or relative priority to the Township. Future iterations of this material, however, may include a prioritization of objectives. The Purpose of Goals and Objectives The purpose for developing goals and objectives is to create a set of future oriented statements that can help guide land use and infrastructure decisions. They serve as a set of guidelines against which the validity of land use proposals, plans and policies can be measured. Goals and objectives are critical components within the planning process because they define the collective desires of the community. Defining Goals Goals serve as target statements describing the desired future physical, social and political environment of the community. Not all goals are necessarily on the same time line. Some goals can be reached sooner than others, while still others require special preparation and management to be fully achieved. It is the intent of this Plan to establish some goals that the community will achieve over the life of this Plan and also to set some goals that reach beyond. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-1 �Defining Objectives Objectives are statements that define how a goal is to be achieved. Often multiple objectives are attached to the attainment of a single goal. Because there are often multiple ways to achieve a goal, objectives often explore every opportunity that would assist in the attainment of the goal both within and outside of a community's resources. Objectives must be real, obtainable and sound. In simple terms objectives must be "do-able". Economic Development Goal statement: Promote diverse, high quality sustainable economic development in the Township. Objective: Work with economic development agencies and the Chamber of Commerce to attract new jobs with incomes sufficient to support a family. Objective: Work with the school system and appropriate social, business and service groups to improve skill development and employment opportunities for youth Objective: Work with area merchants to tie shops and recreational facilities together with plantings, a boardwalk and other pedestrian-oriented facilities. Objective: Work more closely with the local Chippewa Indian community to develop new economic opportunities in the Township. Objective: Support area merchants in the expansion of fall and winter tourism. Also assist in the expansion of summer services (e.g., expanded store hours, coordinated promotional activities, a common business theme, welcome center). CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-2 �Land Use Goal statement: Manage renewable resources and develop other land in an environmentally and economically sustainable manner for the benefit of present and.future generations. Objective: Develop and maintain a database and maps identifying environmentally sensitive areas. Objective: Ensure environmentally sensitive areas are protected from unsound development. Objective: Annually review and update the master plan and land use regulations to keep the planning focus up-to-date. Objective: Coordinate all land use controls to prevent duplication and unnecessary "red tape". Objective: Implement and consistently enforce all adopted land use regulations. Community Character Goal statement: Retain the natural coastal heritage of the Township, its sensitive naturalfeatures and its woodlands as a central feature of the rural character of the Township. Objective: Promote new development and redevelopment which is of similar scale and character as the existing, smallscale, cottage-like development found throughout most of the Township. Objective: Limit building heights, particularly along waterfront areas. Objective: Protect scenic views throughout the Township, particularly at high points and near coastal areas. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-3 �Q Objective: Require underground utilities in all new subdivision development and on multiple lot redevelopment efforts. Objective: Develop sign regulations that minimize clutter, confusion and aesthetic degradation while permitting reasonable opportunities for announcement of products and services available in the Township. Objective: Increase the amount of formal plantings, including unique arrangements in character with the community, (e.g., wildflower plantings). Objective: Institute commercial facade guidelines for area businesses with support from the area Chamber of Commerce. Environmental Protection and Natural Resources Goal statement: Preserve and protect natural habitat and biologic.functions in the watersheds of the Township. Objective: Include special measures to preserve the environmental integrity of Township coastal areas and the Les Cheneaux Islands in local development regulations. Objective: Investigate, enact guidelines for and encourage the use of creatively designed development which retain open areas, indigenous vegetation and other natural features. Objective: Offer development incentives (probably in the form of higher density) to persons using creative design concepts permitted by the Township. Objective: Enact more detailed and encompassing vegetation buffering requirements as part of the zoning ordinance. Objective: Protect unique and large stands of trees along coastal areas, waterways and urbanizing areas. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-4 �Objective: Institute measures through site plan review and other land use control techniques that help prevent surface and ground water pollution. Objective: Limit the density of development relying on on-site septic systems in areas not served by public sewer. Objective: Protect groundwater quality via a septic system maintenance program and through appropriate site plan review standards for those developments that use or sell toxic or hazardous substances. Objective: Retain indigenous vegetation on developing and developed sites to protect against excessive runoff, soil erosion and sedimentation. Objective: Engage in a community-wide stormwater management program that minimizes the use of man-made drainage systems by reducing disturbances to natural drainageways and by retaining natural floodplain and wetland areas for their stormwater retention capabilities. Objective: Investigate the potential of providing a public water system when the demonstrated need is present and adequate financing is available. Objective: Ensure fish cleaning and proper waste disposal areas are provided near docking and landing areas. Community Services and Infrastructure Goal Statement: Provide economically and geographically efficient public services to Township residents in line with the rural character of the Township. Objective: Continue a strict urban services district policy for the provision of public services in the Cedarville/Hessel areas. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-5 �Objective: Develop a capital improvements program and budgeting process for new capital facilities at least six years into the future. Objective: Work with the County Health Department and Department of Public works on designing a better island rubbish pick-up program which may include trash compaction. Objective: Work with the County Road Commission and Michigan Department of Transportation to investigate the need for a traffic signal at the intersection of M-134 and M-129. Objective: Investigate the feasibility of upgrading road shoulders for bicycle, roller blade and pedestrian use. Objective: Schedule and budget rehabilitation of the existing Township Hall. Housing Goal Statement: Provide safe, decent and affordable housing for current and.future residents of the Township. Objective: Work with the Michigan Department of Commerce to promote the use of their housing rehabilitation programs by citizens in need across the Township. Objective: Investigate the need for a Township Housing Commission. Social Needs Goal statement: Help existing human service agencies meet human service and housing needs of residents of the Township. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-6 �Objective: Assist in the development of a community directory of local, county and state government agencies, churches, charitable and civic organizations to improve communication, . service provision and community awareness of area services. Public Safety Goal Statement: Improve local development regulations to minimize public safety problems associated with new development and enhance as necessary, local public safety programs. Objective: Regulate the development of private roads to ensure safe access. Objective: Prevent the proliferation of strip development along the highway with a special emphasis on ensuring adequate driveway spacing. Objective: Prevent the development of land-locked parcels by monitoring lot splits through locally instituted lot split regulations. Objective: Enact site plan review standards in the zoning ordinance that address access control and other public safety concerns. Objective: Improve fire protection and police protection programs as the need is identified and financial resources are available. Recreational and Cultural Opportunities Goal statement: Provide a variety of cultural and recreational opportunities to residents of the Township no matter what their age or physical limitations. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-7 �Objective: Provide expanded outdoor recreational opportunities which focus on and protect the unique natural resources of the Township (i.e., islands, coastal areas, wetlands). Objective: Work with interested conservation groups to protect coastal amenities. Objective: Increase non-boating public access to Lake Huron and the shoreline. Objective: Increase boating facilities in or near Hessel and Cedarville. Objective: Appoint a formal recreation board to assist with facilities planning and events programming in the Township. Objective: Increase picnicking areas on the islands and shoreline. Objective: Develop a formal bicycle path that ties together Township amenities; e.g., Hessel and Cedarville, state and federal recreational facilities and the islands/coastal areas. Objective: Develop swimming beaches in the Les Cheneaux Area. Objective: Investigate the use of road ends for public access to Lake Huron. Objective: Investigate the need for public restrooms and existing or future recreational facilities. Objective: Develop expanded game facilities at public facilities (e.g., horseshoes, volleyball courts, rollerblade/skateboarding areas). CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-8 �Objective: Strengthen and develop facilities to support special community events, such as; all-season festivals, plays, antique boat shows, band concerts and cultural arts. Objective: Investigate adaptive reuse of appropriate existing structures for recreational and cultural events. Objective: Concentrate additional attention on the adequacy of youth activities in the Township. Involve a cross-section of interest groups to effectively address the issue. Objective: Work with the Michigan Department of Natural Resources to develop a stronger sport fishery in the Township. Objective: Work with authorities to address water safety and boating issues. Objective: Work to enhance and protect historic sites in the Township. Objective: Work with the Historical Association to identify and register historic buildings and sites as appropriate. Objective: Require developers to submit site plans and project descriptions to the state historic preservation officer for assessment the site's possible archaeological significance. Objective: Work with community groups like the Historical Association, Island Association and the Chamber of Commerce to coordinate and expand recreational and cultural activities. kg\stat1on5:\word\clark\plan\chap4.doc 6 -9 -94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 4-9 '' �CHAPTER 5 - PUBLIC SERVICES, FACILITIES AND TRANSPORTATION Introduction This chapter reviews existing and planned public facilities, services, and transportation systems in Clark Township. Public services and related infrastructure includes sewage disposal, water service, fire and police protection, recreational and cultural facilities. Transportation relates to various classifications and types of roads within the Township. The intent of this chapter is to provide a strategy where public services and transportation systems are delivered in tandem with development activity so that land development occurs harmoniously with adjacent lands and in a manner that is consistent with public's ability to provide needed public facilities. A description of each service and system is provided below. Sewage Treatment Until recently, only limited sewer service was available in the Township. The first sewer system in Clark Township was constructed in 1972, serving only the Village of Cedarville. The initial design combined gravity flow and pressurization systems and consisted of two pump stations, two lagoons and a spray irrigation facility. Pond leakage, lack of an adequate discharge system, unfavorable conditions for on-site sewage disposal systems and aquifer contamination prompted the need to upgrade the old system, enlarge its processing capacity and consequently expand the service area. The original service area was built around M-134 and Griffith Street, serving approximately 200 dwelling units. A recent expansion, completed during the summer of 1993, extended sewer lines west along M-134 into Hessel and Hessel Point; and east of CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-1 �Cedarville along M-134, into Connors Point Hill and No. 8 Island (See Map 5-1). TABLE 5-1 SEWER FACILITY CAPACITY Plant Clark Township Waste Water Facility Current Built Capacity .2002 mgd Average Dally Flows Excess Capacity Treatment Level Expandability . 108 mgd .092 mgd Tertiary discharged into Pearson Creek/Lake Huron Limited by geography The new sewer system has been designed to accommodate current and future demands. The current capacity of this system is .2 million gallons per day (mgd) as determined by the capacity of the existing storage lagoons. The pumping and processing facility has the capacity to process more than the storage lagoons will hold and expandability is limited to the availability of suitable land for more storage space. At the present time, all hook up requests within the existing service area have been satisfied and significant adjacent undeveloped land still remains. Since the system's completion, the flow meters have not been functional and actual flows are not yet available but, an average daily flow has been estimated at .108 mgd. This was derived by multiplying the average household size (2.5 persons per household) times a .per person usage rate (75 gallons per day) times the current number of hookups (576). The excess capacity under this method of calculation and is .092 mgd (see Table 5-1) . By using the same method to derive unutilized capacity, approximately 490 additional residential µnits could be accommodated before consuming the excess capacity. Applying 490 dwelling units to the current allowable minimum development density for R-1 through R-3 zones (ldu/ 10,000 s.f.) the developed area would be slightly less than 113 acres. In contrast, the 576 hook-ups in the existing service area extend over 1500 acres, much of CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-2 �a::: w ~ CL w - en :C C en w Zen ~~ 00 ..... ~ ~c c::z U) z a:: i= (.) sw w 0 "'I""" I LO a. ca ~ --i~ . w .a:: U) C, z Cl s I I- U) 0 X ...J w LL << ..J u~I- a:: w w U) s sw z I I· I (!) r -en><w U) I I O' j I I ]• ; II 3] I -Qi, • 0 "' I CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-3 �which is sparsely developed land. Most of the existing development activity is concentrated near the waterfront. The presence of wetlands, hydric soils or other sensitive environmental features will limit the full utilization of the entire 1500 acres for future development purposes. For planning purposes, approximately 500 additional acres can be added to the existing service area to include both properties within and immediately adjacent to the existing service district. This 500 additional acres is comprised of undeveloped properties where sewer mainlines and lateral lines are already in place and will constitute an expanded Service District as described (or discussed) below. Public Service Districts The development of public service districts is based upon the strategy that as new development occurs, public services necessary to serve it are in place and where no services exist, the land has sufficient carrying capacity to accommodate development. It is a strategy intended to concentrate development above 1 dwelling/ acre in select areas of the Township. Map 5-2 depicts five public service districts: Existing Service District, Expanded Service District, proposed Future Service District, Rural Service District and Island Service District. Existing, Expanded and Future Service Districts The Existing Service District includes all the area encompassing existing hook-ups and the Expanded Service District includes adjacent land that could easily be included at some point in the future. Together, the existing and expanded service districts consume the entire capacity of the existing sewer system. Thus, additional areas could be served only with expansion of the treatment facility. Future expansion of CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-4 ~ �CLARK TOWNSHIP PROPOSED PUBLIC SERVICE DISTRICTS Map 5-2 -u - E ~ 6 ; 9' ~ en ~ ~ f/l ~ ~ ~2: ' Expanded Service Dislricl Proposed Fulure Service Dislricl Existing Sewer Service Dislricl ~ Rural Septic Syslem D Island Septic Syslem Dislricl District ~ �the system requires construction of additional storage lagoons. If constructed, additional treatment lines could be extended to those properties which lie adjacent to the waterfront but outside of expanded service district. Expansion would involve extending existing sewer laterals east and west along M-134. Table 5-2 shows the number of private septic system permits issued over the last ten years. The average number of permits issued per year was 32, compared to an average of 26 well permits. Although these figures cannot be interpreted to mean 32 constructed buildings each year (as some were replacement systems), it does provide some TABLE 5-2 WELL AND SEPTIC SYSTEM PERMITS CLARK TOWNSHIP, MACKINAC COUNTY Year 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 Septic System 27 28 25 36 37 41 25 38 36 36 Number of Permits Issued Well 18 16 29 24 28 25 27 30 33 36 indication of development activity in Clark Township. At the current rate of growth, the need for sewer service within the proposed Future Service District is at least 20 years away. A change in growth rates, however, could accelerate the need for service within this area. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-6 �tn a. z -0 :c ~ u z_ (/)~ 3: ~ 0 ...I t- 9 ~~ 0:: u. <~ ..J I- (.) fb tn ("t') I LO 0. rn ~ <]) <]) ~ ~ <]) tel ~ (Cl L L ..c a: (1) <]) Q) L (]) > u ~ <]) 0 0 (Cl (.tl 2 L 3: • (J) ~ IJ~ • CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-7 �Rural Service Districts '' ~ The Rural Service District is characterized by low development densities, no public infrastructure and a predominance of septic field systems. Porous soils and shallow geology have made for severe conditions for the citing of septic systems in over 98% of the Township's land area. Map 5-3 graphically depicts surficial soils limitations for residential septic systems. This map should also be viewed in tandem with Geological Characteristics. Limitations ranging from severe to slight are shown with severe limitations having the lightest pattern and slight limitations having the darkest. Areas not rated are shown in cross-hatch and lakes or large ponds are shown in black. This map also indicates a part of the northwest portion of the Township as suitable for development based on septic systems. It is characterized by natural geologic formations of unique proportions and composition, marked by glacial escarpments, perched wetlands and sharp contrasts in elevation. In particular, the Rockview Lookout Tower sits approIDm.ately 180 feet above the mean elevation of the township, providing an opportunity for panoramic views of the surround landscape. This area's unique physical characteristics, together with its relative suitability for accommodating private septic systems, has resulted in a high level of land parcelization, significantly more intensive than other sections of the township. Presently, the Chippewa County Health Department administers the septic approval processes for all of Mackinac County and has done so without the aid of a modern soils survey. The United States Soil Conservation Service has recently completed all field work for a modern soil survey and has identified all soil classifications in a preliminary report. The final report should be out sometime during the summer of 1994. With current information in-hand, Chippewa County Health officials can conduct area suitability assessments with more confidence and knowledge of Clark Township's CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-8 ,- �indigenous soil conditions. Future residents in the Rural Service Districts will have the benefit of this resource when selecting future homesites. Island Service Districts The availability of public services within the Island Service District are extremely limited as access is by watercraft only and seasonal change makes the provision of most services during winter months very difficult. The islands are also host to some of the Township's most sensitive environments and are vulnerable to intensive forms of development. Current development density on the islands is generally low but, is more intensive than found in the rural areas of the mainland. The intent of this Plan is to encourage only low density future development on,,, the islands in areas that avoid sensitive environments.'doing so will not only protect areas that contribute to the tourist economy, but also will avoid the need for extensive public infrastructure and associated costs. Potable Water There is no public water supply system in Clark Township and no plans are underway to develop one. Individual wells tapping groundwater are the most common system utilized, although some island residents get their water directly from Lake Huron. The Chippewa County Health Department has recommended that a public water supply system be developed. Private wells in select areas of the Township have become contaminated by failing septic systems. Most existing private wells are shallow; less than 100 feet deep. Furthermore, groundwater is in unconfined aquifers so there is no cap (clay, or other impervious material) between the upper and lower aquifer layers found within bedrock. The bedrock is comprised of dolomite limestone and is fractured due to glaciation and weathering over time. These fractures permit contaminants to CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-9 �easily migrate from upper to lower aquifers. The Chippewa County Health Department has recently required that all new wells be drilled to depths greater than 100 and that a grouting system, which seals the entire casing, be employed in an attempt to mitigate the migration of contaminants. Stormwater Management Stormwater drainage has been identified as a problem in many areas south of M-134, particularly within the Hodeck Road corridor. Throughout Clark Township's coastal areas filling and grading have altered natural drainage patterns and old stormwater drainage tiles have collapsed in many areas near the Lake. Two primary issues stand in the way of resolving existing drainage problems. The first is the lack of a County Drain Commissioner with the authority to develop standards, regulate and finance drainage projects. The second is the need to protect existing wetland amenities, which have already been damaged by improper filling and grading activities. Since the Township has limited agricultural development, drainage facilities would be primarily for residential and commercial development. One of the best ways to address drainage issues is preventative: work to reduce sediment and hazardous chemical discharge from existing development and isolate future development and redevelopment from hydric soils, coastal floodplains and wetlands. Electric Power Electric power is provided by the Edison Sault Electric Company from Sault Ste. Marie and Cloverland Electric Co-op, Inc., of Dafter. Electric power service, for domestic, industrial and commercial uses is considered adequate at this time. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-10 �~ Police and Fire Protection The Township has excellent fire protection equipment and services. The islands however, because of their isolation, cannot get as prompt responses as available on the mainland. The Township does have a fire boat although, the service available to the islanders is very limited. Yet, in a recent township-wide survey, 62% of the respondents agreed that, in general, fire service was adequate. Police protection and marine law enforcement are provided by the County Sheriffs Department. Ambulance services are also provided by the Township. Results of the 1992 Township citizen opinion survey show that 70% of the respondents agreed that the ambulance service was adequate; while only 40% agreed that services from the Sheriffs Department were adequate and only 33% felt that marine safety services were adequate. a· Recreational and Cultural Facilities There are a variety of recreational facilities available in the Township, including boating and camping facilities, trails, play fields, gyms and a golf course (see Table 5-3 and Map 5-4). The Township is responsible for both the Hessel and Cedarville mooring, launching and harbor facilities; the community center, and several outdoor sport facilities. The Cedarville Branch Library, located in Clark Township, is a separate entity from the Township. Over the past several years, the Township has been seeking to locate a new public beach on the waterfront as a compliment to existing recreational opportunities. Recent efforts in this search have been focused in the Hessel area. It is not surprising that in the 1992 community opinion survey, the activities most often engaged in by respondents were boating, hunting, fishing, walking and swimming. Boating and fishing activities were in the top two and virtually all of the high response activities in the Township were resource-based oriented. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-11 �Although the historic significance of the Les Cheneaux Islands has been briefly touched upon it should be noted that there are no registered state or federal historic sites in the Township. Likewise, there are no recorded archaeological sites. However, there is an active historical society and historic sites are being documented. Transportation The western border of the Township is approximately 24 miles northeast of the Mackinac Bridge. Highway M-134 provides major east-west access, running near the coastline and through the Township. Highway M-129 generally bisects the Township and provides major north/south access, starting at Cedarville running north to the City of Sault Ste. Marie. Both highways are in good condition and carry a large volume of traffic throughout the year (see Map 5-5). M-129 is also Michigan's principal meridian. Three Mile Road running North/South and serving the Western sections of the Township, functions as a collector road primarily for rural residents. Although the majority of roads in the Township are gravel many principle arterials and collector roads are paved, including a mile stretch of Nordquist Road and a 1.5 mile stretch of Swede Road east of M-129 (see Map 5-6). The Michigan Department of Transportation and the Mackinac County Road Commission have classified Clark Township roadways as follows: • M-134 and M-129 are classified as state trunklines. • Outside Hessel and Cedarville, and inland from the coast; St Ig1:ace,_ 3-Mile, and Swede Roads are classified as county pnmanes. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-12 �t . , • .,1u11 11u11,1 /fl'OA(U =--= . . .:. l. . :·;1·. . . ..,............= . .r. . . . . ~- ~·~ .~ 1-=-c¥¥~-- -t- m-- ·ill.---- -:::..... , ~ II :----,-,- ~ ·-" '- • " .~_6j~ r ,. ~,*\"•.~ " -0. II " {' II • :I • . -· - $1A'£Df !...... INDik . .... \ '.'. . - -=- r" :i,t: ~ ,. II '\- ~ --+I -=-I CLARK TOWNSHIP ., . ., IIO :·······r·· ....:.......:.................. -1.--•-·-- !!, II I "\\.. --- lI' RECREATION FACILITIES (, II II l Map 5-4 \._~11 -~. , ~ I '- -·· ·---· ~ ~ r, d - - -- •- -, ----; ~ --,j ~! ~~ -· ·- ,- ~~""'' · ~ w>tj ~ en ~ ~ ~ ~~ ' 1 . Government Island Picnic Areas 2. Finger Piers at Hessel Marina 3. DNR Snowmobile Trail 4. Scenic Turnout 5. Hessel Boat Harbor and Ramp 6. Outdoor Skating Rink, Basketball Court, Tennis Court 7. Softball Field 8. Community Center 9. Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility 10. Athletic Field 11. Indoor School Facilities 12. Les Cheneaux Club * Numbers 6, 8, 9, 10, and 11 are located in Cedarville �TABLE 5-3 CLARK TOWNSHIP RECREATION FACILITIES OWNERSHIP Federal NAME 1. Government Island Picnic Area 2. Finger Piers at Hessel Marina 3. Clark Township Snowmobile Trails Township Private and State 4. State highway Scenic Turnout (M-134) 5. Hessel Boat Harbor and Ramp State Township 6. Outdoor Skating Rink, Basketball, Tennis Court Township 7. Softball Field 8. Community Center Township Township 9. Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility Township 10. Athletic Field Les Cheneaux Community Schools 11. Indoor School Facilities Les Cheneaux Community Schools Private (but open to public) 12. Les Cheneaux Club Golf Course FACILITY 4 picnic tables, 2 grills, 2 vault-type toilets. Fishing, walking and boating opportunities. Trails inter-connect with State, County and other private trails. Picnic tables. 10 transient accommodations, gasoline, telephone (pay station) , water, restrooms (flush toilets), showers, haulout facilities. Outdoor concrete skating rink, basketball court at one end, tennis court at other end. Backstop, filed. Large hall, bathrooms, kitchen, stage, storage rooms, skating warming room. Boat launching ramp, parking, mooring area, picnic tables. Football/baseball/ softball combination area, tennis court, basketball court. Gymnasium, all-purpose room, older gymnasium. Nine-hole golf course. *Numbers correspond to identical numbers on Map CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-14 �• I) ~ CLARK TOWNSHIP TRAFFIC COUNTS Map 5-5 II ~ 11 I I I/ ;_500PV .. irbf I ' ' At::.nnAn\/1 , •··~~·, ~ I . , , III i I IJ ,--··· ' I ____ lnnn.n. Al""\\/ ,. I ~ 6 en I ~ l 1l t<F;l)J:w~.tri r,~~~·lr-t~~(L ~ • ~tJ-~e+ktik-r-H---lW-C=i nm-.u I II 111 I ~~ en "ti ~ C/l ~ ~ ~~ ~ \ 1983 AVERAGE DAILY VOLUME 1991 AVERAGE DAILY VOLUME 1991 PEAK VOLUME �a. (/) z S: z en Q zt3: ~ i== - coI Cl z 0 a::: v,0 a. rn o<t ,ctO ocr crJ ow ~ C) ~ (/) Vl I.O 0 CJ I-~ z c:::z i== <( ~ ..J .... A I~~~ 0 (/) c:: ~I ~~ w~ cc: ~ a:: a. I.!) < :;: 8 (/) >< w 0 ~, F~ ~ ....... , •• ••••• •••••••••••..• ························· ··· ·•.•· ······ .. ••••• ••••• .. ·;t• - :: <-' !1l E : - - - , - - - - - - .4:-.:zs.;~, ;; -;_. ~ -t-?.J~{ ---· ~., 7 I r l qt . , -1• "' o~t ~f . d:i::r. ....,..rf __-' - ·1---:,-- - -· --_r I ~G-•• f I r :I -! = 'Oil/ t' .111#1 "' ! ' ... = :: CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-16 �• In Cedarville, Hodeck, Meridian and Beach Streets are classified as county primaries. • In Hessel, part of Cedar Road west of 3-mile is classified as county primary. • Other small stretches of county primary roads in the Township include: • Meridian Road (M- 129), south of Cedarville; • State Ave ., west of Blind Line; • the road out to Connor's Point; • Lakeside Road. • Hill Island Road. • All other roads or streets in the Township are classified as county local roads. The 1992 community opinion survey reflected that only 36% of the respondents agreed that roads were adequate in the Township. Road access throughout the Township is limited. Most standard Townships have a grid-like road system every mile or so. However, Clark has several sections with limited or nonexistent road access. The only islands with road linkage to the mainland are Hill Island and Island No. 8. This lack of access is not necessarily negative. Oftentimes, road access inadvertently promotes fragmentation of the land base and sprawl development patterns. Limited access in the Township is also a land use issue and is discussed in Chapter 6. The current system has adequate capacity for existing and future demand for the next 10 years based upon current growth rates. The intent of this Plan is to promote continuance of the present level of service and to make minor future improvements as deemed appropriate to meet growing transportation demand. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-17 �Township Airport The Clark Township Airport is located north of Hessel off 3Mile Road. This facility services only small aircraft. Consisting of a black top runway, a hangar and other storage buildings, there are no current plans to expand this facility. Other Access Points The Township is also readily accessed via private boat at either the Hessel or Cedarville docks. The only railroad line is a private spur which carries limestone from the Michigan Limestone Corporation quarry to ships at Port Dolomite. This port is being used strictly by Michigan limestone and is designed to the specifications of its operations. In the past, commercial vessels used the Cedarville dock, but the facility is no longer equipped to service commercial vessels. Only pleasure craft, excursion and fishing vessels use this facility. The harbor at Hessel is more modern and can accommodate small to medium sized vessels. There is an unmet need for commercial vessel dockage in Hessel and Cedarville. There are recreational boat launch facilities at both Cedarville and Hessel. A recently completed marina in Cedarville was constructed to meet the increasing demand for pleasure boat facilities. LB\ word \clark\chap5b .doc 6/10/94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 5-18 �Chapter 6 - EXISTING AND FUTURE LAND USE AND POLICY STATEMENTS Introduction The contents of this chapter focus on three primary subjects: Existing Land Use, Future Land Use and Policy State1nents. The discussion starts by illustrating the changes in land ownership patterns that have occurred over a 60 year period, then shifts to a description of the Township's land cover. While the former describes land use trends, the later provides an overview of the Township's land features. The resultant picture is one of increased low density development rapidly spreading across a truly unique landscape. In concert, both parts are most insightful for explaining the existing land use patterns. The existing Land Use Map is an excellent portrayal of the Township's pattern of growth and clearly shows where development has occurred and why. Although this pattern of development has maximized development choices among property owners, it has reduced the ability to preserve the natural features and the unique characteristics of the Township's rural environment. The Future Land Use Plan addresses these issues and sets the stage for change by building upon existing land use classifications and creating new land use designations which reflect current knowledge of the Township's unique features and land use needs. A Future Land Use Map is presented, graphically depicting these classifications. Also a staged approach for accommodating growth is recommended, as supported by the Public Services Districts Map identified in Chapter 5. Last, both land use and transportation policies are presented with the intent that these policies be consulted whenever considering future land use decisions. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-1 �Land Fragmentation The rate of growth within Clark Township over the last 10 years provides a positive sign that the area continues to attract individuals seeking the unique natural quality found in the Township. In part, this is facilitated by Clark Township's zoning which provide ample land development opportunities to maximized the lifestyle choice of new residents. However, these opportunities are resulting in the division of significant amounts of land into smaller and smaller parcels. The size of a parcel influences its economic viability for various uses. In order for a parcel to be economically viable for forestry or agricultural uses, it generally has to be at least 40 acres in size. If this parcel is divided into smaller pieces it will likely be sold to separate owners (probably for residential development). Once this occurs, the land is not likely to be managed for resource-based commodities, and in the case of Clark Township, are more likely to be residentially oriented. Although commercial forestry and agriculture are limited in the Township, land fragmentation is still a critical issue since it also influences mineral extraction, recreational activities, natural environmental systems and community character .. Figure 6-1 illustrates how land fragmentation has occurred over a 60 year period from 1930 to 1991 in a four section area of the Township. In 1930, the majority of parcels were 120-160 acres and, by 1955, had declined to 40-80 acres. By 1976 there were still larger parcels, but smaller property splits (of under 15 acres) began to appear. Changes which occurred between 1976 and 1991 witnessed a dramatic acceleration of lot splits. Parcels of 10 acres or less dominated the landscape, many of them having only private easement access to a public road. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-2 ~ �Figure 6-1 Clark Township Historic Plat Maps .D. I"!~ Fod:l,n . IZO ,, 0 1955 1930 ;../;//,0'" (Jon,er. e~o./ 4 oo,--_ __.c,c.L..f 1991 1976 Source: Historic Plat Maps, Mackinac County, 1930, 1955, 1976, 1991 reproduced with permission from Rockford Maps Inc. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-3 �Historical evidence suggests that development activity, rather than coming to an abrupt halt or surge in the near future, will continue at a paced incremental growth rate. As construction of new sewer lateral lines occurs within the Existing and Expanded Sewer Service Districts (see Map 5-2) only, the potential for increased fragmentation could be significantly reduced. Land Cover Review of the Township's land use and cover, taken from the Michigan Resource Inventory System of 1978, provides a single point in time assessment and is used here as benchmark for present and future comparisons. According to 1978 aerial photography and other geographical support data, the Township encompasses approximately 50,790 acres, of which over 84% (about 42,700 acres) is forest cover. The majority of forest cover is in either upland conifers or aspen/birch. Almost 15% of the Township (approximately 7,500 acres) is classified as some form of wetland; the majority of which is lowland conifers. Agriculture only accounted for about 1% of the total land area of the Township (620 acres). Extraction operations accounted for about 1,270 acres. Commercial development amounted to only about 48 acres, but about 91 % of that was in the form of strip commercial development. A more detailed account of land use and land cover is presented in Table 6-1 and Figure 6-2. Existing Land Use Map 6-1 depicts the location of various land uses throughout the Township. The symbols mark seasonal and year-round homes, resort, commercial and industrial establishments. Residential cottages and resort development are concentrated along shorelines of the mainland and on several islands. In CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-4 �Table 6-1 LAND USE/COVER CLASSIFICATION Acres Urban Low Rise Multi-Family 1.30 1,080.16 Single Family, Duplex 4.05 Mobile Home Par1c Commercial Services 2.17 Central Business District 2.31 Strip Commercial 43.66 Institutional 21.72 39.63 Industrial Transportation 47.43 98.15 Utilities 297.37 Open Pit Extractive 971.07 Undemround Extractive Outdoor Cultural, Public Assembly 4.83 Outdoor Recreation 77.75 Cemeteries 8.70 Aqriculture Cropland 609.20 Permanent Pasture 5.66 5.42 Other Open 1,254.46 Herbaceous Shrub 680.57 Forest Upland Hardwood (North Zone) 8,721.77 Asoen Birch 10,978.03 Lowland Hardwoods 655.40 Pine 374.78 Other Upland Conifers 17,079.63 Water Lake 161.73 Wetlands Lowland 43.05 lowland Conifers 4,958.65 Forested 40.29 Shrub 1,669.17 Aauatic Bed 81.30 Emeraent 608.57 Hydric Soils and Flats 54.88 Barren Beach, Riverbank 101.67 50,784.53 TOT AL AREA IN ACRES Figure 6-2 LAND USE/COVER CLASSIFICATION Barren 0.2% Wetlands 14.7% Urban 5 .3% Agriculture 1.2% Open 3 .8% Forest 74.5% Source: DNR, MIRIS, Michigan Resources Information System, 1978. Source: DNR, MIRIS, Michigan Resource Information System, 1978. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-5 �-, -:cena.. en z w :::> . C ~ z<( 0 -' I- I ... ... ... u ...iii: ....,, :z.,, .,, ... .,,... ... ... u :z = .,, ::E (0 0 0. ro (!) ~ ~~ • .,, ... ~ = C C c,: c,: 0 ::E 0:: t- 0 < 5Q 0 C c,: ::E ::E 0 C ::::, Q ..J~ 0 I> !:! '!! : !? ::: -+- = N ... ... N . .. • ·rr. .... . . r?. !:! .. .. ... . . . '·o.. !!, ' . . .,• .. : .,, ., .. . !:: . f. ~ .:-.. _. ' - - - - - - - ' CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-6 �.. contrast, developments along the public roads are widely dispersed. Many year-round residential homes are located in the Villages of Cedarville and Hessel, as well as original commercial uses. Much of the new commercial development is scattered outside the Villages along M-134 and on County roads west of M-129. Industrial uses are primarily centered around the quarry operation and utilize a rail line to access docking slips at Port Dolomite. Smaller manufacturing operations are also located in Hessel and Cedarville. When viewed in total, all development illustrates a pattern which is essentially linear. Each use is located along primary transportation routes or along the waterfront and capitalizes on one or more aspects of its surroundings, such as ease of access, visibility to the traveling public, existing infrastructure or waterfront views. These strip-like developments are typically only one lot deep and most are less than 100 feet wide. Should development continue as usual, the results are likely to be miscellaneous scatterings of developments stripped across the landscape. The results will be diminished natural features and a loss of unique physical characteristics within Clark Township. It will also result in a loss of the rural character of the Township if existing greenspaces and other open spaces are converted to another use. These areas provide the natural edge to existing development and give it a rural character. Future Land Use The Future Land Use Plan seeks to anticipate land use needs for 20 to 30 years into the future. Information provided in previous chapters set the stage for the recommendations which follow by providing an understanding of existing conditions and ongoing trends which influenced current development patterns. The impacts of these development patterns were presented, as were the future land use needs of the Township if current trends were to continue. This information, together CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-7 �with input from the 1992 citizen opinion survey, and from Township officials and residents, served as the basis for creation of this Plan's goals and objectives. These goals and objectives in turn served as the basis for evaluating alternative land use arrangements. The key planning and design principals inherent in these goals and objectives which have resulted in the creation of the preferred plan include: • Protection of public health and safety • Insuring compatibility between land uses • Protecting environmentally sensitive areas and preserving renewable natural resources • Providing cost effective public services • Retaining the natural coastal heritage of the Township • Encouraging high quality sustainable economic development • Preserving and protecting natural habitat and biological function within watersheds • Creating a variety of social and recreational opportunities • Providing safe and affordable housing 8 The Future Land Use Plan is based upon the premise that new development will be accommodated within the Township as long as it occurs in a manner which is respectful of and complimentary to the unique characteristics important to township residents (and visitors), including: 1) the sensitive natural features, 2) the waterfront and shoreline, 3) the rural community character, 4) the township's ecological systems and the communities natural coastal heritage. Failure to respect CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-8 ;--..,...__ �these characteristics will undermine the economic base of the Township and the quality of life enjoyed by existing residents. • The large blocks of State owned property within the Township, while consuming 18% (9,133 acres) of its land area, are a tremendous asset upon which to build a physical plan. Public land holdings are primarily in the Lake Superior State Forest and are found concentrated north of M-134. Smaller State owned parcels are also found on Marquette Island and on the mainland's eastern leg of the Township. The only National forest land is Government Island. These public holdings serve as permanent greenbelts, as recreation resources and as a core around which the forest ecosystems and natural rural character can be maintained. Corporate land holdings are also a dominate feature consuming about 11 % (approximately 5,500 acres) of the Township's total land area. Mineral extraction will continue to be a important economic base. Wetland properties, which are widely dispersed throughout the Township, generally follow the landscape's natural contours, running through the State lands in linear form, and terminating at various points along the lakeshore (See Map 62). These features further build upon and compliment State lands by creating a series of continuous natural systems, enhancing wildlife habitat, biodiversity and water quality within the Township, while offering enhanced recreational opportunities and improved ability to retain rural and natural characteristics. This is the foundation upon which this Plan is based. The objective of this Plan is to accommodate new growth and development in a manner which is sensitive to the Township's unique features and characteristics while creating a physical CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-9 �CLARK TOWNSHIP LAND DIVISIONS Map 6-2 . . Wetlands ~ - F e d e r a l and State Land >., ~ - "i Township Land 0 ~ 01 Cl.i .:..~ C "ti ~Corporate Ownership Mineral Ex traction Duseable Land for Development ~ 1:/l ~II >., ~...__ ~ "a ~ II -~ ~ ~ ~r ~\~~~ r~ ~~~ ~ ~ ~ " 1) �development pattern which achieves the goals and objectives of this document. The Future Land Use Plan calls for a stronger program to preserve coastal character, protect environmental resources, retain significant visual resources, enhance retail and resort business, and consolidate nonresidential uses in appropriate locations. In addition, emphasis is given to discouraging development where the capacity to support that development is extremely limited due to the fragility of the land and to discourage the unplanned creation of ten acre (and smaller) lots often stripped along County roads. This lot split pattern has negatively impacted the rural quality of the Township as well as the efficiency and safety of the roadway network. Future Land Use Map The Future Land Use Map in this section proposes future land uses which build upon existing land uses. Following is a review of the principal land use categories represented on the Future Land l:Jse Map. Together, the elements on the Map formulate the planned future land use pattern for the Township. (see Map 6-3). Rural/Forest Land Use Much of the Township's forested area outside of public ownership is being divided into smaller and smaller units as a result of scattered rural residential development. Consequently, the character of the rural countryside within the Township is changing and the natural ecosystems are being threatened. This Plan recognizes that the long term quality of life in Clark Township, and the ecological integrity of its land, will be directly influenced by the development patterns which occur within rural areas. A key objective of this Plan is to ensure that CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-11 �CLARK TOWNSHIP Future Land Use ~ Island Residential (1 D.U./5-10 AC.) ~ Urban Services Residential (4 D.U./AC.) ~ ~ ~ Commercial Services ~ Rural/Forest (1 D.U./1AC.) d 1Z2J ~ Waterfront Residential (1 D.U./AC.) ~ Mineral Resource Extraction/Industrial 0\ Cl.i .:.. ;!: ~ "ti ~ ~ ~~A ~ ::0 flt ~ '- ') ~ ~ =. 0 1J �• Clark . Township Mackinac County CLARK TOWNSHIP Future Land Use ~ Island Residential (1 D.U./5-10 AC.) ~ ~ Urban Services Residential (4 D.U./AC.) ~ ~ - Commercial Services ~ Rural/Forest (1 D.U./1AC.) ci ~ 0\ f/j l2Z] Waterfront Residential (1 D.U./AC.) ...... .:J: t-.) ~ Mineral Resource Extraction/Industrial "li ~t'Jl ~ , , ~ ~ t "- �as development occurs, the integrity of the Township's rural areas are not compromised. With this objective in mind, a series of friendly land practices (regulatory inducements) are encouraged which can reduce the potential impacts of future rural development. These practices include but are not limited to the following: • Parcel sizes permitted within rural areas remain the same as presently allowed, (generally ranging between 1 and 10 acres for new development) provided that anytime two or more lots are created, open space zoning techniques be used to maintain the average density at 1 dwelling unit per 10 acres even though the actual lot size may be smaller. Changes are recommended, however, to lot dimensions permitted along State and County roads. Lot widths should more appropriately reflect parcel size. This will in turn affect the spacing of individual access drives along roadways to ensure safer and more efficient traffic movement over time. • Cluster housing incentives should be utilized which encourage the grouping (or clustering) of parcels within rural areas in order to reduce the impacts upon the natural environment, to keep large areas open and to preserve the function of individual roadways. • Guidelines should be established which encourage the protection of rural character through retention of natural open spaces and the preservation of indigenous vegetation and other natural features on-site as development occurs. • Buffering techniques should be encouraged to minimize sound and visual impacts where industrial or mineral extraction activities are proposed adjacent to areas designated rural/ forest. • Guidelines should be established which encourage the retention of natural edges between the road and new CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-13 �development to preserve the rural environmental character of the Township's road corridors. Residential densities within this district are intended to remain low. Significant road improvements are not anticipated and public infrastructure is not planned for extension into this area in the foreseeable future. • Island Residential The Les Cheneaux Islands have long been recognized as offering one of the most unique physical settings within the State of Michigan. The popularity of these islands as a summer resort destination began in the early 1900's and continues today. The island setting, scenic beauty, natural features, rural atmosphere, pristine lakefront, unique boating environment and fishing all contributed to the transformation of these islands into a premier rural resort area. Much of the mainland business activity is directly related to servicing island and lakefront seasonal residents. Relative to the land mass of the islands (approximately 5,300 acres), the overall number of dwellings is relatively low, reaching 500 units in 1990. Limited waterfront properties, physical characteristics and property ownership have each been contributing factors to this overall low density character. Special conditions have applied to island development for years relating to placement of residences as well as accessory buildings (primarily boat houses). The result is for the most part, a natural physical setting as viewed both from the water and the land. This Plan recognizes the unique characteristics of the islands, both from a resort and natural features perspective. In a recent study conducted by the Nature Conservancy, several locations on the islands were found to represent highly sensitive natural features which contribute to the biodiversity of the entire region. As reflected by the Nature Conservancy in a statement regarding the value of certain Island properties, "The protection of significant sites of biodiversity will protect a CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-14 �healthy environment for current and future residents, sustain tourism and recreation industries for the long term, provide educational opportunities and maintain the scenic value and quality of life of the area." Simply defined, biodiversity is the variety of life and its processes. Its conservation is not limited to rare plant and animals but also the larger issue of protecting the full richness of the area's ecosystems. For years, these ecosystems have been a contributing force to the strong interest in Clark Township as a seasonal resort community, as well as a strong factor in the Township's economy, whether fishing, hunting or recreating. This Plan acknowledges the importance of maintaining the integrity of these ecosystems within Clark Township as new development occurs. The islands' ability to accommodate future growth and development is affected by several factors. At current permitted densities (10,000 square foot lots), the islands theoretically have the ability to accommodate over twice the number of people presently residing in all of Clark Township. Obviously, this level of intensity would change the character of the islands dramatically. At the same time, the vehicular parking problems evident on_the mainland today (associated with cars used by island residents and visitors), and the increased boat traffic, would seriously alter the quality of life enjoyed by current island residents and visitors. In addition, providing basic public services (police and fire protection) to island residents under this scenario would be both necessary and extremely costly. This Plan recommends development density for all island properties be set at one acre minimum lot sizes with a minimum 200 foot frontage. The intensity of development at this lot size is consistent with the minimum lot sizes currently permitted within rural areas of the Township. This will permit greater flexibility in siting a residence which is responsive to specific natural characteristics of individual sites as well as CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-15 ~ ~ �• construction of a supporting well and septic system. For projects consisting of more than one dwelling unit, planned unit development techniques should be required where lots are clustered on smaller lots in order to preserve as much of the natural environment as possible. This Plan also recommends that for development on islands more dense than a single home on individual parcel, other issues must also be addressed on the mainland relating to the provision of adequate parking and boat slips, as well as the adequacy of public facilities services to satisfy new demands. Rural Waterfront Mainland coastal areas within the Township have been the most popular of all locations for new homesites for obvious reasons. Year round use opportunities, convenience, waterfront access, water views, recreational opportunities, rural character and natural features have each contributed to the high demand for this property. In several instances, small tourist resorts are found scattered throughout this district, providing water access opportunities for visitors to the Township. As with many of the island properties, rural waterfront properties tend to be very natural in character. Specific development guidelines should be put in place relative to the placement of buildings on individual sites which maintain minimum setback distances from the waters edge. Scattered wetlands and highly sensitive environmental properties are evident throughout this area, similar to conditions found on the islands. This Plan recommends that for any new development, and redevelopment within this area that special consideration be given to water quality protection, preservation of natural features, particularly along the water's edge and minimal intrusion upon the biologically diverse sensitive environments distributed throughout the area. A minimum lot size of one acre should be maintained with at least 150 feet of frontage on CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-16 �the water. In addition, for developments consisting of more than a single family home and related accessory structures, building mass and scale should be consistent with surrounding development and sensitive to natural features inherent on the property. Buildings and structures should be located based upon the following criteria: a) using wetland and sensitive areas maps, highly sensitive natural features should be preserved to the extent possible. b) existing views of the Lake and from the Lake to the shore should be preserved to the extent possible through sensitive site design. c) natural edges should be retained to maintain existing ecosystems and protect the natural character of this district. d) when both resort uses and single family uses are permitted adjacent to one another within the same district, additional sideyard setbacks should be maintained, as well as any natural buffers within those setbacks. Urban Residential The urban residential district is intended to accommodate the most intensive development within the Township. Boundaries of this district have been identified on the basis of projected sewer service within the Township. As discussed previously, sewer service is not available to all properties within this district today. It is anticipated however, based on the capacity of the sewer system that, over time, it will be made available to properties which have been designated as urban residential. While residential is anticipated to be the most dominant use within the district, other uses are anticipated. As found within the rural waterfront district, resort uses are also anticipated, although within designated areas, as determined appropriate. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-17 - -- -~ - �A density of four dwelling units per acre (10,000 square foot lots) is recommended within this district, although actual lot sizes could vary depending on natural features or if developed as a planned unit development (PUD). The objective of encouraging P.U.D.'s is to offer flexibility in site design and parcel size, as a means of preserving the natural features of a site. Subdivision development within this district is encouraged to be appropriately sited, landscaped and setback from roadways, reflecting a low density neighborhood character. Along M-134 and M-129, the number of access points should be minimized to reduce potential conflicts with traffic movement as well as preserve the function of the corridor over time. Minimum frontage of lots should be at least 200 feet along M-134 for residential lots and 300 feet for commercial lots. As sewer is extended, it should be phased in a manner which is consistent with the objectives of this Plan. The primary basis for sewer extension in the past has been the need to correct existing septic problems within the Township, particularly for waterfront properties. This threat to the ground and surface water quality within the Township should continue to be a major factor in considering future sewer extensions. As capacity warrants, extensions to accommodate new development could also be provided. Commercial Centers The villages of Cedarville and Hessel, as centers of activity within the Township, play a primary role in meeting the shopping, business and social needs of both local and seasonal residents alike. Both have a strong waterfront orientation which continues to be a central point for much of the village's activity. This recreational character is a unique component of the village centers and contributes significantly to the charm CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-18 �and ambiance that they represent. Waterfront development consists of a mix of uses, ranging from restaurants and resorts to marinas and boat storage. While many resort communities have similar waterfront orientations, the seasonal resort nature of the islands in the Township provide an added dimension to the role and function of these village centers. The daily service needs of all Township residents continue to be met by businesses located within or in proximity to these villages. The rural small town setting of the villages is characterized by vintage tum of the century buildings, single family homes converted to retail businesses and shops, as well as a mix of retail activities. Many of the local community services are also concentrated within or adjacent to village centers, including the Township Hall, library, community center, high school and churches. The recommendations of this Plan have as their basic objective the retention of these villages as centers of activity within the Township. As business development occurs within the Township it is critical that these activities remain concentrated in and around the villages. In addition, new construction should be of a style and scale which is complimentary to the existing centers and the small town characteristics they exhibit. One of the most unique advantages of Hessel and Cedarville is their compact nature. Because of the islands and their dependency on boat traffic, many seasonal residents are less dependent on their automobiles. As a result, the opportunity (and in fact the need) to encourage pedestrian traffic through the villages is significantly greater than in many rural communities. In order to maintain and enhance the viability of Hessel and Cedarville as village centers over time, this Plan focuses on capitalizing upon the physical advantages that exist within each community and strengthening their historical role within the Township by encouraging new compact development which compliments and is consistent CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-19 .~ �W with the unique characteristics of each village center. Specific recommendations include: 1) Strengthening the waterfront character of each village. This can be accomplished by improving parking opportunities, continuing to upgrade boating facilities and services, i.e., docking, restrooms and other public facilities, improving public accessibility to and along waterfront properties, and enhancing overall character through landscaping, signage and building guidelines. 2) Creating improved parking opportunities within the villages which can serve local and seasonal residents needs, as well as tourists activity. Well located common parking within easy walking distance of the waterfront and local businesses would strengthen the role and function of village centers. 3) Provide for convenient drop off zones on the waterfront which allows boaters to leave their belongings at the docks and park their autos elsewhere, away from the waterfront. 4) Strengthen pedestrian linkages throughout the villages. The waterfront, business district, shops, convenience stores, recreation features and educational facilities should all be linked by a walkway oriented to a pedestrian environment. 5) New commercial or business activities should incorporate and strengthen the pedestrian orientation of the village centers. Signage, architecture, landscaping, lighting and parking should be consistent with the objective of maintaining a small town setting, which respects the areas natural features and compliments the village character. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-20 �Industrial and Mineral Extraction Activities Industrial mineral extraction activities are located in the eastern half of Clark Township and consist primarily of limestone extraction operations. A rail line extending north and south connects approximately 5700 acres of corporate land with Port Dolomite, providing efficient transport of material from point source to harbor. Mining activity has a long history in Clark Township, creating a source of local revenue and employment. At the present time, there are no corporate plans to expand extraction operations beyond lands currently classified as industrial. Two other industrial areas exist and will be continued within the Township; an area approximately 2 miles north of Hessel and another area 1 / 4 mile north of Cedarville. The area north of Hessel provides an alternative location for limited industrial activities. Its close proximity to the airport, absence of wetlands and a paved road are key features of this district. Industrial land is also set aside in the area just north of Cedarville. This area should be planned to accommodate future industrial needs as they arise, however, compatibility with future residential development must be assured. Policy Statements A Master Plan is composed of a series of important components which compliment and build on each other, including a Future Land Use Map, policies and implementation mechanisms. When viewed in total, these components identify the future, as well as a path to get there. One of the most important components to proactive planning are plan policies. Policies have several specific purposes as a component of the plan, including: 1) To serve as a foundation for subsequent planning and zoning programs. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-21 r �2) 3) To serve as a unifying strategy toward achieving the future desires of the Township residents. To reaffirm or establish the special character and components of individual community features and special properties. This Plan is written to provide assistance in making future decisions on a wide range of land use, infrastructure and public service issues. As a central component of this Plan, the policies statements serve as guidelines intended to provide a framework on which to base development decisions. These statements are new tools to be employed by the Township and will play a key role in guiding future public facility and infrastructure decisions including creation of a capital improvement program consistent with the Plan. • The Township should refer to these policies when establishing priorities and evaluating development requests. Together with the Goals and Objectives presented in Chapter 4, these statements give even clearer direction toward steps that can be taken to significantly increase the chances for successful implementation of this Plan. Consequently, they also serve as a foundation upon which to measure the success of this Plan's implementation. The statements which follow focus upon two areas: principal land use policies of the Master Plan and specific policies addressing special issues and opportunities within the Township, including but not limited to transportation, infrastructure and special land use areas. Land Use Recommended policies to guide implementation include: Policy: Accommodate new residential, commercial and industrial development in the Township provided it is: 1) in locations with services adequate to meet its CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-22 �l . needs, 2) respectful of environmental resources, 3) consistent with the character of development in the area, 4) consistent with approved land use plans, and prevailing regulations, 5) consistent with the policies of this Plan. Policy: Encourage development throughout the Township which reflects a pattern of use that is consistent with retention of renewable resource lands, open spaces, and avoidance of negative impacts upon environmentally sensitive lands. Policy: Review current management policies to determine if they are adequate to protect environmentally sensitive lands and what, if any, new policies or regulations may be appropriate. This policy will entail a close cooperative working relationship among property owners, conservation interests, and various local agencies having interest in these subjects. The environmentally sensitive lands should be classified according to levels of significance and techniques for best management practices applied to achieve conservation objectives. Policy: Draw upon available existing studies and area expertise to identify the current condition and quality of surface and ground water. Factors contributing to, or threatening water quality should be identified and strategies developed for correction or avoidance of water quality degradation, such as the generation of a Township-wide stormwater management program. Policy: Establish street and road construction specifications that promote development consistent with the urban and rural character sought to be achieved by this Plan. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-23 A �• Policy: Prepare a strategy upon which to build an economic development program for the area. Policy Ensure that all new development is properly managing stormwater runoff to minimize off site impacts and all county, state, and federal regulations regarding stormwater management and soil erosion are satisfied. Policy Encourage retention of vegetation along lakes, streams and rivers as a natural filter in order to protect against excessive runoff, soil erosion and sedimentation. • Policy: Prepare an updated recreation plan in cooperation with private agencies and the state government which: 1) identifies recreation needs in the community; 2) establishes strategies and priorities to address the needs; and 3) meets requirements to maintain eligibility for funding from a variety of agencies . Policy: As part of updating the Recreation Plan, identify all high value recreational land, including water frontage properties, and prepare strategies to acquire sites as funds become available. Policy: Develop a funding program for the purchase of recreational lands where a need has been determined or where a special opportunity exists. Policy: Factors to be considered when acquiring additional public lands for recreation or resource conservation will be: • enhancement of public, health, safety or welfare • improvement of the quality of life of area residents • protection of important natural resources and/ or sensitive environments. Policy: Mackinac County and Clark Township should jointly prepare a County-wide recreation plan which includes CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-24 �a trail plan, biking and hiking opportunities linked to retail, services, schools and recreation sites. These trails should utilize state and federal properties where ever appropriate. Policy: Prepare and keep up-to-date a capital improvement program for coordinating and programming extensions of public facilities in accordance with the Master Plan. Policy: Encourage ease of access to future recreation facilities though the pursuit of a linked open space system, siting recreation lands with recognition of existing and future primary population centers, and facilitating movement to and within future recreation facilities for motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, and the physically disabled. Policy: Improve and coordinate efforts with all levels of government, with the quasi-public sector, and the private sector to provide expanded and coordinated recreational opportunities. Policy: Increase public access opportunities to the waterfront through property acquisition for the purpose of providing a public beach and related recreational activities. Policy: Enhance existing public facilities on the waterfront; including expansion of dock and public restroom facilities. Policy: Strive to provide additional recreational facilities within Cedarville and Hessel which are within a reasonable distance from the waterfront. Policy: Pursue the evaluation of road ends for use by the general public based upon the character of each, i.e.; location, neighbors, size, current use, potential CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-25 I �• function, etc. Review the status of properties adjacent to road ends for possible complementary use. Rural/ Open Space Policy: Create opportunities and incentives to encourage residential development according to the open space/ cluster zoning principals discussed in this Plan. Policy: Encourage residential development which is appropriately sited, landscaped, and setback from all roadways, with the objective of maintaining the rural character along all segments of the County road network. ,. Policy: Ensure any community sewer system within rural areas satisfies all necessary state, county and local permits, and the system is constructed according to adopted standards by the Township to facilitate ease of tie-in to potential future public systems and to ensure adequate financial resources exist to maintain it. Policy: Within rural districts, establish a hierarchy of increases in lot width based on parcel size. 1 - 5 acres/ 200 ft 5.1 - 10 acres/330 ft 10.1 - 40 acres/660 ft 40 acres plus/ 1320 ft Policy: Establish standards for private roads within rural/ agricultural districts, with the objective of satisfying minimum public safety requirements associated with access to emergency vehicles, long term maintenance and clear vision where it connects to a public road. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-26 �7 Policy: Encourage all new development with the rural district to preserve existing natural landscapes along streams, rivers and road corridors. I Policy: Encourage retention of forested lands as an important renewable resource within rural areas. Policy: Ensure all on-site sewage disposal and potable water facilities are constructed and maintained in accordance with the requirements and standards of the Mackinaw County Public Health Department and Michigan Public Health Department. Policy: Coordinate efforts with the Mackinac County Public Health Department to ensure lot sizes are, at a minimum, adequate to accommodate septic systems (where public sewer is not available). Policy: Ensure that land uses requiring state and/or federal permits (especially for wetland or floodplain alterations) do not receive final Township approval until satisfactory evidence has been submitted verifying the acquisition of all other necessary permits. Policy: Permit a minimum lot size of one acre on lots in the rural district when established consistent with the State Subdivision Control Act or the Condominium Act in a planned cluster development, otherwise the minimum lot size permitted in this district is 10 acres. Single Family Residential (Public Sewer Services District) Policy: The average development density within a single family district should be four dwelling units per acre, however the actual permitted lot size may vary based upon the presence or lack of sewers, type of road, number of lots, amount of open space and sensitivity of natural features. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-27 ~ ,- ~ �Policy: Encourage residential development which is appropriately sited, landscaped, and setback from roadways to incorporate a village or neighborhood character when in subdivisions and a low density rural character along segments of the County road network within the Public Service District. Policy: Encourage layout of residential development which is designed to retain open spaces and protect natural resource systems. Policy: Encourage use of open space/P.U.D. zoning along with traditional subdivision design. Policy: Permit residential development along M-134 on individual lots which maintain a minimum lot size of 40,000 square feet and a minimum lot width of 200'. Policy: Public sewer and water services should be limited to the Public Service District unless the Township finds such an extension is consistent with the Master Plan. Policy: Encourage a phasing of sewer and/or water extensions in a manner consistent with the policies of this Plan. Policy: All land uses within the Public Services District must be serviced by public sewer infrastructure, if available adjacent to the property. Waterfront Residential Policy: Ensure that new development and redevelopment within the Waterfront Residential District address, at a minimum, consideration of a potable water supply, safe disposal of sewage, land carrying capacities, water quality protection, preservation of open space and CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-28 �minimal additional intrusion upon the natural environment. Policy: Development and redevelopment for residential use should be permitted at a density of not less than 1 dwelling unit per acre where no public sewer is available unless the Public Health Department requires a lower development density due to larger required lot areas for safe septic tank use. Where public sewer is available, waterfront residential may occur up to 4 dwelling units per acre. Policy: Development and redevelopment should preserve existing public views of the lake to the extent possible through sensitive site design. Policy: Encourage building mass and scale consistent with surrounding development and the natural environment. Policy: Encourage the retention of natural edges along the lakefront of sufficient depth to preserve the existing character of properties as viewed from the waterfront. Policy: Principal buildings shall be setback from the water's _ edge a depth of 35 ft. and achieve an elevation at least 4 ft. or set back a depth of 100 ft. with an elevation at least 3 ft. above the current high watermark. Island Residential Policy: Encourage preparation of a plan which addresses the most efficient means of providing adequate levels of fire and emergency services to existing and future island residents. Policy: Address mainland parking needs concurrent with new residential development on the islands. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-29 �• Policy: Encourage the adoption of special development criteria for the islands based upon their ecological sensitivity, . retention of existing natural character and the islands physical carrying capacity. Policy: The average density on the islands should be decreased based upon the seasonal nature of the islands, the limited availability ofpublic services, and the islands ecologi,cal sensitivity. New density standards should be developed based upon a specific evaluation of the unique features of each island. Density levels could vary between 1 dwelling unit on each acre to 1 dwelling unit on 5 acres. Until such analysis is complete, the 1 dwelling unit per 1 acre standard should be used. • • Commercial/Industrial Development Policy: Encourage commercial and industrial development within properly zoned areas subject to the following conditions: a) There are adequate public and/ or private services. b) Access roads are paved. c) . Access is regulated and designed to prevent hazards and lot widths are not less than 300 feet along M-134. d) Stormwater runoff is adequately controlled as to quality and quantity. e) Access is available onto a class A road, as identified by the County Road Commission, to ensure safe and efficient.functioning and maintenance of the road system over time. Policy: Encourage new commercial and industrial development to recognize the current rural character of the Township and complement this character through designs which utilize appropriate building scale, materials, style, signage, yard etc. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-30 �Policy: Encourage new commercial and industrial development to minimize intrusion upon the natural environment. Policy: New commercial and industrial development shall be sensitive to adjacent residential zoned properties by incorporating design techniques which minimize potential negative impacts (e.g., fencing, buffering, landscaping, etc.) Policy: Ensure new industrial development is designed so as to avoid conditions which will be detrimental to the health, safety or welfare of persons or property through excessive production of traffic, noise, smoke, odor or fumes. Policy: Encourage the creation of cohesive village centers within Hessel and Cedarville which are oriented to a pedestrian environment and integrated with waterfront activities. Policy: Support the economic viability of existing commercial businesses and encourage creation of compact village centers which: • are pedestrian oriented and aesthetically pleasing, including walks and related amenities • blend with the surrounding rural character • includes continuing upgrading and redevelopment • supports the policies of this Master Plan. Policy: Encourage the creation of community parking districts within Hessel and Cedarville which serve the dual functions of satisfying the shortfall of parking for island residents while at the same time providing common parking to service retail business and shops. These parking areas should be located near to the waterfront but not on the waterfront. Drop off and CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-31 �pick-up areas should be established at waterfront locations. Transportation Policy: Work with the Mackinac County Road Commission to maintain and improve the Township roadway network, as financial resources become available, based upon the following guidelines: a) Roadway level of service. b) Functional classification of roads. The functional importance of the various roads in the Township, from highest to lowest, is as follows: 1. state trunklines; 2. county primaries; 3. county locals; 4. minor roads (subdivision roads). c) The degree to which the improvement is needed to protect public health and safety or preserve or achieve full use of existing facilities. d) The degree to which a project represents a logical extension of existing roadways within an area of the Township according to its intended use and services level. Policy: Proposed development projects with greater than localized traffic impact should be analyzed in regard to traffic impacts and roadway improvements. LB:\ word \clark\plan \chap6b.doc 6/13/94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 6-32 �Chapter 7 - STRATEGIES FOR IMPLEMENTATION Primary Implementation Tools Relationship to Zoning The Township has a zoning ordinance adopted pursuant to the Township Rural Zoning Act, PA 184 of 1943 . The intent of this ordinance is to regulate the use of land to provide for orderly growth and development and allow the integration of land uses without creating nuisances. The zoning ordinance defines land use districts and regulates height, bulk, use, area of lot to be covered, and open space to be preserved within each district. Because the Zoning Enabling Act requires the zoning ordinance be based upon the analysis contained in the Plan prepared by the Planning Commission to guide future land use decisions, the zoning ordinance should be revised to reflect this Plan's new goals, policies, and future land use proposals. However, the Zoning District Map and the Future Land Use Map (see Map 6-3) will not be identical. The Zoning Map typically reflects existing land use (where it is desirable to continue it) and small areas zoned for more intensive use then at present In contrast, the Future Land Use Map reflects land use arrangements at some future time. (See Section 10.10, p . 245-250, Michigan Zoning & Planning, 3rd Ed., by Clan Crawford, ICLE, Ann Arbor, 1988). The Township should continue to maintain a formal site plan review process. Through this process applicants, in order to obtain zoning approval, must submit plans which clearly indicate how their development proposals will change and affect both the parcel of land being developed as well as surrounding properties. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-1 �Relationship To Plans/Zoning In Adjacent Jurisdictions The land use proposals in this Plan were carefully prepared with an eye to ensuring compatibility with adjoining township$. Equal care should be taken in the future to seek and receive comment on proposals that are on or near a border from an adjoining jurisdiction. Failure to do so will only insure future conflict over adjacent land uses, or the provision of new public services. • • Relationship to Subdivision Regulations Clark Township should consider the adoption of subdivision regulations. The enabling legislation that permits the enactment of such regulations is Public Act 288 of 1967, also known as the Subdivision Control Act of 1967. This Act allows a community to set requirements and design standards for streets, blocks, lots, curbs, sidewalks, open spaces, easements, public utilities, and other associated subdivision improvements. With the implementation of a subdivision ordinance there would be added assurance that development would occur in an orderly manner. In particular, the creation of lots which would be unbuildable under existing state or local regulations (such as lots which are wholly within a protected wetland) should be prohibited. Condominium regulations should also be enacted pursuant to the Condominium Act. Relationship to Capital Improvements In its basic form, a capital improvement program (CIP) is a complete list of all proposed public improvements planned for a 6 year period (the time span may vary), including costs, sources of funding, location, and priority. The CIP outlines the projects that will replace or improve existing facilities, or that will be necessary to serve current and projected land use development within a community. Advanced planning for public works through the use of a CIP assures more effective and economical capital expenditures, as well as the provision of public works in a timely manner. The CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-2 �use of capital improvements programming can be an effective tool for implementing the Master Plan by giving priority to those projects which have been identified in the Plan as being most important to the future development and well being of the community. The Township Planning Commission should develop a formal capital improvement program for approval by the Township Board as part of the annual budgeting process. Land Use & Infrastructure Policies A strong effort will be necessary to coordinate future capital improvement decisions and land use policies with adjoining units of government. As a result, proposed policy changes should be circulated for comment early. Likewise, proposed capital improvement programs should be prepared with adequate time for review and comment by the adjoining jurisdictions. Community Participation and Education In order to gain the support, acceptance, and input of area residents for future planning, ongoing efforts should be continued to provide information to them, and involve them in the planning process. The importance of their role in that process should be emphasized. Public acceptance will make the implementation of plans much easier and public input makes plans better and more responsive to local needs. Special Area & Financing Techniques Building and Property Maintenance Codes BOCA (Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc.) is the basic building code adopted by the Township to regulate construction methods and materials. The adoption and enforcement of a building code is important in maintaining safe, high quality housing and in minimizing deteriorating housing conditions. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-3 ~ �The Township should continue its utilization of the BOCA Basic Housing - Property Maintenance Code as a basic property maintenance code to regulate deteriorating influences which result from failure to properly maintain property and structures. Community Development Block Grant Program The Community Development Block Grant program was authorized under Title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974. The Act had the effect of combining several federal categorical grants such as Urban Renewal and Model Cities into one. Grants under the program must principally benefit low and moderate income families. In Michigan there are two categories of eligible applicants: entitlement and non-entitlement. Entitlement communities, by meeting specific eligibility criteria, are given grant funds outright without having to compete for them. Non-entitlement applicants must compete for grant funds by applying through the Michigan Small Cities Community Development Block Grant Program. Clark Township is not an entitlement community. Therefore, it must apply through the Small Cities Program. Operation of the Michigan CDBG Program is the responsibility of the Michigan Department of Commerce with central program administration by the Department's Office of Federal Grant Management (OFGM). The Department of Commerce has entered into an agreement with the Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) assigning administrative responsibilities for the housing component of the program. In the housing area, samples of grant eligible activities include: • Home Improvement Programs • • Rental Rehabilitation Programs • Weatherization and Energy Conservation CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-4 �• Home Repair for the Elderly • Public improvement in conjunction with targeted housing activity (limited to 25 percent of grant request) • Housing Related Services • Housing for the Homeless. The maximum grant amount is $250,000. By applying and obtaining a Small Cities Block Grant, the Township alone, could establish a housing rehabilitation program which would help preserve housing throughout the area. The CDBG program also has the following categories of assistance: • Base Industrial Loan program helps financially viable businesses needing financial assistance for growth, modernization, or expansion. Limit $750,000. • Commercial Retail Loan program is for commercial, services, tourism, and other non-residential projects; and minority owned and retail projects in distressed communities. Limit $400,000. • Public Infrastructure Assistance program funds public improvements for the location and expansion of public infrastructure. Limit $750,000. • Downtown Development program provides financing to assist businesses in the redevelopment of the downtown area. Limit $500,000 or $300,000 for infrastructure improvement. • Communities in Transition program funds community development activities, such as public sewer and water systems, parks, bridges, roads, and comprehensive redevelopment planning. Limit $400,000. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-5 �• Emergency Comm unity Assistance program funds communities experiencing an imminent and urgent threat to public health, safety, or welfare which occurred within 90 days of application. Limit: $500,000. Michigan State Housing Development Authority (MSHDA) Programs To help preserve Michigan's older existing housing, Public Act 30 was passed in 1977 to allow MSHDA to begin a home improvement loan program that offers reduced interest rates to eligible low and moderate income families. MSHDA has created the Home Improvement, Neighborhood Improvement and Community Home Improvement Programs (HIP/NIP/CHIP). To get a loan, residents should apply to one of the banks, savings and loans, or credit unions that take part in HIP/NIP/CHIP. Land and Water Conservation Fund The Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF) grant program was authorized by Public Law 88-578, effective January 1, 1965. The purpose of the program is to provide federal funds for acquisition and development of facilities for outdoor recreation. The LWCF Program is administered jointly by the National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, and the Michigan Department of Natural Resources. All political subdivisions of the state, including school districts, are eligible to participate in the program. Eligible projects include: 1. Acquisition of land for outdoor recreation, including additions to existing parks, forest lands, or wildlife areas. 2 . Development including, but not limited to such facilities as: picnic areas, beaches, boating access, fishing and hunting facilities , winter sports areas, playgrounds, ballfields, tennis courts, and trails. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-6 �For development grants, the applicant must have title to the site in question. The minimum grant allowable is $10,000 and the For all grant proposals, the amount of the grant cannot exceed more than 50 percent of the total project cost. Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund The Kammer Recreational Land Trust Fund Act of 1976 (Public Act 204) passed in July 23 1976. This Act created the Michigan Land Trust Fund. The program provided funds for public acquisition of recreational lands through the sale of oil, gas, and mineral leases and royalties from oil, gas, and mineral extractions on state lands. On November 6, 1984, Michigan residents cast their vote in favor of Proposal B. This constitutional amendment created the Michigan Natural Resources Trust Fund (MNRTF), Public Act 101 of 1985, which officially replaced the Michigan Land Trust Fund on October 1, 1985. MNRTF assists state and local governments (including school districts) in acquiring land or rights to land for recreational uses, protecting land because of its environmental importance or scenic beauty, and developing public recreational facilities. Any individual, group, organization, or unit of government may submit a land acquisition proposal, but only units of government may take title to and manage the land. Only units of government may submit development proposals. All · proposals for local grants must include a local match of at least 25 percent of the total project cost. There is no minimum or maximum for acquisition projects; for development projects, the minimum funding request is $15,000, the maximum is $375,000. Costal Zone Management Fund The Land & Water Management Division of the Department of Natural Resources offers grants for the purpose of planning, CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-7 rA �designing, and carrying out low-cost projects to improve Great Lakes shorelines and connecting waterways. The Recreation Bond Fund The Recreation Bond Fund draws from bonds approved by voters in 1988. It calls for money to be spent on DNR and local recreation facilities in four categories: Recreation infrastructure: such as ballfields, tennis courts, beaches and other shoreline areas, boat launches, trails, picnic areas, historic structures, playgrounds, roads, parking, restrooms, etc., which are not less than 15 years old; Waterfront recreation: such as fishing piers, boardwalks, boat launches, marinas, amphitheaters, landscaping, and shoreline stabilization; Community recreation: playgrounds, sportsfields, community centers, senior centers, fishing sites, and trails for the handicapped. Tourism-enhancing recreation: including campgrounds, boating facilities, historical sites, recreational conversion of abandoned rights-of-way, and fishing access. In its statewide inventory of recreational facilities, the DNR has identified Mackinac County as deficient in a number of recreational facilities. Those relevant for the County include deficiencies in bicycle trails, fishing access, fishing piers, boat launches, campgrounds, nature areas, hiking trails, nature trails, cross country ski trails, picnic areas, and playgrounds. Clark Township will get funding priority over similar projects proposed in non-deficient counties. Table 7 .1 includes the minimum number or size of selected recreation facilities to be considered toward bond funding. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-8 �TABLE 7.1 RECREATION FACILITIES & THEIR MINIMUM NUMBER OR SIZE NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE MINIMUM POINTS RECREATION FACILITY Bicycle Trail Playground Swimming Beach Boat Launch Campground Non-motorized Trail Cross-country Skiing Hiking Nature Horse Fishing Access Fishing Piers Nature Area MINIMUM SIZE 1 mile 3 pcs. of play equipment 50 feet 5 parking spaces 10 campsites 1/2 mile 50 feet 1 10 acres NOTE: Points are not to be awarded separately for cross-country ski trails, nature trails, and hiking trails. These trails are to be considered as one facility. Source: DNR, Michigan's 1987-88 Recreation Action Program Guidebook. Grant requests may not exceed $750,000 and may not be less than $15,000. Applicants must match bond funds with 25% of the total project cost, not including other state grants or legislative appropriations. Bond money will only be allocated to projects on sites controlled by public agencies. In the tourism category, priorities are given to projects which: create new and innovative recreation-related tourism attractions; involve partnerships between the public and private sector; and projects for which feasibility studies have been conducted which demonstrate local, regional, and statewide economic benefits. [Applications and further information may be obtained from: DNR, Recreation Services Division, P.O. Box 30028, Lansing, MI 48909 (517) 373-9483. Recreation Improvement Fund The Recreation Improvement Fund was created from State fuel tax revenue. About $750,000 per year is being targeted for CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-9 �development of non-motorized trails (hiking, bicycle, crosscountry, and nature trails) . No application forms or criteria have yet been prepared, but the Recreation Division is encouraging local governments to submit proposals based on local determination of need, location, and financing. Local Facility Development Grants These grants come from a number of funding sources and are available for planning, design, or development of local recreational facilities. Currently, the principle fund source is the Land and Water Conservation Fund administered by the MDNR, Recreational Division. Land Acquisition Grants Land acquisition grants are available for projects aimed at open space preservation; park creation or expansion; acquisition of environmental resources such as sand dunes, woodlots, or wetland areas; waterfront access sites; and many other land acquisition projects intended for (passive or active) recreational purposes. The Michigan Natural Resources Trust fund was established for this purpose. Three primary criteria are used in reponse to trust fund applications. They are: quality of the land, a recreation needs assessment of the local community, and the capability of the applicant to provide the required 25% matching dollars. Further information can be obtained from: MDNR Grant Management Branch, (517) 3739900. Waterways Fund The Waterways Division of the Department of Natural Resources offers grants for the purpose of developing public boating facilities . The emphasis is on creating boat access sites and supporting facilities. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-10 -- - - -- - - - -- �.... Road Funds In 1987, three acts were passed to provide a new source of revenue for cities, villages, and county road commissions. PA . 149 replaces Act 231, 233 and 237 by changing the State's matching fund from 25% to 20%. The Act will be in effect for five years, when it will be reviewed for continuation by the legislature. Detailed information of PA 149 can be obtained from MDOT's Transportation Economic Development Office at (517)335-1069. The Transportation Economic Development Fund allocates money for the purposes of bringing county roads to all season highway standards. This is important because heavy trucks can only travel regularly on all season roads. The Transportation Economic Development Act also offers counties, cities, and villages the opportunity to compete for additional funding on special projects with economic development objectives. Competitive grants are awarded by the State Highway Commission. Qualified project categories are listed below: (a) Economic development road projects in any of the following targeted industries: agriculture or food processing; tourism; forestry; high technology research; manufacturing; office centers solely occupied by the owner or not less than 50,000 square feet occupying more than 3 acres of land. (b) Projects that result in the addition of county roads or city or village streets to the state trunk line system. (c) Projects for reducing congestion on county primary and city major streets within urban counties. (d) Projects for development within rural counties on county rural primary roads or major streets within incorporated villages and cities with a population of less than 5,000. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-11 ,--Q. �~ · Public Works Financing In addition to using general fund monies, it is often necessary for a community to bond to raise sufficient funds for implementing substantial public improvements. Bonding offers a method of financing for improvements such as water and sewer lines, street construction, sidewalks, and public parking facilities. Common municipal bond types include: 1. General Obligation Bonds - full faith and credit pledges, the principal amount borrowed plus interest must be repaid from general tax revenues. 2. Revenue Bonds - require that the principal amount borrowed plus interest be repaid through revenues produced from the public works project the bonds were used to finance (often a water or sewer system). 3 . Special Assessment Bonds - require that the principal amount borrowed plus interest be repaid through special assessments on the property owners in a special assessment district for whatever public purpose the property owners have agreed (by petition or voting) to be assessed. Tax Incentives The state law permitting communities to provide property tax incentives for industrial development is Act 198. This Act allows a community to provide tax abatements as an incentive for industrial firms which want to renovate existing or build new facilities. - CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-12 �..... Additional Recommendations Other Planning & Economic Development Assistance The Township Planning Commission should maintain regular communication with the Eastern Upper Peninsula Planning & Development Regional Commission. This organization should be encouraged to continue their County and region-wide planning and economic development efforts and to share relevant materials with the Township. Likewise a copy of this Plan should be forwarded to this agency when adopted. Pro-Business Alliance One way to strengthen the Township's economic development potential is to establish a pro-business exchange between Cedarville and Hessel modeled after the Michigan Bell Business Retention and Expansion Program. (Clark Township is not eligible for participation in the Michigan Bell Business Retention and Expansion program because it is not in a Michigan Bell service area.) A pro-business exchange creates an atmosphere of cooperation which benefits both the business and the community. The role of a pro-business exchange is to assist existing businesses in finding solutions for their problems (i.e. inadequate parking, expansion or relocation needs, etc.) and help make new businesses feel welcome. The exchange would work with area businesses to determine their needs and appoint an ombudsman to inform new businesses of local services and contacts. Businesses are often not aware of the services available to them or who to contact for more information. A brochure could be prepared which identifies who to contact for information on zoning, construction, planning, utilities, and taxation. The brochure could also identify permit fees, tax and utility rates, and transportation, delivery, freight, health, and financial services available in the area. CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-13 �f- Poverty The changing economy, higher health care costs, higher literacy and skills requirements for employees, and inflation have seriously hurt the nation's poor, including the elderly on fixed incomes. Social security benefits are the only retirement income for about two-thirds of all American retirees, and an estimated one million Michigan residents have no private or public health insurance. The poor are often overlooked in community development efforts, yet they are the group most in need of public assistance. According to the 1990 census, 11.7 percent of Clark Township residents were living below the poverty level. That's an annual income of less than $7,300 for those under 65, and $6,730 for those 65 and over. The Township should continue to monitor the number of people in poverty through the decennial census and other special intermediate counts and work with local churches and non-profit groups to assist them through food drives, temporary shelters, or other needed services. Public Open Space Acquisition Programs to acquire public open space, especially along the lake, should be initiated. One option is to create a local nonprofit land conservancy. There are several very effective ones operating in Michigan. Priority should be given to building a trust fund for acquisition and maintenance or tying into existing ones like the Nature Conservancy or Little Traverse Conservancy and similar organizations. Initial acquisitions should be of island and shoreline lands. These lands should either be managed as independent Township holdings or in common by a conservancy trust. Considerable additional research and effort is needed . • CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-14 �Periodic Updating and Revisions As these additional studies are undertaken the Master Plan should be updated to reflect the new information. At a minim um the Plan should be comprehensively reviewed and updated at least once every five years. Managing Growth and Change The key to successfully managing future growth and community change is integrating planning into day-to-day decision making and establishing a continuing planning process. The only way to get out of a reactionary mode (or crisis decision making) is by planning and insuring the tools available to meet a broad range of issues are current and at hand. For that reason it will be especially important that the recommendations of this Plan be implemented as the opportunity presents itself (or revised as circumstances dictate). Many new tools may be made available to local governments over the next few years to manage the growth and change process. It will be a challenge to Township officials to pick from among the new tools, those that will provide greater choice over local destiny and quality of life. Revision of Ordinances Clark Township's zoning ordinance should be reviewed and made consistent with this Plan. If this is not done then the legal support for future zoning decisions is undermined. Of course, the Plan itself could also be changed so that there is greater consistency between the Plan and zoning regulations, but if that is done, the supporting logic and data should also be included. Likewise, subdivision regulations should also be adopted and maintained along with a capital improvement program as mentioned earlier in the chapter. LB\word\clark\chap7b.doc 5/2/94 CLARK TOWNSHIP MASTER PLAN 7-15 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Clark-Twp_Comprehensive-Plan_1994 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark Township Planning Commission, Clark Township, Mackinac County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1994-07-08 Title A name given to the resource Clark Township Comprehensive Plan Description An account of the resource The Clark Township Comprehensive Plan was prepared by the Clark Township Planning Commission with the assistance of the Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. with both July 7 and July 8 of 1994 listed as plan dates. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Planning & Zoning Center, Inc. (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Comprehensive plan publications Clark Township (Mich.) Mackinac County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/161f3473ba1c265f51dfb0676ffe66c7.pdf 163076574815b501097831be3188250c PDF Text Text CLARK TOWNSHIP 0 D • I I , 1 CLARK TOWNSJIIP PUN.NI.NG & ZONING COMMISSION �~------ CLARK TOWNSHIP PLANNING AND ZONIOO CCM'llSSION ( CHAIRMAN: , Robert Sherlund SECRETARY: Susie Rutledge MEMBERS: Fred Bryner Ray Causley Jim Hamel Albert Lindberg Clark O'Brien, Sr. Elmer Polzin Mary Scherer THE PREPARATION OF THIS REPORT WAS A JOINT EFFORT BY THE CLARK TOWNSHIP PLANNING AND ZONING COMMISSION, THE MACKINAC COUNTY BOA.RP AND THE EASTERN U.P. REGIONAL -PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION. • \ I ,ACKNOWLEDGEMENT First of all, we wish to express our sincere appreciation and thanks to the Mackinac County Board of Commissioners for their cooperation and financial help to complete this plan. We are also very much thankful to the Eastern U.P. Regional Planning and Development Commission for all the technical assistance which made this useful work complete. �----~~-- - TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction. Overview of Township (Location, People, Economy) ... ... . • • . . . ... • Natural and Cultural Variables (Resource Inventory). .. ........ . .. 3 • • 7 Development of Capability Criteria •• Land Development Goals • 2 • • ,23 . • • • • 27 Township Planning Concept •• • .29 Basic Township Plan •• •• 31 Transportation Plan. • .36 Utilities Plan. .37 Recreation Plan. • • • • 39 Proposed Zoning Map •• • .44 �.ENABLING LEG !Q!.,AT ION TOWNSHIP PLANNING ACT (ACT NO. 168 OF PUBLIC ACTS OF 1959, AS AMENDED TIIROUGH OCTOBER, 1966). An act to provide for township planning 1 for the creation, organization, powers and duties of a township planning conrnission; and for the regulation and subdivision of land. The following is a citation of Section M.S.A, #5,2963 (102) Purpose of Planning, Section z. The purpose of plans prepared pursuant to this act shall be to promote public health, safety and general welfare,; to encourage the use of resources in accordance 1vith their character and adaptability; to avoid the over-crowding of 'land by buildings or people; to lessen congestion on public roads and streets; to facilitate provision for a system of transportation, sewage :dis,.. posal, safe and adequate water supply, recreation and other public improvements and to consider the character of each township and its suitability for particular uses judged in terms of such factors as the trend in land and population development, (C , L. 48 #125,322.) 1 �INJBQDUCTION Land Use Planning deals with the complex interrelation of two basic resources, the land resource and the human resource. The land is a fixed, irreplaceable, non-expandable resource; population is an expanding and mobile resource. The present society is faced today with the challenge of accoIIIlilodat- ing more people on a fixed ammmt of land. Man's relationship to the land resource is one of both dependence and dominance. i1an depends upon land and associated environmental systems for all the necessities that sustain life. At the same t:ime, human society has developed to a high degree the ability to dominate and utilize the land resource. Land use planning is an attempt to establish and maintain a balance between the use and preservation of the land resource in order that it may provide a sa,tisfying life for present generations and retain the ability to suppo5t_ future generations. Life styles and social values rapidly and constantly change in our fast paced culture. Technological achievements are often far in advance of human understanding. Individually and socially, we need a method not only to an- ticipate change, but also, to effectively meet the resultant demands of change .. Plaiming has achieved a measure of success in helping people to anticipate the future and provide for its needs because planning represents a systematic desire to achieve a degree of order and hannony from the seemingly unrelatedli3-spects \ of our world. The basic intent of the Land Use Plan is to develop the land resource capability and suitability for different land uses in the township. A general land use plan will be developed based on land resource capability-suitability, which eventually will provide a base for a zoning map. This plan is expected to help make township development and land use decisions more rational, 2 �SECTION I OVERVIEW OF THE TOWNSHIP HISTORY Location: The history of the whole Great Lakes area is intimately tied into the Les Cheneaux Islands. The safe harbors of the many channels between the islands harbored all the people who passed through the falls of the St. Mary's River and the Straits of Mackinac. Since the latter part of the nineteenth century, the shores and islands of the township became the favorite summer resort for the wll-to-do of Detroit, Cincinnati, Toiedo, Chicago, and Cleveland. Now with the opening of the St. Lawrence Seaway and increasing outdoor recreational trends, particularly in the last three decades, a tremendous number of tourists from all over the country, as well as from Canada, are discovering this beautiful area. Clark Township occupies the eastern and southern end of Mackinac County. By road, it can be reached on M-134 east of 1-75 after a ten-mile drive; and also from Pickford, in the north, on M-129; by boat on Lake Huron at the Hessel or Cedarville docks; and by plane landing at the Hessel airport. The Township lies within the area described T43N, T42N, and RlW, RlE, and R2E. (Figure 1) People: The total permanent population in 1960 was 1563 which has increased about 35 % since 1950. In 1970, the permanent population increased to 1771 or 13% and in 1980 it increased to 1879 or 6%. This moderate rate of population increase is expected to continue but at a reducing rate in every decade in the remainder of the century. 3 �Al + + 11 tu1H11uu1 I //J!Oa.1- H__i_ ,.IU&E . 11D. =--t LIIO <i "' " i II --+----"'1 II " I ,-, ~~. - _ _ __:_,,~~ . " II 'i'--- *,--f' ' . ., "~ "~~ -- ~ ~~ - - ~ II 0 l ~"1<> ' II c::: . .... 5(: - + IJ 1. CLARK TOWNSHIP SCALE" IN MILES j __ _ ) ...'-"'., ,<, I I \ .-J- ,, I I ~ ' 'c -¼:1=1~ ·'"' ,..,.,, 2 0 I ~-f LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS ,, -=L.:i u, I NORTH [ Ii 0 -i~ AIRPORT OOAT HARBORS • e FIG~RE 1 ' + + �Being highly resort and recreation-oriented, this township also attracts a large number of tourists in summer. somewhat difficult, To estimate this seasonal population is But, if we assume the family composition of these visitors is about the same as the year-round families - 3.2 per household, and there are 739 seasonal dwellings, then the total tourist number would be about 2,364. There are also approximately 259 resorts, motels, and campgrounds which consist of about 1,295 units to rent which could bring in another 2,000 persons. Thus, a nice summer day may have about 6,564 people in the township. Whether these theoretical figures are true or exaggerated, the fact remains that more than 15% of Mackinac County's population lives in Clark Township. This was also true during the last decade. It is our observation that the growth of this area is much more rapid than the rest of Mackinac County, Economy: There are two major economic factors in the local economy, 1) limestone operations by U.S. Steel Corporation and 2) recreation and resort oriented economic activities. Other than these two important factors, lumbering and other wood-related operations have also some economic significance. Overall economic growth has been somewhat slow during the last ten years, which is comparable to the national growth trend, Now it is quite evident that there are active commercial activities and a feeling of general optimism. Most of the commercial operations are in full gear with some expansion efforts. Commercial properties are in demand. 6 �SECTION II NAllJIW. AND CULTIJRAL VARIABLES AND Dffi~,U?!l\f\ffS ~ A. RESOURCE INVENfOR,Y. 1, Slope Interpretation. The slope characteristics of an area help to give an understanding of the drainage, erodibility and practicality of construction. Figure 2 was developed using USGS quadTangle sheets at a scale of two inches to one mile. Slope wa,s deter,mined by measuring horizontal distance between contour lines and is calculated in percent. One percent slope means that there is a rise or fall of one foot in horizontal distance of one hundred feet. Because most of; the township~s land rises evenly from the lakeshore northerly (except for a few areas), only two broad categories were developed such as 0-lO!_~d more tha,n 10% slope! Figure 2 indicates that most of the township is fairly level except for a few ridges which are scattered throughout the township, and has a slope of more than 10%. The islands and peninsulas fonn gentle mounds. The largest ones are 50~60 feet above the lake level in the middle, while the smaller islands are lower accordingly, The most northern parts of the township reach 950 feet absolute elevation or 400 feet above lake level. 2, Soil Characteristics. Soils are an essential part of the area's natural resource inventory and are iJnportant in detennining building foundation strength, effectiveness of septic tank sewage disposal, plant fertility, erosion hazards, and drainage conditions. All of these factors are crucial in detennining the nature and extent of development that should occur within the township. 7 �_J ~ ....J _J ,.,.,_ESE ""' ........... ~ i _ ..,.-'.,J.: I , ii - - ~-1' '->II • I . . . . . . !. . . . . -1_ I I I • ~ II II I , I ' RO___ \ ~ SWEDE I -- . ' CLARK TOWNSHIP ':>C .O Lf 1 1\. IVi hE'..> 0 ' " ·,~,tc ·,-1,. RO ·-- ,~ LAND CONTOUR , - lI " II -- ~ .. ,(. ,,. , . . , . ~ - - 7----- - . , ... .fr- I'-~~'ii I ,,I '~~ "' Ii ' JII :4111 \-~. I~ 1, -, I I ,, " \ . _. _:1111 1 ............ =-r.I-,,-,_ !f. !. ........................................... . i Ii SWED£ ... • ~ ~ ~ ' ) J',.. .I ' . "?, "',. '' 'I, [ , I \ - ri·'"f';;; - -• -1~ ·'"' ·' 0 NORTH LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS FIGURE 2 OJ LEGEND L~ ' - LESS THAN 10% CONTOUR GREATER THAN 10% CONTOUR ~ ~ �2. Soil Characteristics~ Continued, A general soils survey, which was done during the 1920 's, is the only l reliable soils infonnation available for the township (Figure 3). information consists of about SO different soil types. This soils Most of these soils are not generally understandable; therefore, with the close cooperation of the Soil Conservation Service (Mr. Dave Ottoson) each of these soils were evaluated for their capabilities for residential and agricultural uses, and were also grouped together in general and understandable terms like sandy soils, clay soils, etc. Figure 3, which is an original soil ' survey, indi- cates that most 0£ the area in the township has stony (calcareous) soils except the north"'west comer of the township where soils are somewhat sandy in nature. soils. There are two other very small areas which have bedrock types of These areas .actually have limestone deposits. Soil analysis indicates that the majority of the land in the township has severe limitations for agriculture, commercial forestry and on-site sewer systems. 3. Vegetative Cover. Thi.s varia,b.le contaii--is three types of infonnation; forest land, swampy area, and open land, This infonnation was taken from U.S. Geological Survey Quadrangle Sheets which indicate that the majority of the area is under some kind of low grade forest. Most of the existing forest stand is second growth which is composed of mixed hardwoods and conifers in the western part of the township, whereas in the eastern part, cedars and scrub growth are common. YlOst of the islands are heavily forested. The existing ~rest stand is not sufficient in quantity and quality to support any big ~ommercial ope]'a,tion, in the area. Local soils also have severe limitations for commercial forestry A::, for agriculture, mentioned earlier, local soils also have severe li.lJlitations There has been very limited agriculture in the past and a;nd this was mostly of the part-time or personal hobby-type variety. r r 9 �. - -JI ~ ~ :tll ) ~ _:M ~} :ii :.ill f"'l':'f!lY~rffffhris I= T]LTH:PHH . ... ........ .. ........lk ...... W . ~ .... , ____J GENERAL SOILS ;- ··~+"1&···~·c::·:·· CLARK TOWNSHIP C., "- ~I ' L 0 0 ~OR T H LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS FIGURE 3 ,-~ '-- LEGEND ' D Mucks & Wet Course Sands HHHI Sandy Soils ~ Stony Soils Calcareous" - Bedrock Soil s 11 ·~ �3. Vegetative Cover - Continued. The northwestern comer of the township contains somewhat suitable soils for agriculture which again, are not suitable for any big commercial agricultural operation. There are a few spots in the township which have swampy conditions. A majority of the waterfront areas of the islands are identified as swampy 1 and low lying areas. 4. (Figure 4) Bedrock Geology. Geologic factors play a major role in land use analysis. The depth of bedrock from the land surface is very critical for most of the land uses • Generally, it is considered that if bedrock is within ten feet of the surface, that area is incapable for land uses like residential, commercial, and industrial, etc., particularly where public sewer and water facilities are not available, Geological analysis reveals that more than half of the township!s area has bedrock within ten feet of the surface (see Figure 5). , Such areas with shallow bedrock have severe limitations for on-site sewage disposal systems. lviost of the bedrock which lies under the township is known as Paleozoic rock which consists of limestone or engadine dolomite. is being mined east 0£ Cedarville by U.S\ Steel. Limestone Figure 6 indicates areas which haye rich quality of limestone and engadine dolomite, These deposits are near the surface and have a great economic potential. 5. Land Ownership. This man-made detenni..iallt (Figure 7) consists of three types of land ownership~ 1) private, 2) public-state and federal, 3) corporated. Out of the total township area of approximately 50,907 acres, about 9133 acres are in public ownership (state and federal), 7,432 corporated (U.S. Steel Corp.) and 34,342 acres are in private smaller holdings. 11 �.,. . CL - I (/) • z~ 0 0 , ~ N ... V, ""_, i ~ "'_, Ill Ill - (Ji C z.... <I u V, c., ...._, 0 12 ...• 0 ••• &. • C w Ill 0 • . z �-1 =71 I .. ":.it =4 ---21 ,1'1J£!....~» ...!'0~ - • ... , L" A A ') ~, . --=-- ~ GENERAL GEOLOGY l ""lllll.lll'#l••IIJtpl CL ARK TOWNSHIP SCA L E IN IIIILES 0 0 NORTH LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAV EL ROADS - - ===-' FIGURE 5 ,...... w LEGEND ' - BEDROCK AT OR NEAR SURFACE D BEDROCK 10 FT. BEYOND SURFACE '-" �. LL.I t...... ~ 0 _J 0 0 ;;,I , ...- Ien en 0 0 ~ D: -I: ~ , , C "'.., -' i ~ - w -' ~~ ..,.z c., .....,. I~ N o~ a: i (/) <I (/)0 "' o<t c:tO 0 u w a.(!) ....J I 1-(_,A\ t - .¥ --- ... • c, , . ~ ·/ ,~ Olt 3"1/N 0 _J :z:o 3:Z: oc:i:: :z: I OLLI z w> > <( (!) <( ct LLJ _J 0.. :E l.J.J ...... ~ oct ct ....J 0 w a:: z <{ ~ LL.I (/) :z: u C rri n (/) I-· 0 ...... t<.r, (/) C LL.I ~ ..J ~ 0 a. z w 3 Q C, u. Cl.. £ 1 11;. �- __. _Ji . . .J ~ :j j __j .J .:. ... , ~..4 ~ :__j ~ - 't ,,,,_ LAND OWNERSHIP CLARK TOWNSHIP SCALE IN MILES 2 0 0 NORTH LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS -==-= 1--' FIGURE 7 (.J1 LEGEND ' ~ ~ STATE/ FEDERAL a CORPORATE D PRIY A TE • -~-j ~ �- 6. Existing Land Use. The infonnation of this variable (Figure 8) was gathered through a special survey which was conducted by the Eastern U.P. Regional Planning and Development Connnission and later on was updated by the Township Planning Connnission. This variable contains structural development infonnation which is divided into four categories: 1) year-rotmd residences, 2) seasonal homes and cabins, 3) commercial/industrial buildings, and 4) public buildings - schools, church and town hall, etc. Figure 8 indi- cates- that most of the development is along Highway M-134, particularlyconcentrated in Hessel and Cedarville--the only two comrrnm.ities in the township. There is some development occurring along M-129 and Three- 1'/ri.le Road north of Hessel, otherwise the rural area is very sparsely populated. Most of the seasonal development is happening on the islands. -- = 1 Some islands which have road access .with the mainland are also attracting year-rolllld residential development. A~mentioned earlier, most of the area of the township has severe I lirni.tations for on..--site sewage disposal, therefore, public sewer and wa,ter a.re extremely necessary for concentrated development areas. For development on the islands and other rural areas of the township, a strict control on the design for on-site sewage disposal systems should be gdopted and en£oyced by the township. According to our estimate, there are 706 year-rol.llld family h~ts. \ 7 1 Fo-P the last ten years, year-rol.llld residential development has been increasing at the rate of 30 units annually, In the case of seasonal homes a,nd cabins, the ~ate has also been 30 units per year for the last ten years. Private seasonal homes and cabins increased at much higher rates than the resort cabins . The resort development in the area is leveling off to 300 cabins. 17 �~ J J ,I J --~~e e eee l ee e 5 6 •• 4 • • • ee • e < .. e ee I • e e ' i:·---~ -111-"NIN,.,!Nlll•IIU"lt,hflOll!I ..... Hllt, •• •• e 3 " ~, 2 e 7 e II 9 8 6 \ 'S I B eee e 12 I ., . ~ -~ i,""'--, 4 3 e \.,t3 I • ·~ 7 LJ~I 2 ~ft n ~ 9 11 ) -:: 1 , ,-, ) --- • ' FIGURE 8 CLARK TOWNSHIP 12 ! 8 ea ~ ~ ~I • • -_,.,, ~ e ••\ I I i l !:i } If 17 t 21 ie 15 14 16 15 a~: 13 I ,1 '"' 2 22 .. e "' i -t~ ~N ... I r, --\ g -- -l- B 22 ·~ ':f ~ \i t: '! 24 Ir t • I LEGEND '-t ~ .'-5 . 27 ~ r 26 . ~ 25 I PAVED ROADS GRAV EL ROADS ~ SCALE 0 ---- -- 2 1 ,, - " ~~ . ~ II ISLAND BUILDINGS HOMES • SEASONAL HOMES 8 RESORT COMMERCIAL • INDUSTRI AL * �7. Transportation. Figure I .indicates that there are four modes of transportation in the township. In the case of road transportation, there are two major highways. M-134 runs east"west along the shoreline and connects the township ·with 1-.. 75 in the west, and DeTour Village in the east. The second major highway M 129, starts from Cedarville and runs northward where it connects with 00 Pickford and then the City of Sault Ste. Marie. Both of the highways are ;in fairly good condition and have a large volume of traffic throughout year. There are quite a few other roads which are mostly gravel roads and do have problems, particularly in the spring. ..,_~ the The road system in Cedarville needs some redesigning, lighting and such other related improvements. There are a few miles of private railroad which carry limestone from U.S. Steel quarry to the Port Dolomite to load the limestone on ships for market places. There are three harbors in the township: and Hessel. Port Dolomite, Cedarville, Port Dolomite is strictly being used by the U.S. Steel Cor- poration for limestone operation and it is made to the specification of the operation. In the past, commercial vessels used the Cedarville Dock, but at present there are no proper facilities to handle corrrrnercial vessels. At present, only pleasure crafts, excursion and fishing vessels use the deteriorating fa.cility. The harbor at Hessel is somewhat new and can accommodate medium sized vessels. Boat launching ramp facilities are present, both -in Cedarville as well as in Hessel. A new Clark Township Marina is also being built in Cedarville to accommodate the ever increasing demand. Another private harbor facility in Cedarville is being planned which will make the total of four big commercial accesses to the waters of Lake Huron~ 'r 19 �-I UTILITIES PLAN ' '.ii 21 21 22 It ct: RD. 27 29 "::. ..., l:!.... ~ (lj ::s -::. SCALE IN MILES 2 0 0 NORTH 7 7 7 7 ~ PRESENT SEWAR GATHER ING SYSTEM 111111111 FORCED MAIN * LIFT STATIONS LAGOON 11111111, SYSTEM AND SPRAY AAEA (APPROXIr--ATE) SEWAR SYSTEM AND PuBuc WATER SYSTEM (PRoPOsED) 21 FIGURE 9 '- �... 8. Utilities and Services - Continued. Electric power is provided by the Edison Sault Electric Company r ' from Sault Ste. Marie and Cloverland Electric Coop, Inc., of Dafter. Electric power service, both for domestic as well as for industrial and corrunercial, is adequate at this time. 1 , 7 7' 7 7 """" I 22 �SECTION III J DEVELOPf·'EHT OF C/lPABILHY CRilERIA Capability of a certain geographic area, for different land uses for human activities, depends on the proper combination of the physical features of the ecosystem of that area . For exa'llple, residential development requires good soil conditions, adequate ground water if public supplies are not avail- .,, ·a ble, and fairly level contour. On the other hand, residential development I may create certain stresses such as pollution of ground water supplies with septic tank effluent, or down-stream flooding caused by removing vegetative cofer. l l All of these factors must be considered before determining if a particular area should be used for residential development . · For these reasons, resource information presented previously can b~ ." used to develop capability maps of such land uses as septic tanks, residential, comrnercial-industrial, agricultural, recreational and etc. In the case of Clark Township, the development of residential, forestry, and agricultural capability maps were considered necessary. "Capability" may be defined as the ability of the land to accommodate its different uses without creating significant problems for either the inhabitants of the area or the environment. In order to develop residential and agricultural capability, phy1ical 7 characteristics of the area were rated in ranges of best, adequa~e, or - incapable. These criteria were discussed and adopted by the Township Planning Commission. 23 �CAPABILITY CRITERIA PHYSICAL .ELEMENT RESIDENTIAL WITI-IOUT PUBLIC .SEWER &WATER AGRICULTURE · FORESTRY Slope: 0- 5% 5-10% 10+% B B B A I A I A I Bedrock near or at the surface I I I Bedrock 10 or more feet from the sur face A Depth of Bedrock: Soils Classification:* ~ Loamy Soils A B B Clay Soils I A A Sandy Soils A I I fvluck Wet Sands I I L .. Beclrock Soils I I I Stoney Soils I I I Swamp Areas: B = BEST A= ADEQUATE I = INCAPABLE - + OOES NOT APPLY - ~ To develop a residential capability map, the first step was to identify those areas that are incapable of supporting residential development such as slope 10% and over, swampy areas and bedrock closer to the surface and areas - with severe soil limitations. Areas with moderate soil limitations and the areas i.vhere soil has a slight limitation for the on-site sewage disposal, are marked as capable and most capable respectively. (See Figure 10.) - ?4. �,111 -,:\I ,,1 -'ll'!l -"!i i~! ~,11) -'1111) ~~ . r 1~] I, II "'t · 1 ,i ~I li ll ... ,.........,............... 1 ~1~ . I' ""'"""' . .:... 1 1 If ., i; r 111~1 -,, 111 11 .,, 11 RESIDENTIAL CAPABILITY CLARK TOWNSHIP i ? II ,, 11 SCA LE IN MILES 15 /U ~ ~ 0 I " '~ • I 0 2 -TH " LEGE ND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS N <.n FIGURE 10 LEGEND ' ~ -.TCAPAaLE D I.USTCAPMU "1 �Similar criteria and procedures were used to develop agricultural and forestry capability maps . (These nio maps were not included in this document because all of the towhship has severe limitations for agriculture and commercial for estry.) • Figure 9, Residential Capability with on-site sewage disposal systems , also indicate that most of the township's area is incapable (with severe limitation) for on-site sewage disposal. Some areas along the northern border, where the soils are somewhat light in nature 'sandy soils) are most capable of supporting on-site sewage disposal systems. =ii ii -1 I r 26 �SECTION IV LAND USE OOALS FOR CLARK Tm:,NSHIP Historical and physical knowledge of the area fonn the basis for a logical starting point upon which goals and objectives can be developed. The first section of this report provides necessary background infonnation concerning location, dimension of the study area, population summary and the economic overview of the township. Section II provides natural and cultural variables and detenninants which are critical in establishing area goals and objectives. This Section also includes capability--suitability infonnation to be used as a guide for goals and objectives formulation by the township officials. Thus, to be realistic, township goals should match or clearly reflect township potentials. The physical infonnation mentioned above-~h.ould assist township leaders and citizens since it portrays a clear picture of the present situation, as well as its future potentials. The following is a brief surmnary of the conclusions which were drawn from the previous chapters and should be considered during the fonrrulation of township development goals and objectives: 1. The population is expected to continue to increase at a accelerated rate. It will reach to about 3, 400 by the end of this century, when it is about 2,200 in 1976. 2. Township has a great potential for further outdoor recreational developments. 3. The agricultural potential is insignificant in the area. 4. Commercial forestry has very limited potentials. 5. The area has severe limitations for on-site sewage disposal systems and consequently rural development is generally unsuitable. Therefore, specific and appropriate standards for on-site sewage disposal systems should be enforced in the township. 7 6. For Cedarville, Hessel and other intensive development areas, public sewage systems should be extended. 27 �I • 7. Public water is also necessary for more developed areas because the underground water shows signs of contamination in certain areas of the township at the present time. - 8. Because of many islands and bays, the area is environmentally very sensitive and must be safequarded through proper zoning, subdivisions, and other development controls. 9. Existing development patterns are reaching to the point where they could harm the natural environment, as well as human well-beings. · 10. The well- established image of the area as a boating and other water oriented activity should be exploited. - Suggested Goals: 1. Natural environment of the township should be protected. 2. -Year-round development should remain in and around Cedarville and Hessel, rather than hodgepodge development all over the area. 3. Primarily seasonal and recreational development should occur on the islands. ~ _ 4. Improve economic base of the township by developing recreational potential of the area. 5. Planned-unit development should be encouraged. ..... ·-1 \ ~ I J .., I 28 �' SECTimJ V • ... The process of translating township land planning goals, wishes of the people, and developmental constraints into a master plan, borders on be:ihg an intuitive process. A simple computer-like ''balancing the books," lacks the social and human dimensions ~hich are of utmost i.i11portance in developing . a plan for any area. Thus, the plan presented in thi s report, while never abandoning the primary need to meet the hard facts, does reflect considerations I of human scale in development planning. ( The basic concept in this planning effort is to regulate development in such a manner that will preserve and protect the natural environment and rural characteristics of the township. Concept #1 - Planned Development Future development in the township must be planned in such a way that the township will be able to have input in development decisions by encouraging criteria regarding density, design and the location ·of such development. Through the development and enforcement of such standards, township officials will be able to: 1. Encourage growth in areas which are convenient . to existing public services and. utilities, which :will in turn, keep public costs at a minimum. 2. Control population densities in the developing areas, so as to maintain a population balance within the township. 3. Through the encouragement of a particular design criteria, the township officials can insure the design of new developments consistent with the characteristics of the area, as well as the adjacent development. 1 29 'l .I �I •• Concept #2 - Commercial Development Connnercial development in Clark Township should be such as to provide the optimum level of services to residents, as well as visitors. Most of the general commercial development should occur in Cedarville and Hessel. Recrea- tional and resort oriented development, of course, should be in other appropri- - ate areas. Concept #3 - Preservation and Protection of Natural Envirorunents of the Township This concept seeks to preserve and protect flood plains, wetlands, water- - < front by preventing those projects which call for major alteration of stream beds or draining and filling of wetland and waterfront areas. Ideally, these features should be somehow incorporated into the design of future development. ... ... "" - �~;I SECflm~ VI /_ Although the resource analysis and the development of a capability map are the major factors in determining the location of the township's future growth, they do not constitute a basic land use plan. A plan should join together physical and cultural data with township goals in order to guide development in a rational manner. - The purpose of this basic plan is to offer a hypothesis about the way that Clark Township could develop, and give the limitations that have been set forth in the preparation of capability process. The plan should be used as a . guide for decisions on how best township goals may be met (see Fi gure 11). GENERAL LAND USE CATEGORIES 1. 'iii" ' Urban Service Area Both of the cormnunities, Cedarville and Hessel, are marked (see Figure 11) as urban service areas in the township. Analysis and synthesis of the physical determinants indicate that most of the township land has severe limitations ~ for on-site sewage disposal, therefore, public water and sewer systems must be provided to the majority of .the dwellings. To make such services economically ,.= I feasible, development in these coTIUilunities should be encouraged whereas development in outlying areas should be discouraged. A. 'F I r General CoTIUilercial/Business District. Most of these areas are under coTIUilercial use but there is enough undeveloped area to accoTIUilodate the need for about the next 15 years. These areas are marked so that corrnnercial and eneral business development could be concentrate ra er tan e1ng mixe w1t other conflicting uses. These areas are also the most convenient to the general population of the township as well as to the tourist traffic. 31 �7 ~ 1 --J ............. ~r - POGLESE ~ qo i ~ ~ ~ ~ - J "'"""1"-~-~1. !I k I 1 ' =- j ' - , '\. I I ~ :-,o.,. .,. ·-l SW£0£ I ' !• :~ RO ·-- ~ :J 1 FUTURE· LAND USE PLAN CLARK TOWNSHIP i 1,-- I ~ . j 1 - -- SCALf IN MILES ~ 0 ~ 2 0 NORTH ' 1:1_4 · LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS w ,--=> FIGURE 11 LEGEND ' H:::H WATERFRONT DISTRICT ~ URBAN SERVICE AREAS L:J E2223 RURAL RESIDENTIAL ~ INDUIT• IAL FORESTRY/ RECREATION �1. Urban Service Area-Continued. B. Single-family Residential District. To keep residential development away, but still a convenientqistance from commercial and educational areas this district is marked. It is recommended primarily tor residential uses. 1hls area -has also good road access, as well as most of the existing residential development, but still there is enough room for future residential land needs. By concentrating residential development in specific areas, it will reduce land use conflicts and will make living environments safe, desirable and pleasant. 1\vo families er acre are su gested but ins ecial cases, eyen denser development coul e allow . ;- C. Recreational Corrnnercial District. As it is well known, the 100st important characteristic of the tmmship is water-oriented recreation. Although the area has good water-oriented recreational facilities, still the resource is not fully developed. To capitalize the area's full resource potential, a specific district is suggested so that future recreational commercial development should be encouraged. This area is marked specifically for recreational commercial development which hopefully, will help to expand the economic base of the township. Most of the existing recreational facilities exist in this area. It is convenient to the residents, as well as it will attract the tourist in such a location where they will be economically productive and envirornnentally least hannful. Conflicting developments, e.g., residential should be discouraged~ this district. - 2. Waterfront District The scenic attractions of nature are the virtues that tourists seek in this township. Lake Huron's waterfront and a unique gift of God, the Les Cheneaux Islands Complex, are the most important economic as well as aesthetic resource of the township. The increasing interest in outdoor recreation and to live with nature has created a tremendous demand on such waterfront properties. At the same tL"'lle, these areas are highly environmentally sensitive. Therefore, the i entire waterfront area~ including all of the islands, is marked a separate district to regulate the development. Land capability analysis indicates that the majority of this district has severe limitations for on-site sewage disposal systems. To provide public water and sewer services is practically impossible, but the development of these areas is inevitable. Therefore, to control the development in such a fashion in which the least hann will result, is a very 33 �- • I 2. Waterfront District-Continued rational and logical approach. This approach should be based on the prinicples ! of preservation and conservation of the said resource. · People must realize that everything of significance cannot be saved. The· detennination of these areas for preservation and conservation is an exercise to make the citizens, as well as the public officials, aware that they have a direct responsibility for the future of the area. The waterfront district is marked as a separate area in the township, mainly for development such as seasonal cottages, homes, and parks, etc., with strict and conservative controls. 3. •. •. -. Industrial District As mentioned in the resource analysis section, the township does not have an industrial economy except the U.S. Steel limestone operation east of Cedarville and some other very minor activities as block manufacturing, woodrelated, etc. The area does have a potential to expand its limestone operation. There are two major areas marked as industrial districts. Most of the-lf.S. Steel Co. property contains high quality limestone deposits which are included in this district. for industrial use. Two other areas north of Hessel near the airport are marked One site, where a block manufacturing operation exists, is suitable for heavy industry; whereas the /.liecond site, which is closer to the airport, is appropriate for light industry. -... - - These areas are at a reasonable distance from the populated areas which make this district a very rational and desirable location. 4. Both sites have good transportation. Forestry/Recreation The land ownership indicator reveals that a sizeable portion of the land in the township is under state forest which is open to the public for outdoor recreation. Forestry and outdoor recreation (extensive) uses have the least conflict and often overlap each other. established. Therefore, one combined district is . II It also includes the areas which are least capable physically • 34 �4. Forestry/Recreation-Continued for other uses in order that such areas could be protected from unsuitable development. It also contains areas that are suitable for other developments such as residential or industrial, but these should not be used because of the limited demand.. As demand in the future increases, some parts of this district could be used with proper planning procedures. Existing district bmmdaries could expand in the future into this district if the demand increases in the area. It will also serve as an area preserve for future needs. At this time, the area should be mainly used for forestry and outdoor recreation related activities. Rural residential development should also be allowed with very liberal lot sizes and strict standards for on-site sewage disposal systems. An average density of one-family per ten acres is suggested. 5. Rural Residential At present there is a significant rural type residential development occurring north of the tonwship a~rport. area is quite appropriate. To live in rural environments; this An average density of one family per two acres is a desirable pattern for development in this category of land use. The land in this category should be subdivided in such a manner that when - the pressure of development increases.(particulaily when industrial area ,;t ~ across the road is developed) it can easily )>e\4v:eloped to a greater density of dwellings per acre. I r ! t \ -1 I / 35 �SECTION VII HllSlER TIWiSFURTATIOM Pl.PH TI1is portion of the plan is adopted from the existing Clark Township Master Plan. AIR TRANSPORTATION Hessel Airport facility is adequate for the present need. top runway, a hangar and other necessary buildings. It has a black Under the existing circUJI1Stances, no major new developments are suggested for the near future, except for improvements such as runway lights, etc. WATER TRANSPORTATION · Clark Township is a water-oriented community and outside of the hundreds of small private moorings and docks, has three harbors: Port Dolomite, Cedarville, and Hessel. The Hessel harbor· is fairly new but too small to serve the needs of the..area. · It is necessary to develop a finger-pier to expand the existing capacity as a short-range action. It would be quite appropriate to develop a second harbor of similar size facing west, and the platfonn between the two basins to be developed as the town center. TI1e existing Cedarville marina development project should not end by the completion of township marina facility but it should continue to expand the project by developing other related facilities such as park and picnic areas along the waterfront in the future. This site has much more potential than it has been realized. 36 �SECTIC!'l VI II UT! LI TIES f11\SIER Pl.PH As it has been discussed throughout this plan, most of the land in the township has severe limitations for on-site sewage disposal systems. Al.111ost the entire township is sitting on limestone or other bedrock material. of this rock is fractured. Most Being underground rock and closer to the surface -reduces· the sewage absorption rate to the minimum, in other words, raw sewage . ~ets through the limestone cracks and reaches the ground water· to the lakes and streams, which might contaminate the underground water as well as pollute surface waters. Few wells have indicated low levels of contamination which, according to the Health Department, could reach to the critical level after a decade. Ever increasing pressures of development in the area might accelerate the Tate of contamination. A few years ago, this problem was realized by the people of the township which resulted into limited public sewage disposal system. At present, about 200 dwellings are being served, whereas the system has the capacity to service about 800 dwellings. In the beginning, the system was planned to serve not only Cedarville, but also Hessel and other developing areas around these communities. Since this system was put in, quite a few other areas have experienced new development which make them necessary to have such service. Figure 9 indicates the area which is being served and _tfe pro' available. posed areas where this service should be provided as soon as funds become Some of these areas are reaching to the critical point. There is no public water supply system at this time whic...1.i is equally important to have in the area as a sewage disposal system. It is recominended that the toWJ).ship should direct their efforts to obtain this service as soon as possible. 37 �L Initially, it should provide water to Cedarville and Hessel's central connnunity qr~as a,nd a few years later it should be expanded to other developing areas. The Economic Development Administration and the Envirornnental Protection Agency of the Federal Government are two potential ftmdi ng sources which should be investigated by the township. 7 ..... -, 38 �SECTION IX MASTER RECREATION PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE 1. Clark Township has no formal or informal park and recreation board. The Township Planning Commission functions as an advisory body to the Township Board in matters dealing with planning and zoning, including rec:,eation. The Township Board directs and controls all township-owned recreation facilities, 2, Community Description See page #3-22 3. Recreation Inventory See table #1 and Figure #2 4. PROBLEMS/ISSUES/NEEDS Major recreation _problems include the lack of certain types of recreational facilities, and the lack of money. Another problem is the need for a park and recreation board and recreation director which would supervise the overall recreational program and the maintenance of the facilities, At present, the Township board has direct responsibility for this supervision. The need for specific types of recreational facilities has been identified by the Clark Township Board and the Clark Township Planning Commission. Included in the list of needed facilities are (in no particular order): - picnic areas - swimming beaches in Snow Channel and Mismer Bay - bicycle paths - restrooms and finger piers at the Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility finger piers at the Hessel Marina - skateboard area tennis court(s) in Hessel - Bay City Lake State Forest Campground improvements - hiking, cross-country skiing, nature, snowshoe trails. 39 �TABLE 1 CLARK TOttr£HIP RECREATION FACILITIES OWNERSHIP NAME 1)* - 1 FACILITIES Government Island Picnic Areas Federal 4 picnic tables, 2 grills, 2 vault-type toilets. 2) Bay City Lake Forest Campground State 12 campsites, swimming area, vault-type toilets, gravel boat ramp, parking 3) Snowmobile Trail (Cedarville-Kinross) State Department of Natural Resources l!Toomed trail, 26 miles. 4) State High,vay Scenic Turnout .CM-134) State Picnic tables. 5) Hessel Boat Harbor and Ramp Township 10 transient accomodations, gasoline, telephone (pay station), water, restrooms (flush toilt'ifs), showers, haulout facilities. 6) Outdoor Skating Rink, Basketball, Tennis Court Township Outdoor concrete skating rink, basketball court at one.. end, tennis court at other end. 7) So£ tball field Township Backstop, filed. 8) Co_mmunity Center Township Large hall, bathrooms, kitchen, stage, storage rooms, skating warming room. 9) Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility Township Boat launching ramp, parking, mooring area, pirnic tables. 10) Athletic Field Les Cheneaux Community Schools Football/baseball/softball combination area, tennis court, basketball court. 11) Indoor School Facilities Les Cheneaux Community Schools Gymnasium, all-purpose room, older gyrrmasium 12) Les Cheneaux Club Golf Course Private (but open to public) Nine-hole golf course. 13) Cedarville to Hessel Snowmobile Trail Private &State. This is a state contractually groomed trail 20 mile long groomed trail. I -r - 1 --, *Numbers correspond to identical ntnnbers on Map -, 40 �. l RECPEATION AfB\S + FIGURE 12 r. :.1~~r_ ,·J-..:. l. .:~r. . . . . . :- - · - - : -. :.. ST 14'~ RO _ . ~, t II -~ . a ·c- - ~ I 11 II I I _ - -• - - - ~ ¾ - _ ~ _ ! ~ - __ ,'\ ~ 110 ,;I:!,0£ - -=--· ' -- : " : CLARK TOWNSHIP : SCAU IN ,_.I LES ~ 11/'11 t :IW£0T -J~ 1 @I •~• . I ·---,------:------r·--·:----·-- ......:.. I l ' t : !'> " " "'ea) n I I I, - ··,. II Q IJ <_,, "- I '- . I -•,\ I '1 "\J . '- 1 <I ' l \._.o" \._<,_ . ,1 ~T: 1( ". ~ . ....,,. I \ I~ 1. ' 3. 4. 5. 6. 0 NORTH : 1 ~ 0 II ; ~~ 2. 2 : ~ #. J - -; \~ ~ ...... 0 I l ; V't., , ___; 1 ___( v ,._ . + + LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS AIRPORT BOAT HARBORS -=-= * e 7. Softball Field 8. Community Center 9. Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility Government Island Picnic Areas 10. Athletic Field* Bay City Lake State Forest 11. Indoor School Campground and Access Site Facilities* DNR Snowmobile Trail 12. Les Cheneaux Club Scenic Turnout Golf Course Hessel Boat Harbor and Ramp 13. Cedarville-Hessel Outdoor Skating Rink, BasketSnowmobile Trail ball Court, Tennis Court* *Numbers 6, 8, 9 1 10, and 11 are located 1n Cedarville. + �/\ Restrooms and additional finger piers at the newly-developed Cedarville Mooring and Launching Facility are much needed development items. These facilities are not developed with the initial construction phase due to budgetary constraints. The restrooms and finger piers would serve the public and would be especially usefull for island residents who wish to moor their boats and shop in town or engage in village activities. Finger piers also should be developed at the Hessel Marina to serve the public and especially the island residents. Skateboarding has become increasingly popular in Clark Township in recent years among the younger people. With this increased popularity has also come the potential of vehicular or pedestrian conflicts . Development of a skate-boarding area utiliz i ng the paved parking lot at the local Catholic Church has been mentioned. 5. Long-Range Recreation Development Goals (1) 6. Provision of recreation facilities which meet the diverse and expanding needs of this local population and the ever increasing tourist population of Clark Township . Short-Range Objectives (Projects) (1) Expansion of Finger Piers at Hessel Marina . Necessary to increase usable space for Recreational Boating. (2) Development of swimming b .e ach in Snow Channel near the golf course in Cedarville. (3) Development of tennis court in Hessel Community. (4) Development of swimming beach on Mismer Bay off Brulee Road near Hessel. (5) Horse shoe facility-location yet to be determined. These projects are listed in priority order. -42- �7. Action and Financial PROJECT (1) Finger Piers at Hessel Marina which would increase the Recreation and Economic Potential of the area -Michigan Bond Program (proposal "D") - Twp. General Fund - Local Donations FY. 1989-90 ~ 1eo,coo (2) Swimming beach in Cedarville -Land & Water Conservation fund -Revenue Sharing fund -Township general fund FY. 1984-1985 (3) Tennis Court in Hessel -Land & Water Conservation fund -Revenue Sharing fund -Township General Fund 1985-1986 -Land & Water Conservation fund. -Revenue Sharing fund -Township General Fund -County Grant 1986-1987 -Revenue Sharing fund -Township General fund 1987-1988 (4) Swimming beach near Hessel (5) Horse Shoe acility 8. Plan Review and Adoption A. Clark Township Planning Commission B. Clark Township Board of Trustees -43- �SECTION X PROPOSED ZONING Ml\P The most important measure the township can use to achieve its comprehensive planning goals is zoning. A well designed ordinance along with an equally well designed map of zoning districts, followed by fair and just administration will go a long way toward the proposed implementation of a plan. If improper zoning is provided and administration is ineffective, the plan will prove not to be useful, and the goals of the Clark Township will not be achieved. RECQ.\MENDATION #1 Redesign the existing zoning. ordinance and map in order to maintain and promote comprehensive planning concepts. Following are the suggested zoning districts: (See Figure No. 13, 14, 15.) 1. Urban Service District Both of the existing co:mrrrunities (Cedarville and Hessel) are well established and are considered valuable heritage of the entire Les Cheneaux area. Both of these settlements serve as economic and social activities centers. They also provide some of the urban-like services. They have a significant potential for further development to play even stronger roles in the future. Therefore, the identity of these communities must be protected and development potential be exploited. Following are the detailed zoning districts in these co:mrrrunities which are proposed for consideration. 1 1 A. General Commercial/Business District - G.C.: This district should allow most commercial uses, but strict aesign standards should be encouraged. Thus allowing,a pleasing and uniform appearance will be insured. B. Sin le Family Residential District - S.F.: Two families per acre (43,560 sp. ft. are suggested in most of this district but in the future certain areas adjacent to the controlled commercial area should be redesigned for multi-family dwelling (apartment) depending on demand. By doing this, it would reduce the conflict with the existing character of the township as well as it would prevent an excessive pressure on the ground water supply. All development in this district would have to be served by public sewer systems. C. Recreational Commercial - R.C.: The most important economic factor of the township is commercial recreation, therefore, to capitalize the full resource potential this special district is suggested. It should be primarily used for commercial recreation facilities development. Other conflicting uses should not be allowed. l l 1 1 1 44 �r REC(l,f,ffiNI)ATION #1 - Con't. 2. Industrial District - I.D. This district indicates areas for both heavy and light industries. Limestone mining and processing (U.S. Steel Corp.) is the most important · industrial activity in the township. Most of the U.S. Steel Corp. property is marked as industrial area. An area north of the airport has some heavy industrial activity. If its existing use is continued, similar industrial operations might be attracted in the future. A tract of land adjacent to the airport is proposed for light industries. Both of these areas near the airport should be designed specifically as industrial parks. Standard for noise, smoke, odor, etc., should be established to prevent an adverse impact on adjacent rural residential districts. 3. Rural Residential District - R.R Rural living is a very significant part of the life style in this township. To protect this social value of the people, a specific area for rural living must be provided. At present there is significant rural type residential development occurring north of the airport. This• area is proposed to be used as rural residential. An average density of the one-family per two acres is a desirable pattern for development in'· this category of land use. It is also proposed that land in this district should be subdivided in such a manner that when the pressure of development increases (particularly when industrial area across the road is developed) it can easily be developed to a greater density of dwellings per acre. 4. ~ Waterfront District Waterfront characteristic of the township is the most important economic, as well as aesthetic, resource. There is a tremendous development pressure on such areas which also include most of the islands and bays. Under such circumstances, it is proposed that all such waterfront areas should be marked to regulate the development. Conservation and preservation of these tmique and environmentally very sensitive areas should be promoted with utmost care. 5. Forestry/Recreation - F.R. Forestry and outdoor recreation have the least land use conflict and often overlap each other. Al though commercial forestry has severe limitations in the area, still the majority of the land of-1:he township is covered with some low quality vegetation. It is mostly record growth. The purpose of this district is to protect this essential vegetative cover and open space for rural environment as well as a place for outdoor recreation, e.g., htmting, snowmobiling, hiking, camping and etc. This district will also keep excessive areas preserved for other uses to expend as the demand will increase in the future. Although forestry and outdoor recreation are the main uses, some with limitations and with special permission, other uses should be allowed, e.g., hunting, cabins, seasonal cabins and other residential with liberal lot sizes. Ten acres per lot size is recommended. - 7 ... 7 -. 45 j �RECQ\1MENDATION #2 Develop a Township Capital Improvement Program. Comprehensive planning is a useful tool only when its principles and concepts are in time with local fiscal resources. That is to say the conmrunity must be willing to commit ·available resources (fiscal and man hours) over a period of time to accomplish a particular objective. The concept of a capital improvement program means that the township should establish priorities over a three-to-five year period for sewer lines, roads, parks and such other projects. By developing such a priority list, the township can evaluate its resource base and determine the funds necessary on an annual basis to implement the projects. The end result will be a smooth completion of planned projects in a coordinated cost effective manner. RECOMMENDATION #3 It is also suggested that the existing planning connnission and 0-tl:l,er boards and committees should continue to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the township government. The Township Planning Commission should remain an intergral part of the township government by adhering to plan goals and associated concepts, development can be guided in the most complementary and cost effective manner. ] l l l l l l The Commission should also evaluate new land plats and sites to more fully achieve the desired goals. Other committees on recreation and public utilities and services should also continue to provide their services to assure that the best possible recreation and public services are provided to the people of the area. By continuing the function of existing committees and establishing additional ones when needed, the township government will be strengthened and improve its function. 46 �CEDARVILLE PROPOSED ZONING MAP I - -. t\,11, · · I, I I :J 1 1 1 1 1 ~ ~. J ~' I I \ 1 ..,-. ' SC A LE IN MI L ES ~--,: 4 (, 1 14 -' 1 Pc1ve d Roads Grc=i vel Roc1ds - - \ ,, \ ' ', ' -,,"'' Recreational/ Commercial Genera I! Commercial Single Family Residential High School ·--·-~ -~ Wllllllllllll t:··:;:-:·::\··:·:·=·q [ J W/22 Light Industrial l 47 FI GURE 14 �~ ~ ~ POGl..£S£ ('" ""' ""itm - - ~ ~ 110 • 111111 .1! ~ - flO SI t l l t l l l l l ' f l l l ~' - "'I r' t :.,. I ' - I ~t PROPOSED ZONING MAP CLARK TOWNSHIP '\. ~ ~)-• SW£0E ~ SCALE IN MIL ES f:'1o~ers • ,. !fl]~N ' Al I.J4 f j • 0 2 0 RO NORTH :t sJ ~ ' ~•v~ LEGEND PAVED ROADS GRAVEL ROADS -=-= +'> OJ FIGURE 13 LEGEND ' cm=n WATIRFIIONT DISTRICT ~ Ult AN SERVICE AREAS c::J FOltHTRY/HCHATION fZ::Z] ~ • IIUIIAI. HIINNTIAL INDUSTRIAi. �NESSEL PIOPOSEI ZOlflNI • AP •••••••••••••••••••••••••~••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••L .-•• +:> Scale in Mi~s I.O 0 114 Paved Roads Gravel Roads - - --•------•--.--. 1~ · - . . . . . . . . . . . . _. .. __________ .......UllllffUJIIUIWlllb.. ..-uv-n,-. 1 North FIGURE 1s � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wyckoff Planning and Zoning Collection Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Planning & Zoning Center (Lansing, Mich.) (Organization) Wyckoff, Mark A. Description An account of the resource Municipal master plans and zoning ordinances from across the state of Michigan, spanning from the 1960s to the early 2020s. The bulk of the collection was compiled by urban planner Mark Wyckoff over the course of his career as the founder and principal planner of the Planning and Zoning Center in Lansing, Michigan. Some additions have been made to the collection by municipalities since it was transferred to Grand Valley State University. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960/2023 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Subject The topic of the resource Michigan Comprehensive plan publications Master plan reports Zoning--Michigan Zoning--Maps Maps Land use--planning Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-240 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Language A language of the resource eng Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context Clark-Twp_Master-Plan_1970s Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark Township Planning and Zoning Commission, Clark Township, Mackinac County, Michigan Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource circa 1970 Title A name given to the resource Clark Township Master Plan Description An account of the resource The Clark Township Master Plan was prepared by the Clark Township Planning and Zoning Commission, the Mackinac County Board, and the Eastern U.P. Regional Planning and Development Commission in the 1970s. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Mackinac County Board (consultant) Eastern U.P. Regional Planning and Development Commission (consultant) Subject The topic of the resource Master plan reports Clark Township (Mich.) Mackinac County (Mich.) Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/870">Planning and Zoning Center Collection (RHC-240)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/">No Copyright - United States</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource eng Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4c4d242e2ecb79ef9664ecb0b9d332c0.mp4 7391cda8ece607480f011cd9cd509c86 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/9839d182d895c60533b3c6e9b128f0de.pdf f6f2e2973c384f79e9ee092d4eee589b PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans History Project Donald Lee Clark (00:46:10) (00:10) Introduction • Born in Tacoma, Washington. • Father served in army during World War II. • Moved to Lansing, Michigan after the war. • Member of the swim team during high school. • Quit school when he was 17 years old. (07:16) Enlistment/ Training • Sent to Parris Island. • Wished to join the Navy, but his score of 98% was “too low” to join. • The men would wake at 5 a.m. for a 5-mile run. (09:40) • The food was very good. • Rations were dated from 1942. • Joined in 1962. • Member of the Marine Reserves for a month before being sent to Basic training. • He was a truck driver, transporting 105mm guns. (15:15) Vietnam • Took a ship to Vietnam, landed in Chu Lai. • Continued to drive truck during Vietnam. • Carried the guns and men who fired them. • Guarded Chu Lai while the air base was being built. • Training happened stateside, no training in Vietnam. • Landing strip on air base was built in a month. • Stayed in Chu Lai for three months, then sent back stateside. (20:18) Stateside • Drove a jeep out of Camp Lejeune, escorting Lieutenants and Generals. • Active military until 1966. • Before he left for Vietnam, he went on a Marine cruise in the Mediterranean. • Never saw a lot of combat, even in Vietnam. (22:50) Impression of Vietnamese people • Thought they were different. • He remembers them acting suspicious. (23:38) Before Vietnam �• • • • • Sent on ship in blockade of Cuba. Remained in Cuban waters for a month. Stationed in Hawaii for 18 months. Continued driving truck in Hawaii. Remembers volcanic explosions, having to help civilians. (34:14) Post Service Life • Was discharged from Camp Lejeune. • Came home to Lansing. • Worked at a garage. • Did not tell anyone that he was a Vietnam veteran. • Met his first wife in 1967. • Had two daughters. • Worked at Oldsmobile for 7 years, then drove truck. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Clark, Donald L. (Interview outline and video), 2007 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark, Donald L. Description An account of the resource Donald Lee Clark, of Tacoma Washington, served in the United States Marine Corps during the Vietnam War, from 1962 to 1966. He was a member of the Marine Reserves before being sent to Marine basic training. He worked as a truck driver for the marines both stateside and while serving in Vietnam. Clark worked as part of a guard on the Chu Lai airbase in Vietnam while it was being built. Before Vietnam, he was sent to Cuban waters in the aftermath of the Bay of Pigs incident. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Collins Sr., Charles E. (Interviewer) Collins, Carol (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans United States. Marine Corps Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American Video recordings Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2007-02-04 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClarkD Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/f10724588cc1e3dec47972783021cc1f.mp4 d19e0d9f43d37881ea64536962379a17 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/cf6a931d8032557fef4d6155242841b0.pdf b1e3225d69e04493b34cd0b358101646 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veteran’s History Project World War II James Clark Disc One Interview Length: (01:57:13:00) Pre-enlistment / Training (00:00:12:00)  Clark was born on Sept. 3rd, 1920 in a Wayne County, Michigan farmhouse (00:00:12:00)  When he was four, Clark’s family moved to a house in the town of Clarenceville, Michigan; his parents had purchased some property there and the family originally lived above a garage while they built their house (00:00:31:00)  Clark does not remember too much about his mother because she had tuberculosis and died when Clark was six years old (00:01:04:00) o When Clark and his sister, who was a year older than Clark, started going to school, their father placed their mother in a sanitarium (00:01:15:00) o However, Clark’s father could not look after the children, so he sent them to live with a step-sister and her husband who were teachers and lived close by for three years (00:01:32:00)  When he was in 2nd grade, doctors determined Clark also had tuberculosis, so they immediately separated him from the other students and sent him back to his aunt’s, who home-schooled him from there (00:01:59:00) o During the finally few weeks of school, they allowed Clark to return to the school and he passed all his tests to advance into 3rd grade (00:02:16:00)  Clark’s father eventually found out that one of the best places for people with tuberculosis to recover was in Arizona, so he bought a Ford Model T and moved to family to Arizona (00:02:24:00) o Clark’s aunt and uncle came with them because his uncle had been in Arizona previously and had a previous job offer to work in the state, while Clark’s father did not have any jobs arranged (00:02:41:00)  Clark’s family stayed in Arizona for a year; when they got out there, they found out that tuberculosis patients did not fare as well as they had originally believed (00:03:03:00) o The family managed to eke out an existence for a year; his father was a millworker but Phoenix had no industry at that time, it was still a cow-town (00:03:14:00) o Clark and his sister’s schooling never suffered because of their aunt but there was a lack of money because their father could not find a job and had to keep making payments on the property he had purchased in Michigan (00:03:40:00)  Things got so bad that around Christmas and New Years of that year, Clark’s father took he and his sister to pick cotton, which was a terrible job to do; their fingers were bleeding after about fifteen minutes of work but the farmer was nice and gave Clark and his sister fifty cents apiece and their father a dollar (00:04:01:00) �   Soon after the holiday’s their father received a check, which he used to purchase some chickens to raise (00:04:33:00)  Clark raised some rabbits by himself and together, he and his father made a fair amount of money by the time the family moved back to Michigan in September 1929 (00:04:43:00) When the family moved back to Michigan, Clark went back and lived with his aunt again for another year before the Great Depression hit (00:05:18:00) o Again, Clark’s father sold what property he had and moved with Clark’s halfsister and her husband to a forty acre farm near Hillsdale, Michigan (00:05:28:00) o For the first two years, the family managed to survive but by the third year, they had no money, farm prices were nearly non-existent, and they did everything on a barter basis (00:05:51:00)  Clark would do stuff for the neighbors while keeping track of the hours and the neighbors would give things to Clark’s family (00:06:02:00) o Finally, it reached the point that they could no longer make payments on the farm, so they ended up losing it in January 1934 (00:06:17:00) o They then had a offer to working on a farm owned by a couple of their cousins; the cousins had invested in a corner store in Detroit and supplied it from the farm, which was near Fowlerville, Michigan (00:06:34:00)  The family moved to the farm and things were good for a period while they worked for shares of the profit (00:07:03:00)  Twenty acres of the farm were pickles that were sold at a given price, four acres were melons, etc. (00:07:13:00)  During the end of July and beginning of August, the farm was making a good profit but in the middle of August, something wiped out their entire crop (00:07:36:00) o Clark was in the eighth grade at the time while his sister had gone back to their aunt in Detroit to go to high school (00:07:54:00)  In those days, they were county day schools and a family had to pay tuition for their child to attend; Clark’s father could not afford to send both Clark and his sister to high school, but because Clark’s sister already had a year, she was chosen to go (00:08:08:00)  Another of Clark’s aunts, who lived in Hartland, Michigan, was also a teacher along with her husband, although her husband had retired to manage a farm (00:08:41:00)  The aunt had a large house to take care of, so she contacted Clark’s father and said that if Clark wanted to be her houseboy while he went through high school, he could (00:08:59:00)  Clark took the offer and while he was living with his aunt, managed to pick up several other odd jobs (00:09:13:00) Clark was essentially living by himself by the age of seventeen (00:10:06:00) o He was not going to attend college because there were not scholarships available to him and he did not have enough money (00:10:10:00)  Clark had not planned on attending college anyway; he had intended to stay in the area and work at whatever jobs he could find (00:10:15:00) �    However, his high school superintendent called him about ten days before the college semester was set to being, wondering where Clark was going to be attending (00:10:22:00)  When Clark explained he was not going to be attending anywhere, the superintendent explained that he needed to go to college because even if Clark went for a semester, he would eventually end up going back at some point (00:10:33:00)  When Clark said he only had three hundred dollars, the superintendent said that was enough to attend Eastern Michigan University (00:10:46:00)  So, Clark attended Eastern Michigan for a semester before his money ran out and he went back to working at the jobs he had before (00:11:02:00)  Clark saved his money and then attended Michigan State University in 1940, where he stayed until being drafted in 1942 (00:11:22:00)  While at the school, Clark was on a pre-med program although he had no hope of going to medical school (00:11:38:00)  When Clark passed his medical aptitude test as a junior and because the University was hurting for students as a result of the draft, one of the professors said they could get Clark into the ROTC program (00:11:48:00) o However, Clark said they would not take him because of his poor vision, but the professor said they could fix that problem (00:12:12:00)  Clark stayed and while being sworn in a commissioned officers, someone from the medical office came in looking for Clark; they asked if his vision was 20/40 and when he said no, it was 20/400, they said that they could not use him (00:12:18:00)  When Clark went back to where he was staying, his draft card was waiting for him, something he was happy for (00:12:53:00) When the attack on Pearl Harbor occurred, Clark had hitch-hiked back to his aunt’s house in Hartland that Sunday (00:13:19:00) o It was snowing when he hitch-hiked back and arrived at the house, but nobody was around; he eventually went upstairs and everyone in the house was crowded around one of the boarders, who happened to have a radio, and were talking about Pearl Harbor (00:13:25:00) o Clark’s roommate from a year before had just left to go into the Naval air wing for training and was activated soon after the attack; the roommate spent a year on Guadalcanal and was shot down twice (00:14:02:00) At Michigan State, students had to take ROTC during their first two years, which was when Clark learned they would not accept him (00:14:36:00) o Clark was attending summer school when his draft notice came through; within two weeks, he had his physical, after which he was given a two-week leave, during which he finished his courses (00:14:57:00) Clark never actually received his basic training until he had been in the service for about a year (00:15:29:00) � o He as initially inducted at Camp Custer in Kalamazoo, Michigan, which was where everyone in Michigan went; Clark was at the camp for three or four days, during which he got his hair cut, his clothing assigned to him, etc. (00:15:38:00) o After a week or ten days, Clark was sent with a group to Fort Hamilton in Brooklyn, New York, where he stayed for another three or four days, although with a different group (00:15:56:00)  While he was there, Clark saw freighters in the harbor with their rear-ends blown off by German submarines, which were quite busy at the time (00:16:12:00)  All the soldiers in Clark’s group were sure that they would be in Africa or some other theater within two weeks (00:16:24:00) o On the aptitude part of his paperwork, it said that Clark had some experience work in laboratories, so the Army sent him to work at the Fort Dix’s hospital’s medical lab (00:16:31:00)  Clark began working at the laboratories right away and stayed in the labs from September until March, when the Army pulled Clark and an older man out (00:16:55:00)  The Army said both men had orders to attend the City College of New York for a special ASTP training program (00:17:14:00) o Clark and the other man spent a month going through tests while the Army decided what to do with them before Clark was eventually sent with another group to Syracuse University for engineer training (00:17:28:00)  Although Clark was a corporal at the time, when he went back to school, he was demoted down to buck private (00:17:45:00)  Clark stayed at the university until November (00:17:56:00)  The courses tended to be basic engineer although most of the students had already graduated from various universities with engineering degrees (00:18:01:00) o Clark had already had some of the math course but he learned surveying and electrical engineering; Clark was most interested in Chemical engineering but they did not offer courses in that (00:18:10:00) o In November, the Army scraped the entire program after which, Clark finally went to basic training as a private, specifically basic combat medical training at Camp Grant in Illinois (00:18:25:00) At that time, Fort Dix was manned mostly by local soldiers from either New York City, New Jersey, or Philadelphia (00:18:54:00) o Clark and another man were the only two in the lab who did not have wives or relatives nearby and when everyone else would leave the base, they left it for Clark and the other man to take care of things (00:19:08:00) o Nearly everyone in the group Clark was with were Jewish and although they fought amongst themselves, they were nice to Clark and the other man (00:19:21:00)  Clark and the other man had received some laboratory training, which was the only reason they were at the base (00:19:35:00) �   o The men worked regularly-houred days; they would not have even recognized they were in the Army except when they had inspection every morning (00:19:45:00)  The soldiers did go through an infiltration course with live ammunition but it was pretty tame compared to what he had to go through at Camp Grant (00:19:58:00) o While at the base, Clark was able to go into New York, as well as Philadelphia and Trenton, New Jersey, which was close to the base (00:20:10:00)  Camden, New Jersey was off-limits to the soldiers on the base because soldiers were having too many problems there (00:20:16:00)  Philadelphia was a Navy town and although Army soldiers were not really well-received there, it was still a nice place to go if the soldiers had money to spend (00:20:24:00)  New York City was wonderful; the USO clubs turned themselves insideout for the soldiers and Clark was able to go to the opera, attending a boxing match, went to plays on Broadway, etc. and as far as Clark was concerned, everything was great (00:20:37:00) Before he enlisted, Clark became engaged and his fiancé insisted on an engagement ring, so Clark bought her a ring and brought it to her for Christmas (00:21:59:00) o However, when he arrived at Syracuse saying the girl had found someone else to marry and she had given the ring to Clark’s aunt (00:22:09:00) When the soldiers were at Syracuse, they almost were the second-fiddle; although there were around six hundred soldiers, the Air Force had already established a program at the University several months, possibly a year beforehand and had pretty well integrated themselves into the town (00:22:28:00) o This left the Army soldiers on the outside looking in and they were less wellreceived by the populace (00:22:48:00) o Clark’s group lived in a fraternity house that had been stripped down and the furniture replaced with bunk beds (00:22:55:00) o The soldiers went through some rigorous physical training exercises but Clark had run track and boxed amongst other activities at Michigan State and Eastern Michigan, so the exercises were not difficult (00:23:13:00)  The exercises were so easy for Clark that every time he did one, he was asked to go for the record (00:23:31:00) o The food the soldiers had was great; they ate steak at least once a week, which was better than they received at Fort Dix (00:24:04:00) When the Army decided to scrap the program at Syracuse, Clark was given a week leave around Thanksgiving then told to report to Camp Grant in Illinois to being basic combat medical training (00:24:31:00) o During the training, the soldier woke up at around five-thirty / six o’clock in the morning and for half an hour, they had to get ready for an inspection; after the inspection, the soldiers went through a half an hour of rigorous calisthenics (00:24:57:00) o After the calisthenics, the soldiers attending courses different topics, such as splinting injuries and first aid as well as medical courses in nursing care and fracture handling (00:25:14:00) � o o o o In one of the final drills, the soldiers had to go through an infiltration course at night with live machine gun fire going about three feet off the ground (00:25:29:00)  During the course, the soldiers had to take turns carrying each other on liters; Clark was lucky because his group did not have anyone that weighed more than one hundred on fifty pounds because if someone did, Clark might not have been able to lift them (00:25:43:00)  When they got to the end of the course, there was a barrier they had to hoist the liter over as practice (00:26:02:00)  The soldiers also went through a live gas drill where they went into a gas room with all their equipment on (00:26:16:00)  One of the reasons they told Clark he originally would not go into combat was because the gas masks did not fit around glasses; however, they later created inserts that worked around that particular problem (00:26:31:00)  By the time the soldiers went into the gas drill, they had already be trained to what the different gases smelt like and had already gone through skin tests with different chemicals (00:27:05:00)  The instructors used actually chemical gas and if the soldiers did not get their gas masks on fast enough, then the gas used in the drill would make them ill (00:27:45:00)  Because Clark received this training, when he was assigned to his new unit, they made him the chemical weapons officer for the unit, although everyone threw their gas masks away when they got to Europe and used the extra space for something else (00:27:56:00) The soldiers at Camp Grant did not receive the traditional infantry basic training; there was some marching but it was mostly ceremonial (00:28:26:00)  The soldiers mostly received hands-on training for situations they might encounter in the field (00:28:41:00) The Army rotated units in and out of the base to finish their training about four weeks, although for some reason Clark was there an extra week (00:29:06:00)  If a soldier did not have an assignment, then he stayed at the base until some unit wanted him (00:29:21:00) A lot of the soldiers on the base were ASTP; part of the reason the Army scraped the program at Syracuse was they needed soldiers and the men in the program were smart enough to adapt to different assignments and many would have been officers if it were not for mitigating circumstances (00:29:29:00) The general in charge of the base was the surgeon general and everything on the base was medical, the payoff of which was that the base housed some German SS prisoners from North Africa (00:30:03:00)  The prisoners were kept at one end of the compound with very limited security and because the prisoners were there, it was determined that the American soldiers had to walk guard-duty; during guard-duty, a soldier was given only a billy-club and told where to patrol (00:30:20:00) �   The only guard-duty Clark ever did was at the Camp Grant and it was on Christmas Eve; the snow was two feet deep, the wind was blowing, and no one was stirring except Clark on guard-duty (00:30:40:00)  The only winter clothes the soldiers had were an overcoat, a wool cap, an Army-issue scare, and overshoes (00:31:10:00) o The Army was very strict that everything the soldiers was “Army” style except they did not receive any weapons training (00:31:29:00)  However, after the war in Europe was over and Clark was training to go fight in the Pacific, then he shot every weapon up to the 105 mm howitzer (00:31:54:00)  The Army enforced discipline on the soldiers, based mostly on having clean barracks; the instructors checked everything up to the air ducts and if they thought it was too dirty, then the entire barracks was confined to quarters and had to clean the barracks for the weekend (00:32:15:00)  If the soldiers had a clean barracks, then they were allowed to go into Chicago for the weekend; Clark was only able to go into the city twice but it was still nice (00:32:34:00) Clark eventually left Camp Grant and arrived at Fort Jackson, South Carolina to join the 106th Infantry Division on New Years Day, 1944 (00:33:09:00) o When Clark first traveled from Fort Custer to Camp Dix, it was by train and trucks picked up the soldiers at the rail station to transport them to the base, which was the same thing that happened at Fort Jackson (00:33:24:00) o Clark’s orders originally had him joining K Company, 424th Infantry Regiment but that was only because they had an empty barracks to put new arrivals in; within a day, Clark had orders that he was assigned to the medical section of the division’s artillery unit (00:34:03:00)  Although he joined a medical section for an artillery unit, Clark’s training remained the same; all thee medics already in the unit had gone through regular basic training and received their medical training from medical officers there (00:34:33:00)  Their training was similar to the training Clark received, although less strenuous (00:34:51:00)  All the medics in the unit would go out during firing practice and mix together with the artillery men (00:35:01:00) Clark only stayed at Fort Jackson for three weeks before the entire division moved to Nashville for the Tennessee Maneuvers, which lasted from the end of January until the March (00:35:18:00) o The maneuvers served as training for the Battle of the Bulge with two divisions at a time and they simulated what would happen during an attack (00:35:46:00)  The experience the soldiers found most consistent with what they later experienced in Belgium and Germany was the weather; the weather in Tennessee was miserable, it snowed off and on, there was mud everywhere, etc. (00:36:30:00)  On occasion, the soldiers used streambeds as roads as opposed to the regular roads because the streambeds were made of limestone; �  the only problem was the soldiers had to make sure they had a good bank to drive out on or they would be stuck (00:36:51:00) o During the maneuvers, a “referee” would appear in the area and drop a flare, which signaled the unit was under attack; somebody when then come along and put a tag on people, which signaled them as wounded and the medics had to attended to them (00:37:13:00)  Most of the time the maneuvers were pretty boring for the soldiers in Clark’s unit (00:37:36:00) o For the maneuvers, the soldiers had to sleep outside but they could not drive a tent stake into the hard limestone, which just added to the misery factor (00:37:41:00) After the Tennessee Maneuvers, Clark’s unit went to Camp Atterbury, Indiana for more training (00:37:59:00) o While at the camp, the Army took all experienced NCOs from the unit and sent them to England to prepare for the Normandy invasion; the 106th was not ready to participate was a unit but the Army needed experienced NCOs (00:38:06:00) o The division received new NCOs and at one time, others said the 106th was the youngest division in the Army (00:38:23:00) The division stayed at Camp Atterbury until October 1944, when they received another influx of new soldiers; the Army periodically drained the unit for experienced soldiers and put in new soldiers to receive training (00:39:15:00) o Because of the constant moving of troops, some of the units remained understaffed; the commander of medical section for the artillery unit was supposed to send a surgeon to each battalion but at one point, the commander was the only surgeon in the section (00:39:41:00) o However, about two or three weeks before the division was set to deploy, the section received more medical officers assigned to them, although the officers were strangers to the men in the section when they deployed (00:40:03:00) o Clark had been the section commander’s driver up until they deployed and he only met the officer who would be over him about a week before they deployed and never actually drove him (00:40:16:00) o All the other units in the division were filled up to strength before the division deployed to Europe (00:40:51:00)  There were some soldiers who had been with the division for a long time but did not end up deploying and needed replacement; even went the division reached its POE at Camp Miles Standish in Massachusetts, some older soldiers were deemed not fit for combat (00:40:55:00) o A friend of Clark had been in the unit for about a month longer than Clark and at one point, the section’s commander said that either Clark or Clark’s friend were going to have to go to another unit as a chief NCO with the unit’s new medical officer (00:41:24:00)  At the time, the section had just received another batch of new soldiers, including a Japanese doctor (00:41:56:00)  The two men talked over the decision and although Clark’s friend had been in the unit longer, Clark was a higher rank (00:42:28:00)  Clark was apprehensive because although he knew the medics in the unit, he had spent all his time in the field with the commanding � officer, so he suggested his friend take the assignment, which he did (00:42:40:00) When the Army reconstituted the unit later in the war, not only did Clark receive his friend’s job, but he also operated without a medical officer for a period (00:43:11:00) Deployment (00:43:44:00)  For the voyage over to Europe, the soldiers were placed aboard an ex-luxury liner that was designated as the S.S. Wakefield; the ship had had a couple of fires and was reconstructed as a troop ship (00:43:44:00) o Clark’s bunker was on the fourth deck down, directly next to the bulkhead; the bunks were stacked three or four high, consisted of only canvas and pipe, and there was an aisle between them only about two feet wide (00:44:05:00)  The soldiers had to keep their bunk bag and all their possessions with them on the bunk (00:44:34:00) o In the morning, someone would blow a whistle for inspection and the soldiers were expected to get out of the bunks quickly, except there was no place for them to go (00:44:40:00) o Clark had the less-than-encouraging thought that his deck was so closed to the bottom that the soldiers would be the last ones out and the first ones to get wet (00:44:53:00) o All the soldiers were sick on the voyage because they sailed through a massive storm the night they got out of the Boston harbor; most everyone, even the ship’s crew, got sick but for some reason, Clark did not (00:45:01:00)  Nevertheless, the food in the mess hall was not very appetizing; twice a day during meals, the soldiers had to line up if they wanted something to eat while carrying a metal tray (00:45:19:00)  The tables in the mess hall had raised edges so the trays would not slide off; the tables seated around ten to twelve men at a time and on occasion, trays would slide from man to man depending on the weather (00:45:49:00)  One time, Clark went to eat but his tray slide away and the soldier who’s tray ended up in front of Clark had vomited, which made Clark lose his appetite (00:46:20:00) o The soldiers were aboard the Wakefield for seven days and around the fourth day, when the ship had got into the gulf-stream, the sailing was nice (00:46:43:00)  The Wakefield eventually arrived in Liverpool, where the soldiers debarked then traveled to an area where they received new equipment and supplies (00:46:56:00)  The soldiers were supposed to cross the English Channel on Dec. 2nd; they were expected to board the LST in the morning, cross the channel, and debark the next day in Le Havre, France (00:47:21:00) o During the night, the annual Army-Navy football game was on and the sailors had the radio tuned to the game (00:48:01:00) o Although the LST only had provisions for two meals for the soldiers, it was just past Thanksgiving, so the soldiers were able to eat turkey and dressing, as well as ice cream (00:48:21:00) � o However, a storm came across the channel and loosened some of the sea mines at the entrance of the harbor, so the LST stayed in the channel for four days (00:48:36:00) o The unit was expected to go straight from the ship to the combat zone so it was loaded with combat supplies; Clark’s jeep and the medical detachment’s equipment was all on the upper deck (00:48:50:00)  The Navy had it so the soldiers would have three shifts for sleeping and Clark’s area was sleeping in an empty chain room; however, the soldiers could also sleep in the vehicles on the deck, but that was not very feasible because of the storm (00:49:11:00) o For entertainment, the soldiers wandered around the ship but for some reason, there were less seasick soldiers then than when they had crossed the Atlantic; part of the reason was the LST was so heavily loaded that it did not move around a lot (00:49:51:00) o Clark walked into the room where the majority of the vehicles and artillery pieces were stored and there was three feet of water in the room; the doors on the front of the ship never fully closed, leaving a gap for water to get through (00:50:16:00) o During the storm, the soldiers had to get by on the rations they had stored to carry them to the front; as a result, when the soldiers landed, they did not eat well until they arrived in St. Vith, Belgium (00:50:42:00) When the soldiers landed, their marching orders had somehow changed and the trucks they had trained pulling the howitzers with were substituted for half-tracks, although none of the unit’s mechanics had any experience working with half-tracks (00:51:08:00) o Because the roads in the area were not built for high-speed travel, the rest of the division remained stuck in France (00:51:21:00) o The LSTs could not land in Le Havre, so they sailed up the Seine River and beached the LSTs at Rouen; however, once the other vehicles were clear from inside the ship, the elevator jammed and they could not get the vehicles on the upper deck off (00:51:38:00)  Clark assumed they would be stuck for a few days while the elevator was repaired but within minutes, another LST had pulled up beside them, both ship’s guide-rails were broken down, planks were put across, and the vehicles driven over to use the other LST’s elevator (00:51:54:00) o Once the artillery section was off the LST, they immediately drove for the front while the rest of the division took a different route (00:52:24:00) o Clark does not recall too much about the drive to the front; the soldiers drove nearly constantly because of the slow speed of the half-tracks and because they were driving in blackout conditions, the soldiers focused on the cat’s-eye light of the vehicle in front of them, which tended to hypnotize the soldiers (00:52:43:00)  The soldiers drove at least twenty hours a day because of the low speeds of the half-tracks (00:53:09:00)  During the journey to the front, Clark drove a jeep for a new medical officer who he had never met before; the officer said nothing to Clark and vice versa (00:53:15:00) �    The artillery section finally stopped at the Belgian town of St. Vith; they pulled off the road at around midnight to rest and at some point, the soldiers received some C-rations that someone had heated in a fire built in an oil drum (00:53:30:00) o The soldiers arrived at St. Vith on Dec. 10th, 1944; they had driven the entire way under blackout conditions and when they arrived in the town, the soldiers already in the town, part of the 2nd Infantry Division, yelled at them for driving with their lights out (00:54:07:00)  The 2nd Infantry had been there for a month and had no problems, so they had no qualms with keeping the blackout procedures (00:54:24:00) o The soldiers arrived in the town during a snowstorm in which the snow was eight inches deep and very wet; the ground underneath the snow had not year frozen solid, so some of it turned to mud (00:54:35:00) o When the soldiers pulled into their area, Clark fell out of his jeep with his sleeping bag into a snow bank and fell asleep until somebody woke him in the morning (00:54:48:00) o It continued snowing off and on periodically for another week or two after the soldiers arrived in St. Vith (00:55:03:00) After a little while, the 2nd Infantry moved out of St. Vith to jump off and attack towards the Roudan and the 106th Infantry was expected to fill their position on the American line, which, in hindsight, was not a good idea (00:55:28:00) From where Clark’s unit was positioned near St. Vith, it was not far to the town of Schönberg, where the main road divided (00:55:48:00) o If they took the road due east, the soldiers would eventually end up in Bleialt, which was the next major town in the area after St. Vith and it happened to be in Germany; if the soldiers went the other direction, they ended up in Auw, which was also in Germany (00:55:56:00) o From where Clark’s unit was positioned, the roads formed a sort of triangle between all the artillery units (00:56:15:00) o To move between the artillery units, the soldiers had to take either the road to Bleialt or the road to Auw and when they moved in to take over the position for the 2nd Infantry Division’s artillery unit, Clark’s unit ended up taking a country road off the Auw road (00:56:26:00)  The road originally seemed passable by the vehicles ended up getting stuck, so they had to put chains on the vehicles; as well, the half-tracks did not perform as they were expected to (00:57:02:00)  The Army eventually closed the road down, which hindered the soldiers during the upcoming Battle of the Bulge because they could not got out of the area down that road (00:57:19:00) Despite the setback on the country road, Clark’s unit was mostly in position and set by the next day (00:57:52:00) o The weather remained miserable although it did clear a couple of times and the sun managed to come out (00:58:01:00) o The medical detachment’s aid station was located in a Belgian farmhouse; a typical Belgian farmhouse was attached to the barn, creating a single unit and this particular farmhouse had a nice little barn on the back of it (00:58:08:00) �  The farmhouse had no running water; instead, it had an outhouse that had lost its roof (00:58:30:00)  Because they were planning to be at the farmhouse for awhile, Clark decided he was going to fix the outhouse roof, so he got some thatching and managed to get the roof repaired; however, when the artillery barrage began on Dec. 16th, the outhouse was destroyed (00:58:39:00) When they moved into the new position, the Army told the soldiers that it was merely a holding position and that they expected the war to be over by Christmas (00:59:14:00) o However, when the unit stalled on the country road going to the position, a shell air-burst a couple of hundred yards away and it made Clark realize how real the situation was (00:59:24:00)  When the shell air-burst, Clark was glad when they ordered the soldiers to put chains on the tires because it meant he was under the jeep in case any more rounds came in (00:59:45:00) The Battle of the Bulge (01:00:29:00)  The Battle of the Bulge itself began with a tremendous artillery barrage at around five o’clock in the morning over the whole area (01:00:29:00) o On the farmhouse where the medical section was staying were blackout shutters and the concussions from the German artillery barrage blew them off the farmhouse (01:00:37:00) o However, Clark’s particular unit did not suffer any casualties during the barrage and once the barrage ended, things quieted back down (01:01:05:00) o The night before the barrage, the medical officer who Clark drove around wanted Clark to visit some forward observers stationed in the Siegfried Line pillboxes who believed they had trench foot (01:01:24:00)  Clark was set to visit the forward observers when he received word that the artillery battery commander was going to take fresh observers to the position and bring the injured ones back for Clark to treat (01:02:07:00)  Clark did not care one way or the other but as it turned out, the battery commander was captured briefly before escaping, although his driver did not escape capture (01:02:40:00)  After the battery commander left the unit, Clark was told he needed to go pick up medical supplies in St. Vith as well as two trench foot victims who were ready to rejoin the unit (01:03:02:00) o Clark had two roads to get back to St. Vith, the one leading to Bleialt and the one lead to Auw and he chose the Auw road because the battery commander’s group was in a vehicle right in front of him (01:03:27:00) o When Clark’s group got into the middle of Auw, there were huge craters in the middle of the road and Army engineers were trying to repair them (01:03:52:00) o Clark had to go through Auw before he reached the road to St. Vith while the battery commander turned before that to head to the forward observers; Clark later discovered that within two minutes of turning, the commander’s group was surrounded by Germans (01:04:18:00) �o When Clark made it to St. Vith, two other medics from the 590th were there and they had come using the Bleialt road; when they asked how Clark had gotten there and he explained the Auw road, the medics said they ran into a German patrol on their way into the town (01:04:55:00)  The medics said the German patrol tried to stop them but one of the medics grabbed a German’s rifle and the two medics kept going (01:05:20:00)  The other medics said they did not think going back that way was safe and Clark said he had no problems taking the Auw road apart from the craters, so the two decided to go that way (01:05:43:00) o Once Clark picked up his supplies and the two trench foot soldiers, they started back towards Auw but once they arrived in Schönberg, there was a recon vehicle partially hidden to one side of the road (01:06:30:00)  An officer came out and asked if they were heading back towards Auw; when Clark said they were, the officer told Clark to let them know what they find because they had heard there were Germans near Auw (01:06:53:00)  After going a ways down the road, there was a rifleman in a ditch on the side of the road who said he was part of the engineers and the Germans had routed them out of the town earlier that morning (01:07:13:00)  The soldier said the Germans had infantry and self-propelled artillery in the town and although every so often he saw one of the vehicles stick its nose out, the Germans had yet to attack in his direction (01:07:33:00) o Seeing he could not go that way, Clark tried to take the other route through Bleialt but it too was blocked off (01:07:50:00)  There were two ammo trains, one for the 590th and one for the 592nd, parked along the road and when Clark asked what had happened, someone told him the Germans had taken Bleialt and they were waiting for the infantry and engineers to clear them out if they could (01:08:19:00)  Clark asked if they thought he could get through and was told it was up to him to decide (01:08:32:00)  Around that time, someone came down the line saying it was all clear and the ammo trains could continued; however, Clark did not want to be part of a convoy loaded with ammo going through a crossroads that the Germans kept under observation and occasionally threw an artillery shell into (01:08:38:00)  Instead, Clark and the other two soldiers went ahead of the convoy and made it through Bleialt without a problem (01:09:01:00) o Once they made it through Bleialt, the three soldiers stopped at the headquarters/aid station for the 590th and 422nd Infantry to check on the two medics from St. Vith and see if they made it back (01:09:16:00)  The aid station was knee deep in casualties and when Clark observed this, the soldiers said they had already lost their commander (01:09:40:00)  The soldiers asked if Clark had any supplies and when he said his unit had not been hit bad, he decided to leave most the supplies he had picked up in St. Vith with them (01:10:26:00) � o After Clark’s group had gone a little ways up the road, there was an anti-aircraft instillation that appeared to have been shooting at either a German self-propelled or lightweight tank (01:10:46:00)  An officer from 589th the was directing the instillation’s fire against the German armor and when Clark drove up, the officer wanted a ride to his unit’s headquarters, which was with the 592nd, so he hopped in the jeep and Clark took him to headquarters (01:11:12:00) o After dropping the officer off at headquarters, Clark turned the jeep around and headed back to where his unit was stationed (01:11:34:00) When he got back, Clark’s unit had still not taken any casualties, although just as Clark was getting out of the jeep, a round came in and hit the cook shed; Clark and another man grabbed stretchers but when they got to the shed, there was not much left (01:11:40:00) o There had been a ten gallon container of chocolate pudding and all there was were bodies parts and chocolate pudding (01:12:27:00) o After the cook shed was destroyed, the unit received word that the gun batteries about a mile away from them in the direction of Auw were under fire, an officer had been killed and they had a bunch of casualties (01:12:49:00)  Clark and another sergeant drove up near the battery to see if they could help because the only medic the unit had was pinned down and out of supplies (01:13:11:00)  The two medics got into a log and dirt dugout the 2nd Infantry Division had created where there were six wounded already, as well as several more wounded outside near the battery’s machine gun emplacement outside the dugout (01:13:31:00)  The machine gun emplacement had used up its ammunition but the soldiers were still trying to reach the dead officer and pull him back (01:14:22:00)  As Clark and the sergeant were working on the wounded soldiers in the machine gun emplacement, the German artillery pieces came out from behind a church some distances away; however, the American soldiers could not depress their howitzers low enough to attack them (01:14:44:00)  The soldiers had not received any supplies since they had left England, meaning there was a shortage of everything, including bazooka ammunition (01:15:13:00)  Clark and the sergeant treated the wounded as best they could and ended up using all their supplies (01:15:33:00)  At a certain point, a smaller artillery round struck outside the dugout and Clark assumed the Germans were using it to find the range before the larger rounds (01:15:51:00)  Clark and the sergeant instructed everyone to lay low against the ground and as Clark was kneeling to care for a soldier next to the standing sergeant, a round came through the window of the dugout, took off the sergeant’s pinky finger, and splattered all over Clark’s face and broke his glasses, which made it so Clark could not see, which took the fight out of him (01:15:59:00) �At some point, a medic from the 589th came to help Clark and the sergeant because the 589th’s battery was less than one hundred yards away (01:16:48:00)  The sergeant eventually told Clark that they had used up their supplies and although they had truck to transport the wounded, the Germans were ignoring the Red Cross symbol; however, it was getting towards night and the sergeant thought it best that he and Clark return to their unit and come back after dark to get the soldiers out (01:16:59:00)  Clark and the sergeant started crawling back to their truck parked on a hill about fifty yards away and as far as Clark could hear, everything was perfectly fine (01:17:44:00)  Once they reached the truck, Clark decided he had crawled enough and if the Germans wanted to shot at him, they could, so he stood and walked through the woods to his unit’s aid station (01:18:01:00)  At some point, the medic from the 589th took a piece of shrapnel through the butt and because he did not believe he could walk right, volunteered to stay with the wounded at the battery (01:18:28:00)  Later, two soldiers volunteered and went back after dark to pick up the wounded (01:19:06:00) o Because Clark had lost his glasses and they did not think he would be too reliable without them, his commanders had him make some hot chocolate and prepare food to eat (01:19:39:00)  Clark had another pair of glasses in his duffel bag but he did not take the time to go searching for them (01:19:45:00) o While he was making the hot chocolate, the soldiers received word that they were to prepare to evacuate the position by midnight (01:20:18:00) During the unit’s evacuation, it was up to Clark to load the equipment from the aid station into the weapon’s carrier that they had to use as an ambulance (01:20:32:00) o However, the weapon’s carrier could only carry about five wounded, so they placed some of the wounded into a spare truck the unit had (01:20:45:00) o Clark had some equipment he thought was vital but there was no place to put it, so he tried stacking it all on his jeep, which was not going to be able to handle all of the extra weight (01:21:06:00)  To make room for the equipment, Clark took the captain’s footlocker, full of new uniforms the captain expected to wear to Paris on leave, and put it in the barn, figuring the men would be back to the position soon, although Clark did not tell the captain he did so (01:22:24:00) o Clark got a hold of the truck driver and said although he wanted the jeep to pull a trailer, he knew that he was not going to be able to do attach it by himself and wondered if the truck driver and his assistant would help (01:21:59:00) o While Clark was loading the jeep, one of the pieces of equipment was a light with three settings: white, red, and green, and a toggle-switch to change between them (01:22:33:00)  While the soldiers were rushing to load the vehicles, the light felt out and shot a beam of light straight up; Clark threw his overcoat over the light to block it and as he was checking to make sure the light was off, he   �accidentally toggled it from to green, which made the commanders suspect someone was signaling the Germans (01:22:56:00)  Clark finally covered the light with mud; the light was still on but it could not shine through the mud (01:23:30:00) o Clark eventually got the trailer hooked but the truck who was helping him slid in the mud and ended up pinning Clark so he could not get out; eventually, they moved the truck and put Clark in the truck with the rest of the wounded (01:23:52:00)  When he woke up the next morning, Clark was the only person still in the truck, so he got up and went looking for everyone else (01:24:45:00) Recovery Experiences / Return to Unit (01:24:51:00)  Clark did not think he was too badly hurt at the time; he did not feel any pain in his face and he does not even remember when the truck pinched him (01:24:51:00)  From then on, Clark was part of the medical evacuation system for casualties, which was quite chaotic at the time given the German attacks (01:25:33:00) o All the hospitals had to kept moving back until they found locations where they could stop and work for a period (01:25:44:00) o Clark slowly worked his way back and eventually ended up in Paris, where he spent Christmas (01:25:49:00) o When Clark woke up the first time after being pinched by the truck, the unit was just pulling out of the position just after midnight; someone was shooting off flares and Clark could see they were traveling on the road towards Bleialt (01:26:36:00)  There was an engineering cutoff before Bleialt and Clark assumed the convoy would take that road (01:26:50:00)  As the unit was traveling, there was machine gun fire exchanged between the Germans and an engineering unit in the area (01:27:18:00)  “A” Battery ended up missing the cutoff and while they were trying to turn their vehicles around, they ran into some Germans and the battalion commander was captured (01:27:52:00) o The unit eventually moved through Schönberg just ahead of the Germans and then stopped in St. Vith at the same location they had stayed when they first moved into the area (01:28:33:00)  The unit’s guns began firing under the pretenses of destroying any equipment they had left behind, which included the officer’s footlocker of new uniforms (01:28:51:00)  While the guns were firing, the officer was standing with Clark, who told the captain he had something to tell him; when Clark told him what he had done, the officer’s face got kind of red and simply said that he was not going to be going to Paris for awhile (01:29:10:00)  At the same time, the officer examined Clark more thoroughly and suggested he get the shrapnel removed and be on penicillin for a couple of days, as well as a tetanus shot; the officer said he would see Clark in a day or so but Clark did not return until Jan. 10th (01:29:40:00)  Clark then went to a bombed-out hospital in Upin, Belgium (01:30:20:00) �   o At one point, a siren went off and although Clark was worried about it, another soldier said they did that periodically and if Clark was so worried, he could get into the stairwell; Clark did get into the stairwell and that time, the Germans happened to drop a bomb (01:30:28:00)  The bomb ended up hitting an ammo dump that was only twenty yards away from the hospital; the explosion ended up knocking a jeep onto the roof of another building and blew out all the windows in the hospital (01:31:06:00) o Clark asked an orderly what he should do because he did not want to sleep in glass and the orderly said there were extra beds in the basement of the hospital to be used as a bomb shelter and Clark could sleep there (01:31:42:00)  The hospital workers were expecting casualties from the fighting but there was no way to get the casualties to them, so the hospital was not busy at that time (01:32:10:00) o The explosion had knocked Clark’s glasses as well as his helmet, so he picked up both of them then felt his way in the dark until he found the door and sure enough, on the other side were bunk beds (01:32:23:00) o However, Clark soon heard female voices; some newly-arrived nurses had to leave their quarters because there was supposedly an unexploded bomb in their attic (01:32:48:00) o Clark did not want to stay with the nurses lest someone start asking questions, so he slide out and went back upstairs; by that time, it was starting to get light out, so they began processing the wounded to move to Liege, Belgium (01:33:21:00) The Germans were launching bombs into Liege around every twenty minutes and they had already hit one building with wounded in them; the Germans kept aiming some of the bombs at the Liege railyards but they hardly every hit it (01:33:48:00) o Later on while Clark was attending the University of Michigan medical school, he met a foreign political science student from Germany who wondered if there were any medical classes he could take (01:34:11:00)  As it turned out, the student was a fourteen year-old SS soldier that had helped do the computations for the explosion times for the bombs that were sent into Liege while Clark was there (01:34:46:00) o After four days, the Germans finally got the range and managed to knock over some tents, which made the officers in charge of the hospital nervous, so they placed the wounded on a train headed for Paris; however, the wounded had to sweat it out in the railyards in the possibility that the Germans were finally accurate with their bombs (01:35:11:00) o While the wounded were on the train, the women from Liege came out and gave each of them a little metal tin say “thank you, Liege” (01:35:35:00) The train finally got to Paris, where Clark’s penicillin shots ended and they were able to take his stitches out (01:36:56:00) o It was Christmas and the hospital staff said they did not want to the send the soldiers to the replacement depot on Christmas, so they decided to send the soldiers to the depot the next day (01:36:04:00) Clark then slowly worked his way through the replacement depots and although everyone wanted to know where the 106th Division was, Clark did not know (01:36:38:00) � o The first replacement depot had been a French barracks used by the Germans when they invade at the outbreak of the war and the only running water was a fountain in the middle of the compound (01:36:54:00)  The biggest problem was that the barracks were not heated and some of the windows were broke (01:37:20:00) o Clark stayed at the first depot for two nights and a day before they sent him to another replacement depot, where like Clark, most of the other soldiers were wounded who had healed and were returning to their original units (01:37:30:00)  There were wood-burning stoves for heat but no firewood, so they took the slates from the bunks and burned them; the first man who dove into a bunk ended up breaking through and ended up on the floor (01:38:00:00) o While Clark was at the first depot, there was a tremendous roar and looking into the sky, he saw the airborne relief forced headed for Bastonge (01:38:47:00) o The soldiers then went by truck to Fontainebleau, France and they ended up staying in buildings used by Napoleon’s cavalry (01:39:19:00)  The bunks the soldiers stayed in were nice and in the courtyard of the complex was a covered mess hall that served upwards of one thousand soldiers a day (01:39:45:00)  While there, a soldiers’ ranks did not matter; everyday, the soldiers drew numbers to decide what their assignment was for that day and Clark continuously drew KP (Kitchen Patrol) (01:40:15:00)  His job was to mop down the cobblestones of the stables, which never came clean anyway, and to help care the found in when it was time to eat (01:40:40:00)  When he got back to the barracks one night, the other soldiers told Clark that he had been chosen to go out that night, which was New Years Eve, although Clark did not have any money; the other soldiers insisted Clark go and someone ended up giving him a couple of dollars (01:41:13:00)  Clark ended up getting with a group of soldiers and the first place they stopped was an ice cream parlor (01:41:47:00)  The soldiers eventually saw a lighted chateau with a party going on, so they went and stood on the veranda to listen to the music; some of the ladies wanted the soldiers to come in but it was an officers-only party (01:42:02:00)  The group did not care about the designation, they were loaded with their equipment to go back to the front and the next thing Clark knew, someone had shot out a chandelier (01:42:57:00) o However, by the time they got around to checking what had happened, the soldiers were on a train headed back to the front the next morning (01:43:17:00) For the train ride back to the front, the men were placed in “40 and 8” railcars and when the train stopped in Paris, the men were able to get off, stretch, and briefly look around (01:43:28:00) o Once the soldiers were back aboard the train, it took them five days to get back to the front because their train had to stop to let priority trains go by (01:44:55:00) �  o The “40 and 8”’s were supposed to have either forty men or eight horses but they had more than forty men in each car, as well as each man’s duffel bag and weaponry (01:44:09:00)  The soldiers had to take turns laying down; one group would lay down while the other group stood and then they would switch (01:44:25:00)  The soldiers tried everything to get heat; they left the doors open during the day to see but that naturally made it colder until someone got the idea to turn a trashcan lid over, put coal in it, and start a fire (01:44:33:00) o The soldiers were eventually dropped off near the Belgian/German/Dutch border at another replacement depot (01:45:29:00) o In one of the railyards where the soldiers briefly stopped were huge casks of wine on freight cars and somebody had the idea that each soldier would turn over his helmet while someone fired a machine gun at the casks; when they did so, every soldier had a spout they could tap into (01:45:47:00)  Normally, whenever the soldiers were allowed off the training, the conductor would give two toots and a whistle when he was ready to leave and all the soldiers would come running; however, on that day, all the soldiers boarded the train early (01:46:10:00) When the soldiers finally arrived at their destination in the middle of the night, they could hear gunfire, as well as some cannon fire, in the background, which meant they were getting close to the front (01:46:33:00) o The soldiers were told they had some place to sleep that night but no food, although they were promised a large meal the next morning (01:46:53:00) o The soldiers marched about a mile to a farmhouse carrying all sixty pounds of their equipment; when they arrived, the sergeant-in-charge pulled open the barn door and pointed to the soldier’s beds, clean straw that they all dove into (01:47:14:00) o All the soldiers slept well that night and the next morning, it was sunny outside when they went as a group to get breakfast (01:47:45:00) o As the group was marching to breakfast, a group of three officers stopped them and began berating the soldiers for their appearance because they not had time to clean themselves; a First Sergeant in the group stepped out, saluted the officers, and when the officers asked who was in charge, explained that nobody had been designated but he was the highest ranking (01:48:23:00)  An officer said the soldiers were a motley mess and were a disgrace to the United States Army; the First Sergeant replied that he remembered the officer from North Africa, the soldiers were going to get cleaned up and eat breakfast and the officer was not going to give them anymore trouble (01:49:25:00)  The officer’s face got red and he tried to make out who the sergeant was; the First Sergeant later explained that the officer had been taken out of the North African campaign for some reason (01:49:52:00) o After the soldiers ate, a little farm girl came out with hot water for all of them and then showed them around the town (01:50:21:00) The soldiers stayed in the town for a day before dividing up and Clark found out he was with some airborne returnees (01:50:51:00) �   o The truck took an awkward route back to the units because they were so close to the front and when the spent the night some place, Clark learned that he was going back to the 82nd Airborne Division, not the 106th Infantry (01:51:06:00) o The next morning, the soldiers got aboard another truck and while the rest of the soldiers were dropped off late in the afternoon, Clark was told they had found the 106th Infantry, which was headquartered behind the 82nd, and he was going to rejoin them (01:51:40:00) o The next morning, Clark went from the 106th’s headquarters back to his battalion outside the town of Fose, which was being heavily contested (01:52:32:00)  Normally, if the 82nd ran into an resistance, they simply bypassed it for the regular Army units to take care of and sometimes in the confusion, the airborne soldiers and regular infantry ended up shooting at each other (01:52:52:00)  One day while Clark was standing in a line by the building being used as the battalion’s aid station, he was talking with the soldier ahead of him when they heard a whizzing sound and when they looked up, there was a bullet lodged in the wall of the shed behind Clark (01:53:26:00)  The other soldier said Clark had to get used to that because when they were with the airborne, the soldiers did not know who was shooting at them (01:54:01:00) After Clark returned, the unit did not take too many casualties (01:54:17:00) o On one occasion, the unit pulled back for two-days rest to change the barrels on the howitzers and unit stayed in a farm building while they worked on each howitzer (01:54:21:00)  Each gun had a side pouch to destroy the gun before it could be captured and one particular gun still had a grenade in the pouch (01:54:58:00)  Apparently a German patrol had armed the grenade because when the soldiers repairing the weapon opened the pouch to pull out the grenade, it was live and they all had to jump behind the howitzer before the grenade went off (01:55:19:00)  One or two of the soldiers got some nicks and these were the only casualties the battalion suffered (01:55:38:00) At the time, the artillery battalion was attached to the 82nd Airborne (01:55:51:00) o This meant the battalion received their targets from the 82nd and it also meant the battalion was able to the use the 82nd’s supply and transportation unit, which was superior to the 106th’s (01:56:03:00) o By this time, the 592nd was being attached to different units in the area because the 106th did not exist anymore; the only surviving units were the 592nd, the 591st, and what remained of the 424th Infantry (01:56:27:00)  The 424th was in the area but the 592nd did not supply fire support strictly for them; the 592nd supplied fire support for any unit in the area that needed it (01:56:50:00) The day Clark arrived back at the battalion was the high point for the German counterattack (01:57:13:00) �  o In the area, two or three rivers came together at a town names Trois Ponts and the Americans did not destroy the bridges over the rivers; the engineers had the bridges rigged for destruction but the German tanks ran out of gas (01:57:31:00) After three days, the battalion left Fose and continued moving to new positions roughly every three days to kept up with the 82nd (01:58:03:00) o At one point, an officer found out his brother was a surgeon in the 30th Division, which was on the left flank of the 82nd’s advance (01:58:26:00)  Clark had been out several times during the week but he had to be careful because German patrols left behind the retreating German forces were still in the area; he eventually learned where he could and could not go by visiting the battalion liaison officer and seeing where the pins were on his map (01:59:02:00)  Clark told the officer that he did not think he would be able to make it to the bridges because of the German patrols but the officer said they were going to go anyway (01:59:31:00)  Clark and the officer went and found the officer’s brother; when they returned, the liaison officer came and asked Clark what route he took and when Clark showed him, the officer said he could remove that pin from the map (01:59:47:00) From then on, it was mostly getting ready to move to the new position; the soldiers had learned to take care of their feet, cutting down the number of trench foot incidents, and as far as the soldiers in the battalion were concerned, there was not much combat activity (02:00:21:00) o They did, however, have psychotic breakdowns in several of the soldiers because they continued to stay on the line (02:00:48:00) Disk 2 Length: 00:01:11:00 Rejoining his unit / End of the War (00:00:21:00)  From when he rejoined the 592nd on Jan. 10th until Feb. 1st, Clark was on the road a lot of the time because he had to continuously travel back and forth to headquarters; headquarters would stay put while the rest of the unit advanced, sometimes up to twenty or thirty miles (00:00:21:00) o Clark had to take people back to the dentist and other routine things but it still meant he was on the road a lot (00:00:54:00) o When he was with the rest of the unit, Clark visited with the other soldiers and they walked around but this did not happen often; Clark’s day revolved around whatever they told him to do (00:01:06:00) o Because of all the driving, Clark learned the roads in the area like the back of his hand (00:01:35:00)  For moral purposes, their commanders always tried to get the soldiers good food or amenities whenever they could (00:01:51:00) o For example, one time the soldiers had not taken a shower or bath in a month, so the commanders got a special truck, parked it on the roadside and the soldiers �       were able to go in an take a shower; the water was heated and although the soldiers had to stand in the cold, it felt pretty good to take a shower (00:02:03:00) o Another time, after they had been detached from the 82nd Airborne, the soldiers had the chance to go into the resort town of Spa in Belgium, which not even the Germans touched because they wanted to use it (00:02:32:00)  When the soldiers got there, they had not shaved and were dirty but as they went into the pools, there were Belgian women there to scrub them down (00:03:25:00) o Clark later found out that all the moral efforts and plans were organized by a single officer at division headquarters (00:04:51:00) o In March, the soldiers began drawing lots to go to Paris while the engineers were clearing out the Siegfried Line for the final push to the Rhine river (00:05:02:00)  Whenever someone went into Paris, he would bring back liquor and candies for his comrades (00:05:29:00) When the unit first moved into the area, there was still some activity going on because as other divisions moved through the area for the push to the Rhine, the 592nd would be temporarily assigned to them to provide support (00:05:47:00) o However, the soldiers could not do much due in large part to the mud, which at times was knee deep; engineers tried to put down corduroy log roads but the soldiers still could not go much of anywhere (00:06:28:00) When the soldiers drew lots, Clark was one of the soldiers who ended up winning a pass into Paris, where he meet a girl who corresponded with him after he left (00:06:45:00) o When Clark and the group of soldiers arrived in Paris, Glenn Miller had been scheduled to be there at the same time but he never showed up (00:07:07:00) o Although the soldiers got to go to the opera, some of the other attractions, such as the Lourve, were not open (00:07:19:00) One of Clark’s routine jobs was once a week, the medical officers would pull up dental records for soldiers and Clark would drive them back and forth to the dentist thirty miles away (00:07:51:00) In one Belgian town, the Germans had just pulled out before the Americans arrived and there was a Christmas tree in the corner of the house Clark stayed in (00:08:23:00) o Someone wanted to take it down but the others told him not to touch it because it might be bobby-trapped; the Germans bobby-trapped everything (00:08:44:00)  In one town the unit took over, the soldiers could see where the SS soldiers who had occupied the town had stolen the gold teeth from corpses and bobby-trapped the bodies (00:09:01:00)  In order to clear the bodies out of the way, the soldiers wrapped rope around an ankle and dragged it a short distance to make sure there was not a bomb underneath, which was not a pleasant situation (00:09:22:00) Clark and the other soldiers did not have too many opportunities to interact with the local civilian population (00:09:44:00) At this point, the soldiers were either staying inside buildings or what remained of buildings; sometimes even the soldiers who were part of the gun crews were able to take turns staying inside a building (00:09:55:00) Although the unit initially served in a small sliver of Germany, it was not until after V-E day the Clark was able to go far into Germany (00:10:33:00) � o The unit did spend enough time that they earned a battle star for the Rhineland although they did not have much in the way of activity (00:10:55:00) o When V-E day occurred, the 106th returned from France, where it had been sent the lost parts of the division could be reactivated, and all the soldiers spent time training to head to the Pacific theater (00:11:15:00) o Although he hates to say it, the Germans were more hospitable to the soldiers than the French (00:11:55:00)  The Germans were not necessarily apologetic but they let it be known that they felt they were in a situation where they could not have acted differently than they did (00:12:07:00)  As soon as a building was damaged, the Germans, like the Belgians and the Dutch, were immediately out to take care of the problem, clear the roads and clean everything up (00:12:21:00) o On one occasion around the 4th of July, the soldiers had what was called “Operation Tally-Ho” in which every unit that was in or near a town would, at four o’clock in the morning, hit the town for all sides to clear out any remaining SS or armed resistance (00:12:51:00)  Clark could speak a little German so he was sent with a special unit along with his driver, who had grown up in Brooklyn with grandparents who only spoke German (00:13:44:00)  Clark’s group did not find anything except for accidentally discovering an undercover group (00:13:59:00)  The only thing Clark himself found was an antique shotgun with ammunition Clark had never seen before; Clark thought the owner was going to cry if they took the shotgun, so he told the group just to leave it there (00:14:16:00)  The Germans civilians did not bother the soldiers while they did their sweeps; although they did not throw their arms around the soldiers but they did not interfere (00:14:52:00)  The soldiers visited with a couple of the ladies who could speak a little English; one of the girls asked Clark’s driver where he was from because she could not place his accent and he said “Brooklyn” (00:15:05:00) th The 106 was put back together in April 1945 while in Rhiems, France (00:15:38:00) o There was large parade for the reactivation of several units: the 590th and 589th Artillery Battalions as well as 422nd and 423rd Infantry Regiments; they had recovered the artillery flags at some point and those were given to the reactivated units (00:15:47:00) o The next day, the soldiers received word that Roosevelt had died (00:16:20:00)  Clark’s unit had a new commanding officer and he came out and said he had received word the commander-in-chief had died; the officer said he was not a politician but Roosevelt had been the commander-in-chief and know the soldiers had a new one and the new one could not be all bad because in World War I, he had served in the artillery (00:16:31:00) o The division was rebuilt from the remaining soldiers, including Clark; there were about one hundred soldiers left in the 592nd, so the commanders divided the soldiers up as a cadre, gave them all promotions, and then filled in the open �     spaces with other soldiers who were not longer needed, including Air Force personnel, engineers, medical personnel, etc. (00:17:13:00) Most of the division moved back to take care of German POWs but Clark’s reconstituted unit was sent back to the French coast around the cities of St. Nazaire and Lorient, where the German U-Boats operated from, with orders to clear out the remaining German forces in the towns (00:18:11:00) o Clark was at the front when the German surrender party came through; the German forces surrendered first at St. Nazaire then at Lorient, which was where the unit took its last casualty, after the war had officially ended (00:18:38:00) When V-E day occurred, the soldiers were not exactly sure as the French had been celebrating for a day or so already because they knew what was happening (00:19:04:00) o The night after the French were celebrating, Clark was in the aid station when a soldier who had been walking guard-duty came in and asked someone to take a look at the back of his neck; he had been walking guard duty when he felt a sting and when he put his hand on the back on his neck, it felt wet (00:19:18:00)  Clark took the soldier under the light and said he had bullet in there; someone celebrating had fired it and it had traveled under the skin and come out the front of the soldier’s neck (00:19:58:00)  The wounds were not bleeding too much, so Clark bandaged them, checked to make sure the soldier had received his tetanus shot and the soldier went back on patrol; Clark told him that he did not know if the soldier would receive a Purple Heart from the wound (00:20:37:00) o Within a few days of the war in Europe ending, the Army moved the unit again, this time for more training (00:21:08:00) During this time, Clark was the NCO for the 590th’s medical detachment and although he was supposed to have a surgeon with him, for four months, he did not, meaning Clark was in charge of everything for the medical detachment (00:21:15:00) o The biggest trouble came from the French because Clark relied on them for supplies but they did not want to give anything up (00:21:33:00) th The 66 Infantry division, which had its boat torpedoed off of Cherbourg, had been kept in the area since Christmas in an effort to contain the Germans in the two port towns and over time, the two sides had reached a partial agreement (00:21:40:00) o When Clark’s unit arrived, they were told that the only restriction was that so long as the Americans did not shell the German’s whorehouses, then the Germans would not shell the American’s chow lines (00:21:58:00) Over time, Clark had a problem because when the soldiers liberated U-Boat ports, the officer who had organized the soldier’s moral events went in as part of a group to organize the supplies (00:22:31:00) o However, Clark could not find where to evacuate the wounded; the French did not want them and the 66th Infantry was finally moving out (00:23:26:00) o Clark did receive some supplied from the 66th Infantry as they moved out but thankfully Clark’s unit was only there for a few days before they received orders to move out (00:23:46:00) o When the soldiers liberated the U-Boat supplies, there was liquor from what seemed like everywhere and the moral officer took a large amount and turned it over to the officers in Clark’s battalion, which was a mistake (00:23:56:00) �  One time when Clark returned from trying to find a place to evacuate the wounded, he had a bunch of drunk soldiers yelling at each other and being sick; the soldiers had been drinking by the pint instead of the glass, so Clark had more casualties to worry about (00:24:35:00)  When he returned a second time, things had quieted down and Clark decided to apologize to the owners of the orchard where the aid station was set up (00:25:01:00)  The farm had a still on it and although it was not the season, the farmer had some supplies to run it; Clark wanted to keep his soldiers away from the still, so he went to talk with the farmer, who was real surly (00:25:22:00)  The farmer said the soldiers had better not disturb his property and the sooner the soldiers left, the better (00:25:55:00)  As the battalion was leaving, all the soldiers had to go into a field and line up while the commanding officer would go through the ranks; the officer would stop in front of certain soldiers and watch them, although no one knew why (00:26:10:00)  Word eventually got passed down that the farmer claimed someone had raped his daughter and he was sure it was a soldier in Clark’s battalion (00:26:37:00)  Clark knew his soldiers were too drunk to do anything like that and the other soldiers were too new to try anything like that and sure enough, the officer never pulled anyone out to accuse them (00:26:47:00) On the way up to Lorient, there was a terrible mix-up (00:27:08:00) o The service battery column that Clark was a part of got broken up because there was a fork in the road just before the town where the unit was supposed to be staying; because the column had become stretched out and there was no MP at the crossroads, the kitchen truck and a couple of other trucks ended up taking a wrong turn (00:27:28:00) o The battery commander took off after the trucks because he had planned a special dinner with steaks he had gotten ahold of in celebration (00:28:28:00)  The commander managed to get the trucks turned around while the battery executive officer was left at the crossroads to direct traffic down the correct road (00:28:54:00) o There was a large crater at the crossroads and some of the trucks in the column were having a hard time going around because they had been told that the shoulders of the road had been mined and to stay off the road (00:29:17:00) o Clark had passed through successfully and just as the kitchen truck was about to make the turn, some ammo trucks were coming to the intersection as well; the ammo trucks followed the executive officer’s directions and the truck right behind Clark ended up hitting a mine that was still in the road (00:29:39:00)  Clark initially thought there were two casualties because of the number of body parts but it turned out to be only one; there were several soldiers who were burned trying to get out the soldiers who had been in the back of the truck (00:30:31:00) �  o Clark missed out on part because he had gone four miles to set up the aid station; the battalion commander eventually pulled up and told Clark to come with him with his burn treatments because there were the burned soldiers (00:30:54:00) o By the time Clark arrived, the medic who was with the group had lost his hearing and had shrapnel wounds, but others knew where a hospital was in the area and took him there (00:31:18:00) o The executive officer was still on the scene and Clark ended up bandaging his hands and other wounds (00:31:39:00) After completing their operations in the area, the unit went all the way back to Mann, Germany (00:32:13:00) o The journey went much faster because the soldiers no longer used half tracks; the ride was pleasant for the soldiers because the region the men were traveling through was beautiful (00:32:20:00) o For the rest of the war, Clark’s unit was not attached to the 106th, a blessing because the 106th was terrible about taking care of their soldiers (00:32:45:00) o There was a hospital set up in the area when Clark’s unit first arrived, although they had no patients and were getting ready to move (00:33:09:00)  Nevertheless, Clark went up there a couple of times to get supplies and signatures on medical forms that he could not sign because he was not a physician (00:33:21:00)  However, when the nearby hospital finally did move, Clark had no one to sign to forms, so he signed them himself; when an officer came around later and asked Clark what he did about the monthly reports, Clark said he signed them (00:33:58:00)  The officer asked to see a form and pointed out that the place for the signature said “M.D.”, something Clark was not; Clark responded that he thought that meant “medical detachment” (00:34:30:00) o When the unit began training for Japan, there were some injuries; Clark did not have any in his unit but the infantry that was training with them did (00:35:15:00)  Apparently some shells that had been manufactured while the workers were on strike had not been done right and they ended up wound the soldiers (00:35:23:00) They pulled Clark’s unit out about a week before the Air Force dropped the atomic bombs on Japan and they sent Clark and another soldier who spoke German to get a barrel of beer (00:35:47:00) o Once the two had gotten to beer and got it back to the unit, they found that they did not have any way to get the beer out, so they sent Clark and the other soldier back into town (00:36:19:00) o The other soldier did not know the German word for “spiket”, so he and Clark had to try and demonstrate what they wanted before the German brewer figured out what they wanted (00:36:33:00) o After the two soldiers got a spiket, they put the barrel on sawhorses in front of the aid station tent and Clark was placed in charge of making sure everything was orderly (00:36:57:00) �   o At some point, one of the soldiers had picked up a dog while the unit was stationed in France and because they could not get the spiket to turn off all the way, the dog would lay underneath it and lap up beer (00:37:15:00) The soldiers had put up tents all in a row but the area they had chosen was muddy, so someone called in an order for gravel to make paths (00:38:14:00) o Someone had constructed a loudspeaker and turntable for records but the soldiers only had one record, an annoyingly repetitious song called “One Meatball” (00:38:30:00) The unit was eventually pulled out from training after the bombs were dropped because they knew the war was going to be over (00:39:08:00) o The town where the unit was assigned was fairly large and Clark finally had a physician assigned to him (00:39:14:00) o However, on the same day he received an offer to go to Bieritz, so he never met the new medical officer, although the others told Clark about him, including that he was a drunk all the time (00:39:28:00) Bieritz was one of two places the Army had set-up for certain soldiers to go to for additional schooling (00:40:18:00) o The selected soldiers rode on a train to Bieritz, only this time they were able to ride in passenger cars, albeit old-style passenger cars, and there were still too many soldiers for them to all sit down at once (00:40:58:00) o It took the train three days to travel from where the unit was stationed in Germany to Bieritz because they were sidelined as more important trains passed them (00:41:13:00) o Clark did not know what exactly he was going to, only that the Army had set up some kind of school for anyone with college education who would probably be going back to school, but there were no officers (00:41:27:00) o The soldiers were not like a normal college population and Clark suspects that some of the teachers were not ready for how the soldiers were; in some cases, the soldiers had more worldly experience than the teachers and were anxious to get the four years of the war behind them and get back to their studies (00:42:03:00)  However, the instructors that Clark had were really good and very well organized (00:42:31:00) o However, Clark was unable to transfer any of the classes he took when he returned to the United States because the instructors did not five the soldiers final exams (00:42:39:00) o Clark stayed at the school from August 6th until the middle of October when the Army closed the school down (00:42:53:00) o While the soldiers were attending the school, they stayed at the Ritz-Carlton hotel, they were able to visit nearby beaches, etc. but the townspeople did not mix with them very much (00:43:22:00)  A local girl took to hanging out with Clark’s roommates but he believes that was either because one of them said he was from Hollywood or the girl was involved in the black market because Bieritz was so close to the Spanish border (00:43:40:00)  All of the hotel housekeepers and maids were Basque and some were from Spain (00:44:12:00) � o o o o The soldiers ate GI food but once the chefs got through with it, it looked nothing like what they had normally eaten (00:44:31:00) When the school started, there were around one thousand soldiers attending but by the time the Army closed the school, there were around six hundred students remaining (00:44:39:00) When the soldiers went to the beach, they received warnings to stay out of the water when someone blew a whistle (00:45:04:00)  When they first arrived, some of the soldiers were part of a French dedication to the sea for drowning twenty-one Germans; while the Germans occupied the area, the French forgot how to be lifeguards (00:45:09:00) One of Clark’s roommates was in a photography class where he got excellent Army equipment and Clark still had his chauffeur license, meaning he could commandeer a jeep whenever he wanted, so they two of them would drive down into Spain (00:45:47:00)  Spain was actually off-limits to the soldiers because some of the personnel who were setting up the school had gone into Spain to attend a bullfight and got into enough trouble that American soldiers were no longer welcome in Spain (00:46:04:00) There was a sports stadium in Bieritz where the soldiers went to watch soccer games and Clark was amazed by their skill (00:46:51:00) Post-Military Life / Reflections (00:47:47:00)  Clark was finally discharged from the Army on Dec. 5th, 1945 (00:47:47:00)  Clark and his wife had both been at Michigan State at the same time before the war and while she went back to finish her degree as a laboratory technician, Clark went back to retake some classes for a better grade so he could get into medical school (00:48:03:00) o When he got back, Clark had applied to attend medical school at both Wayne State University and the University of Michigan, although he did not have much hope of getting in (00:48:34:00) o However, his commanding officers sent in recommendation letters certifying the activates Clark had done and that he could be a good doctor, which helped, as well as letters from some of his former professors (00:48:46:00) o Although Clark and his future wife were in classes together, they did not necessarily spend time together (00:50:07:00) o Michigan State went from around seven thousand students while Clark was there then down to around four thousand students by the time the war ended; when the war ended, Clark’s group was the first one back and overnight, the student population went up to twenty-one thousand (00:50:32:00) o In some of the more basic classes, the pre-med students also studied with veterinary students and lab technician students, so Clark’s future wife was in some of the larger classes with Clark (00:51:26:00) o In one of the larger classes, both Clark and the future wife were seated in the front row alphabetically and everyone in the row recalled having classes with one another; however, in the previous classes, the wife answered to one name while Clark remembered her having another name (00:51:47:00) �    After the classes was over, Clark asked her if she was the same girl and when she said she was, Clark figured that was the end of it (00:52:43:00) o As it turned out, she had had a wartime marriage that only lasted a few months and she went into the Navy to escape it, although she could not get a divorce (00:52:57:00) Clark’s are what he believes are similar to a lot of others; he would not ask anyone else to go through it but he would not trade the experience for anything (00:53:51:00) For his age, Clark had had a very varied experience before he joined the military, so his situation was a little different than most; for example, while working in the hospital, Clark had assisted with autopsies while most of the other soldiers had never seen a dead body (00:54:05:00) o He also already had a chauffeurs license and had plenty of different tasks which prepared him well for just about anything (00:54:32:00) o Clark had received enough medical training and done enough at Fort Dix that when it came to treating the wounded, it was just another job; he treated one the best he could then moved to the next person (00:54:43:00) o He did not worry about people shooting at him because it was the soldiers’ job to take care of that problem, although had Clark served in the South Pacific, it would have been different (00:55:03:00)  Clark knows some Marines corpsmen who had a totally different experience than what he had (00:55:17:00) o Clark was used to Michigan weather whereas some of the soldiers could not drive or do anything similar to that (00:55:28:00) On Dec. 13th, before the Battle of the Bulge had started, Clark had gone into St. Vith and was returning by himself to where the 592nd was encamped (00:56:05:00) o The weather was foggy and Clark was on the road from Schönberg to Bleialt; he had just passed a gun emplacement manned entirely by African-Americans when a plane came out of the fog flying around two hundred feet (00:56:27:00) o Clark stopped the jeep and rolled underneath it, fearing a strafing run from the German plane because he was right next to the gun emplacement; however, the plane did not shoot, so Clark assumed that the German had found what he was looking for and would coming back around but in reality, Clark believes it was merely a reconnaissance plane because that are became under heavy German gunfire when the attack began (00:57:18:00) o Once Clark got back in his jeep and gone a little distance down the road, there was another jeep parked and this one had a Red Cross girl in it; when Clark stopped and asked what she was doing there, the girl said she was going to see her brother (00:57:51:00)  When Clark said it was a combat area and civilians were not allowed, the girl said she had received special permission and that if she reported to the headquarters of the 422nd, they would be able to tell her where her brother was (00:58:10:00) o Clark told her she was on the right path but just before Bleialt, she arrive at the crossroads and every so often, the Germans would throw a shell in to keep everyone alert; Clark gave her directions on how to get to the 422nd’s � headquarters that they shared with the 590th and told her to ask them where he was stationed (00:58:48:00) o The girl explained that she and her brother were twins and after she saw him, she was going to come back with a birthday cake, although it was not their birthday; Clark wished her luck and the total conversation lasted only about five minutes total (00:59:28:00) o Clark thought that someone else must have saw the girl and sixty-four years later, he was giving an interview to another veteran’s daughter to help fill in her father’s experience; her father had served with the 590th and had written very detailed letters home (00:59:48:00)  Clark and the daughter were going through the letters and when Clark told her the story, the daughter got up and went into her computer room because that day, she had gotten in touch with a woman who had been featured by the University of Illinois as a Red Cross girl during the Battle of the Bulge (01:00:52:00)  The daughter brought back a CD, on which was a picture a woman in a Red Cross uniform talking about how she had went to see her twin brother and after see him the first time, gone back, baked him a cake, and brought it back to him (01:02:27:00)  The woman then claimed to have gone to see her brother again when the Battle of the Bulge began to take the cake to him, but Clark told the daughter that was not right; there was no way anyone was on the Schönberg to Bleialt road without him seeing it because he was up and down it two or three times that day and there were not Red Cross people on the road (01:04:05:00)  The daughter gave Clark the woman’s number and when he called it, the woman said she did not remember anyone stopping her on the road the first time she went up (01:04:59:00)  As it turned out, the girl had become stuck in the traffic jam between St. Vith and Bastonge and eventually made it to another headquarters a day later (01:05:33:00)  The woman asked where Clark was calling from and when he said Michigan, she asked where in Michigan because she had a cottage near Newaygo, Michigan that she visited every summer (01:06:02:00)  The woman said that when the went up to the cottage that summer, she would look Clark up (01:06:42:00) o It was sheer coincidence that Clark even managed to meet the other soldier’s daughter; he had been asked to be taken off the 106th Infantry Association’s mailing list but she managed to get a hold of him before they did so (01:07:53:00)  Clark put her in touch with another soldier who had more experiences with her father but when he died, she went back and realized that because Clark had served in the same area, he would be able to fill in some blanks in the story she had (01:09:12:00) Clark discusses the experiences of a fellow soldier, including when the soldier had to transfer from one LST to another during the channel-crossing storm, attending to generals at a hospital and the soldiers experiences as a POW (01:10:13:00) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Clark, James (Interview outline and video, 1 of 2), 2010 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark, James Description An account of the resource James Clark was born in September 1920 in a farmhouse in Wayne County, Michigan. Growing up, Clark had a difficult childhood, including a diagnosis of tuberculosis, moving to Arizona for treatment and back to Michigan, and his family losing their property during the Great Depression. After high school, Clark attended both Eastern Michigan University and Michigan State University before receiving his draft card in 1942. After the Army drafted Clark, he spent two years in different programs before deploying with the 106th Infantry division to Belgium. During the Battle of the Bulge, Clark was wounded and evacuated back from the line for nearly a month before returning to his unit, where he served for the rest of the war. Following the war, Clark attended a school the Army had set up in southern France. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2010-11-02 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClarkJ0163V1 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/7ec1009e3f76853ca3dcfc7a27dc23f4.mp4 1e1c4943774db77d6e9350d0cca128f0 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/4f874b5889359c5d333aeabdc387bcbf.pdf f235a53dc737d04f136c4107a01abb74 PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veteran’s History Project World War II James Clark 2 Interview Length: (01:28:01:00) Before the Battle of the Bulge: December 15th (00:00:35:00)  At the beginning of the Battle of the Bulge in December 1944, Clark was serving with 592nd Field Artillery Battalion’s medical detachment which had been stationed in Laudesfeld, Germany, a little town just over three miles west of the Siegfried Line, since Dec. 11th (00:00:35:00)  On Dec. 15th, the day before the attack, the battalion still remained in Laudesfeld and there had not been much activity as a far as combat was concerned; the soldiers would occasionally hear an air-burst artillery shell a few miles away but that was usually at a crossroads (00:01:22:00) o Clark’s only concern was that he was a jeep driver who went back and forth to visit headquarters in St. Vith, Belgium to get supplies and pick up soldiers from the 331st Medical Battalion’s clearinghouse (00:01:44:00)  If Clark’s battalion had any sick soldiers that their own medical detachment could not take care of, then the soldiers were sent back to the 331st for treatment (00:02:06:00)  The situation of being at one of the targeted crossroads when a German shell came in was always on Clark’s mind when he drove to the different locations (00:02:23:00)  When Clark’s division moved into the area on Dec. 11th, they replaced the 2nd Infantry Division man for man and took over their position, meaning everything was already set for the incoming division (00:02:32:00) o The soldiers did not have to worry too much about in terms of where they were going to be staying or what they would be doing, although they had to make adjustments for whatever came up (00:02:42:00) o The battalion aid station was in a real nice farmhouse and the soldiers were pretty comfortable at the time (00:02:56:00)  On Dec. 15th, Clark had gone into St. Vith because the battalion surgeon was concerned at the number of trench foot cases amongst the soldiers (00:03:07:00) o While the soldiers had been in England awaiting transport to the front, they had received new uniforms and combat boots; although the boots were comfortable and nicer than what the soldiers had before, they had not been treated to be waterresistant (00:03:21:00)  As well, the soldiers were supposed to have overshoes for winter combat but they never received them (00:03:52:00) o The surgeon began sending Clark to into St. Vith just about every day to see if there was the possibility of getting overshoes or extra socks for the soldiers to change into (00:04:01:00) �   o On the 15th, Clark did not have any casualties or sick soldiers to bring in, it was just him on the road (00:04:16:00) Although there were no posted speed limits, the soldiers still did not travel too slow in a jeep; in the particular area where the battalion was stationed, the roads were pretty good and many were hard surface roads (00:04:27:00) o The route Clark had to take to get to St. Vith was around twenty miles and it took him around forty minutes to get to the town (00:04:44:00) On the 15th, Clark only made one trip into St. Vith (00:05:03:00) o The battalion mess began serving coffee and food around seven in the morning and after eating breakfast, Clark got into his jeep and drove to St. Vith (00:05:11:00) o Laudesfeld was in a pocket off the main route and Clark had to actually go towards the front to go back to St. Vith; he had a choice of either going south or north, although each route was around an equal distance (00:05:40:00)  When he got away from the front, Clark could go back to St. Vith, which was actually was nearly directly due west from where the battalion was deployed (00:06:17:00) o On the 15th, Clark decided to take the “Andler” route that took him through the German town of Auw, which was around two miles away from Laudesfeld, and the Belgian towns of Andler and Schönberg; from Schönberg, Clark took the road back to St. Vith, which was about five miles away (00:06:35:00)  Schönberg was a fair-sized town with around one thousand people but the rest of the settlements were farm villages with around two or three hundred people in them (00:06:57:00)  At that point, the area was mostly pasture land on each side of the road with occasional pockets of fir trees; along some the ridges where it was more difficult to farm, the fir forests were much thicker (00:07:10:00) o Up until the 15th, the soldiers had not seen the sun for ten days; although it had snowed on the 10th and 11th when the soldiers first arrived, the snow packed down because the temperature would be at or above freezing and there would be a lot of fog in the area in the morning (00:07:31:00)  The fog would eventually lift later in the day to the point that the soldiers could see about two or three hundred feet and at night, the temperature would drop back down to around freezing (00:07:55:00)  The change in temperature caused a lot of the problems with trench foot because the soldiers were unable to keep their feet dry; as well, the temperature was cold enough that the soldiers have trouble with blood circulation (00:08:15:00) o When he got to St. Vith on the 15th, Clark discovered that they did not have any overshoes or extra socks (00:08:30:00)  Clark was usually in St. Vith around lunch time and he would go into the mess for a bowl of soup but on that day, he decided to just turn around and head back to the battalion at ten o’clock in the morning (00:08:38:00) On the road from Schönberg into St. Vith was positioned what the men had nicknamed a “Long Tom”, a heavy-duty, long-range artillery piece, that was manned by the 333rd Field �Artillery Battalion, which happened to be comprised of all African-American soldiers (00:08:55:00) o When he went by, Clark could tell by the size of the gun that it could make a large blast and the first time he drove by, the soldiers manning the gun somehow realizing Clark was a “rookie”, simulated a firing sequence for the gun (00:09:17:00) o Someone prepared the lanyard while everyone else opened their mouths and put their fingers in their ears; Clark slammed on the brakes and did the same thing, which caused the other soldiers to merely laugh at him (00:09:39:00) o When Clark drove past the gun on the 15th going into St. Vith, the soldiers simply smiled and waved at him (00:09:52:00) o On the way back to the 592nd on the 15th, Clark had just approached the Long Tom’s emplacement, the fog had lifted to increase visibility, when all the artillery soldiers dove into their foxholes (00:10:06:00)  Clark initially thought they were pulling another joke on him but when he heard the roar of an airplane, he realized that they thought they were under attack (00:10:21:00)  After slamming on the brakes, Clark rolled underneath as a German plane came down at about one hundred and fifty feet off the ground (00:10:30:00)  The plane did not shoot but instead went the length of the valley before pulling up into the clouds (00:10:43:00)  Clark and the artillery soldiers initially stayed put, believing that the plane would be back to do a strafing run but apparently, the plane was just a reconnaissance/observation aircraft (00:10:49:00) o Clark got back into the jeep, started back up the road, and about one hundred yards away, there was another jeep pulled off to the side; the jeep had red crosses on it and there was a Red Cross nurse in it (00:11:05:00)  Clark stopped next to the jeep and said that civilians were not supposed to be in the area and asked what she was doing there (00:11:26:00)  The nurse replied that she had a brother serving with one of the units attached to the 423rd Infantry Regiment, she was going to see him, and the next day, she was going to make a cake to bring back to him for their birthday because they were twins (00:11:44:00)  Clark told the nurse that she was only around three miles away from were there could be combat activity and suggested she think the idea over but the nurse simply said there was a headquarters ahead and they could tell her where her brother was serving (00:12:09:00)  Clark said there were actually three headquarters ahead but her brother might be in a foxhole because the entire area was under observation by the Germans and every so often, they would send in an artillery shell (00:12:26:00)  The nurse said she was going to continue on anyway and Clark suggested that because he was going the same way, she could follow behind him, although she did not seem too receptive to Clark’s suggestions (00:12:51:00) � o The experience with the Red Cross nurse bothered Clark because he figured that someone else must have seen the nurse because he knew that she could not have gotten back the next day because of the German attack (00:13:16:00)  It bothered him for sixty years but coincidentally, Clark came into contact with the daughter of a man who served at the same time, although in a different battalion (00:13:32:00)  As it turned out, the daughter’s father was at the same outpost as the nurse’s brother and they were close friends; at some point, the father had written a letter describing when a Red Cross nurse visited their position one day (00:14:05:00)  When Clark met with the daughter, she had just gotten a CD a woman had produced a documentary about being a Red Cross nurse in the Battle of the Bulge and who happened to be the same nurse that Clark had met (00:14:54:00)  In the nurse’s documentary, it was implied that she went back and saw her brother again on Dec. 16th, but Clark knew that he brother was killed early that morning (00:15:33:00) Once Clark got back to the battalion’s position, it was still early afternoon and when he got there, he found that the medical detachment had orders to paint their helmets with a white circle and red cross (00:16:39:00) o The 331st sent down the stencils and paint to the detachment, so the soldiers painted the white circles on but had to let the helmets dry over night, so they planned to paint the cross on the next day (00:17:04:00) o Although Clark painted the white circle on his helmet, he never got around the painting the red cross, so he went the rest of the war with only a white circle on his helmet (00:17:24:00)  He did wear a red cross armband but nobody ever bothered him to ask what the white circle on the helmet was for (00:17:38:00) o At the same time, Clark had begun repairing and putting a thatch roof on the outhouse for the aid station and he finished that in the afternoon (00:17:48:00) The Battle of the Bulge: December 16th (00:19:55:00)  The German attack began early on Dec. 16th; at around five thirty in the morning, the whole area erupted as part of an artillery barrage the Germans had sent all along the Allied line (00:19:55:00) o However, the barrage where the 592nd was located only lasted about five or ten minutes at the most but the soldiers could hear the barrage continuing against positions further away; nevertheless, the concussions were close enough to knock the blinds off the windows of the aid station farmhouse (00:20:05:00) o Luckily, the battalion did not suffer any casualties from the barrage (00:20:33:00) o However, because the battalion suffered no casualties, the soldiers thought the Germans were merely trying to scare them with the artillery fire and it was just a big false alarm (00:20:39:00)  The night before the attack, Clark was told that the next day, he was supposed to go to a pillbox on the Siegfried Line the 592nd’s forward observers were using because there were some trench foot problems he needed to check (00:20:59:00) �    o On the morning of the 16th and after the artillery barrage had finished, Clark got his breakfast and prepared to go to the pillbox with the an officer, Captain Richmond, who was going to lead the party to the pillboxes (00:21:16:00) o However, word came down that the captain said Clark did not have to go because the commanders had decided it would be better if they just took replacements up and brought the soldiers with trench foot back to the aide station (00:21:25:00) Instead, Clark was told by the medical officer to go back to St. Vith and see if he could get some overshoes or extra socks; as well, two soldiers who had been treated by the 331st for trench foot in St. Vith were ready to come back to the battalion (00:21:46:00) Clark started back for St. Vith except that when he reached Auw, there was a big shell crater in the middle of the intersection and several others nearby (00:22:04:00) o Captain Richmond was in the jeep along with the replacements for the forward observers ahead of Clark and when he made a turn to head towards the front line, Clark turned in the opposite direction to go back to St. Vith (00:22:19:00) o Clark did not know it at the time but a few minutes later, Captain Richmond and his driver were captured because the German forces had already advanced into Auw, although Clark never saw them (00:22:38:00) When Clark got into Andler, the soldiers from 333rd manning the “Long Tom” artillery were preparing to move out, which made Clark think that something big was going to be happening and those soldiers knew what it was (00:22:52:00) o The traffic on the road began to get heavier with service trucks and ammo trucks heading in one direction and other trucks headed in the opposite direction, towards the front; some of the equipment included the heavier pieces of machinery that could not operate in close quarters with the enemy (00:23:08:00) o However, Clark did not come under any artillery fire until he got into St. Vith; although there was nothing while he was in the town, the soldiers in St. Vith said they had been shelled by a German railroad gun since the early morning (00:23:37:00) Once in St. Vith, Clark picked up the two recovered trench foot soldiers who were headed back to the 592nd but before they headed back, Clark went into the mess hall at the 331st for a bowl of soup (00:24:00:00) o While he was in the mess hall, two medics from the 590th Field Artillery Battalion, which was located close to the 592nd, were also there; Clark knew all the medical personnel in the division’s other artillery battalions because he had been a driver for a surgeon who, at one point, was the only surgeon for all the artillery battalions (00:24:21:00) o The two medics were worried and when they saw Clark, they asked him how he got into St. Vith and he said through Auw (00:24:45:00)  Because the 590th was stationed near the town of Bleialt, the soldiers could take a road from Bleialt to Schönberg and get into St. Vith that route (00:25:00:00)  The medics said they had taken the Bleialt route and had ran into a German patrol; the Germans jumped into the road and tried to flag the men down by the medic who was driving hit the accelerator (00:25:10:00) �   As they went past the patrol, the driver reached out and managed to grab the weapon away from one of the Germans, which he showed to Clark (00:25:24:00) o The medics had planned to get something to eat but when Clark said he had come through Auw and not had a problem, they decided to forgo waiting to eat and leave early (00:25:36:00) Once he finished eating, Clark got the other two soldiers to head back and decided that instead of taking the road towards Bleialt, he would go back the way he came, through Auw (00:25:56:00) o The traffic on the road remained heavy all the way to Schönberg, which had a busy intersection because there was a river crossing (00:26:08:00) o The trio continued to Andler, which was only a few miles outside of Schönberg, and once outside of Andler on the road towards Auw, there was a reconnaissance vehicle from the 14th Cavalry Group, which was on the division’s northern flank; Clark could not see the markings on the vehicle but that was the unit he assumed it was from (00:26:26:00)  An officer stopped Clark and asked where they were going; when Clark said Laudesfeld by way of Auw, the officer said from what they understood, there was some activity near Auw and if Clark could not make it through, would he come back and report to them (00:27:07:00) o The trio continued cautiously towards Auw while watching everything on both sides of the road; the terrain was fairly open near Auw but near Bleialt, where the two medics from the 590th had their incident with the German patrol, it was heavily forested on both side of the road (00:27:30:00) o When the three had just gotten to within sight of a church built on a hill, they looked into a ditch and saw a GI laying in the ditch with a rifle; when Clark asked what he was doing, the soldier said he was an engineer and there was a column of German armor in Auw that had been there since morning (00:27:51:00)  The soldier said the column had not tried to advance towards Andler yet but every once in awhile, a motorized gun poked itself out from behind a corner before retreating back (00:28:27:00) o After Clark talked with the soldier, he decided they were not going back in that direction, so they turned around and went back towards Andler; however, the reconnaissance vehicle had moved, so Clark could not report what he had learned from the soldier (00:28:41:00) The three continued back towards Schönberg then took the road towards Bleialt because Clark did not know any other route to get back to the battalion (00:28:56:00) o There were some ammo trucks parked along the side of the road just before border crossing into Germany and when Clark asked what the situation was, the soldiers with the ammo train said they had been waiting for quite awhile; there had been a German patrol in the area and while the American engineers and infantry forces took care of them, the ammo trains was waiting (00:29:08:00)  Clark decided that if the ammo trucks could not go, he was not going to go but around that time, someone came running down, saying that the route was clear; however, Clark decided he did not want to be part of the ammo train, so he went out ahead of them (00:29:50:00) �   o When he went through, Clark did not have any problem; there was not an MP at the crossroads like there normally was but that as the only thing that was out of place and different (00:30:08:00)  Whether the Germans let him through to wait for bigger game or not he does not know but the ammo train behind him did not make it through; they were attacked by the Germans (00:30:17:00) Within half a mile of the crossroads was the 590th’s aid station and Clark knew everyone who worked at it; the battalion surgeon was there and the aid station was troubled with casualties (00:30:34:00) o The workers asked Clark if he had any spare supplies because they were running out of bandages and everything else; when Clark went into St. Vith, he also picked up extra supplies because the 592nd’s battalion surgeon thought it would be a good idea to have extras (00:31:09:00) o As far as Clark knew, the 592nd did not have any casualties, so he decided to leave the extra supplies with the 590th; if the 592nd ever needed more, then Clark could go back to St. Vith to get them (00:31:20:00) Clark and the two soldiers started down the road to Laudesfeld but before they got there, there was a motorized anti-aircraft battery on the side of the road being used against the German armor in Auw, which had tried to come down the road (00:31:34:00) o An officer from the 589th, which had had its headquarters just beyond the turn-off Clark took to get to Laudesfeld, was directing fire from the anti-aircraft battery and had apparently driven the German armor back enough so he could go back to the 589th’s original position (00:32:11:00)  The 589th had to abandon their original position because the German armor had gotten close enough that they could not accurately attack it with their gun (00:32:36:00) o After the officer hopped on Clark’s hood, Clark hit the accelerator and they went to the 589th’s headquarters, where the officer took command of the 105 mm howitzers there and that was the last Clark saw of him (00:32:46:00) The trio hurried back to Laudesfeld because everything was breaking all around and Clark did not know what to expect (00:33:03:00) o When they got into Laudesfeld, Clark dropped the other two soldiers off at their headquarters and went back to the aid station, which still did not have any casualties, although he did notice that the thatch roof over the outhouse that he had spent the previous afternoon working on was blown off (00:33:20:00) o By the time Clark got back to the aid station, it was around two-thirty, three o’clock in the afternoon and around this time, the soldiers heard an artillery shell come over and explode fairly close to their position (00:33:44:00)  Someone yelled that the round had hit the service battery’s cook shack, so Clark grabbed one of the litters by the door while another man grabbed the other and they both ran towards the cook shack (00:34:01:00)  When the two men got there, the cook shack had been pretty well blown apart and there were two men who had been fixing a kettle of chocolate pudding when the shell came through the roof and exploded in the pudding, blowing fragments everywhere (00:34:15:00) �  Clark had somewhat of an advantage because while he had been stationed at Fort Dix in New Jersey, he had worked in laboratory and helped perform autopsies, so he had seen mutilated bodies (00:34:54:00)  However, the men who were helping him were only kids and some of them had never even seen a cadaver; as well, one of Clark’s helpers had been a friend of one of the men who had died and Clark could see that it had upset him (00:35:09:00)  They eventually took the bodies and put them in a shed behind the aid station before (00:35:57:00) Around this time, the soldiers received word that there were a lot of casualties at “A” Battery’s machine gun post, which was on the other side of a hill from the aid station and almost at the division of the 598th’s position and the 592nd’s (00:36:06:00) o A sergeant and Clark went to the truck the detachment used as an ambulance, loaded all the litters and drove up the hillside (00:36:41:00) o When they got to the top of the hill, there was not any shooting going on, so the two men stopped the car a little ways away from the machine gun position, which was a pit four or five deep and twelve feet square that the 2nd Infantry Division had covered with logs (00:37:01:00)  The bunker even had a door opening at the rear and a window facing out towards Auw (00:37:26:00) o When Clark and the sergeant arrived, there were six casualties and two other medics in the bunker; the medics who were already there had the wounded pretty well taken care of and were attempting to bring in another casualty (00:37:37:00)  The Germans had a couple of self-propelled guns that would come out from behind a church six or seven hundred yards away to fire at the machine gun, which was outside the bunker (00:37:53:00)  One of the soldier’s officers was killed while trying to get a bazooka close enough to destroy the German armor with the help of some other soldiers and the medics wanted to recover his body and help the other soldiers, who had only minor wounds (00:38:12:00) o The casualties in the bunker had been pretty well taken care of in terms of stopping the flow of blood and one casualty needed a splint because he had broken his arm (00:38:53:00) o The biggest problem was morphine because the Army supplied each medic with only a handful of syringes to use and the medics were all out; Clark and the sergeant had brought more and they were able to sedate everyone and quiet them down (00:39:06:00) o Around that time, the machine gun outside the bunker began firing but Clark told them to stop because they needed to get the wounded out and firing the machine gun would draw enemy attention; however, the machine gunner said the German armor was coming back and he needed to cover the soldiers who were out there with the bazooka (00:39:25:00)  The machine gunner continued firing and sure enough, within a couple of minutes, a shell hit the bunker but did not penetrate (00:39:38:00)  Clark thought the German were merely finding the range and a large round would be coming, so everyone ducked down; Clark was working a patient � next to sergeant, who had just began to duck down when the next shell came (00:39:54:00)  However, the shell came through the window, passed between Clark and the sergeant but did explode until it managed to get out the door opening, which saved everyone in the bunker, although the sergeant was nicked with glass and Clark’s face was covered in wood splinters, glass and a few shell fragments (00:40:18:00)  The biggest problem was that the explosion broke Clark’s glasses and after that, he was fumbling around for just about everything (00:40:49:00) o Clark and the sergeant had the choice of staying at the position because it was almost dark or not; the sergeant said that although they had a vehicle with the red cross painted on it, that did not seem to deter the Germans, so he suggested he and Clark leave and come back after dark to pick up the wounded (00:41:41:00)  The rules said that a medic had the stay with casualties if they were under fire or in a position where they were apt to be captured by the enemy (00:41:40:00)  There was another medic from the 589th who had come over because a couple of the casualties were from the 589th and he had a splinter in his rear that was painful and made it hard to sit down; this medic said he would stay because he did not think he could walk because the splinter was causing too much pain (00:41:54:00) o So, Clark and the sergeant crawled out of the position and back past where the ambulance was parked; however, Clark does not remember any gunfire, so he got up and started walking under the assumption that if he was going to get hit, the let it happen (00:42:58:00)  Clark walked into the woods and followed a fence line back to the aid station, leaving the ambulance where it was parked (00:43:23:00)  The sergeant continued crawling, so Clark was the first one to get back to the aid station (00:43:27:00) When Clark got back, he went into the aid station and told the leader of the medical detachment what had happened; as well, Clark decided to alert headquarters that there were some casualties that they would not be able to get out until after dark (00:43:34:00) o Clark went to the headquarters building, where the colonel and his staff were studying maps and trying to get the various forms of communication to work, and made the announcement that he had just gotten back from the “A” Battery machine gun outpost and they had six or seven wounded there that they had to wait until dark to get them out (00:43:50:00)  Nobody said anything to Clark, so he turned around and went back to the aid station (00:44:40:00) o It got dark soon after Clark got back to the aid station, so two men were able to go and recover the casualties (00:44:58:00)  Nobody paid too much attention to Clark but someone eventually suggested that he fix some hot chocolate, so Clark made a big batch but he does not recall what happened for the next two or three hours, although he did find his replacement glass (00:45:21:00) � Around eleven o’clock, the soldiers received an alert saying that the 592nd was going to be withdrawing from their positions at midnight, so the soldiers needed to load up and prepare to move by then (00:46:07:00) o There were around ten wounded in the aid station by this time and the weapons carrier the medics used as an ambulance could only hold six stretchers but there was not room for anything else (00:46:21:00) o The personnel had to ride somewhere, so Clark suggested to the leader of the medical detachment that they commandeer a truck from one of the battery headquarters to carry the wounded in (00:46:47:00) o The soldiers eventually started loading the truck with the wounded while Clark was busy loading his jeep trailer with supplies (00:47:15:00)  Apart from the wounded, there were nine medical personnel at the aid station plus five medics with the gun crews and they all needed space for their duffel bags, so they ended up leaving the two dead bodies in the shed behind the aid station (00:47:32:00)  While Clark was loading the jeep, he found the detachment commander’s footlocker with his dress uniforms in it; Clark did not have enough space to load the equipment from the aid station, so he took the footlocker out and put it with the bodies in the shed (00:48:12:00) o All the equipment that did not fit in the weapons carrier went into the jeep trailer, which ended up being more than was normally carried in the trailer (00:48:39:00)  Although the temperature had stayed just about at freezing, there had not been much of a frost before the snow came, so everything was a sea of mud; the jeep had been parked on a driveway just off the road through Laudesfeld, it too was mud, and Clark found that he could not move the trailer because it was loaded so full of equipment (00:49:54:00) o Clark moved the jeep out of the way and went to the truck with the wounded in it to see if they could hook the trailer to it (00:49:27:00) o In the mean time, Clark had pulled some of the equipment out of the jeep and a signal lantern with a toggle switch for white, red, or green light fell out and turned on, sending a beam of light into the darkness (00:49:39:00)  Someone yelled to shoot whoever had the light on, so Clark quickly threw his overcoat over the lantern and worked with the switch, trying to turn it off while periodically checking under the overcoat to see if the lantern was off (00:50:20:00)  However, Clark could not get the lantern to turn off, so he left his overcoat on it and stomped it down into the mud until the lenses were covered over with mud (00:50:35:00) o When he had the truck back up to hook up with the trailer, the trailer’s tongue was not designed to hook onto a truck’s trailer hitch (00:50:58:00)  It was going to be closed quarters to hook to two together, so Clark got a hold of the assistant truck driver and placed him in a spot so he could slap his hand and they would not talk back and forth (00:51:11:00)  Once Clark had the trailer hitch connected, he was supposed to slap the assistant driver’s hand and he would run up to tell the driver to stop backing up (00:51:29:00) �  Clark got the trailer hitched but when he tapped the assistant and the driver stopped backing the truck up, the rear wheels began to sink, pinching Clark between the back of the truck and the trailer (00:51:38:00)  That was the last thing Clark remembered until he came to and he does not know who or how they got him out (00:51:59:00) o They had placed Clark in the back of the truck with the other wounded, although he could not see anything because it was pitch black (00:52:07:00)  Clark was close to the tailgate and when he looked out, he could see flares that the Germans were firing and machine gun tracer bullets going between the truck Clark was in and the next passing vehicle, which made Clark assume that either the engineers or infantry were covering the 592nd’s withdrawal, although nobody else in the truck seemed too worried about the situation (00:52:18:00) As the trucks continued, Clark assumed they were going towards the engineer’s cut-off, a cut-off from the main road bypassing the crossroads; because the cut-off was completely surrounded by forest, the Germans would only have a few artillery rounds scattered through the trees (00:52:54:00) o The column did take the cut-off, although Clark later found out that one of the batteries, “A” Battery, missed the turn and ended up encountering some German forces (00:53:12:00) o Clark fell asleep again and he vaguely remembers some voices and blackout flashlights rustling the people in the truck; he assumed they were in St. Vith but he did not know what was going on (00:53:27:00) The Battle of the Bulge: December 17th & 18th (00:53:56:00)  The next morning, Clark woke up and he was all alone in the back of the truck (00:53:56:00)  As Clark understands it, it was about two o’clock in the morning when they unload the rest of the wounded from the truck (00:54:07:00) o Clark was left in the truck because he had no dressing on him, meaning they did not know he was a casualty and because he had his red cross armband on, they probably thought he was just hitching a ride with the wounded (00:54:16:00)  Clark did not really know what injuries he had except that he could tell his face was all roughed up and bloody, and there was something wrong with his ear; Clark does not remember it being particularly painful but nevertheless, he did not try touching any of the wounds (00:54:37:00)  What woke Clark up on the 17th was an outgoing artillery barrage (00:55:16:00) o The 592nd had withdrawn to a position they had occupied when they first arrived in St. Vith before going up to the line; however, the unit only planned on staying in the position temporarily until they received orders to go to a new position and set up for a counter-attack (00:55:26:00) o One of the guns was in a position to fire and just after daybreak, an observation plane was flying, although because it was foggy and the flight ceiling was low, the pilot had to fly at around two hundred feet (00:55:53:00) �  The plane was flying over a column of German infantry and armor just getting into Schönberg while directing artillery fire; the artillery fire did manage to knock out the column (00:56:11:00) o Another gun began firing and when Clark asked what that gun was firing for, the commander of the medical detachment, who was standing nearby, said they wanted to destroy any equipment they had left behind at their old position in Laudesfeld (00:56:32:00)  Clark thought he ought to say something, so he told the commander that he had put the captain’s footlocker in the shed with the two bodies because Clark assumed they were going to be right back to the position (00:56:49:00)  The captain did not say much but his face got all red and said that the uniforms were for his leave in Paris but he did not think he was going to need them for awhile (00:57:04:00) o When the captain looked at Clark again, he suggested that Clark go in and have someone fix him up; Clark had gone a long time without treatment and the captain said he would need a tetanus shot along with probably a treatment of penicillin to keep infection out (00:57:16:00) Clark waited for a ride that took him to the 331st Medical Battalion, where they had a hospital tent set up to receive all the casualties but by now, they too were taking their tents down and preparing to fall back (00:57:39:00) o They did not even look at Clark; instead, they took his wounded tag, wrote a note saying he had been transferred, and told him that all their ambulances were being used to transport wounded back (00:58:04:00) o The railroad gun was getting too hot for them and they were moving the hospital back, so they would transfer Clark to the 13th Field Hospital, which happened to have an open ambulance there (00:58:24:00) o They took Clark over to where the ambulance was and although the ambulance was the 13th Field Hospital, the driver said the hospital was moving as well and he could not take Clark there; however, the driver said he knew of a field hospital in Malmédy and could take Clark there (00:58:41:00)  The ambulance driver seemed calm throughout the entire situation and Clark discovered that the 13th Field Hospital had been activated in North Africa, fought through Sicily, Italy, and every place else and had been assigned to the St. Vith area, but like everyone else, they had not had much to do while the 2nd Infantry was there (00:59:09:00)  However, now they were under fire too and were planning to relocate some place else (00:59:31:00)  The driver was experienced and had been in the area long enough that he knew all the back roads (00:59:39:00) o Clark got into the ambulance last because only one seat left remained, although Clark cannot figure out why the ambulance did not have an assistant driver; every vehicle in the Army had an assistant driver but he cannot remember there being either an assistant driver or patient in the passenger seat (00:59:49:00) o The ambulance was a standard infantry ambulance and it was able to seat six soldiers, including Clark; each soldier fell into the category of “walking � wounded”, which meant they were able to use the benches in the rear of the ambulance (01:00:28:00)  Of the six soldiers in the ambulance, Clark remembers that two were German prisoners who had been wounded but cannot remember whether the other three soldiers were from the 106th Infantry, the 28th Infantry, or the 14th Cavalry because each unit would have been handled by the 331st Medical Battalion (01:01:24:00) o During the trip, none of the occupants in the ambulance talked and Clark figures that they were all concerned about their own safety (01:01:55:00) When the ambulance started out from St. Vith, the traffic was a mess; despite not being very large, St. Vith was a hub for all the roads, railroads, and lines of communication in the Ardennes area (01:02:17:00) o St. Vith was key to the German offensive because they knew that just beyond St. Vith to the north and west, the Allies had stockpiled gasoline and supplies for the jump off to invade the Roudan, which was planned to occur just a few days after the German attack began (01:02:39:00) o The German attack plans had them taking St. Vith by the second day of the attack and because it was the second day, there was increased pressure by the German forces on all sides to take the town (01:03:01:00)  Meanwhile, everyone in the American army was either getting into a position to attack the Germans or coming into the area in relief; supposedly by this time, the 7th and 9th Armored Divisions were already enacting rescue operations for any American regiments cut off by the German attack (01:03:14:00) o Clark had a seat where he could see out of the back windows, windshield, and the driver’s side window (01:03:46:00) o After traveling about fifteen to twenty minutes, the ambulance had made only a mile or so progress down one of the major highways leading out of St. Vith; the highway was a two lane, hard-trop road and fir trees grew on both sides, sometimes up to twenty or thirty feet of the shoulders (01:04:06:00)  Although Clark tried to keep track of where they were going, the ambulance was traveling through an area that he had never been through before since the 592nd had been in St. Vith (01:04:47:00) o Eventually, the ambulance passed through a very attractive village with a resortstyle hotel and café; it looked like a nice place to visit if Clark ever got back to the area and by then, Clark was simply enjoying the ride (01:05:00:00) o Pretty soon, the ambulance driver, who had explained that he knew the area well and would get the soldiers to a hospital, stopped the ambulance and Clark could see through the windshield that there was a column of jeeps and trucks pulled off to the side of the road (01:05:29:00)  The last jeep in line had an ID on its rear bumper that Clark had never seen before, for the 235th Field Artillery OBS Battalion; Clark later discovered that OBS stood for “Observation” and the 235th was the observation unit for the corps-level artillery units (01:05:56:00)  The driver of the last jeep in the column was in the center of the road and flagged down the ambulance; after talking with the jeep driver, the � ambulance driver turned his head and said there were apparently German tanks up ahead and they might have to take a detour because they were close to the field hospital in Malmédy (01:06:42:00)  At that time, someone shot the jeep driver, so the ambulance driver threw the ambulance in reverse and got out of there (01:07:06:00) o As they drove away, Clark looked out the back window and was about to suggest doing something for the wounded jeep driver when he saw other soldiers from the jeep driver’s unit were coming out to attend to him (01:07:21:00) o The ambulance started back towards St. Vith but immediately got into more traffic; because it was Sunday morning, there was local traffic backed up from St. Vith as well (01:07:37:00)  Most of the Belgian towns were inhabited and those people did not want to be caught under by the Germans for a third time, so they had loaded the belongings onto carts and bicycles and were attempted to walk out of the danger (01:07:49:00)  This civilian traffic was intermingled with the military traffic attempting to go in both directions and because it was Sunday, some Belgians were attending church (01:08:22:00)  In one of the villages, the soldiers even saw a funeral procession, complete with horse-drawn hearse while in another town, there were a wedding procession with a horse-drawn carriage for the bride and groom (01:08:36:00)  It was a strange time and everyone was preparing as best they saw fight for what they believed was coming in the future (01:08:59:00) o It took the ambulance a long time to get to the field hospital because the driver continued to travel along back roads; Clark tried to keep a sense of the directions and figured they were heading to the north and west (01:09:09:00)  Around eleven o’clock / noon, the ambulance ran into an ambush column (01:09:31:00) o At that time, it did not take long for it to get dark in the Ardennes with the fog (01:09:44:00) o While they were on the back roads, Clark would see a road sign for a town that he knew from the map as being a bigger town but the ambulance never went through any of them (01:10:02:00) o The driver told the soldiers that he was trying to keep them away from military traffic because he did not want to impede any relief effort or the evacuation system; as a result, the soldiers saw more civilian traffic as opposed to military traffic (01:10:14:00)  The only military vehicles the soldiers saw were supply vehicles who were out hunting for gasoline or hauling equipment and supplies back to troops in St. Vith (01:10:33:00) It was after dark when the ambulance finally arrived in Eupen, Belgium, where there was hospital and soldiers were able to unload; Clark does not recall seeing any of the other soldiers he rode with again, although that might have been because of the blackout conditions (01:10:46:00) �o Everything was blackout conditions until the soldiers got into the hospital and even then, the hospital had blackout shutters on the windows (01:11:02:00) o They eventually took Clark into surgery, although he does not remember anything about it (01:11:13:00)  At some point, the staff at the hospital placed Clark in a room that served as both recovery and pre-op because some of the fifty or so soldiers in the room had been treated and the others had not (01:11:22:00) o While he was in the recovery/pre-op room, Clark remembers one of the doctors or corpsmen saying that they had sewn Clark’s ears back on and had removed fragments of glass, wood, and metal from his face; however, the doctor/corpsman said there might still be fragments in Clark’s face and they would not know until the x-rays were complete (01:11:46:00) o Clark also began receiving penicillin treatments; at that time, penicillin was relatively new and the patients had to receive a treatment every four hours for a certain number of days (01:12:15:00)  Clark received the treatments for four days and each time, the treatments were a large shot in his butt; although the treatments were painful, they did their job because Clark never got an infection (01:12:29:00) o The hospital staff said Clark was going to have to stay with them until he finished the penicillin treatments (01:12:54:00) o The hospital was in a practically new schoolhouse in Eupen but the one drawback was all the walls of the top floor were made of glass (01:13:07:00)  The hospital had just been set up in Eupen and was warned to expect a large number of casualties because before then, the area had been relatively peaceful for several months (01:13:29:00)  A new batch of nurses had come in and Clark’s group was some of the first casualties in the hospital because a lot of the other casualties had been trapped and unable to evacuate (01:13:39:00) o While Clark was in the recovery/pre-op room, others soldier began calling out to see if anyone had information about what had happened to their units or if there was someone else in the room that they knew (01:14:03:00)  Clark recognized the voice of a sergeant from “A” Battery and it was the sergeant that Clark learned the battery had missed the engineer cut-off before Bleialt and ran into the Germans in Bleialt (01:14:15:00)  Before the column could turn around and back in the right direction, the sergeant and the battery commander were captured by the Germans (01:14:33:00)  However, in the melee of the Germans trying to stop the column from turning around, the sergeant was able to escape but was wounded; he eventually made it back to friendly lines and slowly made his way to Eupen (01:14:50:00)  The sergeant’s was the only voice that Clark recognized (01:15:24:00)  One of the other soldiers said he had been with a group and had to play dead while the rest of his battery was lined up in field by Germans and machine-gunned at a crossroads outside of Malmédy (01:15:26:00) � Clark assumed this was the group that held them up with the OBS Artillery Battalion (01:15:46:00)  The next morning, the hospital staff said that two of the survivors from the massacre had made it back to them, although they understood that other survivors had made it to other hospitals in the area (01:15:56:00) o That night, Clark was one of the first soldiers to move onto the top floor of the hospital and was one of the few patients up there (01:16:13:00)  At midnight, the air raid sirens started sounded and when Clark asked the corpsman working on the floor what that was all about, the corpsman said it was the first time they had heard them (01:16:35:00)  The corpsman said it might be just a test but although he could not go anywhere, if Clark felt better in the stairwell, then he could go over there (01:16:51:00)  Clark said that he did not like all the glass windows being around him because if the Germans did drop something, then there was going to be a big mess (01:17:01:00)  Clark made it over to the stairwell just as a bomb hit and took off one corner of the building, between the school and single-story maintenance building; there had been a jeep parked in front of the maintenance building and when Clark looked the next morning, the bomb had blown the jeep onto the maintenance building’s roof (01:17:19:00)  The explosion knocked Clark’s helmet and glasses off again, but he managed to find both (01:17:56:00)  The glass did not bother Clark but pieces were in his cot and he did not want to sleep in that; the corpsman on the floor said there was an air raid shelter that no one had ever used with restored bunk beds and he suggested that Clark go down and use them (01:18:03:00)  The corpsman gave Clark directions to feel his way to the room in the dark and sure enough, there were bunk beds in the room (01:18:42:00)  It was just after midnight and Clark had not gotten much comfortable sleep, so he was just about to doze off when he heard a bunch of female voices (01:19:05:00)  He heard the door opening and a whole bunch of nurses came into the room; as they came in, Clark got out of his bed and pressed himself up against the wall (01:19:23:00)  Enlisted personnel were not supposed to fraternize with nurses and this was worst possible situation for Clark; however, he still managed to some information from the nurse’s conversations (01:19:32:00) o They had just arrived in the area and were eager to begin working to take care of wounded but they did not have a lot of wounded at the moment (01:19:46:00) o The nurses had been stationed across the street but an unexploded bomb had landed in their attic, so they were �   evacuated and told to go into the air raid shelter (01:19:58:00)  As soon as he had a chance, Clark slid along the wall and out of the room; once he was out of the room, he went back upstairs, shook the glass out of his cot, and went to bed (01:20:39:00) The next morning, the patients had a large breakfast (01:20:56:00) o However, the hospital needed to be evacuated again because they could not operate as everything was such a mess due to the glass and the Germans being so close; Malmédy, where the Germans were, was not far from Eupen (01:20:58:00) Once again, the soldiers loaded into trucks and traveled to the Belgian town of Liege, where there was a larger hospital; Clark assumed that the hospital in Eupen was only an evacuation hospital (01:21:17:00) o The hospital in Liege had a large number of ward tents, with around ten soldiers to a tent and seven to ten tents (01:21:38:00) When the soldiers got off the trucks, they were greeted with “welcome to buzz bomb alley”; the soldiers discovered that German V-1 rockets were coming into Liege every hour in pairs, with the rockets ten minutes apart (01:22:01:00) o The soldiers could see the rockets coming in and at night, they could see the rocket’s exhaust (01:22:19:00) o The rocket’s flew about two or three hundred feet off the ground and when their engines shut off, then they would dive to the ground a couple of hundred feet away (01:22:36:00)  When the engines shut off, the rockets went “crazy” and the soldiers were unable to tell which direction they were going to go (01:22:56:00) o The Germans were originally launching the rockets against the Liege railyard in the middle of the town but most were landing near the hospital on a hillside outside the town (01:23:01:00)  The Germans had been launching the rockets for so long that the walkways around the tents were littered with pieces of shrapnel, both from anti-aircraft rounds and exploded bombs (01:23:16:00) o Clark stayed in Liege for four days to complete his penicillin treatments and every night, the nurse of duty would stand at the door to watch for the exhaust trails from the rockets; if the rockets were going to come close, then she would tell the soldiers to hit the deck while she dove under her desk (01:23:35:00)  The first time it happened, everyone got out of their beds and underneath them but they decided that would not do anything because it was only two layers of canvas between them and whatever came in (01:24:00:00)  One of the other soldiers in the middle of the tent was in traction and all the other soldiers decided that for his comfort, they were not going to dive under their beds anymore; the nurse did all the ducking and diving for them (01:24:22:00) o In 1949, while Clark was in medical school at the University of Michigan, he came down a hall one day and saw an eighteen year old blonde student dress in European clothes, which made Clark assume he was a German (01:24:44:00)  Clark asked the student if there was anything Clark could do for him; the student replied that he was a German student who had been sent to U of M �   with the express directions of learning about democracy to be part of the new breed of politicians in Germany (01:25:08:00) However, the student said he was not interested in politics; instead, he wanted to be a doctor and he wondered if there was any way Clark could arrange it so he could sit in on some classes (01:25:32:00)  Clark said that he did not think anyone would care but he suggested attending some of the larger lectures and he gave the student a list of the rooms (01:25:45:00) It turned out turned out the student was German who had grown up near the Tyrol region in Bavaria; however, as part of the Hitler Youth program, he joined the SS when he was twelve and when he was fourteen, he was part of a group of mathematicians who moved in Aachen, Germany, which was close to the Belgian border (01:26:23:00)  The group, working with slide rules, set the guidance system and figured the fuel capacities for the V-1 rockets fired against Liege (01:27:07:00) From U of M, the student went back to Germany, earned his medical degree then returned to the United States to perform his residency, and ended up working in the office of Clark’s family physician when he was younger (01:27:29:00) � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Clark, James (Interview outline and video, 2 of 2), 2010 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark, James Description An account of the resource This interview provides a more complete account of Dr. Clark's experiences during the Battle of the Bulge than his original interview did. When the Battle of the Bulge began on December 16th, 1944, James Clark was serving as part of the medical detachment for the 592nd Field Artillery Battalion stationed in Laudesfeld, Belgium, which, in turn, was part of the 106th Infantry Division. When the German attack began on the morning of December 16th, Clark had driven back to the Belgian town of St. Vith for supplies and to pick up a pair of returning soldiers and the trio had several encounters with German forces as they tried to get back to the 592nd. Later in the day, Clark and another sergeant in the medical detachment assisted in caring for casualties at the 592nd's "A" Battery's machine-gun outpost, which had come under German fire. That night, the 592nd received orders to fall back from Laudesfeld and while organizing the move, Clark accidentally became pinned between a truck and trailer loaded with supplies, forcing him to join the wounded. For the next two days, Clark was part the evacuation of wounded until he eventually ended up at a hospital in Liege, Belgium. Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Video recordings World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American United States. Army Language A language of the resource eng Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Type The nature or genre of the resource Moving Image Text Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2010-11-02 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClarkJ0163V2 Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project Collection, (RHC-27)</a> Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Lemmen Library and Archives https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/d9ef752d8159a1ad2394ff2ad598786e.mp4 abb2aa8b1f5a9e7ae194c618b4b00053 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/a4091db1e90a29450aa636a7ee283ff6.pdf c81acf6e2e668b863a61a13df24997da PDF Text Text Grand Valley State University Veterans’ History Project Dr. James Clark Cold War 45 minutes 37 seconds (00:00:39) Early Life -Born in Oak Park, Illinois on September 7, 1939 -Grew up in Forest Park, Illinois -His father was in sales -His mother was a housewife and then went back to teaching when he was older -He was an only child -He attended and graduated from Proviso High School in 1957 (00:01:38) College & Reserve Officers’ Training Corps -He considered college while he was in high school -He decided on Miami University in Oxford, Ohio -He majored in secondary education with a minor in comprehensive social studies -He volunteered for the Navy Reserve Officers’ Training Corps -He was guaranteed a commission if he graduated from college -Felt the Navy ROTC was better than the Air Force ROTC -There was weekly rifle and drill -First year was focused on naval history and orientation -Second year was focused on weapons and gunnery -Third year was focused on navigation and engineering -Fourth year was focused on leadership skills -Learned not to come off as arrogant -Just introduce yourself and be personable -Emphasize camaraderie and professionalism -He was a contract student -This meant he only had to go to one summer training session -Did it between his junior and senior year -Went to San Diego and did a six week training cruise on a destroyer -He was also able to visit Pensacola, Florida -He was never introduced to submarines during his time in the ROTC -There were eight midshipmen in the junior officer billet during the training cruise -He would stand watch and work alongside communication and personnel officers -He graduated and received his commission in June 1961 (00:07:13) Reporting to the USS Purdy -His orders were to report to the USS Purdy DD 734 at Newport, Rhode Island in July 1961 -He was redirected to the Boston Shipyard where the Purdy was in dry dock -He stayed there for two months -His work consisted of supervising shipyard workers -He also started to get to know the ship -While at the Boston Shipyard he had some downtime and was able to visit Boston -There was a mix of new officers and career officers �(00:09:42) Refresher Training -In September 1961 he set sail with the Purdy -They sailed to Newport through the Cape Cod Canal -Stayed at Newport for a short time -After Newport they sailed down to New Jersey to load the ship’s ammunition -It had 5 inch/38 caliber guns -Three twin mounts -40mm antiaircraft guns -Torpedoes and depth charges -After New Jersey they sailed back to Newport -Sailed down to Guantanamo Bay, Cuba for refresher training -The training was difficult and fast paced -It was hot and humid -The purpose of the voyage was to get the ship into fighting condition -They were at sea every day -They were running through scenarios to test their readiness -Tracking a submarine -Antiaircraft target practice -Navigation and maneuvering -Cryptography exercises -At general quarters for eight hours every day -After the refresher training they sailed back to Newport for two months (00:12:40) Mediterranean Sea -Sailed out and joined the 6th Fleet -Stayed in the Mediterranean from February 1962 to August 1962 -They stopped in several ports in Europe -Cannes, France; Naples and Genoa, Italy; Crete; Istanbul, Turkey; Greece; Sardinia -Civilian attitude of Americans varied from port to port -Some people saw Americans as a source of money -In Naples they had problems with American sailors and weren’t as hospitable -In Istanbul and Greece they were hospitable -He didn’t feel any Cold War tension or anti-American sentiments -He doesn’t recall there being any problems in the Middle East at the time of that voyage -He got along well with the other crewmen -Everyone was friendly and he got to know everyone around him -The single men fared better than the married men -They had black, Filipino, and Hispanic sailors working alongside them without problems -He remembers one sailor that got seasick all the time -They didn’t sail through any storms en route to and returning from Europe (00:19:27) Cuban Missile Crisis -After returning from the Mediterranean they didn’t stay in Newport long -The Cuban Missile Crisis flared up and they were sent to the Caribbean -They sailed independently to Guantanamo Bay -From there sailed to San Juan, Puerto Rico -They were battle ready all the time -News trickled in on the teletype that was on the ship �-They didn’t have TV or radio on the ship -They stayed in the Caribbean until December 1962 -Didn’t realize the gravity of the situation until they got to Cuba (00:22:01) Trinidad -In the spring of 1963 they sailed to Trinidad -They were tracking a ship that was sailing to Cuba and was considered suspicious -Followed it to Port Au Spain, Trinidad where it was in port for a while -After it left they followed it all the way into the Atlantic Ocean -He had shore patrol duty while in Trinidad -He saw extreme wealthy and extreme poverty -The population was diverse -There were lots of restaurants to visit -There were some discipline problems -He didn’t see any confrontations first hand though -After that they sailed back to Newport (00:24:45) Patrolling the Dominican Republic -During the refresher training they were given a weekend off to Jamaica -En route they were ordered to turn back and sail towards Cuba -There was a problem in the Dominican Republic -There orders were to patrol the waters there and did that for days (00:25:49) Leaving Active Duty and Joining the Reserves -He left the USS Purdy in May 1963 because his enlistment was up -He got a job teaching at a middle school in Oakwood, Ohio -Did it for a year -Returned to Miami University for graduate school -Completed his master’s degree -He decided to enlist in the active reserves -Keep his skills up -Served as a training officer, supervisor, commanding officer, and executive officer -Only had to train for two weeks out of the year -He worked in an administrative position -He didn’t notice many men that were trying to get into the reserves during the Vietnam War -He was in a reserve unit that was stationed in Bloomington, Indiana -There was fear that protestors would attack the reserve center -They were given guards -Some men avoided wearing uniforms near the university -He wound up leaving the active reserves as a captain -There were no longer any positions open that required a captain -He was informally retired in the 1980s -He formally retired in 1991 (00:32:29) Getting Promoted to Captain -He went before an officer review board -They would see if you were volunteering for more responsibility -Checked to see if you were staying in shape and passing your physical exams -Checked to make sure that you were being consistently professional -It was very competitive to get promoted �-There were no required schools to attend or programs to complete to get promoted -The two weeks of training each year was enough (00:35:05) Women in the Navy -When he first went into the Reserves there was only one woman in his unit -As time went on more women joined -He worked with a female officer -He also worked with a female journalist -The Navy began to allow women into the ROTC and into the military academies (00:37:27) Other Details of Service -He didn’t like to go out for drill during ROTC -He had a lot of good times in the Navy -Doesn’t recall there being any significant bad times in the Navy -Most Vietnam veterans avoided joining the Reserves or having anything to do with the military -They were better and resentful towards anything military -He remembers one young man that joined the Reserves after going to Vietnam -He only recalls one man being called up for service during the Vietnam War -All of the people he served with were professional about the protests and anti-war sentiments (00:41:25) Reflections on Service -One of the best decisions of his life was to join the ROTC -It was a great opportunity -His service was a positive experience -He recommends military service -It taught him how to be responsible for other people -It taught him professional and personal skills -Especially how to work with people -It was a great chance to see the United States and the rest of the world -He enjoyed the discipline (00:42:50) Life after the Navy -He worked as an assistant dean at Miami University -He went to school at Indiana University and got his doctorate -He became a dean at Hanover College, Indiana -He worked for the federal government for a total of twenty five years -He worked as investigator for the Department of Defense -Specifically dealing with discrimination and harassment complaints -His Navy experience helped him with his civilian work -Knew how the military worked by the time he worked for the Dept. of Defense � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Veterans History Project Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. History Department Description An account of the resource The Library of Congress established the Veterans History Project in 2001 to collect memories, accounts, and documents of U.S. war veterans from World War II and the Korean War, Vietnam War, and conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere, and to preserve these stories for future generations. The GVSU History Department interviews are part of this work-in-progress, and may contain videos and audio recordings, transcripts and interview outlines, and related documents and photographs. Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1914- Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/page/InC/1.0/?language=en">In Copyright</a> Subject The topic of the resource Afghan War, 2001--Personal narratives, American Iran Hostage Crisis, 1979-1981--Personal narratives, American Korean War, 1950-1953--Personal narratives, American Michigan--History, Military Oral history Persian Gulf War, 1991--Personal narratives, American United States--History, Military United States. Air Force United States. Army United States. Navy Veterans Video recordings Vietnam War, 1961-1975--Personal narratives, American World War, 1939-1945--Personal narratives, American Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. University Libraries. Special Collections & University Archives Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James Boring, Frank Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27 Language A language of the resource eng Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project interviews (RHC-27)</a> Oral History A resource containing historical information obtained in interviews with persons having firsthand knowledge. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context RHC-27_ClarkJ1713V Title A name given to the resource Clark, James (Interview outline and video), 2014 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2014-12-11 Description An account of the resource Dr. James Clark is a veteran of the Cold War who was born on September 7, 1939 in Oak Park, Illinois. He attended college at Miami University in Oxford, Ohio and joined the Navy Reserve Officers' Training Corps there. When he graduated in June 1961 he was also commissioned and went to report for duty at the USS Purdy DD734 based out of Newport, Rhode Island. He took part in several voyages to the Caribbean Sea, including one during the Cuban Missile Crisis as well as a Mediterranean Cruise with the 6th Fleet. In May 1963 his two year commitment ended. In 1964 he joined the Active Naval Reserves and stayed with that until he was informally retired in the 1980s and then was finally officially retired in 1991 with the rank of captain. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Clark, James Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource Smither, James (Interviewer) WKTV (Wyoming, Mich. Subject The topic of the resource Oral history Veterans History Project (U.S.) United States--History, Military Michigan--History, Military Veterans Other veterans & civilians--Personal narratives, American United States. Navy Language A language of the resource eng Type The nature or genre of the resource Text Moving Image Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived <a href="https://gvsu.lyrasistechnology.org/repositories/2/resources/455">Veterans History Project collection, (RHC-27)</a> Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/">In Copyright</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University Libraries. Allendale, Michigan Relation A related resource Veterans History Project (U.S.) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf video/mp4 https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/38a23999c96e30c56fa59cd91f7c6f52.jpg 41d99771d0e93f9816716dc9bff75a4f Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Faces of Grand Valley Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource University Communications Description An account of the resource A non-comprehensive collection of photographs of Grand Valley faculty, staff, administrators, board members, friends, and alumni. Photos collected by University Communications for use in promotion and information sharing about Grand Valley with the wider community. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960s - 1990s Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived GV012-03. University Communications. Vita Files Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copryight Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University College administrators College teachers Colleges and universities -- Faculty Michigan Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV012-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClarkPatricia Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. University Communications Title A name given to the resource Clark, Patricia Description An account of the resource Patricia Clark, Writing, Poet in Residence Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University – History College teachers Universities and colleges – Faculty Michigan Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived University Communications. Vita Files, 1968-2016 (GV012-03) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng https://digitalcollections.library.gvsu.edu/files/original/eb5d3713801682b31c56bade7e1ebd40.jpg 64c207ec63e8f395eb709ae18876e2e5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Faces of Grand Valley Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University Contributor An entity responsible for making contributions to the resource University Communications Description An account of the resource A non-comprehensive collection of photographs of Grand Valley faculty, staff, administrators, board members, friends, and alumni. Photos collected by University Communications for use in promotion and information sharing about Grand Valley with the wider community. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960s - 1990s Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived GV012-03. University Communications. Vita Files Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copryight Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University College administrators College teachers Colleges and universities -- Faculty Michigan Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context GV012-03 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Language A language of the resource eng Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context ClarkRon_Photo01 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Grand Valley State University. University Communications Title A name given to the resource Clark, Ron Description An account of the resource Ron Clark, Campus Recreation Coordinator Subject The topic of the resource Grand Valley State University – History College administrators Michigan Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived University Communications. Vita Files, 1968-2016 (GV012-03) Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Grand Valley State University. Special Collections and University Archives Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource In Copyright Type The nature or genre of the resource Image Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Language A language of the resource eng